TI LM3S9L97-EQR25-C1 Stellarisâ® lm3s9l97 microcontroller Datasheet

TE X AS INS TRUM E NTS - ADVANCE INFO R MAT ION
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
D ATA SH E E T
D S -LM 3S 9L97 - 7 2 9 9
C opyri ght © 2007-2010 Texas Instruments
Incorporated
Copyright
Copyright © 2007-2010 Texas Instruments Incorporated All rights reserved. Stellaris and StellarisWare are registered trademarks of Texas Instruments
Incorporated. ARM and Thumb are registered trademarks and Cortex is a trademark of ARM Limited. Other names and brands may be claimed as the
property of others.
ADVANCE INFORMATION concerns new products in the sampling or preproduction phase of development. Characteristic data and other specifications
are subject to change without notice.
Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of Texas Instruments semiconductor
products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet.
Texas Instruments Incorporated
108 Wild Basin, Suite 350
Austin, TX 78746
http://www.ti.com/stellaris
http://www-k.ext.ti.com/sc/technical-support/product-information-centers.htm
2
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table of Contents
Revision History ............................................................................................................................. 36
About This Document .................................................................................................................... 41
Audience ..............................................................................................................................................
About This Manual ................................................................................................................................
Related Documents ...............................................................................................................................
Documentation Conventions ..................................................................................................................
41
41
41
42
1
Architectural Overview .......................................................................................... 44
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2
1.1.3
1.1.4
1.1.5
1.1.6
1.1.7
1.1.8
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
Functional Overview ...................................................................................................... 46
ARM Cortex™-M3 ......................................................................................................... 46
On-Chip Memory ........................................................................................................... 48
Serial Communications Peripherals ................................................................................ 49
System Integration ........................................................................................................ 55
Advanced Motion Control ............................................................................................... 61
Analog .......................................................................................................................... 63
JTAG and ARM Serial Wire Debug ................................................................................ 64
Packaging and Temperature .......................................................................................... 65
Target Applications ........................................................................................................ 65
High-Level Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 66
Additional Features ....................................................................................................... 68
Memory Map ................................................................................................................ 68
Hardware Details .......................................................................................................... 68
2
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core ........................................................................... 69
2.1
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
2.2.7
2.2.8
Block Diagram .............................................................................................................. 70
Functional Description ................................................................................................... 70
Programming Model ...................................................................................................... 70
Serial Wire and JTAG Debug ......................................................................................... 77
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM) ................................................................................. 77
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) ..................................................................................... 77
ROM Table ................................................................................................................... 78
Memory Protection Unit (MPU) ....................................................................................... 78
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) .................................................................... 78
System Timer (SysTick) ................................................................................................. 79
3
Memory Map ........................................................................................................... 82
4
Interrupts ................................................................................................................. 85
5
JTAG Interface ........................................................................................................ 88
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.4
5.5
Block Diagram ..............................................................................................................
Signal Description .........................................................................................................
Functional Description ...................................................................................................
JTAG Interface Pins ......................................................................................................
JTAG TAP Controller .....................................................................................................
Shift Registers ..............................................................................................................
Operational Considerations ............................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .......................................................................................
Register Descriptions ....................................................................................................
June 15, 2010
89
89
90
90
92
92
93
95
96
3
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
5.5.1
5.5.2
Instruction Register (IR) ................................................................................................. 96
Data Registers .............................................................................................................. 98
6
System Control ..................................................................................................... 100
6.1
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
6.2.4
6.2.5
6.2.6
6.3
6.4
6.5
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
Device Identification ....................................................................................................
Reset Control ..............................................................................................................
Non-Maskable Interrupt ...............................................................................................
Power Control .............................................................................................................
Clock Control ..............................................................................................................
System Control ...........................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
100
100
101
101
105
106
106
113
115
115
116
7
Hibernation Module .............................................................................................. 206
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.3.9
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
7.4.4
7.4.5
7.4.6
7.5
7.6
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
Register Access Timing ...............................................................................................
Hibernation Clock Source ............................................................................................
Battery Management ...................................................................................................
Real-Time Clock ..........................................................................................................
Non-Volatile Memory ...................................................................................................
Power Control Using HIB .............................................................................................
Power Control Using VDD3ON Mode ...........................................................................
Initiating Hibernate ......................................................................................................
Interrupts and Status ...................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Initialization .................................................................................................................
RTC Match Functionality (No Hibernation) ....................................................................
RTC Match/Wake-Up from Hibernation .........................................................................
External Wake-Up from Hibernation ..............................................................................
RTC or External Wake-Up from Hibernation ..................................................................
Register Reset ............................................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
207
207
208
209
209
211
211
211
212
212
212
212
213
213
214
214
214
215
215
215
216
8
Internal Memory ................................................................................................... 233
8.1
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.4
8.5
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 233
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 233
SRAM ........................................................................................................................ 234
ROM .......................................................................................................................... 234
Flash Memory ............................................................................................................. 236
Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration ............................................................... 237
Flash Memory Programming ........................................................................................ 237
32-Word Flash Memory Write Buffer ............................................................................. 239
Nonvolatile Register Programming ............................................................................... 239
Register Map .............................................................................................................. 240
Flash Memory Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset) ............................................ 241
4
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
8.6
Memory Register Descriptions (System Control Offset) .................................................. 252
9
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA) ................................................................ 270
9.1
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.7
9.2.8
9.2.9
9.2.10
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.5
9.4
9.5
9.6
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 271
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 271
Channel Assignments .................................................................................................. 272
Priority ........................................................................................................................ 273
Arbitration Size ............................................................................................................ 273
Request Types ............................................................................................................ 273
Channel Configuration ................................................................................................. 274
Transfer Modes ........................................................................................................... 276
Transfer Size and Increment ........................................................................................ 284
Peripheral Interface ..................................................................................................... 284
Software Request ........................................................................................................ 284
Interrupts and Errors .................................................................................................... 285
Initialization and Configuration ..................................................................................... 285
Module Initialization ..................................................................................................... 285
Configuring a Memory-to-Memory Transfer ................................................................... 285
Configuring a Peripheral for Simple Transmit ................................................................ 287
Configuring a Peripheral for Ping-Pong Receive ............................................................ 288
Configuring Channel Assignments ................................................................................ 291
Register Map .............................................................................................................. 291
μDMA Channel Control Structure ................................................................................. 292
μDMA Register Descriptions ........................................................................................ 299
10
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ........................................................... 328
10.1
10.2
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
10.2.6
10.3
10.4
10.5
Signal Description ....................................................................................................... 328
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 332
Data Control ............................................................................................................... 334
Interrupt Control .......................................................................................................... 335
Mode Control .............................................................................................................. 336
Commit Control ........................................................................................................... 336
Pad Control ................................................................................................................. 337
Identification ............................................................................................................... 337
Initialization and Configuration ..................................................................................... 337
Register Map .............................................................................................................. 338
Register Descriptions .................................................................................................. 341
11
General-Purpose Timers ...................................................................................... 384
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
11.3.4
11.4
11.4.1
11.4.2
11.4.3
11.4.4
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
GPTM Reset Conditions ..............................................................................................
32-Bit Timer Operating Modes ......................................................................................
16-Bit Timer Operating Modes ......................................................................................
DMA Operation ...........................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode ...........................................................................
32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode .............................................................................
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode ...........................................................................
Input Edge-Count Mode ...............................................................................................
June 15, 2010
385
385
388
388
388
390
395
395
395
396
396
397
5
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
11.4.5
11.4.6
11.5
11.6
16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode ....................................................................................
16-Bit PWM Mode .......................................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
398
398
399
400
12
Watchdog Timers ................................................................................................. 432
12.1
12.2
12.2.1
12.3
12.4
12.5
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
Register Access Timing ...............................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
433
433
434
434
434
435
13
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ..................................................................... 457
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.3.1
13.3.2
13.3.3
13.3.4
13.3.5
13.3.6
13.3.7
13.4
13.4.1
13.4.2
13.5
13.6
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 458
Signal Description ....................................................................................................... 459
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 460
Sample Sequencers .................................................................................................... 460
Module Control ............................................................................................................ 461
Hardware Sample Averaging Circuit ............................................................................. 464
Analog-to-Digital Converter .......................................................................................... 464
Differential Sampling ................................................................................................... 466
Internal Temperature Sensor ........................................................................................ 469
Digital Comparator Unit ............................................................................................... 469
Initialization and Configuration ..................................................................................... 474
Module Initialization ..................................................................................................... 474
Sample Sequencer Configuration ................................................................................. 475
Register Map .............................................................................................................. 475
Register Descriptions .................................................................................................. 477
14
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ............................. 535
14.1
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
14.2
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
14.3
Functional Description .................................................................................................
14.3.1 Transmit/Receive Logic ...............................................................................................
14.3.2 Baud-Rate Generation .................................................................................................
14.3.3 Data Transmission ......................................................................................................
14.3.4 Serial IR (SIR) .............................................................................................................
14.3.5 ISO 7816 Support .......................................................................................................
14.3.6 Modem Handshake Support .........................................................................................
14.3.7 LIN Support ................................................................................................................
14.3.8 FIFO Operation ...........................................................................................................
14.3.9 Interrupts ....................................................................................................................
14.3.10 Loopback Operation ....................................................................................................
14.3.11 DMA Operation ...........................................................................................................
14.4
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
14.5
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
14.6
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
536
536
538
538
539
540
540
541
541
543
544
544
545
545
546
547
548
15
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) .................................................................... 597
15.1
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 598
6
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
15.2
15.3
15.3.1
15.3.2
15.3.3
15.3.4
15.3.5
15.4
15.5
15.6
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
Bit Rate Generation .....................................................................................................
FIFO Operation ...........................................................................................................
Interrupts ....................................................................................................................
Frame Formats ...........................................................................................................
DMA Operation ...........................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
598
599
600
600
600
601
608
609
610
611
16
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ................................................................ 639
16.1
16.2
16.3
16.3.1
16.3.2
16.3.3
16.3.4
16.3.5
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
I2C Bus Functional Overview ........................................................................................
Available Speed Modes ...............................................................................................
Interrupts ....................................................................................................................
Loopback Operation ....................................................................................................
Command Sequence Flow Charts ................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions (I2C Master) ...............................................................................
Register Descriptions (I2C Slave) .................................................................................
17
Inter-Integrated Circuit Sound (I2S) Interface .................................................... 676
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.3.1
17.3.2
17.4
17.5
17.6
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
Transmit .....................................................................................................................
Receive ......................................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
18
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module ............................................................. 713
640
640
641
641
643
644
645
645
652
653
654
667
677
677
678
680
684
686
687
688
18.1
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 714
18.2
Signal Description ....................................................................................................... 714
18.3
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 715
18.3.1 Initialization ................................................................................................................. 716
18.3.2 Operation ................................................................................................................... 717
18.3.3 Transmitting Message Objects ..................................................................................... 718
18.3.4 Configuring a Transmit Message Object ........................................................................ 718
18.3.5 Updating a Transmit Message Object ........................................................................... 719
18.3.6 Accepting Received Message Objects .......................................................................... 720
18.3.7 Receiving a Data Frame .............................................................................................. 720
18.3.8 Receiving a Remote Frame .......................................................................................... 720
18.3.9 Receive/Transmit Priority ............................................................................................. 721
18.3.10 Configuring a Receive Message Object ........................................................................ 721
18.3.11 Handling of Received Message Objects ........................................................................ 722
June 15, 2010
7
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
18.3.12 Handling of Interrupts ..................................................................................................
18.3.13 Test Mode ...................................................................................................................
18.3.14 Bit Timing Configuration Error Considerations ...............................................................
18.3.15 Bit Time and Bit Rate ...................................................................................................
18.3.16 Calculating the Bit Timing Parameters ..........................................................................
18.4
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
18.5
CAN Register Descriptions ..........................................................................................
724
725
727
727
729
732
733
19
Ethernet Controller .............................................................................................. 765
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.3.1
19.3.2
19.3.3
19.3.4
19.3.5
19.4
19.4.1
19.4.2
19.5
19.6
19.7
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 766
Signal Description ....................................................................................................... 767
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 768
MAC Operation ........................................................................................................... 768
Internal MII Operation .................................................................................................. 771
PHY Operation ............................................................................................................ 772
Interrupts .................................................................................................................... 774
DMA Operation ........................................................................................................... 775
Initialization and Configuration ..................................................................................... 775
Hardware Configuration ............................................................................................... 775
Software Configuration ................................................................................................ 776
Register Map .............................................................................................................. 777
Ethernet MAC Register Descriptions ............................................................................. 779
MII Management Register Descriptions ......................................................................... 805
20
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Controller ............................................................... 826
20.1
20.2
20.3
20.3.1
20.3.2
20.3.3
20.3.4
20.4
20.4.1
20.4.2
20.5
20.6
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 827
Signal Description ....................................................................................................... 827
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 829
Operation as a Device ................................................................................................. 829
Operation as a Host .................................................................................................... 834
OTG Mode .................................................................................................................. 838
DMA Operation ........................................................................................................... 840
Initialization and Configuration ..................................................................................... 841
Pin Configuration ......................................................................................................... 841
Endpoint Configuration ................................................................................................ 841
Register Map .............................................................................................................. 842
Register Descriptions .................................................................................................. 853
21
Analog Comparators ............................................................................................ 965
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.3.1
21.4
21.5
21.6
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................
Signal Description .......................................................................................................
Functional Description .................................................................................................
Internal Reference Programming ..................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
965
966
967
967
969
969
969
22
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) ............................................................................ 977
22.1
22.2
22.3
Block Diagram ............................................................................................................ 978
Signal Description ....................................................................................................... 979
Functional Description ................................................................................................. 982
8
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
22.3.1
22.3.2
22.3.3
22.3.4
22.3.5
22.3.6
22.3.7
22.3.8
22.4
22.5
22.6
PWM Timer .................................................................................................................
PWM Comparators ......................................................................................................
PWM Signal Generator ................................................................................................
Dead-Band Generator .................................................................................................
Interrupt/ADC-Trigger Selector .....................................................................................
Synchronization Methods ............................................................................................
Fault Conditions ..........................................................................................................
Output Control Block ...................................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration .....................................................................................
Register Map ..............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions ..................................................................................................
982
982
983
984
985
985
986
987
987
988
990
23
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) ................................................................. 1049
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23.6
Block Diagram ...........................................................................................................
Signal Description .....................................................................................................
Functional Description ...............................................................................................
Initialization and Configuration ....................................................................................
Register Map ............................................................................................................
Register Descriptions .................................................................................................
24
Pin Diagram ........................................................................................................ 1072
1049
1050
1051
1053
1054
1055
25
Signal Tables ...................................................................................................... 1074
25.1
25.2
25.3
100-Pin LQFP Package Pin Tables ............................................................................. 1075
108-Pin BGA Package Pin Tables ............................................................................... 1107
Connections for Unused Signals ................................................................................. 1140
26
Operating Characteristics ................................................................................. 1143
27
Electrical Characteristics .................................................................................. 1144
27.1
DC Characteristics .................................................................................................... 1144
27.1.1 Maximum Ratings ...................................................................................................... 1144
27.1.2 Recommended DC Operating Conditions .................................................................... 1144
27.1.3 On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator Characteristics .............................................. 1145
27.1.4 Hibernation Module Characteristics ............................................................................ 1145
27.1.5 Flash Memory Characteristics .................................................................................... 1145
27.1.6 GPIO Module Characteristics ..................................................................................... 1146
27.1.7 USB Module Characteristics ....................................................................................... 1146
27.1.8 Ethernet Controller Characteristics ............................................................................. 1146
27.1.9 Current Specifications ................................................................................................ 1146
27.2
AC Characteristics ..................................................................................................... 1147
27.2.1 Load Conditions ........................................................................................................ 1147
27.2.2 Clocks ...................................................................................................................... 1147
27.2.3 JTAG and Boundary Scan .......................................................................................... 1150
27.2.4 Reset ........................................................................................................................ 1151
27.2.5 Sleep Modes ............................................................................................................. 1153
27.2.6 Hibernation Module ................................................................................................... 1153
27.2.7 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) ...................................................................................... 1154
27.2.8 Analog-to-Digital Converter ........................................................................................ 1155
27.2.9 Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ............................................................................. 1156
27.2.10 Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ......................................................................... 1158
27.2.11 Inter-Integrated Circuit Sound (I2S) Interface ............................................................... 1158
June 15, 2010
9
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
27.2.12 Ethernet Controller ................................................................................................... 1160
27.2.13 Universal Serial Bus (USB) Controller ......................................................................... 1163
27.2.14 Analog Comparator ................................................................................................... 1163
A
Register Quick Reference ................................................................................. 1164
B
Ordering and Contact Information ................................................................... 1210
B.1
B.2
B.3
B.4
Ordering Information ..................................................................................................
Part Markings ............................................................................................................
Kits ...........................................................................................................................
Support Information ...................................................................................................
C
Package Information .......................................................................................... 1212
10
1210
1210
1211
1211
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
List of Figures
Figure 1-1.
Figure 2-1.
Figure 2-2.
Figure 5-1.
Figure 5-2.
Figure 5-3.
Figure 5-4.
Figure 5-5.
Figure 6-1.
Figure 6-2.
Figure 6-3.
Figure 6-4.
Figure 6-5.
Figure 7-1.
Figure 7-2.
Figure 7-3.
®
Stellaris LM3S9L97 Microcontroller High-Level Block Diagram ............................. 67
CPU Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 70
TPIU Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 78
JTAG Module Block Diagram ................................................................................ 89
Test Access Port State Machine ........................................................................... 92
IDCODE Register Format ..................................................................................... 98
BYPASS Register Format .................................................................................... 98
Boundary Scan Register Format ........................................................................... 99
Basic RST Configuration .................................................................................... 102
External Circuitry to Extend Power-On Reset ....................................................... 103
Reset Circuit Controlled by Switch ...................................................................... 103
Power Architecture ............................................................................................ 106
Main Clock Tree ................................................................................................ 109
Hibernation Module Block Diagram ..................................................................... 207
Using a Crystal as the Hibernation Clock Source ................................................. 210
Using a Dedicated Oscillator as the Hibernation Clock Source with VDD3ON
Mode ................................................................................................................ 210
Figure 8-1.
Internal Memory Block Diagram .......................................................................... 233
Figure 9-1.
μDMA Block Diagram ......................................................................................... 271
Figure 9-2.
Example of Ping-Pong μDMA Transaction ........................................................... 277
Figure 9-3.
Memory Scatter-Gather, Setup and Configuration ................................................ 279
Figure 9-4.
Memory Scatter-Gather, μDMA Copy Sequence .................................................. 280
Figure 9-5.
Peripheral Scatter-Gather, Setup and Configuration ............................................. 282
Figure 9-6.
Peripheral Scatter-Gather, μDMA Copy Sequence ............................................... 283
Figure 10-1. Digital I/O Pads ................................................................................................. 333
Figure 10-2. Analog/Digital I/O Pads ...................................................................................... 334
Figure 10-3. GPIODATA Write Example ................................................................................. 335
Figure 10-4. GPIODATA Read Example ................................................................................. 335
Figure 11-1. GPTM Module Block Diagram ............................................................................ 385
Figure 11-2. 16-Bit Input Edge-Count Mode Example .............................................................. 392
Figure 11-3. 16-Bit Input Edge-Time Mode Example ............................................................... 393
Figure 11-4. 16-Bit PWM Mode Example ................................................................................ 394
Figure 11-5. Timer Daisy Chain ............................................................................................. 395
Figure 12-1. WDT Module Block Diagram .............................................................................. 433
Figure 13-1. Implementation of Two ADC Blocks .................................................................... 458
Figure 13-2. ADC Module Block Diagram ............................................................................... 458
Figure 13-3. ADC Sample Phases ......................................................................................... 463
Figure 13-4. Doubling the ADC Sample Rate .......................................................................... 463
Figure 13-5. Skewed Sampling .............................................................................................. 464
Figure 13-6. Internal Voltage Conversion Result ..................................................................... 465
Figure 13-7. External Voltage Conversion Result .................................................................... 466
Figure 13-8. Differential Sampling Range, VIN_ODD = 1.5 V ...................................................... 467
Figure 13-9. Differential Sampling Range, VIN_ODD = 0.75 V .................................................... 468
Figure 13-10. Differential Sampling Range, VIN_ODD = 2.25 V .................................................... 468
Figure 13-11. Internal Temperature Sensor Characteristic ......................................................... 469
Figure 13-12. Low-Band Operation (CIC=0x0 and/or CTC=0x0) ................................................ 472
June 15, 2010
11
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Figure 13-13.
Figure 13-14.
Figure 14-1.
Figure 14-2.
Figure 14-3.
Figure 14-4.
Figure 14-5.
Figure 15-1.
Figure 15-2.
Figure 15-3.
Figure 15-4.
Figure 15-5.
Figure 15-6.
Figure 15-7.
Figure 15-8.
Figure 15-9.
Figure 15-10.
Figure 15-11.
Figure 15-12.
Figure 16-1.
Figure 16-2.
Figure 16-3.
Figure 16-4.
Figure 16-5.
Figure 16-6.
Figure 16-7.
Figure 16-8.
Figure 16-9.
Figure 16-10.
Figure 16-11.
Mid-Band Operation (CIC=0x1 and/or CTC=0x1) ................................................. 473
High-Band Operation (CIC=0x3 and/or CTC=0x3) ................................................ 474
UART Module Block Diagram ............................................................................. 536
UART Character Frame ..................................................................................... 539
IrDA Data Modulation ......................................................................................... 541
LIN Message ..................................................................................................... 543
LIN Synchronization Field ................................................................................... 544
SSI Module Block Diagram ................................................................................. 598
TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer) ........................................ 602
TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ................................ 602
Freescale SPI Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 .......................... 603
Freescale SPI Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=0 and SPH=0 .................. 603
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=0 and SPH=1 ......................................... 604
Freescale SPI Frame Format (Single Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 ............... 605
Freescale SPI Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) with SPO=1 and SPH=0 ........ 605
Freescale SPI Frame Format with SPO=1 and SPH=1 ......................................... 606
MICROWIRE Frame Format (Single Frame) ........................................................ 607
MICROWIRE Frame Format (Continuous Transfer) ............................................. 608
MICROWIRE Frame Format, SSIFss Input Setup and Hold Requirements ............ 608
I2C Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 640
I2C Bus Configuration ........................................................................................ 641
START and STOP Conditions ............................................................................. 642
Complete Data Transfer with a 7-Bit Address ....................................................... 642
R/S Bit in First Byte ............................................................................................ 642
Data Validity During Bit Transfer on the I2C Bus ................................................... 643
Master Single TRANSMIT .................................................................................. 646
Master Single RECEIVE ..................................................................................... 647
Master TRANSMIT with Repeated START ........................................................... 648
Master RECEIVE with Repeated START ............................................................. 649
Master RECEIVE with Repeated START after TRANSMIT with Repeated
START .............................................................................................................. 650
Figure 16-12. Master TRANSMIT with Repeated START after RECEIVE with Repeated
START .............................................................................................................. 651
Figure 16-13. Slave Command Sequence ................................................................................ 652
Figure 17-1. I2S Block Diagram ............................................................................................. 677
Figure 17-2. I2S Data Transfer ............................................................................................... 680
Figure 17-3. Left-Justified Data Transfer ................................................................................ 680
Figure 17-4. Right-Justified Data Transfer .............................................................................. 680
Figure 18-1. CAN Controller Block Diagram ............................................................................ 714
Figure 18-2. CAN Data/Remote Frame .................................................................................. 716
Figure 18-3. Message Objects in a FIFO Buffer ...................................................................... 724
Figure 18-4. CAN Bit Time .................................................................................................... 728
Figure 19-1. Ethernet Controller ............................................................................................. 766
Figure 19-2. Ethernet Controller Block Diagram ...................................................................... 766
Figure 19-3. Ethernet Frame ................................................................................................. 768
Figure 19-4. Interface to an Ethernet Jack .............................................................................. 776
Figure 20-1. USB Module Block Diagram ............................................................................... 827
Figure 21-1. Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram ......................................................... 965
12
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 21-2.
Figure 21-3.
Figure 22-1.
Figure 22-2.
Figure 22-3.
Figure 22-4.
Figure 22-5.
Figure 22-6.
Figure 23-1.
Figure 23-2.
Figure 24-1.
Figure 24-2.
Figure 27-1.
Figure 27-2.
Figure 27-3.
Figure 27-4.
Figure 27-5.
Figure 27-6.
Figure 27-7.
Figure 27-8.
Figure 27-9.
Figure 27-10.
Figure 27-11.
Figure 27-12.
Figure 27-13.
Figure 27-14.
Figure 27-15.
Figure 27-16.
Figure 27-17.
Figure 27-18.
Figure 27-19.
Figure 27-20.
Figure 27-21.
Figure C-1.
Figure C-2.
Structure of Comparator Unit .............................................................................. 967
Comparator Internal Reference Structure ............................................................ 968
PWM Unit Diagram ............................................................................................ 979
PWM Module Block Diagram .............................................................................. 979
PWM Count-Down Mode .................................................................................... 983
PWM Count-Up/Down Mode .............................................................................. 983
PWM Generation Example In Count-Up/Down Mode ........................................... 984
PWM Dead-Band Generator ............................................................................... 984
QEI Block Diagram .......................................................................................... 1050
Quadrature Encoder and Velocity Predivider Operation ...................................... 1052
100-Pin LQFP Package Pin Diagram ................................................................ 1072
108-Ball BGA Package Pin Diagram (Top View) ................................................. 1073
Load Conditions ............................................................................................... 1147
JTAG Test Clock Input Timing ........................................................................... 1151
JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Timing ................................................................ 1151
External Reset Timing (RST) ............................................................................ 1152
Power-On Reset Timing ................................................................................... 1152
Brown-Out Reset Timing .................................................................................. 1152
Software Reset Timing ..................................................................................... 1152
Watchdog Reset Timing ................................................................................... 1153
MOSC Failure Reset Timing ............................................................................. 1153
Hibernation Module Timing with Internal Oscillator Running in Hibernation .......... 1154
Hibernation Module Timing with Internal Oscillator Stopped in Hibernation .......... 1154
ADC Input Equivalency Diagram ....................................................................... 1156
SSI Timing for TI Frame Format (FRF=01), Single Transfer Timing
Measurement .................................................................................................. 1157
SSI Timing for MICROWIRE Frame Format (FRF=10), Single Transfer ............... 1157
SSI Timing for SPI Frame Format (FRF=00), with SPH=1 ................................... 1158
I2C Timing ....................................................................................................... 1158
I2S Master Mode Transmit Timing ..................................................................... 1159
I2S Master Mode Receive Timing ...................................................................... 1159
I2S Slave Mode Transmit Timing ....................................................................... 1160
I2S Slave Mode Receive Timing ........................................................................ 1160
External XTLP Oscillator Characteristics ........................................................... 1162
100-Pin LQFP Package .................................................................................... 1212
108-Ball BGA Package ..................................................................................... 1214
June 15, 2010
13
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 1.
Table 2.
Table 2-1.
Table 2-2.
Table 3-1.
Table 4-1.
Table 4-2.
Table 5-1.
Table 5-2.
Table 5-3.
Table 5-4.
Table 6-1.
Table 6-2.
Table 6-3.
Table 6-4.
Table 6-5.
Table 6-6.
Table 6-7.
Table 6-8.
Table 6-9.
Table 7-1.
Table 7-2.
Table 7-3.
Table 7-4.
Table 8-1.
Table 8-2.
Table 8-3.
Table 9-1.
Table 9-2.
Table 9-3.
Table 9-4.
Table 9-5.
Table 9-6.
Table 9-7.
Table 9-8.
Table 9-9.
Table 9-10.
Table 9-11.
Table 9-12.
Table 9-13.
Table 10-1.
Table 10-2.
Table 10-3.
Table 10-4.
Table 10-5.
Revision History .................................................................................................. 36
Documentation Conventions ................................................................................ 42
16-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary ............................................................ 71
32-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary ............................................................ 73
Memory Map ....................................................................................................... 82
Exception Types .................................................................................................. 85
Interrupts ............................................................................................................ 86
Signals for JTAG_SWD_SWO (100LQFP) ............................................................. 89
Signals for JTAG_SWD_SWO (108BGA) .............................................................. 90
JTAG Port Pins State after Power-On Reset or RST assertion ................................ 91
JTAG Instruction Register Commands ................................................................... 96
Signals for System Control & Clocks (100LQFP) .................................................. 100
Signals for System Control & Clocks (108BGA) ................................................... 100
Reset Sources ................................................................................................... 101
Clock Source Options ........................................................................................ 107
Possible System Clock Frequencies Using the SYSDIV Field ............................... 110
Examples of Possible System Clock Frequencies Using the SYSDIV2 Field .......... 110
Examples of Possible System Clock Frequencies with DIV400=1 ......................... 111
System Control Register Map ............................................................................. 115
RCC2 Fields that Override RCC fields ................................................................. 136
Signals for Hibernate (100LQFP) ........................................................................ 207
Signals for Hibernate (108BGA) .......................................................................... 208
Hibernation Module Clock Operation ................................................................... 213
Hibernation Module Register Map ....................................................................... 216
Flash Memory Protection Policy Combinations .................................................... 237
User-Programmable Flash Memory Resident Registers ....................................... 240
Flash Register Map ............................................................................................ 240
μDMA Channel Assignments .............................................................................. 272
Request Type Support ....................................................................................... 274
Control Structure Memory Map ........................................................................... 275
Channel Control Structure .................................................................................. 275
μDMA Read Example: 8-Bit Peripheral ................................................................ 284
μDMA Interrupt Assignments .............................................................................. 285
Channel Control Structure Offsets for Channel 30 ................................................ 286
Channel Control Word Configuration for Memory Transfer Example ...................... 286
Channel Control Structure Offsets for Channel 7 .................................................. 287
Channel Control Word Configuration for Peripheral Transmit Example .................. 288
Primary and Alternate Channel Control Structure Offsets for Channel 8 ................. 289
Channel Control Word Configuration for Peripheral Ping-Pong Receive
Example ............................................................................................................ 290
μDMA Register Map .......................................................................................... 291
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 329
GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (100LQFP) ................................................... 329
GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (108BGA) ..................................................... 331
GPIO Pad Configuration Examples ..................................................................... 337
GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example ................................................................ 338
14
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 10-6.
Table 10-7.
Table 10-8.
Table 10-9.
Table 10-10.
Table 10-11.
Table 10-12.
Table 11-1.
Table 11-2.
Table 11-3.
Table 11-4.
Table 11-5.
Table 12-1.
Table 13-1.
Table 13-2.
Table 13-3.
Table 13-4.
Table 13-5.
Table 14-1.
Table 14-2.
Table 14-3.
Table 14-4.
Table 15-1.
Table 15-2.
Table 15-3.
Table 16-1.
Table 16-2.
Table 16-3.
Table 16-4.
Table 16-5.
Table 17-1.
Table 17-2.
Table 17-3.
Table 17-4.
Table 17-5.
Table 17-6.
Table 17-7.
Table 17-8.
Table 17-9.
Table 17-10.
Table 18-1.
Table 18-2.
Table 18-3.
Table 18-4.
Table 18-5.
Table 18-6.
Table 19-1.
Table 19-2.
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 339
GPIO Register Map ........................................................................................... 340
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 352
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 358
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 360
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 363
GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values .............................................................. 370
Available CCP Pins ............................................................................................ 385
Signals for General-Purpose Timers (100LQFP) .................................................. 386
Signals for General-Purpose Timers (108BGA) .................................................... 387
16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations ......................................................... 391
Timers Register Map .......................................................................................... 399
Watchdog Timers Register Map .......................................................................... 435
Signals for ADC (100LQFP) ............................................................................... 459
Signals for ADC (108BGA) ................................................................................. 459
Samples and FIFO Depth of Sequencers ............................................................ 460
Differential Sampling Pairs ................................................................................. 466
ADC Register Map ............................................................................................. 475
Signals for UART (100LQFP) ............................................................................. 537
Signals for UART (108BGA) ............................................................................... 537
Flow Control Mode ............................................................................................. 542
UART Register Map ........................................................................................... 547
Signals for SSI (100LQFP) ................................................................................. 599
Signals for SSI (108BGA) ................................................................................... 599
SSI Register Map .............................................................................................. 610
Signals for I2C (100LQFP) ................................................................................. 640
Signals for I2C (108BGA) ................................................................................... 640
Examples of I2C Master Timer Period versus Speed Mode ................................... 644
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface Register Map ............................................. 653
Write Field Decoding for I2CMCS[3:0] Field ......................................................... 659
Signals for I2S (100LQFP) ................................................................................. 678
Signals for I2S (108BGA) ................................................................................... 678
I2S Transmit FIFO Interface ................................................................................ 681
Crystal Frequency (Values from 3.5795 MHz to 5 MHz) ........................................ 682
Crystal Frequency (Values from 5.12 MHz to 8.192 MHz) ..................................... 682
Crystal Frequency (Values from 10 MHz to 14.3181 MHz) .................................... 683
Crystal Frequency (Values from 16 MHz to 16.384 MHz) ...................................... 683
I2S Receive FIFO Interface ................................................................................. 685
Audio Formats Configuration .............................................................................. 687
Inter-Integrated Circuit Sound (I2S) Interface Register Map ................................... 688
Signals for Controller Area Network (100LQFP) ................................................... 715
Signals for Controller Area Network (108BGA) ..................................................... 715
Message Object Configurations .......................................................................... 721
CAN Protocol Ranges ........................................................................................ 728
CANBIT Register Values .................................................................................... 728
CAN Register Map ............................................................................................. 732
Signals for Ethernet (100LQFP) .......................................................................... 767
Signals for Ethernet (108BGA) ............................................................................ 767
June 15, 2010
15
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Table 19-3.
Table 19-4.
Table 20-1.
Table 20-2.
Table 20-3.
Table 20-4.
Table 20-5.
Table 20-6.
Table 21-1.
Table 21-2.
Table 21-3.
Table 21-4.
Table 22-1.
Table 22-2.
Table 22-3.
Table 23-1.
Table 23-2.
Table 23-3.
Table 25-1.
Table 25-2.
Table 25-3.
Table 25-4.
Table 25-5.
Table 25-6.
Table 25-7.
Table 25-8.
Table 25-9.
Table 25-10.
Table 25-11.
Table 25-12.
Table 25-13.
Table 26-1.
Table 26-2.
Table 26-3.
Table 27-1.
Table 27-2.
Table 27-3.
Table 27-4.
Table 27-5.
Table 27-6.
Table 27-7.
Table 27-8.
Table 27-9.
Table 27-10.
Table 27-11.
Table 27-12.
Table 27-13.
Table 27-14.
TX & RX FIFO Organization ............................................................................... 770
Ethernet Register Map ....................................................................................... 777
Signals for USB (100LQFP) ................................................................................ 827
Signals for USB (108BGA) ................................................................................. 828
Remainder (RxMaxP/4) ...................................................................................... 840
Actual Bytes Read ............................................................................................. 840
Packet Sizes That Clear RXRDY ........................................................................ 840
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Controller Register Map ............................................ 842
Signals for Analog Comparators (100LQFP) ........................................................ 966
Signals for Analog Comparators (108BGA) .......................................................... 966
Internal Reference Voltage and ACREFCTL Field Values ..................................... 968
Analog Comparators Register Map ..................................................................... 969
Signals for PWM (100LQFP) .............................................................................. 980
Signals for PWM (108BGA) ................................................................................ 981
PWM Register Map ............................................................................................ 988
Signals for QEI (100LQFP) ............................................................................... 1050
Signals for QEI (108BGA) ................................................................................. 1051
QEI Register Map ............................................................................................ 1054
GPIO Pins With Default Alternate Functions ...................................................... 1074
Signals by Pin Number ..................................................................................... 1075
Signals by Signal Name ................................................................................... 1085
Signals by Function, Except for GPIO ............................................................... 1094
GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions ................................................................... 1102
Possible Pin Assignments for Alternate Functions .............................................. 1105
Signals by Pin Number ..................................................................................... 1107
Signals by Signal Name ................................................................................... 1118
Signals by Function, Except for GPIO ............................................................... 1127
GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions ................................................................... 1135
Possible Pin Assignments for Alternate Functions .............................................. 1138
Connections for Unused Signals (100-pin LQFP) ............................................... 1140
Connections for Unused Signals, 108-pin BGA .................................................. 1141
Temperature Characteristics ............................................................................. 1143
Thermal Characteristics ................................................................................... 1143
ESD Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................................................... 1143
Maximum Ratings ............................................................................................ 1144
Recommended DC Operating Conditions .......................................................... 1144
LDO Regulator Characteristics ......................................................................... 1145
Hibernation Module DC Characteristics ............................................................. 1145
Flash Memory Characteristics ........................................................................... 1145
GPIO Module DC Characteristics ...................................................................... 1146
USB Controller DC Characteristics .................................................................... 1146
Ethernet Controller DC Characteristics .............................................................. 1146
Preliminary Current Consumption ..................................................................... 1146
Phase Locked Loop (PLL) Characteristics ......................................................... 1148
Actual PLL Frequency ...................................................................................... 1148
PIOSC Clock Characteristics ............................................................................ 1148
30-kHz Clock Characteristics ............................................................................ 1149
Hibernation Clock Characteristics ..................................................................... 1149
16
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 27-15.
Table 27-16.
Table 27-17.
Table 27-18.
Table 27-19.
Table 27-20.
Table 27-21.
Table 27-22.
Table 27-23.
Table 27-24.
Table 27-25.
Table 27-26.
Table 27-27.
Table 27-28.
Table 27-29.
Table 27-30.
Table 27-31.
Table 27-32.
Table 27-33.
Table 27-34.
Table 27-35.
Table 27-36.
Table 27-37.
Table 27-38.
Table 27-39.
Table 27-40.
Table 27-41.
Table 27-42.
Table B-1.
HIB Oscillator Input Characteristics ................................................................... 1149
Main Oscillator Clock Characteristics ................................................................ 1149
MOSC Oscillator Input Characteristics ............................................................... 1150
System Clock Characteristics with ADC Operation ............................................. 1150
JTAG Characteristics ....................................................................................... 1150
Reset Characteristics ....................................................................................... 1151
Sleep Modes AC Characteristics ....................................................................... 1153
Hibernation Module AC Characteristics ............................................................. 1153
GPIO Characteristics ....................................................................................... 1154
ADC Characteristics ......................................................................................... 1155
ADC Module External Reference Characteristics ............................................... 1156
ADC Module Internal Reference Characteristics ................................................ 1156
SSI Characteristics .......................................................................................... 1156
I2S Master Clock (Receive and Transmit) .......................................................... 1158
I2S Slave Clock (Receive and Transmit) ............................................................ 1158
I2S Master Mode .............................................................................................. 1159
I2S Slave Mode ................................................................................................ 1159
100BASE-TX Transmitter Characteristics .......................................................... 1160
100BASE-TX Transmitter Characteristics (informative) ....................................... 1160
100BASE-TX Receiver Characteristics .............................................................. 1160
10BASE-T Transmitter Characteristics .............................................................. 1161
10BASE-T Transmitter Characteristics (informative) ........................................... 1161
10BASE-T Receiver Characteristics .................................................................. 1161
Isolation Transformers ...................................................................................... 1161
Ethernet Reference Crystal .............................................................................. 1162
External XTLP Oscillator Characteristics ........................................................... 1162
Analog Comparator Characteristics ................................................................... 1163
Analog Comparator Voltage Reference Characteristics ...................................... 1163
Part Ordering Information ................................................................................. 1210
June 15, 2010
17
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
List of Registers
System Control ............................................................................................................................ 100
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
Register 38:
Register 39:
Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000 ..................................................................... 117
Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030 ........................................................ 119
Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050 .......................................................................... 120
Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054 ...................................................................... 122
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058 .................................................. 124
Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C ................................................................................ 126
Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060 ......................................................... 128
XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064 ............................................................. 133
GPIO High-Performance Bus Control (GPIOHBCTL), offset 0x06C ................................... 134
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2), offset 0x070 .................................................... 136
Main Oscillator Control (MOSCCTL), offset 0x07C ........................................................... 139
Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144 ........................................ 140
Precision Internal Oscillator Calibration (PIOSCCAL), offset 0x150 ................................... 142
Precision Internal Oscillator Statistics (PIOSCSTAT), offset 0x154 .................................... 144
I2S MCLK Configuration (I2SMCLKCFG), offset 0x170 ..................................................... 145
Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004 ..................................................................... 147
Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008 ........................................................................ 149
Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010 ........................................................................ 150
Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014 ........................................................................ 153
Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018 ........................................................................ 155
Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C ....................................................................... 158
Device Capabilities 5 (DC5), offset 0x020 ........................................................................ 160
Device Capabilities 6 (DC6), offset 0x024 ........................................................................ 162
Device Capabilities 7 (DC7), offset 0x028 ........................................................................ 163
Device Capabilities 8 ADC Channels (DC8), offset 0x02C ................................................ 167
Device Capabilities 9 ADC Digital Comparators (DC9), offset 0x190 ................................. 170
Non-Volatile Memory Information (NVMSTAT), offset 0x1A0 ............................................. 172
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100 ................................... 173
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset 0x110 ................................. 176
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0), offset 0x120 ....................... 179
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104 ................................... 181
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset 0x114 ................................. 184
Deep-Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1), offset 0x124 ....................... 187
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108 ................................... 190
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset 0x118 ................................. 193
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2), offset 0x128 ....................... 196
Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040 ............................................................. 199
Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044 ............................................................. 201
Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048 ............................................................. 204
Hibernation Module ..................................................................................................................... 206
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC), offset 0x000 .........................................................
Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0), offset 0x004 .......................................................
Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1), offset 0x008 .......................................................
Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD), offset 0x00C ...........................................................
18
217
218
219
220
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Hibernation Control (HIBCTL), offset 0x010 .....................................................................
Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM), offset 0x014 .............................................................
Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS), offset 0x018 ..................................................
Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS), offset 0x01C ............................................
Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC), offset 0x020 .............................................................
Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT), offset 0x024 ...............................................................
Hibernation Data (HIBDATA), offset 0x030-0x12C ............................................................
221
224
226
228
230
231
232
Internal Memory ........................................................................................................................... 233
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000 .................................................................... 242
Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004 ......................................................................... 243
Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... 244
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C ............................................ 246
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010 ........................................................ 247
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC), offset 0x014 ..................... 248
Flash Memory Control 2 (FMC2), offset 0x020 ................................................................. 249
Flash Write Buffer Valid (FWBVAL), offset 0x030 ............................................................. 250
Flash Write Buffer n (FWBn), offset 0x100 - 0x17C .......................................................... 251
Flash Control (FCTL), offset 0x0F8 ................................................................................. 252
ROM Control (RMCTL), offset 0x0F0 .............................................................................. 253
ROM Version Register (RMVER), offset 0x0F4 ................................................................ 254
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0), offset 0x130 and 0x200 ................... 255
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0), offset 0x134 and 0x400 ............... 256
Boot Configuration (BOOTCFG), offset 0x1D0 ................................................................. 257
User Register 0 (USER_REG0), offset 0x1E0 .................................................................. 260
User Register 1 (USER_REG1), offset 0x1E4 .................................................................. 261
User Register 2 (USER_REG2), offset 0x1E8 .................................................................. 262
User Register 3 (USER_REG3), offset 0x1EC ................................................................. 263
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1), offset 0x204 .................................... 264
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2), offset 0x208 .................................... 265
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3), offset 0x20C ................................... 266
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1), offset 0x404 ............................... 267
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2), offset 0x408 ............................... 268
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3), offset 0x40C ............................... 269
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA) ........................................................................................ 270
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
DMA Channel Source Address End Pointer (DMASRCENDP), offset 0x000 ...................... 293
DMA Channel Destination Address End Pointer (DMADSTENDP), offset 0x004 ................ 294
DMA Channel Control Word (DMACHCTL), offset 0x008 .................................................. 295
DMA Status (DMASTAT), offset 0x000 ............................................................................ 300
DMA Configuration (DMACFG), offset 0x004 ................................................................... 302
DMA Channel Control Base Pointer (DMACTLBASE), offset 0x008 .................................. 303
DMA Alternate Channel Control Base Pointer (DMAALTBASE), offset 0x00C .................... 304
DMA Channel Wait-on-Request Status (DMAWAITSTAT), offset 0x010 ............................. 305
DMA Channel Software Request (DMASWREQ), offset 0x014 ......................................... 306
DMA Channel Useburst Set (DMAUSEBURSTSET), offset 0x018 .................................... 307
DMA Channel Useburst Clear (DMAUSEBURSTCLR), offset 0x01C ................................. 308
DMA Channel Request Mask Set (DMAREQMASKSET), offset 0x020 .............................. 309
DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR), offset 0x024 ........................... 310
DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET), offset 0x028 ................................................... 311
June 15, 2010
19
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
DMA Channel Enable Clear (DMAENACLR), offset 0x02C ............................................... 312
DMA Channel Primary Alternate Set (DMAALTSET), offset 0x030 .................................... 313
DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear (DMAALTCLR), offset 0x034 ................................. 314
DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET), offset 0x038 ................................................. 315
DMA Channel Priority Clear (DMAPRIOCLR), offset 0x03C .............................................. 316
DMA Bus Error Clear (DMAERRCLR), offset 0x04C ........................................................ 317
DMA Channel Assignment (DMACHASGN), offset 0x500 ................................................. 318
DMA Peripheral Identification 0 (DMAPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ......................................... 319
DMA Peripheral Identification 1 (DMAPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ......................................... 320
DMA Peripheral Identification 2 (DMAPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ......................................... 321
DMA Peripheral Identification 3 (DMAPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ........................................ 322
DMA Peripheral Identification 4 (DMAPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ......................................... 323
DMA PrimeCell Identification 0 (DMAPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ........................................... 324
DMA PrimeCell Identification 1 (DMAPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ........................................... 325
DMA PrimeCell Identification 2 (DMAPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ........................................... 326
DMA PrimeCell Identification 3 (DMAPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ........................................... 327
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs) ................................................................................... 328
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000 ............................................................................ 342
GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400 ......................................................................... 343
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404 .................................................................. 344
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408 ........................................................ 345
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C ................................................................ 346
GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410 ................................................................... 347
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414 ........................................................ 348
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418 ................................................... 349
GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C ................................................................ 351
GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420 ............................................ 352
GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500 ........................................................ 354
GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504 ........................................................ 355
GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508 ........................................................ 356
GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C ......................................................... 357
GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510 ................................................................ 358
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514 ........................................................... 360
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518 ................................................ 362
GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C ................................................................ 363
GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK), offset 0x520 ............................................................................ 365
GPIO Commit (GPIOCR), offset 0x524 ............................................................................ 366
GPIO Analog Mode Select (GPIOAMSEL), offset 0x528 ................................................... 368
GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL), offset 0x52C ................................................................. 370
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ....................................... 372
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ....................................... 373
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ....................................... 374
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ...................................... 375
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ....................................... 376
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ....................................... 377
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ....................................... 378
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ...................................... 379
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .......................................... 380
20
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .......................................... 381
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .......................................... 382
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ......................................... 383
General-Purpose Timers ............................................................................................................. 384
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000 .............................................................. 401
GPTM Timer A Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 402
GPTM Timer B Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008 ........................................................... 404
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C ........................................................................ 406
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018 .............................................................. 409
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C ..................................................... 411
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020 ................................................ 414
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024 .............................................................. 417
GPTM Timer A Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028 ................................................ 419
GPTM Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C ................................................ 420
GPTM Timer A Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030 .................................................. 421
GPTM Timer B Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034 ................................................. 422
GPTM Timer A Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038 ....................................................... 423
GPTM Timer B Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C ...................................................... 424
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040 ........................................... 425
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044 ........................................... 426
GPTM Timer A (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048 ....................................................................... 427
GPTM Timer B (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C ....................................................................... 428
GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV), offset 0x050 ............................................................... 430
GPTM Timer B Value (GPTMTBV), offset 0x054 .............................................................. 431
Watchdog Timers ......................................................................................................................... 432
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000 ...................................................................... 436
Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004 ................................................................... 437
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... 438
Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C .......................................................... 440
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010 .................................................. 441
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014 ............................................. 442
Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418 ....................................................................... 443
Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00 ..................................................................... 444
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ................................. 445
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ................................. 446
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ................................. 447
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ................................ 448
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ................................. 449
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ................................. 450
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ................................. 451
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ................................. 452
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 .................................... 453
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 .................................... 454
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 .................................... 455
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC .................................. 456
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ............................................................................................. 457
Register 1:
Register 2:
ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS), offset 0x000 ............................................. 478
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 479
June 15, 2010
21
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
Register 38:
Register 39:
Register 40:
Register 41:
Register 42:
Register 43:
Register 44:
Register 45:
Register 46:
Register 47:
Register 48:
Register 49:
Register 50:
ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM), offset 0x008 ..................................................................... 481
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC), offset 0x00C .................................................. 483
ADC Overflow Status (ADCOSTAT), offset 0x010 ............................................................ 486
ADC Event Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX), offset 0x014 ................................................. 488
ADC Underflow Status (ADCUSTAT), offset 0x018 ........................................................... 493
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI), offset 0x020 ............................................. 494
ADC Sample Phase Control (ADCSPC), offset 0x024 ...................................................... 496
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI), offset 0x028 ................................. 497
ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC), offset 0x030 ................................................. 499
ADC Digital Comparator Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCDCISC), offset 0x034 ................. 500
ADC Control (ADCCTL), offset 0x038 ............................................................................. 502
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 (ADCSSMUX0), offset 0x040 ............... 503
ADC Sample Sequence Control 0 (ADCSSCTL0), offset 0x044 ........................................ 505
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0 (ADCSSFIFO0), offset 0x048 ................................ 508
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1 (ADCSSFIFO1), offset 0x068 ................................ 508
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2 (ADCSSFIFO2), offset 0x088 ................................ 508
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3 (ADCSSFIFO3), offset 0x0A8 ............................... 508
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status (ADCSSFSTAT0), offset 0x04C ............................. 509
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status (ADCSSFSTAT1), offset 0x06C ............................. 509
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status (ADCSSFSTAT2), offset 0x08C ............................ 509
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status (ADCSSFSTAT3), offset 0x0AC ............................ 509
ADC Sample Sequence 0 Operation (ADCSSOP0), offset 0x050 ...................................... 511
ADC Sample Sequence 0 Digital Comparator Select (ADCSSDC0), offset 0x054 .............. 513
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1 (ADCSSMUX1), offset 0x060 ............... 515
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2 (ADCSSMUX2), offset 0x080 ............... 515
ADC Sample Sequence Control 1 (ADCSSCTL1), offset 0x064 ........................................ 516
ADC Sample Sequence Control 2 (ADCSSCTL2), offset 0x084 ........................................ 516
ADC Sample Sequence 1 Operation (ADCSSOP1), offset 0x070 ...................................... 518
ADC Sample Sequence 2 Operation (ADCSSOP2), offset 0x090 ..................................... 518
ADC Sample Sequence 1 Digital Comparator Select (ADCSSDC1), offset 0x074 .............. 519
ADC Sample Sequence 2 Digital Comparator Select (ADCSSDC2), offset 0x094 .............. 519
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3 (ADCSSMUX3), offset 0x0A0 ............... 521
ADC Sample Sequence Control 3 (ADCSSCTL3), offset 0x0A4 ........................................ 522
ADC Sample Sequence 3 Operation (ADCSSOP3), offset 0x0B0 ..................................... 523
ADC Sample Sequence 3 Digital Comparator Select (ADCSSDC3), offset 0x0B4 .............. 524
ADC Digital Comparator Reset Initial Conditions (ADCDCRIC), offset 0xD00 ..................... 525
ADC Digital Comparator Control 0 (ADCDCCTL0), offset 0xE00 ....................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 1 (ADCDCCTL1), offset 0xE04 ....................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 2 (ADCDCCTL2), offset 0xE08 ....................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 3 (ADCDCCTL3), offset 0xE0C ...................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 4 (ADCDCCTL4), offset 0xE10 ....................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 5 (ADCDCCTL5), offset 0xE14 ....................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 6 (ADCDCCTL6), offset 0xE18 ....................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Control 7 (ADCDCCTL7), offset 0xE1C ...................................... 530
ADC Digital Comparator Range 0 (ADCDCCMP0), offset 0xE40 ....................................... 534
ADC Digital Comparator Range 1 (ADCDCCMP1), offset 0xE44 ....................................... 534
ADC Digital Comparator Range 2 (ADCDCCMP2), offset 0xE48 ....................................... 534
ADC Digital Comparator Range 3 (ADCDCCMP3), offset 0xE4C ...................................... 534
22
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 51:
Register 52:
Register 53:
Register 54:
ADC Digital Comparator Range 4 (ADCDCCMP4), offset 0xE50 .......................................
ADC Digital Comparator Range 5 (ADCDCCMP5), offset 0xE54 .......................................
ADC Digital Comparator Range 6 (ADCDCCMP6), offset 0xE58 .......................................
ADC Digital Comparator Range 7 (ADCDCCMP7), offset 0xE5C ......................................
534
534
534
534
Universal Asynchronous Receivers/Transmitters (UARTs) ..................................................... 535
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
UART Data (UARTDR), offset 0x000 ............................................................................... 549
UART Receive Status/Error Clear (UARTRSR/UARTECR), offset 0x004 ........................... 551
UART Flag (UARTFR), offset 0x018 ................................................................................ 554
UART IrDA Low-Power Register (UARTILPR), offset 0x020 ............................................. 557
UART Integer Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTIBRD), offset 0x024 ............................................ 558
UART Fractional Baud-Rate Divisor (UARTFBRD), offset 0x028 ....................................... 559
UART Line Control (UARTLCRH), offset 0x02C ............................................................... 560
UART Control (UARTCTL), offset 0x030 ......................................................................... 562
UART Interrupt FIFO Level Select (UARTIFLS), offset 0x034 ........................................... 566
UART Interrupt Mask (UARTIM), offset 0x038 ................................................................. 568
UART Raw Interrupt Status (UARTRIS), offset 0x03C ...................................................... 572
UART Masked Interrupt Status (UARTMIS), offset 0x040 ................................................. 576
UART Interrupt Clear (UARTICR), offset 0x044 ............................................................... 579
UART DMA Control (UARTDMACTL), offset 0x048 .......................................................... 581
UART LIN Control (UARTLCTL), offset 0x090 ................................................................. 582
UART LIN Snap Shot (UARTLSS), offset 0x094 ............................................................... 583
UART LIN Timer (UARTLTIM), offset 0x098 ..................................................................... 584
UART Peripheral Identification 4 (UARTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ..................................... 585
UART Peripheral Identification 5 (UARTPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ..................................... 586
UART Peripheral Identification 6 (UARTPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ..................................... 587
UART Peripheral Identification 7 (UARTPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ..................................... 588
UART Peripheral Identification 0 (UARTPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 ...................................... 589
UART Peripheral Identification 1 (UARTPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 ...................................... 590
UART Peripheral Identification 2 (UARTPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 ...................................... 591
UART Peripheral Identification 3 (UARTPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ..................................... 592
UART PrimeCell Identification 0 (UARTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ........................................ 593
UART PrimeCell Identification 1 (UARTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ........................................ 594
UART PrimeCell Identification 2 (UARTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ........................................ 595
UART PrimeCell Identification 3 (UARTPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ........................................ 596
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) ............................................................................................ 597
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
SSI Control 0 (SSICR0), offset 0x000 .............................................................................. 612
SSI Control 1 (SSICR1), offset 0x004 .............................................................................. 614
SSI Data (SSIDR), offset 0x008 ...................................................................................... 616
SSI Status (SSISR), offset 0x00C ................................................................................... 617
SSI Clock Prescale (SSICPSR), offset 0x010 .................................................................. 619
SSI Interrupt Mask (SSIIM), offset 0x014 ......................................................................... 620
SSI Raw Interrupt Status (SSIRIS), offset 0x018 .............................................................. 621
SSI Masked Interrupt Status (SSIMIS), offset 0x01C ........................................................ 623
SSI Interrupt Clear (SSIICR), offset 0x020 ....................................................................... 625
SSI DMA Control (SSIDMACTL), offset 0x024 ................................................................. 626
SSI Peripheral Identification 4 (SSIPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0 ............................................. 627
SSI Peripheral Identification 5 (SSIPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4 ............................................. 628
SSI Peripheral Identification 6 (SSIPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8 ............................................. 629
June 15, 2010
23
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
SSI Peripheral Identification 7 (SSIPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC ............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 0 (SSIPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 1 (SSIPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 2 (SSIPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8 .............................................
SSI Peripheral Identification 3 (SSIPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC ............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 0 (SSIPCellID0), offset 0xFF0 ...............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 1 (SSIPCellID1), offset 0xFF4 ...............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 2 (SSIPCellID2), offset 0xFF8 ...............................................
SSI PrimeCell Identification 3 (SSIPCellID3), offset 0xFFC ...............................................
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) Interface ........................................................................................ 639
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
I2C Master Slave Address (I2CMSA), offset 0x000 ........................................................... 655
I2C Master Control/Status (I2CMCS), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 656
I2C Master Data (I2CMDR), offset 0x008 ......................................................................... 661
I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR), offset 0x00C ........................................................... 662
I2C Master Interrupt Mask (I2CMIMR), offset 0x010 ......................................................... 663
I2C Master Raw Interrupt Status (I2CMRIS), offset 0x014 ................................................. 664
I2C Master Masked Interrupt Status (I2CMMIS), offset 0x018 ........................................... 665
I2C Master Interrupt Clear (I2CMICR), offset 0x01C ......................................................... 666
I2C Master Configuration (I2CMCR), offset 0x020 ............................................................ 667
I2C Slave Own Address (I2CSOAR), offset 0x000 ............................................................ 668
I2C Slave Control/Status (I2CSCSR), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 669
I2C Slave Data (I2CSDR), offset 0x008 ........................................................................... 671
I2C Slave Interrupt Mask (I2CSIMR), offset 0x00C ........................................................... 672
I2C Slave Raw Interrupt Status (I2CSRIS), offset 0x010 ................................................... 673
I2C Slave Masked Interrupt Status (I2CSMIS), offset 0x014 .............................................. 674
I2C Slave Interrupt Clear (I2CSICR), offset 0x018 ............................................................ 675
Inter-Integrated Circuit Sound (I2S) Interface ............................................................................ 676
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
I2S Transmit FIFO Data (I2STXFIFO), offset 0x000 .......................................................... 689
I2S Transmit FIFO Configuration (I2STXFIFOCFG), offset 0x004 ...................................... 690
I2S Transmit Module Configuration (I2STXCFG), offset 0x008 .......................................... 691
I2S Transmit FIFO Limit (I2STXLIMIT), offset 0x00C ........................................................ 693
I2S Transmit Interrupt Status and Mask (I2STXISM), offset 0x010 ..................................... 694
I2S Transmit FIFO Level (I2STXLEV), offset 0x018 .......................................................... 695
I2S Receive FIFO Data (I2SRXFIFO), offset 0x800 .......................................................... 696
I2S Receive FIFO Configuration (I2SRXFIFOCFG), offset 0x804 ...................................... 697
I2S Receive Module Configuration (I2SRXCFG), offset 0x808 ........................................... 698
I2S Receive FIFO Limit (I2SRXLIMIT), offset 0x80C ......................................................... 701
I2S Receive Interrupt Status and Mask (I2SRXISM), offset 0x810 ..................................... 702
I2S Receive FIFO Level (I2SRXLEV), offset 0x818 ........................................................... 703
I2S Module Configuration (I2SCFG), offset 0xC00 ............................................................ 704
I2S Interrupt Mask (I2SIM), offset 0xC10 ......................................................................... 706
I2S Raw Interrupt Status (I2SRIS), offset 0xC14 ............................................................... 708
I2S Masked Interrupt Status (I2SMIS), offset 0xC18 ......................................................... 710
I2S Interrupt Clear (I2SIC), offset 0xC1C ......................................................................... 712
Controller Area Network (CAN) Module ..................................................................................... 713
Register 1:
CAN Control (CANCTL), offset 0x000 ............................................................................. 734
24
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
CAN Status (CANSTS), offset 0x004 ............................................................................... 736
CAN Error Counter (CANERR), offset 0x008 ................................................................... 739
CAN Bit Timing (CANBIT), offset 0x00C .......................................................................... 740
CAN Interrupt (CANINT), offset 0x010 ............................................................................. 742
CAN Test (CANTST), offset 0x014 .................................................................................. 743
CAN Baud Rate Prescaler Extension (CANBRPE), offset 0x018 ....................................... 745
CAN IF1 Command Request (CANIF1CRQ), offset 0x020 ................................................ 746
CAN IF2 Command Request (CANIF2CRQ), offset 0x080 ................................................ 746
CAN IF1 Command Mask (CANIF1CMSK), offset 0x024 .................................................. 748
CAN IF2 Command Mask (CANIF2CMSK), offset 0x084 .................................................. 748
CAN IF1 Mask 1 (CANIF1MSK1), offset 0x028 ................................................................ 751
CAN IF2 Mask 1 (CANIF2MSK1), offset 0x088 ................................................................ 751
CAN IF1 Mask 2 (CANIF1MSK2), offset 0x02C ................................................................ 752
CAN IF2 Mask 2 (CANIF2MSK2), offset 0x08C ................................................................ 752
CAN IF1 Arbitration 1 (CANIF1ARB1), offset 0x030 ......................................................... 754
CAN IF2 Arbitration 1 (CANIF2ARB1), offset 0x090 ......................................................... 754
CAN IF1 Arbitration 2 (CANIF1ARB2), offset 0x034 ......................................................... 755
CAN IF2 Arbitration 2 (CANIF2ARB2), offset 0x094 ......................................................... 755
CAN IF1 Message Control (CANIF1MCTL), offset 0x038 .................................................. 757
CAN IF2 Message Control (CANIF2MCTL), offset 0x098 .................................................. 757
CAN IF1 Data A1 (CANIF1DA1), offset 0x03C ................................................................. 760
CAN IF1 Data A2 (CANIF1DA2), offset 0x040 ................................................................. 760
CAN IF1 Data B1 (CANIF1DB1), offset 0x044 ................................................................. 760
CAN IF1 Data B2 (CANIF1DB2), offset 0x048 ................................................................. 760
CAN IF2 Data A1 (CANIF2DA1), offset 0x09C ................................................................. 760
CAN IF2 Data A2 (CANIF2DA2), offset 0x0A0 ................................................................. 760
CAN IF2 Data B1 (CANIF2DB1), offset 0x0A4 ................................................................. 760
CAN IF2 Data B2 (CANIF2DB2), offset 0x0A8 ................................................................. 760
CAN Transmission Request 1 (CANTXRQ1), offset 0x100 ................................................ 761
CAN Transmission Request 2 (CANTXRQ2), offset 0x104 ................................................ 761
CAN New Data 1 (CANNWDA1), offset 0x120 ................................................................. 762
CAN New Data 2 (CANNWDA2), offset 0x124 ................................................................. 762
CAN Message 1 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG1INT), offset 0x140 ..................................... 763
CAN Message 2 Interrupt Pending (CANMSG2INT), offset 0x144 ..................................... 763
CAN Message 1 Valid (CANMSG1VAL), offset 0x160 ....................................................... 764
CAN Message 2 Valid (CANMSG2VAL), offset 0x164 ....................................................... 764
Ethernet Controller ...................................................................................................................... 765
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status/Acknowledge (MACRIS/MACIACK), offset 0x000 .......
Ethernet MAC Interrupt Mask (MACIM), offset 0x004 .......................................................
Ethernet MAC Receive Control (MACRCTL), offset 0x008 ................................................
Ethernet MAC Transmit Control (MACTCTL), offset 0x00C ...............................................
Ethernet MAC Data (MACDATA), offset 0x010 .................................................................
Ethernet MAC Individual Address 0 (MACIA0), offset 0x014 .............................................
Ethernet MAC Individual Address 1 (MACIA1), offset 0x018 .............................................
Ethernet MAC Threshold (MACTHR), offset 0x01C ..........................................................
Ethernet MAC Management Control (MACMCTL), offset 0x020 ........................................
Ethernet MAC Management Divider (MACMDV), offset 0x024 ..........................................
Ethernet MAC Management Transmit Data (MACMTXD), offset 0x02C .............................
June 15, 2010
780
783
785
787
789
791
792
793
795
797
798
25
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Ethernet MAC Management Receive Data (MACMRXD), offset 0x030 .............................. 799
Ethernet MAC Number of Packets (MACNP), offset 0x034 ............................................... 800
Ethernet MAC Transmission Request (MACTR), offset 0x038 ........................................... 801
Ethernet MAC Timer Support (MACTS), offset 0x03C ...................................................... 802
Ethernet MAC LED Encoding (MACLED), offset 0x040 .................................................... 803
Ethernet PHY MDIX (MDIX), offset 0x044 ....................................................................... 805
Ethernet PHY Management Register 0 – Control (MR0), address 0x00 ............................. 806
Ethernet PHY Management Register 1 – Status (MR1), address 0x01 .............................. 808
Ethernet PHY Management Register 2 – PHY Identifier 1 (MR2), address 0x02 ................. 810
Ethernet PHY Management Register 3 – PHY Identifier 2 (MR3), address 0x03 ................. 811
Ethernet PHY Management Register 4 – Auto-Negotiation Advertisement (MR4), address
0x04 ............................................................................................................................. 812
Ethernet PHY Management Register 5 – Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability
(MR5), address 0x05 ..................................................................................................... 814
Ethernet PHY Management Register 6 – Auto-Negotiation Expansion (MR6), address
0x06 ............................................................................................................................. 816
Ethernet PHY Management Register 16 – Vendor-Specific (MR16), address 0x10 ............. 817
Ethernet PHY Management Register 17 – Mode Control/Status (MR17), address 0x11 ...... 818
Ethernet PHY Management Register 27 – Special Control/Status (MR27), address
0x1B ............................................................................................................................. 820
Ethernet PHY Management Register 29 – Interrupt Status (MR29), address 0x1D ............. 821
Ethernet PHY Management Register 30 – Interrupt Mask (MR30), address 0x1E ............... 823
Ethernet PHY Management Register 31 – PHY Special Control/Status (MR31), address
0x1F ............................................................................................................................. 825
Universal Serial Bus (USB) Controller ....................................................................................... 826
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
USB Device Functional Address (USBFADDR), offset 0x000 ............................................ 854
USB Power (USBPOWER), offset 0x001 ......................................................................... 855
USB Transmit Interrupt Status (USBTXIS), offset 0x002 ................................................... 858
USB Receive Interrupt Status (USBRXIS), offset 0x004 ................................................... 860
USB Transmit Interrupt Enable (USBTXIE), offset 0x006 .................................................. 862
USB Receive Interrupt Enable (USBRXIE), offset 0x008 .................................................. 864
USB General Interrupt Status (USBIS), offset 0x00A ........................................................ 866
USB Interrupt Enable (USBIE), offset 0x00B .................................................................... 869
USB Frame Value (USBFRAME), offset 0x00C ................................................................ 872
USB Endpoint Index (USBEPIDX), offset 0x00E .............................................................. 873
USB Test Mode (USBTEST), offset 0x00F ....................................................................... 874
USB FIFO Endpoint 0 (USBFIFO0), offset 0x020 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 1 (USBFIFO1), offset 0x024 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 2 (USBFIFO2), offset 0x028 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 3 (USBFIFO3), offset 0x02C ............................................................ 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 4 (USBFIFO4), offset 0x030 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 5 (USBFIFO5), offset 0x034 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 6 (USBFIFO6), offset 0x038 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 7 (USBFIFO7), offset 0x03C ............................................................ 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 8 (USBFIFO8), offset 0x040 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 9 (USBFIFO9), offset 0x044 ............................................................. 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 10 (USBFIFO10), offset 0x048 ......................................................... 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 11 (USBFIFO11), offset 0x04C ......................................................... 876
26
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
Register 38:
Register 39:
Register 40:
Register 41:
Register 42:
Register 43:
Register 44:
Register 45:
Register 46:
Register 47:
Register 48:
Register 49:
Register 50:
Register 51:
Register 52:
Register 53:
Register 54:
Register 55:
Register 56:
Register 57:
Register 58:
Register 59:
Register 60:
Register 61:
Register 62:
Register 63:
Register 64:
Register 65:
Register 66:
Register 67:
Register 68:
Register 69:
Register 70:
Register 71:
USB FIFO Endpoint 12 (USBFIFO12), offset 0x050 ......................................................... 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 13 (USBFIFO13), offset 0x054 ......................................................... 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 14 (USBFIFO14), offset 0x058 ......................................................... 876
USB FIFO Endpoint 15 (USBFIFO15), offset 0x05C ......................................................... 876
USB Device Control (USBDEVCTL), offset 0x060 ............................................................ 878
USB Transmit Dynamic FIFO Sizing (USBTXFIFOSZ), offset 0x062 ................................. 880
USB Receive Dynamic FIFO Sizing (USBRXFIFOSZ), offset 0x063 .................................. 880
USB Transmit FIFO Start Address (USBTXFIFOADD), offset 0x064 ................................. 881
USB Receive FIFO Start Address (USBRXFIFOADD), offset 0x066 .................................. 881
USB Connect Timing (USBCONTIM), offset 0x07A .......................................................... 882
USB OTG VBUS Pulse Timing (USBVPLEN), offset 0x07B .............................................. 883
USB Full-Speed Last Transaction to End of Frame Timing (USBFSEOF), offset 0x07D ...... 884
USB Low-Speed Last Transaction to End of Frame Timing (USBLSEOF), offset 0x07E ...... 885
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 0 (USBTXFUNCADDR0), offset 0x080 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 1 (USBTXFUNCADDR1), offset 0x088 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 2 (USBTXFUNCADDR2), offset 0x090 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 3 (USBTXFUNCADDR3), offset 0x098 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 4 (USBTXFUNCADDR4), offset 0x0A0 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 5 (USBTXFUNCADDR5), offset 0x0A8 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 6 (USBTXFUNCADDR6), offset 0x0B0 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 7 (USBTXFUNCADDR7), offset 0x0B8 ........... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 8 (USBTXFUNCADDR8), offset 0x0C0 .......... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 9 (USBTXFUNCADDR9), offset 0x0C8 .......... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 10 (USBTXFUNCADDR10), offset 0x0D0 ....... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 11 (USBTXFUNCADDR11), offset 0x0D8 ....... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 12 (USBTXFUNCADDR12), offset 0x0E0 ....... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 13 (USBTXFUNCADDR13), offset 0x0E8 ....... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 14 (USBTXFUNCADDR14), offset 0x0F0 ....... 886
USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 15 (USBTXFUNCADDR15), offset 0x0F8 ....... 886
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 0 (USBTXHUBADDR0), offset 0x082 ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 1 (USBTXHUBADDR1), offset 0x08A ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 2 (USBTXHUBADDR2), offset 0x092 ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 3 (USBTXHUBADDR3), offset 0x09A ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 4 (USBTXHUBADDR4), offset 0x0A2 ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 5 (USBTXHUBADDR5), offset 0x0AA ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 6 (USBTXHUBADDR6), offset 0x0B2 ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 7 (USBTXHUBADDR7), offset 0x0BA ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 8 (USBTXHUBADDR8), offset 0x0C2 ...................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 9 (USBTXHUBADDR9), offset 0x0CA ..................... 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 10 (USBTXHUBADDR10), offset 0x0D2 .................. 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 11 (USBTXHUBADDR11), offset 0x0DA .................. 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 12 (USBTXHUBADDR12), offset 0x0E2 .................. 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 13 (USBTXHUBADDR13), offset 0x0EA .................. 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 14 (USBTXHUBADDR14), offset 0x0F2 .................. 888
USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 15 (USBTXHUBADDR15), offset 0x0FA .................. 888
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 0 (USBTXHUBPORT0), offset 0x083 ............................. 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 1 (USBTXHUBPORT1), offset 0x08B ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 2 (USBTXHUBPORT2), offset 0x093 ............................. 890
June 15, 2010
27
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 72:
Register 73:
Register 74:
Register 75:
Register 76:
Register 77:
Register 78:
Register 79:
Register 80:
Register 81:
Register 82:
Register 83:
Register 84:
Register 85:
Register 86:
Register 87:
Register 88:
Register 89:
Register 90:
Register 91:
Register 92:
Register 93:
Register 94:
Register 95:
Register 96:
Register 97:
Register 98:
Register 99:
Register 100:
Register 101:
Register 102:
Register 103:
Register 104:
Register 105:
Register 106:
Register 107:
Register 108:
Register 109:
Register 110:
Register 111:
Register 112:
Register 113:
Register 114:
Register 115:
Register 116:
Register 117:
Register 118:
Register 119:
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 3 (USBTXHUBPORT3), offset 0x09B ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 4 (USBTXHUBPORT4), offset 0x0A3 ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 5 (USBTXHUBPORT5), offset 0x0AB ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 6 (USBTXHUBPORT6), offset 0x0B3 ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 7 (USBTXHUBPORT7), offset 0x0BB ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 8 (USBTXHUBPORT8), offset 0x0C3 ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 9 (USBTXHUBPORT9), offset 0x0CB ............................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 10 (USBTXHUBPORT10), offset 0x0D3 ........................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 11 (USBTXHUBPORT11), offset 0x0DB ......................... 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 12 (USBTXHUBPORT12), offset 0x0E3 ......................... 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 13 (USBTXHUBPORT13), offset 0x0EB ........................ 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 14 (USBTXHUBPORT14), offset 0x0F3 ......................... 890
USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 15 (USBTXHUBPORT15), offset 0x0FB ........................ 890
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 1 (USBRXFUNCADDR1), offset 0x08C ........... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 2 (USBRXFUNCADDR2), offset 0x094 ........... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 3 (USBRXFUNCADDR3), offset 0x09C ........... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 4 (USBRXFUNCADDR4), offset 0x0A4 ........... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 5 (USBRXFUNCADDR5), offset 0x0AC .......... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 6 (USBRXFUNCADDR6), offset 0x0B4 ........... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 7 (USBRXFUNCADDR7), offset 0x0BC .......... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 8 (USBRXFUNCADDR8), offset 0x0C4 ........... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 9 (USBRXFUNCADDR9), offset 0x0CC .......... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 10 (USBRXFUNCADDR10), offset 0x0D4 ....... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 11 (USBRXFUNCADDR11), offset 0x0DC ....... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 12 (USBRXFUNCADDR12), offset 0x0E4 ....... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 13 (USBRXFUNCADDR13), offset 0x0EC ....... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 14 (USBRXFUNCADDR14), offset 0x0F4 ....... 892
USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 15 (USBRXFUNCADDR15), offset 0x0FC ....... 892
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 1 (USBRXHUBADDR1), offset 0x08E ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 2 (USBRXHUBADDR2), offset 0x096 ....................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 3 (USBRXHUBADDR3), offset 0x09E ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 4 (USBRXHUBADDR4), offset 0x0A6 ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 5 (USBRXHUBADDR5), offset 0x0AE ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 6 (USBRXHUBADDR6), offset 0x0B6 ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 7 (USBRXHUBADDR7), offset 0x0BE ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 8 (USBRXHUBADDR8), offset 0x0C6 ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 9 (USBRXHUBADDR9), offset 0x0CE ...................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 10 (USBRXHUBADDR10), offset 0x0D6 ................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 11 (USBRXHUBADDR11), offset 0x0DE ................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 12 (USBRXHUBADDR12), offset 0x0E6 ................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 13 (USBRXHUBADDR13), offset 0x0EE .................. 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 14 (USBRXHUBADDR14), offset 0x0F6 ................... 894
USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 15 (USBRXHUBADDR15), offset 0x0FE ................... 894
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 1 (USBRXHUBPORT1), offset 0x08F ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 2 (USBRXHUBPORT2), offset 0x097 ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 3 (USBRXHUBPORT3), offset 0x09F ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 4 (USBRXHUBPORT4), offset 0x0A7 ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 5 (USBRXHUBPORT5), offset 0x0AF ............................. 896
28
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 120:
Register 121:
Register 122:
Register 123:
Register 124:
Register 125:
Register 126:
Register 127:
Register 128:
Register 129:
Register 130:
Register 131:
Register 132:
Register 133:
Register 134:
Register 135:
Register 136:
Register 137:
Register 138:
Register 139:
Register 140:
Register 141:
Register 142:
Register 143:
Register 144:
Register 145:
Register 146:
Register 147:
Register 148:
Register 149:
Register 150:
Register 151:
Register 152:
Register 153:
Register 154:
Register 155:
Register 156:
Register 157:
Register 158:
Register 159:
Register 160:
Register 161:
Register 162:
Register 163:
Register 164:
Register 165:
Register 166:
Register 167:
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 6 (USBRXHUBPORT6), offset 0x0B7 ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 7 (USBRXHUBPORT7), offset 0x0BF ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 8 (USBRXHUBPORT8), offset 0x0C7 ............................. 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 9 (USBRXHUBPORT9), offset 0x0CF ............................ 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 10 (USBRXHUBPORT10), offset 0x0D7 ......................... 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 11 (USBRXHUBPORT11), offset 0x0DF ......................... 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 12 (USBRXHUBPORT12), offset 0x0E7 ......................... 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 13 (USBRXHUBPORT13), offset 0x0EF ......................... 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 14 (USBRXHUBPORT14), offset 0x0F7 ......................... 896
USB Receive Hub Port Endpoint 15 (USBRXHUBPORT15), offset 0x0FF ......................... 896
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 1 (USBTXMAXP1), offset 0x110 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 2 (USBTXMAXP2), offset 0x120 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 3 (USBTXMAXP3), offset 0x130 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 4 (USBTXMAXP4), offset 0x140 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 5 (USBTXMAXP5), offset 0x150 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 6 (USBTXMAXP6), offset 0x160 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 7 (USBTXMAXP7), offset 0x170 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 8 (USBTXMAXP8), offset 0x180 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 9 (USBTXMAXP9), offset 0x190 .......................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 10 (USBTXMAXP10), offset 0x1A0 ...................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 11 (USBTXMAXP11), offset 0x1B0 ....................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 12 (USBTXMAXP12), offset 0x1C0 ...................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 13 (USBTXMAXP13), offset 0x1D0 ...................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 14 (USBTXMAXP14), offset 0x1E0 ...................... 898
USB Maximum Transmit Data Endpoint 15 (USBTXMAXP15), offset 0x1F0 ...................... 898
USB Control and Status Endpoint 0 Low (USBCSRL0), offset 0x102 ................................. 900
USB Control and Status Endpoint 0 High (USBCSRH0), offset 0x103 ............................... 904
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 0 (USBCOUNT0), offset 0x108 ................................... 906
USB Type Endpoint 0 (USBTYPE0), offset 0x10A ............................................................ 907
USB NAK Limit (USBNAKLMT), offset 0x10B .................................................................. 908
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 1 Low (USBTXCSRL1), offset 0x112 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 2 Low (USBTXCSRL2), offset 0x122 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 3 Low (USBTXCSRL3), offset 0x132 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 4 Low (USBTXCSRL4), offset 0x142 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 5 Low (USBTXCSRL5), offset 0x152 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 6 Low (USBTXCSRL6), offset 0x162 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 7 Low (USBTXCSRL7), offset 0x172 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 8 Low (USBTXCSRL8), offset 0x182 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 9 Low (USBTXCSRL9), offset 0x192 ............... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 10 Low (USBTXCSRL10), offset 0x1A2 ........... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 11 Low (USBTXCSRL11), offset 0x1B2 ........... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 12 Low (USBTXCSRL12), offset 0x1C2 .......... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 13 Low (USBTXCSRL13), offset 0x1D2 .......... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 14 Low (USBTXCSRL14), offset 0x1E2 ........... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 15 Low (USBTXCSRL15), offset 0x1F2 ........... 909
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 1 High (USBTXCSRH1), offset 0x113 .............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 2 High (USBTXCSRH2), offset 0x123 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 3 High (USBTXCSRH3), offset 0x133 ............. 914
June 15, 2010
29
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 168:
Register 169:
Register 170:
Register 171:
Register 172:
Register 173:
Register 174:
Register 175:
Register 176:
Register 177:
Register 178:
Register 179:
Register 180:
Register 181:
Register 182:
Register 183:
Register 184:
Register 185:
Register 186:
Register 187:
Register 188:
Register 189:
Register 190:
Register 191:
Register 192:
Register 193:
Register 194:
Register 195:
Register 196:
Register 197:
Register 198:
Register 199:
Register 200:
Register 201:
Register 202:
Register 203:
Register 204:
Register 205:
Register 206:
Register 207:
Register 208:
Register 209:
Register 210:
Register 211:
Register 212:
Register 213:
Register 214:
Register 215:
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 4 High (USBTXCSRH4), offset 0x143 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 5 High (USBTXCSRH5), offset 0x153 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 6 High (USBTXCSRH6), offset 0x163 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 7 High (USBTXCSRH7), offset 0x173 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 8 High (USBTXCSRH8), offset 0x183 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 9 High (USBTXCSRH9), offset 0x193 ............. 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 10 High (USBTXCSRH10), offset 0x1A3 ......... 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 11 High (USBTXCSRH11), offset 0x1B3 .......... 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 12 High (USBTXCSRH12), offset 0x1C3 ......... 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 13 High (USBTXCSRH13), offset 0x1D3 ......... 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 14 High (USBTXCSRH14), offset 0x1E3 ......... 914
USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 15 High (USBTXCSRH15), offset 0x1F3 ......... 914
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 1 (USBRXMAXP1), offset 0x114 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 2 (USBRXMAXP2), offset 0x124 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 3 (USBRXMAXP3), offset 0x134 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 4 (USBRXMAXP4), offset 0x144 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 5 (USBRXMAXP5), offset 0x154 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 6 (USBRXMAXP6), offset 0x164 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 7 (USBRXMAXP7), offset 0x174 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 8 (USBRXMAXP8), offset 0x184 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 9 (USBRXMAXP9), offset 0x194 ........................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 10 (USBRXMAXP10), offset 0x1A4 ....................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 11 (USBRXMAXP11), offset 0x1B4 ....................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 12 (USBRXMAXP12), offset 0x1C4 ...................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 13 (USBRXMAXP13), offset 0x1D4 ...................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 14 (USBRXMAXP14), offset 0x1E4 ....................... 918
USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 15 (USBRXMAXP15), offset 0x1F4 ....................... 918
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 1 Low (USBRXCSRL1), offset 0x116 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 2 Low (USBRXCSRL2), offset 0x126 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 3 Low (USBRXCSRL3), offset 0x136 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 4 Low (USBRXCSRL4), offset 0x146 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 5 Low (USBRXCSRL5), offset 0x156 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 6 Low (USBRXCSRL6), offset 0x166 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 7 Low (USBRXCSRL7), offset 0x176 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 8 Low (USBRXCSRL8), offset 0x186 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 9 Low (USBRXCSRL9), offset 0x196 ............... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 10 Low (USBRXCSRL10), offset 0x1A6 ........... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 11 Low (USBRXCSRL11), offset 0x1B6 ........... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 12 Low (USBRXCSRL12), offset 0x1C6 ........... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 13 Low (USBRXCSRL13), offset 0x1D6 ........... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 14 Low (USBRXCSRL14), offset 0x1E6 ........... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 15 Low (USBRXCSRL15), offset 0x1F6 ........... 920
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 1 High (USBRXCSRH1), offset 0x117 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 2 High (USBRXCSRH2), offset 0x127 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 3 High (USBRXCSRH3), offset 0x137 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 4 High (USBRXCSRH4), offset 0x147 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 5 High (USBRXCSRH5), offset 0x157 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 6 High (USBRXCSRH6), offset 0x167 .............. 925
30
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 216:
Register 217:
Register 218:
Register 219:
Register 220:
Register 221:
Register 222:
Register 223:
Register 224:
Register 225:
Register 226:
Register 227:
Register 228:
Register 229:
Register 230:
Register 231:
Register 232:
Register 233:
Register 234:
Register 235:
Register 236:
Register 237:
Register 238:
Register 239:
Register 240:
Register 241:
Register 242:
Register 243:
Register 244:
Register 245:
Register 246:
Register 247:
Register 248:
Register 249:
Register 250:
Register 251:
Register 252:
Register 253:
Register 254:
Register 255:
Register 256:
Register 257:
Register 258:
Register 259:
Register 260:
Register 261:
Register 262:
Register 263:
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 7 High (USBRXCSRH7), offset 0x177 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 8 High (USBRXCSRH8), offset 0x187 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 9 High (USBRXCSRH9), offset 0x197 .............. 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 10 High (USBRXCSRH10), offset 0x1A7 .......... 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 11 High (USBRXCSRH11), offset 0x1B7 .......... 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 12 High (USBRXCSRH12), offset 0x1C7 ......... 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 13 High (USBRXCSRH13), offset 0x1D7 ......... 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 14 High (USBRXCSRH14), offset 0x1E7 .......... 925
USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 15 High (USBRXCSRH15), offset 0x1F7 .......... 925
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 1 (USBRXCOUNT1), offset 0x118 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 2 (USBRXCOUNT2), offset 0x128 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 3 (USBRXCOUNT3), offset 0x138 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 4 (USBRXCOUNT4), offset 0x148 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 5 (USBRXCOUNT5), offset 0x158 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 6 (USBRXCOUNT6), offset 0x168 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 7 (USBRXCOUNT7), offset 0x178 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 8 (USBRXCOUNT8), offset 0x188 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 9 (USBRXCOUNT9), offset 0x198 .............................. 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 10 (USBRXCOUNT10), offset 0x1A8 .......................... 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 11 (USBRXCOUNT11), offset 0x1B8 ........................... 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 12 (USBRXCOUNT12), offset 0x1C8 .......................... 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 13 (USBRXCOUNT13), offset 0x1D8 .......................... 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 14 (USBRXCOUNT14), offset 0x1E8 .......................... 930
USB Receive Byte Count Endpoint 15 (USBRXCOUNT15), offset 0x1F8 .......................... 930
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 1 (USBTXTYPE1), offset 0x11A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 2 (USBTXTYPE2), offset 0x12A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 3 (USBTXTYPE3), offset 0x13A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 4 (USBTXTYPE4), offset 0x14A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 5 (USBTXTYPE5), offset 0x15A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 6 (USBTXTYPE6), offset 0x16A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 7 (USBTXTYPE7), offset 0x17A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 8 (USBTXTYPE8), offset 0x18A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 9 (USBTXTYPE9), offset 0x19A ................... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 10 (USBTXTYPE10), offset 0x1AA ............... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 11 (USBTXTYPE11), offset 0x1BA ............... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 12 (USBTXTYPE12), offset 0x1CA .............. 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 13 (USBTXTYPE13), offset 0x1DA .............. 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 14 (USBTXTYPE14), offset 0x1EA ............... 932
USB Host Transmit Configure Type Endpoint 15 (USBTXTYPE15), offset 0x1FA ............... 932
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 1 (USBTXINTERVAL1), offset 0x11B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 2 (USBTXINTERVAL2), offset 0x12B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 3 (USBTXINTERVAL3), offset 0x13B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 4 (USBTXINTERVAL4), offset 0x14B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 5 (USBTXINTERVAL5), offset 0x15B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 6 (USBTXINTERVAL6), offset 0x16B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 7 (USBTXINTERVAL7), offset 0x17B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 8 (USBTXINTERVAL8), offset 0x18B ....................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 9 (USBTXINTERVAL9), offset 0x19B ....................... 934
June 15, 2010
31
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 264:
Register 265:
Register 266:
Register 267:
Register 268:
Register 269:
Register 270:
Register 271:
Register 272:
Register 273:
Register 274:
Register 275:
Register 276:
Register 277:
Register 278:
Register 279:
Register 280:
Register 281:
Register 282:
Register 283:
Register 284:
Register 285:
Register 286:
Register 287:
Register 288:
Register 289:
Register 290:
Register 291:
Register 292:
Register 293:
Register 294:
Register 295:
Register 296:
Register 297:
Register 298:
Register 299:
Register 300:
Register 301:
Register 302:
Register 303:
Register 304:
Register 305:
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 10 (USBTXINTERVAL10), offset 0x1AB ................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 11 (USBTXINTERVAL11), offset 0x1BB ................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 12 (USBTXINTERVAL12), offset 0x1CB ................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 13 (USBTXINTERVAL13), offset 0x1DB ................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 14 (USBTXINTERVAL14), offset 0x1EB ................... 934
USB Host Transmit Interval Endpoint 15 (USBTXINTERVAL15), offset 0x1FB ................... 934
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 1 (USBRXTYPE1), offset 0x11C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 2 (USBRXTYPE2), offset 0x12C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 3 (USBRXTYPE3), offset 0x13C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 4 (USBRXTYPE4), offset 0x14C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 5 (USBRXTYPE5), offset 0x15C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 6 (USBRXTYPE6), offset 0x16C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 7 (USBRXTYPE7), offset 0x17C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 8 (USBRXTYPE8), offset 0x18C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 9 (USBRXTYPE9), offset 0x19C ................... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 10 (USBRXTYPE10), offset 0x1AC ............... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 11 (USBRXTYPE11), offset 0x1BC ............... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 12 (USBRXTYPE12), offset 0x1CC ............... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 13 (USBRXTYPE13), offset 0x1DC ............... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 14 (USBRXTYPE14), offset 0x1EC ............... 936
USB Host Configure Receive Type Endpoint 15 (USBRXTYPE15), offset 0x1FC ............... 936
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 1 (USBRXINTERVAL1), offset 0x11D ............. 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 2 (USBRXINTERVAL2), offset 0x12D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 3 (USBRXINTERVAL3), offset 0x13D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 4 (USBRXINTERVAL4), offset 0x14D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 5 (USBRXINTERVAL5), offset 0x15D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 6 (USBRXINTERVAL6), offset 0x16D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 7 (USBRXINTERVAL7), offset 0x17D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 8 (USBRXINTERVAL8), offset 0x18D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 9 (USBRXINTERVAL9), offset 0x19D ............ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 10 (USBRXINTERVAL10), offset 0x1AD ........ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 11 (USBRXINTERVAL11), offset 0x1BD ......... 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 12 (USBRXINTERVAL12), offset 0x1CD ........ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 13 (USBRXINTERVAL13), offset 0x1DD ........ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 14 (USBRXINTERVAL14), offset 0x1ED ........ 938
USB Host Receive Polling Interval Endpoint 15 (USBRXINTERVAL15), offset 0x1FD ........ 938
USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 1 (USBRQPKTCOUNT1), offset
0x304 ........................................................................................................................... 940
USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 2 (USBRQPKTCOUNT2), offset
0x308 ........................................................................................................................... 940
USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 3 (USBRQPKTCOUNT3), offset
0x30C ........................................................................................................................... 940
USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 4 (USBRQPKTCOUNT4), offset
0x310 ........................................................................................................................... 940
USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 5 (USBRQPKTCOUNT5), offset
0x314 ........................................................................................................................... 940
USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 6 (USBRQPKTCOUNT6), offset
0x318 ........................................................................................................................... 940
32
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 306: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 7 (USBRQPKTCOUNT7), offset
0x31C ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 307: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 8 (USBRQPKTCOUNT8), offset
0x320 ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 308: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 9 (USBRQPKTCOUNT9), offset
0x324 ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 309: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 10 (USBRQPKTCOUNT10), offset
0x328 ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 310: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 11 (USBRQPKTCOUNT11), offset
0x32C ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 311: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 12 (USBRQPKTCOUNT12), offset
0x330 ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 312: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 13 (USBRQPKTCOUNT13), offset
0x334 ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 313: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 14 (USBRQPKTCOUNT14), offset
0x338 ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 314: USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 15 (USBRQPKTCOUNT15), offset
0x33C ........................................................................................................................... 940
Register 315: USB Receive Double Packet Buffer Disable (USBRXDPKTBUFDIS), offset 0x340 ............. 942
Register 316: USB Transmit Double Packet Buffer Disable (USBTXDPKTBUFDIS), offset 0x342 ............ 944
Register 317: USB External Power Control (USBEPC), offset 0x400 ...................................................... 946
Register 318: USB External Power Control Raw Interrupt Status (USBEPCRIS), offset 0x404 ................. 949
Register 319: USB External Power Control Interrupt Mask (USBEPCIM), offset 0x408 ............................ 950
Register 320: USB External Power Control Interrupt Status and Clear (USBEPCISC), offset 0x40C ......... 951
Register 321: USB Device RESUME Raw Interrupt Status (USBDRRIS), offset 0x410 ............................ 952
Register 322: USB Device RESUME Interrupt Mask (USBDRIM), offset 0x414 ....................................... 953
Register 323: USB Device RESUME Interrupt Status and Clear (USBDRISC), offset 0x418 .................... 954
Register 324: USB General-Purpose Control and Status (USBGPCS), offset 0x41C ............................... 955
Register 325: USB VBUS Droop Control (USBVDC), offset 0x430 ......................................................... 956
Register 326: USB VBUS Droop Control Raw Interrupt Status (USBVDCRIS), offset 0x434 .................... 957
Register 327: USB VBUS Droop Control Interrupt Mask (USBVDCIM), offset 0x438 ............................... 958
Register 328: USB VBUS Droop Control Interrupt Status and Clear (USBVDCISC), offset 0x43C ............ 959
Register 329: USB ID Valid Detect Raw Interrupt Status (USBIDVRIS), offset 0x444 .............................. 960
Register 330: USB ID Valid Detect Interrupt Mask (USBIDVIM), offset 0x448 ......................................... 961
Register 331: USB ID Valid Detect Interrupt Status and Clear (USBIDVISC), offset 0x44C ...................... 962
Register 332: USB DMA Select (USBDMASEL), offset 0x450 ................................................................ 963
Analog Comparators ................................................................................................................... 965
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status (ACMIS), offset 0x000 ..................................
Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status (ACRIS), offset 0x004 .......................................
Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable (ACINTEN), offset 0x008 .........................................
Analog Comparator Reference Voltage Control (ACREFCTL), offset 0x010 .......................
Analog Comparator Status 0 (ACSTAT0), offset 0x020 .....................................................
Analog Comparator Status 1 (ACSTAT1), offset 0x040 .....................................................
Analog Comparator Control 0 (ACCTL0), offset 0x024 .....................................................
Analog Comparator Control 1 (ACCTL1), offset 0x044 .....................................................
970
971
972
973
974
974
975
975
Pulse Width Modulator (PWM) .................................................................................................... 977
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
PWM Master Control (PWMCTL), offset 0x000 ................................................................ 991
PWM Time Base Sync (PWMSYNC), offset 0x004 ........................................................... 992
PWM Output Enable (PWMENABLE), offset 0x008 .......................................................... 993
June 15, 2010
33
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Table of Contents
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
Register 12:
Register 13:
Register 14:
Register 15:
Register 16:
Register 17:
Register 18:
Register 19:
Register 20:
Register 21:
Register 22:
Register 23:
Register 24:
Register 25:
Register 26:
Register 27:
Register 28:
Register 29:
Register 30:
Register 31:
Register 32:
Register 33:
Register 34:
Register 35:
Register 36:
Register 37:
Register 38:
Register 39:
Register 40:
Register 41:
Register 42:
Register 43:
Register 44:
Register 45:
Register 46:
Register 47:
Register 48:
Register 49:
Register 50:
Register 51:
PWM Output Inversion (PWMINVERT), offset 0x00C ....................................................... 995
PWM Output Fault (PWMFAULT), offset 0x010 ................................................................ 997
PWM Interrupt Enable (PWMINTEN), offset 0x014 ........................................................... 999
PWM Raw Interrupt Status (PWMRIS), offset 0x018 ...................................................... 1001
PWM Interrupt Status and Clear (PWMISC), offset 0x01C .............................................. 1003
PWM Status (PWMSTATUS), offset 0x020 .................................................................... 1005
PWM Fault Condition Value (PWMFAULTVAL), offset 0x024 ........................................... 1007
PWM Enable Update (PWMENUPD), offset 0x028 ......................................................... 1009
PWM0 Control (PWM0CTL), offset 0x040 ..................................................................... 1012
PWM1 Control (PWM1CTL), offset 0x080 ..................................................................... 1012
PWM2 Control (PWM2CTL), offset 0x0C0 .................................................................... 1012
PWM0 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM0INTEN), offset 0x044 .................................. 1017
PWM1 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM1INTEN), offset 0x084 .................................. 1017
PWM2 Interrupt and Trigger Enable (PWM2INTEN), offset 0x0C4 .................................. 1017
PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM0RIS), offset 0x048 .................................................. 1020
PWM1 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM1RIS), offset 0x088 .................................................. 1020
PWM2 Raw Interrupt Status (PWM2RIS), offset 0x0C8 ................................................. 1020
PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM0ISC), offset 0x04C ......................................... 1022
PWM1 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM1ISC), offset 0x08C ......................................... 1022
PWM2 Interrupt Status and Clear (PWM2ISC), offset 0x0CC ......................................... 1022
PWM0 Load (PWM0LOAD), offset 0x050 ..................................................................... 1024
PWM1 Load (PWM1LOAD), offset 0x090 ..................................................................... 1024
PWM2 Load (PWM2LOAD), offset 0x0D0 ..................................................................... 1024
PWM0 Counter (PWM0COUNT), offset 0x054 .............................................................. 1025
PWM1 Counter (PWM1COUNT), offset 0x094 .............................................................. 1025
PWM2 Counter (PWM2COUNT), offset 0x0D4 ............................................................. 1025
PWM0 Compare A (PWM0CMPA), offset 0x058 ............................................................ 1026
PWM1 Compare A (PWM1CMPA), offset 0x098 ............................................................ 1026
PWM2 Compare A (PWM2CMPA), offset 0x0D8 ........................................................... 1026
PWM0 Compare B (PWM0CMPB), offset 0x05C ........................................................... 1027
PWM1 Compare B (PWM1CMPB), offset 0x09C ........................................................... 1027
PWM2 Compare B (PWM2CMPB), offset 0x0DC .......................................................... 1027
PWM0 Generator A Control (PWM0GENA), offset 0x060 .............................................. 1028
PWM1 Generator A Control (PWM1GENA), offset 0x0A0 .............................................. 1028
PWM2 Generator A Control (PWM2GENA), offset 0x0E0 .............................................. 1028
PWM0 Generator B Control (PWM0GENB), offset 0x064 .............................................. 1031
PWM1 Generator B Control (PWM1GENB), offset 0x0A4 .............................................. 1031
PWM2 Generator B Control (PWM2GENB), offset 0x0E4 .............................................. 1031
PWM0 Dead-Band Control (PWM0DBCTL), offset 0x068 .............................................. 1034
PWM1 Dead-Band Control (PWM1DBCTL), offset 0x0A8 ............................................... 1034
PWM2 Dead-Band Control (PWM2DBCTL), offset 0x0E8 .............................................. 1034
PWM0 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM0DBRISE), offset 0x06C ........................... 1035
PWM1 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM1DBRISE), offset 0x0AC ........................... 1035
PWM2 Dead-Band Rising-Edge Delay (PWM2DBRISE), offset 0x0EC ........................... 1035
PWM0 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM0DBFALL), offset 0x070 ........................... 1036
PWM1 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM1DBFALL), offset 0x0B0 ........................... 1036
PWM2 Dead-Band Falling-Edge-Delay (PWM2DBFALL), offset 0x0F0 ........................... 1036
PWM0 Fault Source 0 (PWM0FLTSRC0), offset 0x074 .................................................. 1037
34
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 52:
Register 53:
Register 54:
Register 55:
Register 56:
Register 57:
Register 58:
Register 59:
Register 60:
Register 61:
Register 62:
Register 63:
Register 64:
Register 65:
Register 66:
Register 67:
Register 68:
Register 69:
PWM1 Fault Source 0 (PWM1FLTSRC0), offset 0x0B4 .................................................. 1037
PWM2 Fault Source 0 (PWM2FLTSRC0), offset 0x0F4 .................................................. 1037
PWM0 Fault Source 1 (PWM0FLTSRC1), offset 0x078 .................................................. 1039
PWM1 Fault Source 1 (PWM1FLTSRC1), offset 0x0B8 .................................................. 1039
PWM2 Fault Source 1 (PWM2FLTSRC1), offset 0x0F8 .................................................. 1039
PWM0 Minimum Fault Period (PWM0MINFLTPER), offset 0x07C ................................... 1042
PWM1 Minimum Fault Period (PWM1MINFLTPER), offset 0x0BC ................................... 1042
PWM2 Minimum Fault Period (PWM2MINFLTPER), offset 0x0FC ................................... 1042
PWM0 Fault Pin Logic Sense (PWM0FLTSEN), offset 0x800 .......................................... 1043
PWM1 Fault Pin Logic Sense (PWM1FLTSEN), offset 0x880 .......................................... 1043
PWM2 Fault Pin Logic Sense (PWM2FLTSEN), offset 0x900 .......................................... 1043
PWM3 Fault Pin Logic Sense (PWM3FLTSEN), offset 0x980 .......................................... 1043
PWM0 Fault Status 0 (PWM0FLTSTAT0), offset 0x804 ................................................... 1044
PWM1 Fault Status 0 (PWM1FLTSTAT0), offset 0x884 ................................................... 1044
PWM2 Fault Status 0 (PWM2FLTSTAT0), offset 0x904 ................................................... 1044
PWM0 Fault Status 1 (PWM0FLTSTAT1), offset 0x808 ................................................... 1046
PWM1 Fault Status 1 (PWM1FLTSTAT1), offset 0x888 ................................................... 1046
PWM2 Fault Status 1 (PWM2FLTSTAT1), offset 0x908 ................................................... 1046
Quadrature Encoder Interface (QEI) ........................................................................................ 1049
Register 1:
Register 2:
Register 3:
Register 4:
Register 5:
Register 6:
Register 7:
Register 8:
Register 9:
Register 10:
Register 11:
QEI Control (QEICTL), offset 0x000 ..............................................................................
QEI Status (QEISTAT), offset 0x004 ..............................................................................
QEI Position (QEIPOS), offset 0x008 ............................................................................
QEI Maximum Position (QEIMAXPOS), offset 0x00C .....................................................
QEI Timer Load (QEILOAD), offset 0x010 .....................................................................
QEI Timer (QEITIME), offset 0x014 ...............................................................................
QEI Velocity Counter (QEICOUNT), offset 0x018 ...........................................................
QEI Velocity (QEISPEED), offset 0x01C ........................................................................
QEI Interrupt Enable (QEIINTEN), offset 0x020 .............................................................
QEI Raw Interrupt Status (QEIRIS), offset 0x024 ...........................................................
QEI Interrupt Status and Clear (QEIISC), offset 0x028 ...................................................
June 15, 2010
1056
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1068
1070
35
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Revision History
Revision History
The revision history table notes changes made between the indicated revisions of the LM3S9L97
data sheet.
Table 1. Revision History
Date
Revision
June 2010
7299
May 2010
May 2010
March 2010
March 2010
7164
7101
6983
6912
Description
■
Removed 4.194304-MHz crystal as a source for the system clock and PLL.
■
Summarized ROM contents descriptions in the "Internal Memory" chapter and removed various
ROM appendices.
■
Clarified DMA channel terminology: changed name of DMA Channel Alternate Select (DMACHALT)
register to DMA Channel Assignment (DMACHASGN) register, changed CHALT bit field to CHASGN,
and changed terminology from primary and alternate channels to primary and secondary channels.
■
In Signal Tables chapter, added table "Connections for Unused Signals."
■
In "Electrical Characteristics" chapter:
–
In "Reset Characteristics" table, corrected Supply voltage (VDD) rise time.
–
Clarified figure "SDRAM Initialization and Load Mode Register Timing".
■
Added data sheets for five new Stellaris® Tempest-class parts: LM3S1R26, LM3S1621, LM3S1B21,
LM3S9781, and LM3S9B81.
■
Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections.
■
Added pin table "Possible Pin Assignments for Alternate Functions", which lists the signals based
on number of possible pin assignments. This table can be used to plan how to configure the pins
for a particular functionality.
■
Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections.
■
Extended TBRL bit field in GPTMTBR register.
■
Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections.
■
Renamed the USER_DBG register to the BOOTCFG register in the Internal Memory chapter. Added
information on how to use a GPIO pin to force the ROM Boot Loader to execute on reset.
■
Added three figures to the ADC chapter on sample phase control.
■
Clarified configuration of USB0VBUS and USB0ID in OTG mode.
36
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 1. Revision History (continued)
Date
Revision
February 2010
6790
Description
■
Added 108-ball BGA package.
■
In "System Control" chapter:
– Clarified functional description for external reset and brown-out reset.
– Clarified Debug Access Port operation after Sleep modes.
– Corrected the reset value of the Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2) register.
■
In "Internal Memory" chapter, clarified wording on Flash memory access errors and added a section
on interrupts to the Flash memory description.
■
Added clarification about timer operating modes and added register descriptions for the GPTM
Timer n Prescale Match (GPTMTnPMR) registers.
■
Clarified register descriptions for GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV) and GPTM Timer B Value
(GPTMTBV) registers.
■
Corrected the reset value of the ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO n (ADCSSFIFOn) registers.
■
Added ADC Sample Phase Control (ADCSPC) register at offset 0x24.
■
Added caution note to the I2C Master Timer Period (I2CMTPR) register description and changed
field width to 7 bits.
■
In the "Controller Area Network" chapter, added clarification about reading from the CAN FIFO
buffer and clarified packet timestamps functional description.
■
In the "Ethernet Controller" chapter:
– Corrected the reset value and the LED1 bit positions of the Ethernet MAC LED Encoding
(MACLED) register.
– Added clarification about the use of the NPR field in the Ethernet MAC Number of Packets
(MACNP) register.
– Corrected reset values for Ethernet PHY Management Register 0 – Control (MR0) and
Ethernet PHY Management Register 5 – Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Base Page Ability
(MR5) registers.
■
Added Session Disconnect (DISCON) bit to the USB General Interrupt Status (USBIS) and
USB Interrupt Enable (USBIE) registers.
■
Made these changes to the Operating Characteristics chapter:
– Added storage temperature ratings to "Temperature Characteristics" table
– Added "ESD Absolute Maximum Ratings" table
■
Made these changes to the Electrical Characteristics chapter:
– In "Flash Memory Characteristics" table, corrected Mass erase time
– Added sleep and deep-sleep wake-up times ("Sleep Modes AC Characteristics" table)
– In "Reset Characteristics" table, corrected units for supply voltage (VDD) rise time
– Modified the preliminary current consumption specification for Run mode 1 and Deep-Sleep
mode.
– Added table entry for VDD3ON power consumption to Table 27-9 on page 1146.
■
Added additional DriverLib functions to appendix.
June 15, 2010
37
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Revision History
Table 1. Revision History (continued)
Date
Revision
October 2009
6458
Description
®
■
Released new 1000, 3000, 5000 and 9000 series Stellaris devices.
■
The IDCODE value was corrected to be 0x4BA0.0477.
■
Clarified that the NMISET bit in the ICSR register in the NVIC is also a source for NMI.
■
Clarified the use of the LDO.
■
To clarify clock operation, reorganized clocking section, changed the USEFRACT bit to the DIV400
bit and the FRACT bit to the SYSDIV2LSB bit in the RCC2 register, added tables, and rewrote
descriptions.
■
Corrected bit description of the DSDIVORIDE field in the DSLPCLKCFG register.
■
Removed the DSFLASHCFG register at System Control offset 0x14C as it does not function correctly.
■
Removed the MAXADC1SPD and MAXADC0SPD fields from the DCGC0 as they have no function in
deep-sleep mode.
■
Corrected address offsets for the Flash Write Buffer (FWBn) registers.
■
Added Flash Control (FCTL) register at Internal memory offset 0x0F8 to help control frequent
power cycling when hibernation is not used.
■
Changed the name of the EPI channels for clarification: EPI0_TX became EPI0_WFIFO and EPI0_RX
became EPI0_NBRFIFO. This change was also made in the DC7 bit descriptions.
■
Removed the DMACHIS register at DMA module offset 0x504 as it does not function correctly.
■
Corrected alternate channel assignments for the µDMA controller.
■
Major improvements to the EPI chapter.
■
EPISDRAMCFG2 register was deleted as its function is not needed.
■
Clarified CAN bit timing and corrected examples.
■
Added pseudo-code for MDI/MDIX operation.
■
Corrected reset value of the MR1 register to 0x7809.
■
Clarified PWM source for ADC triggering
■
Corrected ADDR field in the USBTXFIFOADD register to be 9 bits instead of 13 bits.
■
Changed SSI set up and hold times to be expressed in system clocks, not ns.
■
Updated Electrical Characteristics chapter with latest data. Changes were made to Hibernation,
ADC and EPI content.
■
Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections.
38
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 1. Revision History (continued)
Date
Revision
July 2009
5930
June 2009
5779
Description
■
Corrected values for MAXADC0SPD and MAXADC1SPD bits in DC1, RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers.
■
Corrected figure "TI Synchronous Serial Frame Format (Single Transfer)".
■
Added description for Ethernet PHY power-saving modes.
■
Changed HIB pin from type TTL to type OD.
■
Made a number of corrections to the Electrical Characteristics chapter:
–
Deleted VBAT and VREFA parameters from and added footnotes to Recommended DC Operating
Conditions table.
–
Modified Hibernation Module DC Characteristics table.
–
Deleted Nominal and Maximum Current Specifications section.
–
Deleted SDRAM Read Command Timing, SDRAM Write Command Timing, SDRAM Write Burst
Timing, SDRAM Precharge Command Timing and SDRAM CAS Latency Timing figures and
replaced with SDRAM Read Timing and SDRAM Write Timing figures.
–
Modified Host-Bus 8/16 Mode Write Timing figure.
–
Modified General-Purpose Mode Read and Write Timing figure.
–
Major changes to ADC Characteristics tables, including adding additonal tables and diagram.
■
Added missing ROM_I2SIntStatus function to ROM DriverLib Functions appendix.
■
Corrected ordering part numbers.
■
Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections.
■
In System Control chapter, clarified power-on reset and external reset pin descriptions in "Reset
Sources" section.
■
Added missing comparator output pin bits to DC3 register; reset value changed as well.
■
Clarified explanation of nonvolatile register programming in Internal Memory chapter.
■
Added explanation of reset value to FMPRE0/1/2/3, FMPPE0/1/2/3, USER_DBG, and USER_REG0
registers.
■
In Request Type Support table in DMA chapter, corrected general-purpose timer row.
■
In General-Purpose Timers chapter, clarified DMA operation.
■
Added table "Preliminary Current Consumption" to Characteristics chapter.
■
Corrected Nom and Max values in "Hibernation Detailed Current Specifications" table.
■
Corrected Nom and Max values in EPI Characteristics table.
■
Added "CSn to output invalid" parameter to EPI table "EPI Host-Bus 8 and Host-Bus 16 Interface
Characteristics" and figure "Host-Bus 8/16 Mode Read Timing".
■
Corrected INL, DNL, OFF and GAIN values in ADC Characteristics table.
■
Updated ROM DriverLib appendix with RevC0 functions.
■
Updated part ordering numbers.
■
Additional minor data sheet clarifications and corrections.
June 15, 2010
39
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Revision History
Table 1. Revision History (continued)
Date
Revision
May 2009
5285
Description
Started tracking revision history.
40
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
About This Document
This data sheet provides reference information for the LM3S9L97 microcontroller, describing the
functional blocks of the system-on-chip (SoC) device designed around the ARM® Cortex™-M3
core.
Audience
This manual is intended for system software developers, hardware designers, and application
developers.
About This Manual
This document is organized into sections that correspond to each major feature.
Related Documents
®
The following related documents are available on the documentation CD or from the Stellaris web
site at www.ti.com/stellaris:
■ Stellaris® Errata
■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Errata
■ ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual
■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual
■ ARM® v7-M Architecture Application Level Reference Manual
■ Stellaris® Boot Loader User's Guide
■ Stellaris® Graphics Library User's Guide
■ Stellaris® Peripheral Driver Library User's Guide
■ Stellaris® ROM User’s Guide
■ Stellaris® USB Library User's Guide
The following related documents are also referenced:
■ IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture
This documentation list was current as of publication date. Please check the web site for additional
documentation, including application notes and white papers.
June 15, 2010
41
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
About This Document
Documentation Conventions
This document uses the conventions shown in Table 2 on page 42.
Table 2. Documentation Conventions
Notation
Meaning
General Register Notation
REGISTER
APB registers are indicated in uppercase bold. For example, PBORCTL is the Power-On and
Brown-Out Reset Control register. If a register name contains a lowercase n, it represents more
than one register. For example, SRCRn represents any (or all) of the three Software Reset Control
registers: SRCR0, SRCR1 , and SRCR2.
bit
A single bit in a register.
bit field
Two or more consecutive and related bits.
offset 0xnnn
A hexadecimal increment to a register's address, relative to that module's base address as specified
in “Memory Map” on page 82.
Register N
Registers are numbered consecutively throughout the document to aid in referencing them. The
register number has no meaning to software.
reserved
Register bits marked reserved are reserved for future use. In most cases, reserved bits are set to
0; however, user software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide software
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be preserved across a
read-modify-write operation.
yy:xx
The range of register bits inclusive from xx to yy. For example, 31:15 means bits 15 through 31 in
that register.
Register Bit/Field
Types
This value in the register bit diagram indicates whether software running on the controller can
change the value of the bit field.
RC
Software can read this field. The bit or field is cleared by hardware after reading the bit/field.
RO
Software can read this field. Always write the chip reset value.
R/W
Software can read or write this field.
R/W1C
Software can read or write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the
register. A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged.
This register type is primarily used for clearing interrupt status bits where the read operation
provides the interrupt status and the write of the read value clears only the interrupts being reported
at the time the register was read.
R/W1S
Software can read or write a 1 to this field. A write of a 0 to a R/W1S bit does not affect the bit
value in the register.
W1C
Software can write this field. A write of a 0 to a W1C bit does not affect the bit value in the register.
A write of a 1 clears the value of the bit in the register; the remaining bits remain unchanged. A
read of the register returns no meaningful data.
This register is typically used to clear the corresponding bit in an interrupt register.
WO
Only a write by software is valid; a read of the register returns no meaningful data.
Register Bit/Field
Reset Value
This value in the register bit diagram shows the bit/field value after any reset, unless noted.
0
Bit cleared to 0 on chip reset.
1
Bit set to 1 on chip reset.
-
Nondeterministic.
Pin/Signal Notation
[]
Pin alternate function; a pin defaults to the signal without the brackets.
pin
Refers to the physical connection on the package.
signal
Refers to the electrical signal encoding of a pin.
42
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 2. Documentation Conventions (continued)
Notation
Meaning
assert a signal
Change the value of the signal from the logically False state to the logically True state. For active
High signals, the asserted signal value is 1 (High); for active Low signals, the asserted signal value
is 0 (Low). The active polarity (High or Low) is defined by the signal name (see SIGNAL and SIGNAL
below).
deassert a signal
Change the value of the signal from the logically True state to the logically False state.
SIGNAL
Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An overbar on a signal name indicates that
it is active Low. To assert SIGNAL is to drive it Low; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it High.
SIGNAL
Signal names are in uppercase and in the Courier font. An active High signal has no overbar. To
assert SIGNAL is to drive it High; to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it Low.
Numbers
X
An uppercase X indicates any of several values is allowed, where X can be any legal pattern. For
example, a binary value of 0X00 can be either 0100 or 0000, a hex value of 0xX is 0x0 or 0x1, and
so on.
0x
Hexadecimal numbers have a prefix of 0x. For example, 0x00FF is the hexadecimal number FF.
All other numbers within register tables are assumed to be binary. Within conceptual information,
binary numbers are indicated with a b suffix, for example, 1011b, and decimal numbers are written
without a prefix or suffix.
June 15, 2010
43
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
1
Architectural Overview
Texas Instruments is the industry leader in bringing 32-bit capabilities and the full benefits of ARM®
Cortex-M3™-based microcontrollers to the broadest reach of the microcontroller market. For current
®
users of 8- and 16-bit MCUs, Stellaris with Cortex-M3 offers a direct path to the strongest ecosystem
®
of development tools, software and knowledge in the industry. Designers who migrate to Stellaris
benefit from great tools, small code footprint and outstanding performance. Even more important,
designers can enter the ARM ecosystem with full confidence in a compatible roadmap from $1 to
®
1 GHz. For users of current 32-bit MCUs, the Stellaris family offers the industry’s first implementation
of Cortex-M3 and the Thumb-2 instruction set. With blazingly-fast responsiveness, Thumb-2
technology combines both 16-bit and 32-bit instructions to deliver the best balance of code density
and performance. Thumb-2 uses 26 percent less memory than pure 32-bit code to reduce system
®
cost while delivering 25 percent better performance. The Texas Instruments Stellaris family of
microcontrollers—the first ARM® Cortex™-M3 based controllers—brings high-performance 32-bit
computing to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications. These pioneering parts deliver
customers 32-bit performance at a cost equivalent to legacy 8- and 16-bit devices, all in a package
with a small footprint.
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller has the following features:
■ ARM® Cortex™-M3 Processor Core
– 80-MHz operation; 100 DMIPS performance
– ARM Cortex SysTick Timer
– Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
■ On-Chip Memory
– 128 KB single-cycle Flash memory up to 50 MHz; a prefetch buffer improves performance
above 50 MHz
– 48 KB single-cycle SRAM
®
– Internal ROM loaded with StellarisWare software:
®
•
Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library
•
Stellaris Boot Loader
•
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) cryptography tables
•
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error detection functionality
®
■ Advanced Serial Integration
– 10/100 Ethernet MAC and PHY with IEEE 1588 PTP hardware support
– Two CAN 2.0 A/B controllers
– USB 2.0 OTG/Host/Device
– Three UARTs with IrDA and ISO 7816 support (one UART with full modem controls)
44
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
– Two I2C modules
– Two Synchronous Serial Interface modules (SSI)
– Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) module
■ System Integration
– Direct Memory Access Controller (DMA)
– System control and clocks including on-chip precision 16-MHz oscillator
– Four 32-bit timers (up to eight 16-bit)
– Eight Capture Compare PWM pins (CCP)
– Lower-power battery-backed hibernation module
– Real-Time Clock
– Two Watchdog Timers
•
One timer runs off the main oscillator
•
One timer runs off the precision internal oscillator
– Up to 60 GPIOs, depending on configuration
•
Highly flexible pin muxing allows use as GPIO or one of several peripheral functions
•
Independently configurable to 2, 4 or 8 mA drive capability
•
Up to 4 GPIOs can have 18 mA drive capability
■ Advanced Motion Control
– Six advanced PWM outputs for motion and energy applications
– Four fault inputs to promote low-latency shutdown
– Two Quadrature Encoder Inputs (QEI)
■ Analog
– Two 10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) with sixteen analog input channels and sample
rate of one million samples/second
– Two analog comparators
– 16 digital comparators
– On-chip voltage regulator
■ JTAG and ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
■ 100-pin LQFP and 108-ball BGA package
June 15, 2010
45
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
■ Industrial (-40°C to 85°C) Temperature Range
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller is targeted for industrial applications, including remote monitoring,
electronic point-of-sale machines, test and measurement equipment, network appliances and
switches, factory automation, HVAC and building control, gaming equipment, motion control, medical
instrumentation, and fire and security.
For applications requiring extreme conservation of power, the LM3S9L97 microcontroller features
a battery-backed Hibernation module to efficiently power down the LM3S9L97 to a low-power state
during extended periods of inactivity. With a power-up/power-down sequencer, a continuous time
counter (RTC), a pair of match registers, an APB interface to the system bus, and dedicated
non-volatile memory, the Hibernation module positions the LM3S9L97 microcontroller perfectly for
battery applications.
In addition, the LM3S9L97 microcontroller offers the advantages of ARM's widely available
development tools, System-on-Chip (SoC) infrastructure IP applications, and a large user community.
Additionally, the microcontroller uses ARM's Thumb®-compatible Thumb-2 instruction set to reduce
memory requirements and, thereby, cost. Finally, the LM3S9L97 microcontroller is code-compatible
®
to all members of the extensive Stellaris family; providing flexibility to fit our customers' precise
needs.
Texas Instruments offers a complete solution to get to market quickly, with evaluation and
development boards, white papers and application notes, an easy-to-use peripheral driver library,
and a strong support, sales, and distributor network. See “Ordering and Contact
®
Information” on page 1210 for ordering information for Stellaris family devices.
1.1
Functional Overview
The following sections provide an overview of the features of the LM3S9L97 microcontroller. The
page number in parentheses indicates where that feature is discussed in detail. Ordering and support
information can be found in “Ordering and Contact Information” on page 1210.
1.1.1
ARM Cortex™-M3
The following sections provide an overview of the ARM Cortex™-M3 processor core and instruction
set, the integrated System Timer (SysTick) and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller.
1.1.1.1
Processor Core (see page 69)
®
All members of the Stellaris product family, including the LM3S9L97 microcontroller, are designed
around an ARM Cortex™-M3 processor core. The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides the core for
a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the needs of minimal memory implementation,
reduced pin count, and low power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational
performance and exceptional system response to interrupts.
■ 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 v7M architecture optimized for small-footprint embedded applications
■ Outstanding processing performance combined with fast interrupt handling
■ Thumb-2 mixed 16-/32-bit instruction set, delivers the high performance expected of a 32-bit
ARM core in a compact memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in
the range of a few kilobytes of memory for microcontroller-class applications
– Single-cycle multiply instruction and hardware divide
46
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
– Atomic bit manipulation (bit-banding), delivering maximum memory utilization and streamlined
peripheral control
– Unaligned data access, enabling data to be efficiently packed into memory
■ Fast code execution permits slower processor clock or increases sleep mode time
■ Harvard architecture characterized by separate buses for instruction and data
■ Efficient processor core, system and memories
■ Hardware division and fast multiplier
■ Deterministic, high-performance interrupt handling for time-critical applications
■ Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode for protected operating system
functionality
■ Enhanced system debug with extensive breakpoint and trace capabilities
■ Serial Wire Debug and Serial Wire Trace reduce the number of pins required for debugging and
tracing
■ Migration from the ARM7™ processor family for better performance and power efficiency
■ Optimized for single-cycle Flash memory usage
■ Ultra-low power consumption with integrated sleep modes
■ 80-MHz operation
■ 1.25 DMIPS/MHz
“ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core” on page 69 provides an overview of the ARM core; the core is
detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
1.1.1.2
System Timer (SysTick) (see page 79)
ARM Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit,
clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter
can be used in several different ways, for example:
■ An RTOS tick timer that fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a SysTick
routine
■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock
■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock
used and the dynamic range of the counter
■ A simple counter used to measure time to completion and time used
■ An internal clock-source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG field in
the SysTick Control and Status register can be used to determine if an action completed within
a set duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop
June 15, 2010
47
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
1.1.1.3
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) (see page 85)
The LM3S9L97 controller includes the ARM Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). The NVIC
and Cortex-M3 prioritize and handle all exceptions in Handler Mode. The processor state is
automatically stored to the stack on an exception and automatically restored from the stack at the
end of the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR). The interrupt vector is fetched in parallel to the state
saving, enabling efficient interrupt entry. The processor supports tail-chaining, meaning that
back-to-back interrupts can be performed without the overhead of state saving and restoration.
Software can set eight priority levels on 7 exceptions (system handlers) and 51 interrupts.
■ Deterministic, fast interrupt processing: always 12 cycles, or just 6 cycles with tail-chaining
■ External non-maskable interrupt signal (NMI) available for immediate execution of NMI handler
for safety critical applications
■ Dynamically reprioritizable interrupts
■ Exceptional interrupt handling via hardware implementation of required register manipulations
“Interrupts” on page 85 provides an overview of the NVIC controller and the interrupt map. Exceptions
and interrupts are detailed in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
1.1.2
On-Chip Memory
The following sections describe the on-chip memory modules.
1.1.2.1
SRAM (see page 234)
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides 48 KB of single-cycle on-chip SRAM. The internal SRAM
®
of the Stellaris devices is located at offset 0x2000.0000 of the device memory map.
Because read-modify-write (RMW) operations are very time consuming, ARM has introduced
bit-banding technology in the new Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor, certain
regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access
individual bits in a single, atomic operation.
Data can be transferred to and from the SRAM using the Micro Direct Memory Access Controller
(µDMA).
1.1.2.2
Flash Memory (see page 236)
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides 128 KB of single-cycle on-chip Flash memory (above 50
MHz, the Flash memory can be accessed in a single cycle as long as the code is linear; branches
incur a one-cycle stall). The Flash memory is organized as a set of 2-KB blocks that can be
individually erased. Erasing a block causes the entire contents of the block to be reset to all 1s.
These blocks are paired into a set of 2-KB blocks that can be individually protected. The blocks can
be marked as read-only or execute-only, providing different levels of code protection. Read-only
blocks cannot be erased or programmed, protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified.
Execute-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed, and can only be read by the controller
instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the
controller or by a debugger.
1.1.2.3
ROM (see page 234)
The LM3S9L97 ROM is preprogrammed with the following software and programs:
®
■ Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library
48
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
®
■ Stellaris Boot Loader
■ Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) cryptography tables
■ Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error-detection functionality
®
The Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library is a royalty-free software library for controlling on-chip
peripherals with a boot-loader capability. The library performs both peripheral initialization and
control functions, with a choice of polled or interrupt-driven peripheral support. In addition, the library
is designed to take full advantage of the stellar interrupt performance of the ARM® Cortex™-M3
core. No special pragmas or custom assembly code prologue/epilogue functions are required. For
®
applications that require in-field programmability, the royalty-free Stellaris Boot Loader can act as
an application loader and support in-field firmware updates.
The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is a publicly defined encryption standard used by the
U.S. Government. AES is a strong encryption method with reasonable performance and size. In
addition, it is fast in both hardware and software, is fairly easy to implement, and requires little
memory. The Texas Instruments encryption package is available with full source code, and is based
on lesser general public license (LGPL) source. An LGPL means that the code can be used within
an application without any copyleft implications for the application (the code does not automatically
become open source). Modifications to the package source, however, must be open source.
CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) is a technique to validate a span of data has the same contents
as when previously checked. This technique can be used to validate correct receipt of messages
(nothing lost or modified in transit), to validate data after decompression, to validate that Flash
memory contents have not been changed, and for other cases where the data needs to be validated.
A CRC is preferred over a simple checksum (e.g. XOR all bits) because it catches changes more
readily.
1.1.3
Serial Communications Peripherals
The LM3S9L97 controller supports both asynchronous and synchronous serial communications
with:
■ 10/100 Ethernet MAC and PHY with IEEE 1588 PTP hardware support
■ Two CAN 2.0 A/B Controllers
■ USB 2.0 (full speed and low speed) OTG/Host/Device
■ Three UARTs with IrDA and ISO 7816 support (one UART with full modem controls)
■ Two I2C modules
■ Two Synchronous Serial Interface modules (SSI)
■ Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) Module
The following sections provide more detail on each of these communications functions.
1.1.3.1
Ethernet Controller (see page 765)
Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). Ethernet
has been standardized as IEEE 802.3. This specification defines a number of wiring and signaling
standards for the physical layer, two means of network access at the Media Access Control
(MAC)/Data Link Layer, and a common addressing format.
June 15, 2010
49
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
®
The Stellaris Ethernet Controller consists of a fully integrated media access controller (MAC) and
network physical (PHY) interface and has the following features:
■ Conforms to the IEEE 802.3-2002 specification
– 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX IEEE-802.3 compliant. Requires only a dual 1:1 isolation transformer
interface to the line
– 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX ENDEC, 100BASE-TX scrambler/descrambler
– Full-featured auto-negotiation
■ Multiple operational modes
– Full- and half-duplex 100 Mbps
– Full- and half-duplex 10 Mbps
– Power-saving and power-down modes
■ Highly configurable
– Programmable MAC address
– LED activity selection
– Promiscuous mode support
– CRC error-rejection control
– User-configurable interrupts
■ Physical media manipulation
– MDI/MDI-X cross-over support through software assist
– Register-programmable transmit amplitude
– Automatic polarity correction and 10BASE-T signal reception
■ IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol: Provides highly accurate time stamps for individual packets
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Separate channels for transmit and receive
– Receive channel request asserted on packet receipt
– Transmit channel request asserted on empty transmit FIFO
1.1.3.2
Controller Area Network (see page 713)
Controller Area Network (CAN) is a multicast shared serial-bus standard for connecting electronic
control units (ECUs). CAN was specifically designed to be robust in electromagnetically noisy
environments and can utilize a differential balanced line like RS-485 or twisted-pair wire. Originally
created for automotive purposes, it is now used in many embedded control applications (for example,
50
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
industrial or medical). Bit rates up to 1 Mbps are possible at network lengths below 40 meters.
Decreased bit rates allow longer network distances (for example, 125 Kbps at 500m).
A transmitter sends a message to all CAN nodes (broadcasting). Each node decides on the basis
of the identifier received whether it should process the message. The identifier also determines the
priority that the message enjoys in competition for bus access. Each CAN message can transmit
from 0 to 8 bytes of user information.
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller includes two CAN units with the following features:
■ CAN protocol version 2.0 part A/B
■ Bit rates up to 1 Mbps
■ 32 message objects with individual identifier masks
■ Maskable interrupt
■ Disable Automatic Retransmission mode for Time-Triggered CAN (TTCAN) applications
■ Programmable Loopback mode for self-test operation
■ Programmable FIFO mode enables storage of multiple message objects
■ Gluelessly attaches to an external CAN transceiver through the CANnTX and CANnRX signals
1.1.3.3
USB (see page 826)
Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a serial bus standard designed to allow peripherals to be connected
and disconnected using a standardized interface without rebooting the system.
The LM3S9L97 controller supports three configurations in USB 2.0 full and low speed: USB Device,
USB Host, and USB On-The-Go (negotiated on-the-go as host or device when connected to other
USB-enabled systems).
The USB module has the following features:
■ Complies with USB-IF certification standards
■ USB 2.0 full-speed (12 Mbps) and low-speed (1.5 Mbps) operation
■ Integrated PHY
■ 4 transfer types: Control, Interrupt, Bulk, and Isochronous
■ 32 endpoints
– 1 dedicated control IN endpoint and 1 dedicated control OUT endpoint
– 15 configurable IN endpoints and 15 configurable OUT endpoints
■ 4 KB dedicated endpoint memory: one endpoint may be defined for double-buffered 1023-byte
isochronous packet size
■ VBUS droop and valid ID detection and interrupt
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
June 15, 2010
51
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
– Separate channels for transmit and receive for up to three IN endpoints and three OUT
endpoints
– Channel requests asserted when FIFO contains required amount of data
1.1.3.4
UART (see page 535)
A Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) is an integrated circuit used for RS-232C
serial communications, containing a transmitter (parallel-to-serial converter) and a receiver
(serial-to-parallel converter), each clocked separately.
The LM3S9L97 controller includes three fully programmable 16C550-type UARTs. Although the
functionality is similar to a 16C550 UART, this UART design is not register compatible. The UART
can generate individually masked interrupts from the Rx, Tx, modem status, and error conditions.
The module generates a single combined interrupt when any of the interrupts are asserted and are
unmasked.
The three UARTs have the following features:
■ Programmable baud-rate generator allowing speeds up to 5 Mbps for regular speed (divide by
16) and 10 Mbps for high speed (divide by 8)
■ Separate 16x8 transmit (TX) and receive (RX) FIFOs to reduce CPU interrupt service loading
■ Programmable FIFO length, including 1-byte deep operation providing conventional
double-buffered interface
■ FIFO trigger levels of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and 7/8
■ Standard asynchronous communication bits for start, stop, and parity
■ False-start bit detection
■ Line-break generation and detection
■ Fully programmable serial interface characteristics
– 5, 6, 7, or 8 data bits
– Even, odd, stick, or no-parity bit generation/detection
– 1 or 2 stop bit generation
■ IrDA serial-IR (SIR) encoder/decoder providing
– Programmable use of IrDA Serial Infrared (SIR) or UART input/output
– Support of IrDA SIR encoder/decoder functions for data rates up to 115.2 Kbps half-duplex
– Support of normal 3/16 and low-power (1.41-2.23 μs) bit durations
– Programmable internal clock generator enabling division of reference clock by 1 to 256 for
low-power mode bit duration
■ Support for communication with ISO 7816 smart cards
■ Full modem handshake support (on UART1)
52
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ LIN protocol support
■ Standard FIFO-level and End-of-Transmission interrupts
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Separate channels for transmit and receive
– Receive single request asserted when data is in the FIFO; burst request asserted at
programmed FIFO level
– Transmit single request asserted when there is space in the FIFO; burst request asserted at
programmed FIFO level
1.1.3.5
I2C (see page 639)
The Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C) bus provides bi-directional data transfer through a two-wire design
(a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL). The I2C bus interfaces to external I2C devices
such as serial memory (RAMs and ROMs), networking devices, LCDs, tone generators, and so on.
The I2C bus may also be used for system testing and diagnostic purposes in product development
and manufacture.
Each device on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave. Each I2C module
supports both sending and receiving data as either a master or a slave and can operate
simultaneously as both a master and a slave. Both the I2C master and slave can generate interrupts.
The LM3S9L97 controller includes two I2C modules with the following features:
■ Devices on the I2C bus can be designated as either a master or a slave
– Supports both transmitting and receiving data as either a master or a slave
– Supports simultaneous master and slave operation
■ Four I2C modes
– Master transmit
– Master receive
– Slave transmit
– Slave receive
■ Two transmission speeds: Standard (100 Kbps) and Fast (400 Kbps)
■ Master and slave interrupt generation
– Master generates interrupts when a transmit or receive operation completes (or aborts due
to an error)
– Slave generates interrupts when data has been transferred or requested by a master or when
a START or STOP condition is detected
■ Master with arbitration and clock synchronization, multimaster support, and 7-bit addressing
mode
June 15, 2010
53
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
1.1.3.6
SSI (see page 597)
Synchronous Serial Interface (SSI) is a four-wire bi-directional communications interface that converts
data between parallel and serial. The SSI module performs serial-to-parallel conversion on data
received from a peripheral device, and parallel-to-serial conversion on data transmitted to a peripheral
device. The SSI module can be configured as either a master or slave device. As a slave device,
the SSI module can also be configured to disable its output, which allows a master device to be
coupled with multiple slave devices. The TX and RX paths are buffered with separate internal FIFOs.
The SSI module also includes a programmable bit rate clock divider and prescaler to generate the
output serial clock derived from the SSI module's input clock. Bit rates are generated based on the
input clock and the maximum bit rate is determined by the connected peripheral.
The LM3S9L97 controller includes two SSI modules with the following features:
■ Programmable interface operation for Freescale SPI, MICROWIRE, or Texas Instruments
synchronous serial interfaces
■ Master or slave operation
■ Programmable clock bit rate and prescaler
■ Separate transmit and receive FIFOs, each 16 bits wide and 8 locations deep
■ Programmable data frame size from 4 to 16 bits
■ Internal loopback test mode for diagnostic/debug testing
■ Standard FIFO-based interrupts and End-of-Transmission interrupt
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Separate channels for transmit and receive
– Receive single request asserted when data is in the FIFO; burst request asserted when FIFO
contains 4 entries
– Transmit single request asserted when there is space in the FIFO; burst request asserted
when FIFO contains 4 entries
1.1.3.7
Inter-Integrated Circuit Sound (I2S) Interface (see page 676)
The I2S interface is a configurable serial audio core that contains a transmit module and a receive
module. The module is configurable for the I2S as well as Left-Justified and Right-Justified serial
audio formats. Data can be in one of four modes: Stereo, Mono, Compact 16-bit Stereo and Compact
8-Bit Stereo.
The transmit and receive modules each have an 8-entry audio-sample FIFO. An audio sample can
consist of a Left and Right Stereo sample, a Mono sample, or a Left and Right Compact Stereo
sample. In Compact 16-Bit Stereo, each FIFO entry contains both the 16-bit left and 16-bit right
samples, allowing efficient data transfers and requiring less memory space. In Compact 8-bit Stereo,
each FIFO entry contains an 8-bit left and an 8-bit right sample, reducing memory requirements
further.
Both the transmitter and receiver are capable of being a master or a slave.
®
The Stellaris I2S interface has the following features:
54
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ Configurable audio format supporting I2S, Left-justification, and Right-justification
■ Configurable sample size from 8 to 32 bits
■ Mono and Stereo support
■ 8-, 16-, and 32-bit FIFO interface for packing memory
■ Independent transmit and receive 8-entry FIFOs
■ Configurable FIFO-level interrupt and µDMA requests
■ Independent transmit and receive MCLK direction control
■ Transmit and receive internal MCLK sources
■ Independent transmit and receive control for serial clock and word select
■ MCLK and SCLK can be independently set to master or slave
■ Configurable transmit zero or last sample when FIFO empty
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Separate channels for transmit and receive
– Burst requests
– Channel requests asserted when FIFO contains required amount of data
1.1.4
System Integration
The LM3S9L97 controller provides a variety of standard system functions integrated into the device,
including:
■ Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
■ System control and clocks including on-chip precision 16-MHz oscillator
■ ARM Cortex SysTick Timer
■ Four 32-bit timers (up to eight 16-bit)
■ Eight Capture Compare PWM pins (CCP)
■ Lower-power battery-backed hibernation module
■ Real-Time Clock
■ Two Watchdog Timers
■ Up to 60 GPIOs, depending on configuration
– Highly flexible pin muxing allows use as GPIO or one of several peripheral functions
– Independently configurable to 2, 4 or 8 mA drive capability
June 15, 2010
55
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
– Up to 4 GPIOs can have 18 mA drive capability
The following sections provide more detail on each of these functions.
1.1.4.1
Direct Memory Access (see page 270)
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller includes a Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller, known as
micro-DMA (μDMA). The μDMA controller provides a way to offload data transfer tasks from the
Cortex-M3 processor, allowing for more efficient use of the processor and the available bus
bandwidth. The μDMA controller can perform transfers between memory and peripherals. It has
dedicated channels for each supported on-chip module and can be programmed to automatically
perform transfers between peripherals and memory as the peripheral is ready to transfer more data.
The μDMA controller provides the following features:
■ ARM PrimeCell® 32-channel configurable µDMA controller
■ Support for memory-to-memory, memory-to-peripheral, and peripheral-to-memory in multiple
transfer modes
– Basic for simple transfer scenarios
– Ping-pong for continuous data flow
– Scatter-gather for a programmable list of arbitrary transfers initiated from a single request
■ Highly flexible and configurable channel operation
– Independently configured and operated channels
– Dedicated channels for supported on-chip modules: GP Timer, USB, UART, Ethernet, ADC,
SSI, I2S
– Primary and secondary channel assignments
– One channel each for receive and transmit path for bidirectional modules
– Dedicated channel for software-initiated transfers
– Per-channel configurable bus arbitration scheme
– Optional software-initiated requests for any channel
■ Two levels of priority
■ Design optimizations for improved bus access performance between µDMA controller and the
processor core
– µDMA controller access is subordinate to core access
– RAM striping
– Peripheral bus segmentation
■ Data sizes of 8, 16, and 32 bits
■ Transfer size is programmable in binary steps from 1 to 1024
56
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ Source and destination address increment size of byte, half-word, word, or no increment
■ Maskable peripheral requests
■ Interrupt on transfer completion, with a separate interrupt per channel
1.1.4.2
System Control and Clocks (see page 100)
System control determines the overall operation of the device. It provides information about the
device, controls power-saving features, controls the clocking of the device and individual peripherals,
and handles reset detection and reporting.
■ Device identification information: version, part number, SRAM size, Flash memory size, and so
on
■ Power control
– On-chip fixed Low Drop-Out (LDO) voltage regulator
– Hibernation module handles the power-up/down 3.3 V sequencing and control for the core
digital logic and analog circuits
– Low-power options for microcontroller: Sleep and Deep-sleep modes with clock gating
– Low-power options for on-chip modules: software controls shutdown of individual peripherals
and memory
– 3.3-V supply brown-out detection and reporting via interrupt or reset
■ Multiple clock sources for microcontroller system clock
– Precision Oscillator (PIOSC): on-chip resource providing a 16 MHz ±1% frequency at room
temperature
•
16 MHz ±3% across temperature
•
Can be recalibrated with 7-bit trim resolution
•
Software power down control for low power modes
– Main Oscillator (MOSC): a frequency-accurate clock source by one of two means: an external
single-ended clock source is connected to the OSC0 input pin, or an external crystal is
connected across the OSC0 input and OSC1 output pins.
•
External oscillator used with or without on-chip PLL: select supported frequencies from 1
MHz to 16.384 MHz.
•
External crystal: from DC to maximum device speed
– Internal 30-kHz Oscillator: on chip resource providing a 30 kHz ± 50% frequency, used during
power-saving modes
– 32.768-kHz external oscillator for the Hibernation Module: eliminates need for additional
crystal for main clock source
■ Flexible reset sources
June 15, 2010
57
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
– Power-on reset (POR)
– Reset pin assertion
– Brown-out reset (BOR) detector alerts to system power drops
– Software reset
– Watchdog timer reset
– MOSC failure
1.1.4.3
Four Programmable Timers (see page 384)
Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins.
Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timers/counters that can be configured to operate independently
as timers or event counters, or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time
Clock (RTC). Timers can also be used to trigger analog-to-digital (ADC) conversions.
The General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks with the following functional
options:
■ Count up or down
■ 16- or 32-bit programmable one-shot timer
■ 16- or 32-bit programmable periodic timer
■ 16-bit general-purpose timer with an 8-bit prescaler
■ 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input
■ Eight Capture Compare PWM pins (CCP)
■ Daisy chaining of timer modules to allow a single timer to initiate multiple timing events
■ ADC event trigger
■ User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug (excluding RTC
mode)
■ 16-bit input-edge count- or time-capture modes
■ 16-bit PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal
■ Ability to determine the elapsed time between the assertion of the timer interrupt and entry into
the interrupt service routine.
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Dedicated channel for each timer
– Burst request generated on timer interrupt
58
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
1.1.4.4
CCP Pins (see page 391)
Capture Compare PWM pins (CCP) can be used by the General-Purpose Timer Module to time/count
external events using the CCP pin as an input. Alternatively, the GPTM can generate a simple PWM
output on the CCP pin.
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller includes eight Capture Compare PWM pins (CCP) that can be
programmed to operate in the following modes:
■ Capture: The GP Timer is incremented/decremented by programmed events on the CCP input.
The GP Timer captures and stores the current timer value when a programmed event occurs.
■ Compare: The GP Timer is incremented/decremented by programmed events on the CCP input.
The GP Timer compares the current value with a stored value and generates an interrupt when
a match occurs.
■ PWM: The GP Timer is incremented/decremented by the system clock. A PWM signal is generated
based on a match between the counter value and a value stored in a match register and is output
on the CCP pin.
1.1.4.5
Hibernation Module (see page 206)
The Hibernation module provides logic to switch power off to the main processor and peripherals
and to wake on external or time-based events. The Hibernation module includes power-sequencing
logic and has the following features:
■ Two mechanisms for power control
– System power control using discrete external regulator
– On-chip power control using internal switches under register control
■ Dedicated pin for waking using an external signal
■ Low-battery detection, signaling, and interrupt generation
■ 32-bit real-time counter (RTC)
– Two 32-bit RTC match registers for timed wake-up and interrupt generation
– RTC predivider trim for making fine adjustments to the clock rate
■ Clock source from a 32.768-kHz external oscillator or a 4.194304-MHz crystal; 32.768-kHz
external oscillator can be used for main controller clock
■ 64 32-bit words of non-volatile memory to save state during hibernation
■ Programmable interrupts for RTC match, external wake, and low battery events
1.1.4.6
Watchdog Timers (see page 432)
A watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software error or to
®
the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way. The Stellaris Watchdog Timer
can generate an interrupt or a reset when a time-out value is reached. In addition, the Watchdog
Timer is ARM FiRM-compliant and can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on
its first time-out, and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer
June 15, 2010
59
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
has been configured, the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being
inadvertently altered.
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller has two Watchdog Timer modules: Watchdog Timer 0 uses the
®
system clock for its timer clock; Watchdog Timer 1 uses the PIOSC as its timer clock. The Stellaris
Watchdog Timer module has the following features:
■ 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register
■ Separate watchdog clock with an enable
■ Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking
■ Lock register protection from runaway software
■ Reset generation logic with an enable/disable
■ User-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug
1.1.4.7
Programmable GPIOs (see page 328)
®
General-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins offer flexibility for a variety of connections. The Stellaris
GPIO module is comprised of nine physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual GPIO
port. The GPIO module is FiRM-compliant (compliant to the ARM Foundation IP for Real-Time
Microcontrollers specification) and supports 0-60 programmable input/output pins. The number of
GPIOs available depends on the peripherals being used (see “Signal Tables” on page 1074 for the
signals available to each GPIO pin).
■ Up to 60 GPIOs, depending on configuration
■ Highly flexible pin muxing allows use as GPIO or one of several peripheral functions
■ 5-V-tolerant input/outputs
■ Fast toggle capable of a change every two clock cycles
■ Two means of port access: either Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB) with better back-to-back
access performance, or the legacy Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB) for backwards-compatibility
with existing code
■ Programmable control for GPIO interrupts
– Interrupt generation masking
– Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both
– Level-sensitive on High or Low values
■ Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines
■ Can be used to initiate an ADC sample sequence
■ Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered
■ Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration
– Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors
60
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
– 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive for digital communication; up to four pads can be configured
with an 18-mA pad drive for high-current applications
– Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive
– Open drain enables
– Digital input enables
1.1.5
Advanced Motion Control
The LM3S9L97 controller provides motion control functions integrated into the device, including:
■ Six advanced PWM outputs for motion and energy applications
■ Four fault input to promote low-latency shutdown
■ Two Quadrature Encoder Inputs (QEI)
The following provides more detail on these motion control functions.
1.1.5.1
PWM (see page 977)
Pulse width modulation (PWM) is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels.
High-resolution counters are used to generate a square wave, and the duty cycle of the square
wave is modulated to encode an analog signal. Typical applications include switching power supplies
and motor control. The LM3S9L97 PWM module consists of three PWM generator blocks and a
control block. Each PWM generator block contains one timer (16-bit down or up/down counter), two
comparators, a PWM signal generator, a dead-band generator, and an interrupt/ADC-trigger selector.
Each PWM generator block produces two PWM signals that can either be independent signals or
a single pair of complementary signals with dead-band delays inserted. PWM generator block has
the following features:
■ Four fault-condition handling input to quickly provide low-latency shutdown and prevent damage
to the motor being controlled
■ One 16-bit counter
– Runs in Down or Up/Down mode
– Output frequency controlled by a 16-bit load value
– Load value updates can be synchronized
– Produces output signals at zero and load value
■ Two PWM comparators
– Comparator value updates can be synchronized
– Produces output signals on match
■ PWM signal generator
– Output PWM signal is constructed based on actions taken as a result of the counter and
PWM comparator output signals
June 15, 2010
61
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
– Produces two independent PWM signals
■ Dead-band generator
– Produces two PWM signals with programmable dead-band delays suitable for driving a half-H
bridge
– Can be bypassed, leaving input PWM signals unmodified
■ Can initiate an ADC sample sequence
The control block determines the polarity of the PWM signals and which signals are passed through
to the pins. The output of the PWM generation blocks are managed by the output control block
before being passed to the device pins. The PWM control block has the following options:
■ PWM output enable of each PWM signal
■ Optional output inversion of each PWM signal (polarity control)
■ Optional fault handling for each PWM signal
■ Synchronization of timers in the PWM generator blocks
■ Synchronization of timer/comparator updates across the PWM generator blocks
■ Synchronization of PWM output enables across the PWM generator blocks
■ Interrupt status summary of the PWM generator blocks
■ Extended fault capabilities with multiple fault signals, programmable polarities, and filtering
■ PWM generators can be operated independently or synchronized with other generators
1.1.5.2
QEI (see page 1049)
A quadrature encoder, also known as a 2-channel incremental encoder, converts linear displacement
into a pulse signal. By monitoring both the number of pulses and the relative phase of the two signals,
the position, direction of rotation, and speed can be tracked. In addition, a third channel, or index
®
signal, can be used to reset the position counter. The Stellaris quadrature encoder with index (QEI)
module interprets the code produced by a quadrature encoder wheel to integrate position over time
and determine direction of rotation. In addition, it can capture a running estimate of the velocity of
the encoder wheel. The input frequency of the QEI inputs may be as high as 1/4 of the processor
frequency (for example, 20 MHz for a 80-MHz system).
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller includes two QEI modules providing control of two motors at the
same time with the following features:
■ Position integrator that tracks the encoder position
■ Programmable noise filter on the inputs
■ Velocity capture using built-in timer
■ The input frequency of the QEI inputs may be as high as 1/4 of the processor frequency (for
example, 12.5 MHz for a 50-MHz system)
62
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ Interrupt generation on:
– Index pulse
– Velocity-timer expiration
– Direction change
– Quadrature error detection
1.1.6
Analog
The LM3S9L97 controller provides analog functions integrated into the device, including:
■ Two 10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) with sixteen analog input channels and sample
rate of one million samples/second
■ Two analog comparators
■ 16 digital comparators
■ On-chip voltage regulator
The following provides more detail on these analog functions.
1.1.6.1
ADC (see page 457)
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a peripheral that converts a continuous analog voltage to a
®
discrete digital number. The Stellaris ADC module features 10-bit conversion resolution and supports
sixteen input channels plus an internal temperature sensor. Four buffered sample sequencers allow
rapid sampling of up to eight analog input sources without controller intervention. Each sample
sequencer provides flexible programming with fully configurable input source, trigger events, interrupt
generation, and sequencer priority. A digital comparator function is included that allows the conversion
value to be diverted to a comparison unit that provides 16 digital comparators.
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides two ADC modules with the following features:
■ Sixteen analog input channels
■ Single-ended and differential-input configurations
■ On-chip internal temperature sensor
■ Maximum sample rate of one million samples/second
■ Optional phase shift in sample time programmable from 22.5º to 337.5º
■ Four programmable sample conversion sequencers from one to eight entries long, with
corresponding conversion result FIFOs
■ Flexible trigger control
– Controller (software)
– Timers
– Analog Comparators
June 15, 2010
63
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
– PWM
– GPIO
■ Hardware averaging of up to 64 samples for improved accuracy
■ Digital comparison unit providing sixteen digital comparators
■ Converter uses an internal 3-V reference or an external reference
■ Power and ground for the analog circuitry is separate from the digital power and ground
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Dedicated channel for each sample sequencer
– ADC module uses burst requests for DMA
1.1.6.2
Analog Comparators (see page 965)
An analog comparator is a peripheral that compares two analog voltages and provides a logical
output that signals the comparison result. The LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides two independent
integrated analog comparators that can be configured to drive an output or generate an interrupt or
ADC event.
The comparator can provide its output to a device pin, acting as a replacement for an analog
comparator on the board, or it can be used to signal the application via interrupts or triggers to the
ADC to cause it to start capturing a sample sequence. The interrupt generation and ADC triggering
logic is separate. This means, for example, that an interrupt can be generated on a rising edge and
the ADC triggered on a falling edge.
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides two independent integrated analog comparators with the
following functions:
■ Compare external pin input to external pin input or to internal programmable voltage reference
■ Compare a test voltage against any one of the following voltages:
– An individual external reference voltage
– A shared single external reference voltage
– A shared internal reference voltage
1.1.7
JTAG and ARM Serial Wire Debug (see page 88)
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and
Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial interface
for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data Registers (DR)
can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and obtain manufacturing
information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of accessing and controlling
design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan testing, and debugging. Texas
Instruments replaces the ARM SW-DP and JTAG-DP with the ARM CoreSight™-compliant Serial
Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) interface. The SWJ-DP interface combines the SWD and JTAG
debug ports into one module providing all the normal JTAG debug and test functionality plus real-time
access to system memory without halting the core or requiring any target resident code. See the
64
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual for details on SWJ-DP. The SWJ-DP interface
has the following features:
■ IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller
■ Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions
■ IEEE standard instructions: BYPASS, IDCODE, SAMPLE/PRELOAD, EXTEST and INTEST
■ ARM additional instructions: APACC, DPACC and ABORT
■ Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
– Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP)
– Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints
– Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources,
and system profiling
– Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging
– Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer
1.1.8
Packaging and Temperature
■ Industrial-range 100-pin RoHS-compliant LQFP package
■ Industrial-range 108-ball RoHS-compliant BGA package
1.2
Target Applications
®
The Stellaris family is positioned for cost-conscious applications requiring significant control
processing and connectivity capabilities such as:
■ Remote monitoring
■ Electronic point-of-sale (POS) machines
■ Test and measurement equipment
■ Network appliances and switches
■ Factory automation
■ HVAC and building control
■ Gaming equipment
■ Motion control
■ Medical instrumentation
■ Fire and security
■ Power and energy
June 15, 2010
65
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
■ Transportation
1.3
High-Level Block Diagram
®
Figure 1-1 depicts the features on the Stellaris LM3S9L97 microcontroller. Note that there are two
on-chip buses that connect the core to the peripherals. The Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB) bus is
the legacy bus. The Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB) bus provides better back-to-back
access performance than the APB bus.
66
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
®
Figure 1-1. Stellaris LM3S9L97 Microcontroller High-Level Block Diagram
JTAG/SWD
ROM
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
System
Control and
Clocks
(w/ Precis. Osc.)
Boot Loader
DriverLib
AES & CRC
Flash
(128 KB)
DCode bus
(80 MHz)
ICode bus
NVIC
MPU
System Bus
LM3S9L97
Bus Matrix
SRAM
(48 KB)
SYSTEM PERIPHERALS
DMA
Watchdog
Timers
(2)
GeneralPurpose
Timers (4)
Hibernation
Module
SSI
(2)
CAN
Controllers
(2)
SERIAL PERIPHERALS
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB)
USB
(OTG)
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
GPIOs
(60)
UARTs
(3)
I2C
(2)
Ethernet
MAC/PHY
I2S
ANALOG PERIPHERALS
Analog
Comparators
(2)
ADC
Channels
(16)
MOTION CONTROL PERIPHERALS
PWM
(6)
QEI
(2)
June 15, 2010
67
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Architectural Overview
1.4
Additional Features
1.4.1
Memory Map (see page 82)
A memory map lists the location of instructions and data in memory. The memory map for the
LM3S9L97 controller can be found in “Memory Map” on page 82. Register addresses are given as
a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module's base address as shown in the memory map. The
ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual provides further information on the memory map.
1.4.2
Hardware Details
Details on the pins and package can be found in the following sections:
■ “Pin Diagram” on page 1072
■ “Signal Tables” on page 1074
■ “Operating Characteristics” on page 1143
■ “Electrical Characteristics” on page 1144
■ “Package Information” on page 1212
68
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
2
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
The ARM Cortex-M3 processor provides a high-performance, low-cost platform that meets the
system requirements of minimal memory implementation, reduced pin count, and low power
consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and exceptional system
response to interrupts. Features include:
■ 32-bit ARM® Cortex™-M3 v7M architecture optimized for small-footprint embedded applications
■ Outstanding processing performance combined with fast interrupt handling
■ Thumb-2 mixed 16-/32-bit instruction set, delivers the high performance expected of a 32-bit
ARM core in a compact memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices; typically in
the range of a few kilobytes of memory for microcontroller-class applications
– Single-cycle multiply instruction and hardware divide
– Atomic bit manipulation (bit-banding), delivering maximum memory utilization and streamlined
peripheral control
– Unaligned data access, enabling data to be efficiently packed into memory
■ Fast code execution permits slower processor clock or increases sleep mode time
■ Harvard architecture characterized by separate buses for instruction and data
■ Efficient processor core, system and memories
■ Hardware division and fast multiplier
■ Deterministic, high-performance interrupt handling for time-critical applications
■ Memory protection unit (MPU) to provide a privileged mode for protected operating system
functionality
■ Enhanced system debug with extensive breakpoint and trace capabilities
■ Serial Wire Debug and Serial Wire Trace reduce the number of pins required for debugging and
tracing
■ Migration from the ARM7™ processor family for better performance and power efficiency
■ Optimized for single-cycle Flash memory usage
■ Ultra-low power consumption with integrated sleep modes
■ 80-MHz operation
■ 1.25 DMIPS/MHz
®
The Stellaris family of microcontrollers builds on this core to bring high-performance 32-bit computing
to cost-sensitive embedded microcontroller applications, such as factory automation and control,
industrial control power devices, building and home automation, and stepper motors.
June 15, 2010
69
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
For more information on the ARM Cortex-M3 processor core, see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical
Reference Manual. For information on SWJ-DP, see the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference
Manual.
2.1
Block Diagram
Figure 2-1. CPU Block Diagram
Nested
Vectored
Interrupt
Controller
Interrupts
Sleep
ARM
Cortex-M3
CM3 Core
Debug
Instructions
Data
Trace
Port
Interface
Unit
Memory
Protection
Unit
Flash
Patch and
Breakpoint
Instrumentation
Data
Watchpoint Trace Macrocell
and Trace
ROM
Table
Private Peripheral
Bus
(internal)
Adv. Peripheral
Bus
Bus
Matrix
Debug
Access Port
Serial Wire JTAG
Debug Port
2.2
Serial
Wire
Output
Trace
Port
(SWO)
I-code bus
D-code bus
System bus
Functional Description
Important: The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes all the features of an
ARM Cortex-M3 in detail. However, these features differ based on the implementation.
®
This section describes the Stellaris implementation.
Texas Instruments implements the ARM Cortex-M3 core as shown in Figure 2-1 on page 70. The
Cortex-M3 uses the entire 16-bit Thumb instruction set and the base Thumb-2 32-bit instruction set.
In addition, as noted in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual, several Cortex-M3
components are flexible in their implementation: SW/JTAG-DP, ETM, TPIU, the ROM table, the
MPU, and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC). Each of these is addressed in the
sections that follow.
2.2.1
Programming Model
This section provides a brief overview of the programming model for the Cortex-M3 core. More
detailed information can be found in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
■ Privileged access and user access - Code can execute as privileged or unprivileged. Unprivileged
execution limits or excludes access to some resources. Privileged execution has access to all
resources. Handler mode is always privileged. Thread mode can be privileged or unprivileged.
70
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Thread mode is privileged out of reset, but you can change it to user or unprivileged by setting
the CONTROL[0] bit using the MSR instruction. User access prevents:
– Use of some instructions such as CPS to set FAULTMASK and PRIMASK
– Access to most registers in System Control Space (SCS)
When Thread mode has been changed from privileged to user, it cannot change itself back to
privileged. Only a Handler can change the privilege of Thread mode. Handler mode is always
privileged.
■ Register set - The processor has the following 32-bit registers:
– 13 general-purpose registers, r0-r12
– Stack point alias of banked registers, SP_process and SP_main
– Link register, r14
– Program counter, r15
– One program status register, xPSR.
■ Data types - The processor supports the following data types:
– 32-bit words
– 16-bit halfwords
– 8-bit bytes
■ Memory formats - The processor views memory as a linear collection of bytes numbered in
ascending order from 0. For example, bytes 0-3 hold the first stored word and bytes 4-7 hold the
second stored word. The processor accesses code and data in little-endian format, which means
that the byte with the lowest address in a word is the least-significant byte of the word. The byte
with the highest address in a word is the most significant. The byte at address 0 of the memory
system connects to data lines 7-0.
■ Instruction set - The Cortex-M3 instruction set contains both 16 and 32-bit instructions. These
instructions are summarized in Table 2-1 on page 71 and Table 2-2 on page 73, respectively.
Table 2-1. 16-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary
Operation
Assembler
Add register value and C flag to register value
ADC <Rd>, <Rm>
Add immediate 3-bit value to register
ADD <Rd>, <Rn>, #<immed_3>
Add immediate 8-bit value to register
ADD <Rd>, #<immed_8>
Add low register value to low register value
ADD <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Add high register value to low or high register value
ADD <Rd>, <Rm>
Add 4* (immediate 8-bit value) with PC to register
ADD <Rd>, PC, #<immed_8> * 4
Add 4* (immediate 8-bit value) with SP to register
ADD <Rd>, SP, #<immed_8> * 4
Add 4* (immediate 7-bit value) to SP
ADD SP, #<immed_7> * 4
Bitwise AND register values
AND <Rd>, <Rm>
Arithmetic shift right by immediate number
ASR <Rd>, <Rm>, #<immed_5>
June 15, 2010
71
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
Table 2-1. 16-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary (continued)
Operation
Assembler
Arithmetic shift right by number in register
ASR <Rd>, <Rs>
Branch conditional
B<cond> <target address>
Branch unconditional
B <target_address>
Bit clear
BIC <Rd>, <Rm>
Software breakpoint
BKPT <immed_8>
Branch with link
BL <Rm>
Branch with link and exchange
BLX <Rm>
Branch and exchange
BX <Rm>
Compare not zero and branch
CBNZ <Rn>,<label>
Compare zero and branch
CBZ <Rn>,<label>
Compare negation of register value with another register value
CMN <Rn>, <Rm>
Compare immediate 8-bit value
CMP <Rn>, #<immed_8>
Compare registers
CMP <Rn>, <Rm>
Compare high register to low or high register
CMP <Rn>, <Rm>
Change processor state
CPS <effect>, <iflags>
Copy high or low register value to another high or low register
CPY <Rd> <Rm>
Bitwise exclusive OR register values
EOR <Rd>, <Rm>
Condition the following instruction
IT <cond>
Condition the following two instructions
IT<x> <cond>
Condition the following three instructions
IT<x><y> <cond>
Condition the following four instructions
IT<x><y><z> <cond>
Multiple sequential memory word loads
LDMIA <Rn>!, <registers>
Load memory word from base register address + 5-bit immediate offset
LDR <Rd>, [<Rn>, #<immed_5> * 4]
Load memory word from base register address + register offset
LDR <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Load memory word from PC address + 8-bit immediate offset
LDR <Rd>, [PC, #<immed_8> * 4]
Load memory word from SP address + 8-bit immediate offset
LDR, <Rd>, [SP, #<immed_8> * 4]
Load memory byte [7:0] from register address + 5-bit immediate offset
LDRB <Rd>, [<Rn>, #<immed_5>]
Load memory byte [7:0] from register address + register offset
LDRB <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Load memory halfword [15:0] from register address + 5-bit immediate offset
LDRH <Rd>, [<Rn>, #<immed_5> * 2]
Load halfword [15:0] from register address + register offset
LDRH <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Load signed byte [7:0] from register address + register offset
LDRSB <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Load signed halfword [15:0] from register address + register offset
LDRSH <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Logical shift left by immediate number
LSL <Rd>, <Rm>, #<immed_5>
Logical shift left by number in register
LSL <Rd>, <Rs>
Logical shift right by immediate number
LSR <Rd>, <Rm>, #<immed_5>
Logical shift right by number in register
LSR <Rd>, <Rs>
Move immediate 8-bit value to register
MOV <Rd>, #<immed_8>
Move low register value to low register
MOV <Rd>, <Rn>
Move high or low register value to high or low register
MOV <Rd>, <Rm>
Multiply register values
MUL <Rd>, <Rm>
Move complement of register value to register
MVN <Rd>, <Rm>
Negate register value and store in register
NEG <Rd>, <Rm>
72
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 2-1. 16-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary (continued)
Operation
Assembler
No operation
NOP <c>
Bitwise logical OR register values
ORR <Rd>, <Rm>
Pop registers from stack
POP <registers>
Pop registers and PC from stack
POP <registers, PC>
Push registers onto stack
PUSH <registers>
Push LR and registers onto stack
PUSH <registers, LR>
Reverse bytes in word and copy to register
REV <Rd>, <Rn>
Reverse bytes in two halfwords and copy to register
REV16 <Rd>, <Rn>
Reverse bytes in low halfword [15:0], sign-extend, and copy to register
REVSH <Rd>, <Rn>
Rotate right by amount in register
ROR <Rd>, <Rs>
Subtract register value and C flag from register value
SBC <Rd>, <Rm>
Send event
SEV <c>
Store multiple register words to sequential memory locations
STMIA <Rn>!, <registers>
Store register word to register address + 5-bit immediate offset
STR <Rd>, [<Rn>, #<immed_5> * 4]
Store register word to register address
STR <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Store register word to SP address + 8-bit immediate offset
STR <Rd>, [SP, #<immed_8> * 4]
Store register byte [7:0] to register address + 5-bit immediate offset
STRB <Rd>, [<Rn>, #<immed_5>]
Store register byte [7:0] to register address
STRB <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Store register halfword [15:0] to register address + 5-bit immediate offset
STRH <Rd>, [<Rn>, #<immed_5> * 2]
Store register halfword [15:0] to register address + register offset
STRH <Rd>, [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Subtract immediate 3-bit value from register
SUB <Rd>, <Rn>, #<immed_3>
Subtract immediate 8-bit value from register value
SUB <Rd>, #<immed_8>
Subtract register values
SUB <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Subtract 4 (immediate 7-bit value) from SP
SUB SP, #<immed_7> * 4
Operating system service call with 8-bit immediate call code
SVC <immed_8>
Extract byte [7:0] from register, move to register, and sign-extend to 32 bits
SXTB <Rd>, <Rm>
Extract halfword [15:0] from register, move to register, and sign-extend to 32 bits SXTH <Rd>, <Rm>
Test register value for set bits by ANDing it with another register value
TST <Rn>, <Rm>
Extract byte [7:0] from register, move to register, and zero-extend to 32 bits
UXTB <Rd>, <Rm>10
Extract halfword [15:0] from register, move to register, and zero-extend to 32
bits
UXTH <Rd>, <Rm>
Wait for event
WFE <c>
Wait for interrupt
WFI <c>
Table 2-2. 32-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary
Operation
Assembler
Add register value, immediate 12-bit value, and C bit
ADC{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12>
Add register value, shifted register value, and C bit
ADC{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Add register value and immediate 12-bit value
ADD{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Add register value and shifted register value
ADD{S}.W <Rd>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Add register value and immediate 12-bit value
ADDW.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<immed_12>
Bitwise AND register value with immediate 12-bit value
AND{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12>
June 15, 2010
73
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
Table 2-2. 32-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary (continued)
Operation
Assembler
Bitwise AND register value with shifted register value
AND{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, Rm>{, <shift>}
Arithmetic shift right by number in register
ASR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Conditional branch
B{cond}.W <label>
Clear bit field
BFC.W <Rd>, #<lsb>, #<width>
Insert bit field from one register value into another
BFI.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<lsb>, #<width>
Bitwise AND register value with complement of immediate 12-bit value
BIC{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Bitwise AND register value with complement of shifted register value
BIC{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Branch with link
BL <label>
Branch with link (immediate)
BL<c> <label>
Unconditional branch
B.W <label>
Clear exclusive clears the local record of the executing processor that an
address has had a request for an exclusive access.
CLREX <c>
Return number of leading zeros in register value
CLZ.W <Rd>, <Rn>
Compare register value with two’s complement of immediate 12-bit value
CMN.W <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Compare register value with two’s complement of shifted register value
CMN.W <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Compare register value with immediate 12-bit value
CMP.W <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Compare register value with shifted register value
CMP.W <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Data memory barrier
DMB <c>
Data synchronization barrier
DSB <c>
Exclusive OR register value with immediate 12-bit value
EOR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Exclusive OR register value with shifted register value
EOR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Instruction synchronization barrier
ISB <c>
Load multiple memory registers, increment after or decrement before
LDM{IA|DB}.W <Rn>{!}, <registers>
Memory word from base register address + immediate 12-bit offset
LDR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Memory word to PC from register address + immediate 12-bit offset
LDR.W PC, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Memory word to PC from base register address immediate 8-bit offset,
postindexed
LDR.W PC, [Rn], #<+/-<offset_8>
Memory word from base register address immediate 8-bit offset, postindexed LDR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>], #+/–<offset_8>
Memory word from base register address immediate 8-bit offset, preindexed LDR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<+/–<offset_8>]!
LDRT.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_8>]
Memory word to PC from base register address immediate 8-bit offset,
preindexed
LDR.W PC, [<Rn>, #+/–<offset_8>]!
Memory word from register address shifted left by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places
LDR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Memory word to PC from register address shifted left by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places LDR.W PC, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Memory word from PC address immediate 12-bit offset
LDR.W <Rxf>, [PC, #+/–<offset_12>]
Memory word to PC from PC address immediate 12-bit offset
LDR.W PC, [PC, #+/–<offset_12>]
Memory byte [7:0] from base register address + immediate 12-bit offset
LDRB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Memory byte [7:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit offset,
postindexed
LDRB.W <Rxf>. [<Rn>], #+/-<offset_8>
Memory byte [7:0] from register address shifted left by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places
LDRB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Memory byte [7:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit offset,
preindexed
LDRB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<+/–<offset_8>]!
Memory byte from PC address immediate 12-bit offset
LDRB.W <Rxf>, [PC, #+/–<offset_12>]
Memory doubleword from register address 8-bit offset 4, preindexed
LDRD.W <Rxf>, <Rxf2>, [<Rn>, #+/–<offset_8> * 4]{!}
74
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 2-2. 32-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary (continued)
Operation
Assembler
Memory doubleword from register address 8-bit offset 4, postindexed
LDRD.W <Rxf>, <Rxf2>, [<Rn>], #+/–<offset_8> * 4
Load register exclusive calculates an address from a base register value and LDREX<c> <Rt>,[<Rn>{,#<imm>}]
an immediate offset, loads a word from memory, writes it to a register
Load register exclusive halfword calculates an address from a base register LDREXH<c> <Rt>,[<Rn>{,#<imm>}]
value and an immediate offset, loads a halfword from memory, writes it to a
register
Load register exclusive byte calculates an address from a base register value LDREXB<c> <Rt>,[<Rn>{,#<imm>}]
and an immediate offset, loads a byte from memory, writes it to a register
Memory halfword [15:0] from base register address + immediate 12-bit offset LDRH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Memory halfword [15:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit offset,
preindexed
LDRH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<+/–<offset_8>]!
Memory halfword [15:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit offset,
postindexed
LDRH.W <Rxf>. [<Rn>], #+/-<offset_8>
Memory halfword [15:0] from register address shifted left by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places LDRH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Memory halfword from PC address immediate 12-bit offset
LDRH.W <Rxf>, [PC, #+/–<offset_12>]
Memory signed byte [7:0] from base register address + immediate 12-bit offset LDRSB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Memory signed byte [7:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit offset, LDRSB.W <Rxf>. [<Rn>], #+/-<offset_8>
postindexed
Memory signed byte [7:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit offset, LDRSB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<+/–<offset_8>]!
preindexed
Memory signed byte [7:0] from register address shifted left by 0, 1, 2, or 3
places
LDRSB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Memory signed byte from PC address immediate 12-bit offset
LDRSB.W <Rxf>, [PC, #+/–<offset_12>]
Memory signed halfword [15:0] from base register address + immediate 12-bit LDRSH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
offset
Memory signed halfword [15:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit
offset, postindexed
LDRSH.W <Rxf>. [<Rn>], #+/-<offset_8>
Memory signed halfword [15:0] from base register address immediate 8-bit
offset, preindexed
LDRSH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<+/–<offset_8>]!
Memory signed halfword [15:0] from register address shifted left by 0, 1, 2,
or 3 places
LDRSH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Memory signed halfword from PC address immediate 12-bit offset
LDRSH.W <Rxf>, [PC, #+/–<offset_12>]
Logical shift left register value by number in register
LSL{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Logical shift right register value by number in register
LSR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Multiply two signed or unsigned register values and add the low 32 bits to a MLA.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>, <Racc>
register value
Multiply two signed or unsigned register values and subtract the low 32 bits MLS.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>, <Racc>
from a register value
Move immediate 12-bit value to register
MOV{S}.W <Rd>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Move shifted register value to register
MOV{S}.W <Rd>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Move immediate 16-bit value to top halfword [31:16] of register
MOVT.W <Rd>, #<immed_16>
Move immediate 16-bit value to bottom halfword [15:0] of register and clear MOVW.W <Rd>, #<immed_16>
top halfword [31:16]
Move to register from status
MRS<c> <Rd>, <psr>
Move to status register
MSR<c> <psr>_<fields>,<Rn>
Multiply two signed or unsigned register values
MUL.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
No operation
NOP.W
June 15, 2010
75
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
Table 2-2. 32-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary (continued)
Operation
Assembler
Logical OR NOT register value with immediate 12-bit value
ORN{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Logical OR NOT register value with shifted register value
ORN[S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Logical OR register value with immediate 12-bit value
ORR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Logical OR register value with shifted register value
ORR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Reverse bit order
RBIT.W <Rd>, <Rm>
Reverse bytes in word
REV.W <Rd>, <Rm>
Reverse bytes in each halfword
REV16.W <Rd>, <Rn>
Reverse bytes in bottom halfword and sign-extend
REVSH.W <Rd>, <Rn>
Rotate right by number in register
ROR{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Rotate right with extend
RRX{S}.W <Rd>, <Rm>
Subtract a register value from an immediate 12-bit value
RSB{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Subtract a register value from a shifted register value
RSB{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Subtract immediate 12-bit value and C bit from register value
SBC{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Subtract shifted register value and C bit from register value
SBC{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Copy selected bits to register and sign-extend
SBFX.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<lsb>, #<width>
Signed divide
SDIV<c> <Rd>,<Rn>,<Rm>
Send event
SEV<c>
Multiply signed words and add signed-extended value to 2-register value
SMLAL.W <RdLo>, <RdHi>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Multiply two signed register values
SMULL.W <RdLo>, <RdHi>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Signed saturate
SSAT.W <c> <Rd>, #<imm>, <Rn>{, <shift>}
Multiple register words to consecutive memory locations
STM{IA|DB}.W <Rn>{!}, <registers>
Register word to register address + immediate 12-bit offset
STR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Register word to register address immediate 8-bit offset, postindexed
STR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>], #+/–<offset_8>
Register word to register address shifted by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places
STR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Register word to register address immediate 8-bit offset, preindexed Store,
preindexed
STR.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #+/-<offset_8>]{!}
STRT.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_8>]
Register byte [7:0] to register address immediate 8-bit offset, preindexed
STRB{T}.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #+/–<offset_8>]{!}
Register byte [7:0] to register address + immediate 12-bit offset
STRB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Register byte [7:0] to register address immediate 8-bit offset, postindexed
STRB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>], #+/–<offset_8>
Register byte [7:0] to register address shifted by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places
STRB.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Store doubleword, preindexed
STRD.W <Rxf>, <Rxf2>, [<Rn>, #+/–<offset_8> * 4]{!}
Store doubleword, postindexed
STRD.W <Rxf>, <Rxf2>, [<Rn>, #+/–<offset_8> * 4]
Store register exclusive calculates an address from a base register value and STREX <c> <Rd>,<Rt>,[<Rn>{,#<imm>}]
an immediate offset, and stores a word from a register to memory if the
executing processor has exclusive access to the memory addressed.
Store register exclusive byte derives an address from a base register value, STREXB <c> <Rd>,<Rt>,[<Rn>]
and stores a byte from a register to memory if the executing processor has
exclusive access to the memory addressed
Store register exclusive halfword derives an address from a base register
value, and stores a halfword from a register to memory if the executing
processor has exclusive access to the memory addressed.
STREXH <c> <Rd>,<Rt>,[<Rn>]
Register halfword [15:0] to register address + immediate 12-bit offset
STRH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #<offset_12>]
Register halfword [15:0] to register address shifted by 0, 1, 2, or 3 places
STRH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, <Rm>{, LSL #<shift>}]
Register halfword [15:0] to register address immediate 8-bit offset, preindexed STRH{T}.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>, #+/–<offset_8>]{!}
76
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 2-2. 32-Bit Cortex-M3 Instruction Set Summary (continued)
Operation
Assembler
Register halfword [15:0] to register address immediate 8-bit offset, postindexed STRH.W <Rxf>, [<Rn>], #+/–<offset_8>
Subtract immediate 12-bit value from register value
SUB{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Subtract shifted register value from register value
SUB{S}.W <Rd>, <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Subtract immediate 12-bit value from register value
SUBW.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<immed_12>
Sign extend byte to 32 bits
SXTB.W <Rd>, <Rm>{, <rotation>}
Sign extend halfword to 32 bits
SXTH.W <Rd>, <Rm>{, <rotation>}
Table branch byte
TBB [<Rn>, <Rm>]
Table branch halfword
TBH [<Rn>, <Rm>, LSL #1]
Exclusive OR register value with immediate 12-bit value
TEQ.W <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Exclusive OR register value with shifted register value
TEQ.W <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift}
Logical AND register value with 12-bit immediate value
TST.W <Rn>, #<modify_constant(immed_12)>
Logical AND register value with shifted register value
TST.W <Rn>, <Rm>{, <shift>}
Copy bit field from register value to register and zero-extend to 32 bits
UBFX.W <Rd>, <Rn>, #<lsb>, #<width>
Unsigned divide
UDIV<c> <Rd>,<Rn>,<Rm>
Multiply two unsigned register values and add to a 2-register value
UMLAL.W <RdLo>, <RdHi>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Multiply two unsigned register values
UMULL.W <RdLo>, <RdHi>, <Rn>, <Rm>
Unsigned saturate
USAT <c> <Rd>, #<imm>, <Rn>{, <shift>}
Copy unsigned byte to register and zero-extend to 32 bits
UXTB.W <Rd>, <Rm>{, <rotation>}
Copy unsigned halfword to register and zero-extend to 32 bits
UXTH.W <Rd>, <Rm>{, <rotation>}
Wait for event
WFE.W
Wait for interrupt
WFI.W
2.2.2
Serial Wire and JTAG Debug
Texas Instruments replaces the ARM SW-DP and JTAG-DP with the ARM CoreSight™-compliant
Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP) interface. The SWJ-DP interface combines the SWD and
JTAG debug ports into one module. See the CoreSight™ Design Kit Technical Reference Manual
for details on SWJ-DP.
2.2.3
Embedded Trace Macrocell (ETM)
®
ETM is not implemented in the Stellaris devices. As a result, Chapters 15 and 16 of the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual can be ignored.
2.2.4
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU)
The TPIU acts as a bridge between the Cortex-M3 trace data from the ITM, and an off-chip Trace
®
Port Analyzer. Stellaris devices implement the TPIU as shown in Figure 2-2. This implementation
is similar to the non-ETM version described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual,
however, SWJ-DP only provides the Serial Wire Viewer (SWV) output format for the TPIU.
June 15, 2010
77
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
Figure 2-2. TPIU Block Diagram
2.2.5
Debug
ATB
Slave
Port
ATB
Interface
APB
Slave
Port
APB
Interface
Asynchronous FIFO
Trace Out
(serializer)
Serial Wire
Trace Port
(SWO)
ROM Table
The default ROM table is implemented as described in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference
Manual.
2.2.6
Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
The Memory Protection Unit (MPU) is included on the LM3S9L97 controller and supports the standard
ARMv7 Protected Memory System Architecture (PMSA) model. The MPU provides full support for
protection regions, overlapping protection regions, access permissions, and exporting memory
attributes to the system.
2.2.7
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
The Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC):
■ Facilitates low-latency exception and interrupt handling
■ Controls power management
■ Implements system control registers
The NVIC and the processor core interface are closely coupled, which enables low latency interrupt
processing and efficient processing of late arriving interrupts. The NVIC maintains knowledge of
the stacked (nested) interrupts to enable tail-chaining of interrupts.
You can only fully access the NVIC from privileged mode, but you can pend interrupts in user-mode
by enabling the Configuration Control Register (see the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference
Manual). Any other user-mode access causes a bus fault.
All NVIC registers are accessible using byte, halfword, and word unless otherwise stated.
78
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
2.2.7.1
Interrupts
The ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual describes the maximum number of interrupts
and interrupt priorities. The LM3S9L97 microcontroller supports 51 interrupts with eight priority
levels.
In addition to the peripheral interrupts, the system also provides for a non-maskable interrupt (NMI).
The NMI is generally used in safety critical applications where the immediate execution of an interrupt
handler is required. The NMI signal is available as an external signal so that it may be generated
by external circuitry. The NMI is also used internally as part of the main oscillator verification circuitry.
More information on the non-maskable interrupt is located in “Non-Maskable Interrupt” on page 105.
2.2.8
System Timer (SysTick)
Cortex-M3 includes an integrated system timer, SysTick. SysTick provides a simple, 24-bit
clear-on-write, decrementing, wrap-on-zero counter with a flexible control mechanism. The counter
can be used in several different ways, for example:
■ An RTOS tick timer which fires at a programmable rate (for example, 100 Hz) and invokes a
SysTick routine
■ A high-speed alarm timer using the system clock
■ A variable rate alarm or signal timer—the duration is range-dependent on the reference clock
used and the dynamic range of the counter.
■ A simple counter used to measure time to completion and time used
■ An internal clock source control based on missing/meeting durations. The COUNTFLAG bit-field
in the control and status register can be used to determine if an action completed within a set
duration, as part of a dynamic clock management control loop.
2.2.8.1
Functional Description
The timer consists of three registers:
■ SysTick Control and Status Register - a control and status counter to configure its clock, enable
the counter, enable the SysTick interrupt, and determine counter status
■ SysTick Reload Value Register - the reload value for the counter, used to provide the counter's
wrap value
■ SysTick Current Value Register - the current value of the counter
®
A fourth register, the SysTick Calibration Value Register, is not implemented in the Stellaris devices.
When enabled, the timer counts down on each clock from the reload value to zero, reloads (wraps)
to the value in the SysTick Reload Value register on the next clock edge, then decrements on
subsequent clocks. Clearing the SysTick Reload Value register disables the counter on the next
wrap. When the counter reaches zero, the COUNTFLAG status bit is set. The COUNTFLAG bit
clears on reads.
Writing to the SysTick Current Value register clears the register and the COUNTFLAG status bit.
The write does not trigger the SysTick exception logic. On a read, the current value is the value of
the register at the time the register is accessed.
June 15, 2010
79
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
ARM Cortex-M3 Processor Core
If the core is in debug state (halted), the counter does not decrement. The timer is clocked with
respect to a reference clock, which can be either the core clock or an external clock source.
2.2.8.2
SysTick Control and Status Register
Use the SysTick Control and Status Register to enable the SysTick features. The reset is
0x0000.0000.
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:17
reserved
RO
16
COUNTFLAG
R/W
Reset Description
0x000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
Count Flag
When set, this bit indicates that the timer has counted to 0 since the last time
this register was read.
This bit is cleared by a read of the register.
If read by the debugger using the DAP, this bit is cleared only if the
MasterType bit in the AHB-AP Control Register is clear. Otherwise, the
COUNTFLAG bit is not changed by the debugger read.
15:3
reserved
RO
2
CLKSOURCE
R/W
0x000 Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
Clock Source
Value Description
®
0
External reference clock. (Not implemented for Stellaris
microcontrollers.)
1
Core clock
Because an external reference clock is not supported, this bit must be set
in order for SysTick to operate.
1
TICKINT
R/W
0
Tick Interrupt
When set, this bit causes an interrupt to be generated to the NVIC when
SysTick counts to 0.
When clear, interrupt generation is disabled. Software can use the
COUNTFLAG to determine if the counter has ever reached 0.
0
ENABLE
R/W
0
Enable
When set, this bit enables SysTick to operate in a multi-shot way. That is,
the counter loads the Reload value and begins counting down. On reaching
0, the COUNTFLAG bit is set and an interrupt is generated if enabled by
TICKINT. The counter then loads the Reload value again and begins counting.
When this bit is clear, the counter is disabled.
2.2.8.3
SysTick Reload Value Register
The SysTick Reload Value Register specifies the start value to load into the SysTick Current Value
Register when the counter reaches 0. The start value can be between 1 and 0x00FF.FFFF. A start
value of 0 is possible but has no effect because the SysTick interrupt and COUNTFLAG are activated
when counting from 1 to 0.
SysTick can be configured as a multi-shot timer, repeated over and over, firing every N+1 clock
pulses, where N is any value from 1 to 0x00FF.FFFF. For example, if a tick interrupt is required
every 100 clock pulses, 99 must be written into the RELOAD field.
80
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
When configuring SysTick as a single-shot timer, a new value is written on each tick interrupt, and
the actual count down value must be written. For example, if a tick is next required after 400 clock
pulses, 400 must be written into the RELOAD field.
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:24
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To
provide compatibility with future products, the value of a
reserved bit should be preserved across a read-modify-write
operation.
23:0
RELOAD
R/W
-
Reload Value
Value to load into the SysTick Current Value Register when
the counter reaches 0.
2.2.8.4
SysTick Current Value Register
The SysTick Current Value Register contains the current value of the counter.
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:24
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
23:0
CURRENT
W1C
-
Current Value
This field contains the current value at the time the register is accessed.
No read-modify-write protection is provided, so change with care.
This register is write-clear. Writing to it with any value clears the register
to 0. Clearing this register also clears the COUNTFLAG bit of the
SysTick Control and Status Register.
2.2.8.5
SysTick Calibration Value Register
The SysTick Calibration Value register is not implemented.
June 15, 2010
81
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Memory Map
3
Memory Map
The memory map for the LM3S9L97 controller is provided in Table 3-1.
In this manual, register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the module’s
base address as shown in the memory map. See also Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
Note that within the memory map, all reserved space returns a bus fault when read or written.
Table 3-1. Memory Map
Start
End
Description
For details,
see page ...
0x0000.0000
0x0001.FFFF
On-chip Flash
236
0x0002.0000
0x00FF.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x0100.0000
0x1FFF.FFFF
Reserved for ROM
234
Bit-banded on-chip SRAM
234
Reserved
-
Bit-band alias of 0x2000.0000 through 0x200F.FFFF
234
0x3FFF.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x4000.0000
0x4000.0FFF
Watchdog timer 0
435
0x4000.1000
0x4000.1FFF
Watchdog timer 1
435
0x4000.2000
0x4000.3FFF
Reserved
-
0x4000.4000
0x4000.4FFF
GPIO Port A
341
0x4000.5000
0x4000.5FFF
GPIO Port B
341
0x4000.6000
0x4000.6FFF
GPIO Port C
341
0x4000.7000
0x4000.7FFF
GPIO Port D
341
0x4000.8000
0x4000.8FFF
SSI0
611
0x4000.9000
0x4000.9FFF
SSI1
611
0x4000.A000
0x4000.BFFF
Reserved
-
0x4000.C000
0x4000.CFFF
UART0
548
0x4000.D000
0x4000.DFFF
UART1
548
0x4000.E000
0x4000.EFFF
UART2
548
0x4000.F000
0x4001.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x4002.07FF
I2C Master 0
654
0x4002.0FFF
I2C
Slave 0
667
0x4002.1000
0x4002.17FF
I2C
Master 1
654
0x4002.1800
0x4002.1FFF
I2C Slave 1
667
0x4002.2000
0x4002.3FFF
Reserved
-
0x4002.4000
0x4002.4FFF
GPIO Port E
341
0x4002.5000
0x4002.5FFF
GPIO Port F
341
0x4002.6000
0x4002.6FFF
GPIO Port G
341
0x4002.7000
0x4002.7FFF
GPIO Port H
341
Memory
0x2000.0000
0x0000.0001
0x21FF.FFFF
0x2200.0000
0x0000.0001
FiRM Peripherals
Peripherals
0x4002.0000
0x4002.0800
82
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 3-1. Memory Map (continued)
Start
End
Description
For details,
see page ...
0x4002.8000
0x4002.8FFF
PWM
990
0x4002.9000
0x4002.BFFF
Reserved
-
0x4002.C000
0x4002.CFFF
QEI0
1055
0x4002.D000
0x4002.DFFF
QEI1
1055
0x4002.E000
0x4002.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x4003.0000
0x4003.0FFF
Timer 0
400
0x4003.1000
0x4003.1FFF
Timer 1
400
0x4003.2000
0x4003.2FFF
Timer 2
400
0x4003.3000
0x4003.3FFF
Timer 3
400
0x4003.4000
0x4003.7FFF
Reserved
-
0x4003.8000
0x4003.8FFF
ADC0
477
0x4003.9000
0x4003.9FFF
ADC1
477
0x4003.A000
0x4003.BFFF
Reserved
-
0x4003.C000
0x4003.CFFF
Analog Comparators
965
0x4003.D000
0x4003.DFFF
GPIO Port J
341
0x4003.E000
0x4003.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x4004.0000
0x4004.0FFF
CAN0 Controller
733
0x4004.1000
0x4004.1FFF
CAN1 Controller
733
0x4004.2000
0x4004.7FFF
Reserved
-
0x4004.8000
0x4004.8FFF
Ethernet Controller
779
0x4004.9000
0x4004.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x4005.0000
0x4005.0FFF
USB
853
0x4005.1000
0x4005.3FFF
Reserved
-
0x4005.4000
0x4005.4FFF
I2S0
688
0x4005.5000
0x4005.7FFF
Reserved
-
0x4005.8000
0x4005.8FFF
GPIO Port A (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.9000
0x4005.9FFF
GPIO Port B (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.A000
0x4005.AFFF
GPIO Port C (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.B000
0x4005.BFFF
GPIO Port D (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.C000
0x4005.CFFF
GPIO Port E (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.D000
0x4005.DFFF
GPIO Port F (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.E000
0x4005.EFFF
GPIO Port G (AHB aperture)
341
0x4005.F000
0x4005.FFFF
GPIO Port H (AHB aperture)
341
0x4006.0000
0x4006.0FFF
GPIO Port J (AHB aperture)
341
0x4006.1000
0x400F.BFFF
Reserved
-
0x400F.C000
0x400F.CFFF
Hibernation Module
216
0x400F.D000
0x400F.DFFF
Flash memory control
241
0x400F.E000
0x400F.EFFF
System control
116
0x400F.F000
0x400F.FFFF
µDMA
291
0x4010.0000
0x41FF.FFFF
Reserved
-
0x4200.0000
0x43FF.FFFF
Bit-banded alias of 0x4000.0000 through 0x400F.FFFF
-
June 15, 2010
83
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Memory Map
Table 3-1. Memory Map (continued)
Start
End
Description
For details,
see page ...
0x4400.0000
0xDFFF.FFFF
Reserved
-
0xE000.0000
0xE000.0FFF
Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM)
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
Technical
Reference
Manual
0xE000.1000
0xE000.1FFF
Data Watchpoint and Trace (DWT)
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
Technical
Reference
Manual
0xE000.2000
0xE000.2FFF
Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB)
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
Technical
Reference
Manual
0xE000.3000
0xE000.DFFF
Reserved
-
0xE000.E000
0xE000.EFFF
Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
Technical
Reference
Manual
0xE000.F000
0xE003.FFFF
Reserved
-
0xE004.0000
0xE004.0FFF
Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU)
ARM®
Cortex™-M3
Technical
Reference
Manual
0xE004.1000
0xFFFF.FFFF
Reserved
-
Private Peripheral Bus
84
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
4
Interrupts
The ARM Cortex-M3 processor and the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC) prioritize and
handle all exceptions in Handler Mode. The processor state is automatically stored to the stack on
an exception and automatically restored from the stack at the end of the Interrupt Service Routine
(ISR). The vector is fetched in parallel to the state saving, enabling efficient interrupt entry. The
processor supports tail-chaining, which enables back-to-back interrupts to be performed without the
overhead of state saving and restoration.
Table 4-1 on page 85 lists all exception types. Software can set eight priority levels on seven of
these exceptions (system handlers) as well as on 51 interrupts (listed in Table 4-2 on page 86).
Priorities on the system handlers are set with the NVIC System Handler Priority registers. Interrupts
are enabled through the NVIC Interrupt Set Enable register and prioritized with the NVIC Interrupt
Priority registers. Priorities can be grouped by splitting priority levels into pre-emption priorities and
subpriorities. All of the interrupt registers are described in Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt
Controller” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
Internally, the highest user-programmable priority (0) is treated as fourth priority, after a Reset,
Non-Maskable Interrupt (NMI), and a Hard Fault, in that order. Note that 0 is the default priority for
all the programmable priorities.
If you assign the same priority level to two or more interrupts, their hardware priority (the lower
position number) determines the order in which the processor activates them. For example, if both
GPIO Port A and GPIO Port B are priority level 1, then GPIO Port A has higher priority.
Important: It may take several processor cycles after a write to clear an interrupt source for the
NVIC to see the interrupt source de-assert. Thus if the interrupt clear is done as the
last action in an interrupt handler, it is possible for the interrupt handler to complete
while the NVIC sees the interrupt as still asserted, causing the interrupt handler to be
re-entered errantly. This situation can be avoided by either clearing the interrupt source
at the beginning of the interrupt handler or by performing a read or write after the write
to clear the interrupt source (and flush the write buffer).
See Chapter 5, “Exceptions” and Chapter 8, “Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller” in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on exceptions and interrupts.
Table 4-1. Exception Types
Exception Type
a
Vector
Number
Priority
Description
-
0
-
Stack top is loaded from the first entry of the vector table on reset.
Reset
1
-3 (highest)
This exception is invoked on power up and warm reset. On the first
instruction, Reset drops to the lowest priority (and then is called the
base level of activation). This exception is asynchronous.
Non-Maskable
Interrupt (NMI)
2
-2
This exception is caused by the assertion of the NMI signal or by using
the NVIC Interrupt Control State register and cannot be stopped or
preempted by any exception but Reset. This exception is asynchronous.
Hard Fault
3
-1
This exception is caused by all classes of Fault, when the fault cannot
activate due to priority or the configurable fault handler has been
disabled. This exception is synchronous.
Memory
Management
4
programmable
This exception is caused by an MPU mismatch, including access
violation and no match. This exception is synchronous.
June 15, 2010
85
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Interrupts
Table 4-1. Exception Types (continued)
Exception Type
a
Vector
Number
Priority
5
programmable
Bus Fault
Description
This exception is caused by a pre-fetch fault, memory access fault, and
other address/memory related faults. This exception is synchronous
when precise and asynchronous when imprecise.
This fault can be enabled or disabled.
Usage Fault
6
programmable
7-10
-
SVCall
11
programmable
This exception is caused by a system service call with an SVC
instruction. This exception is synchronous.
Debug Monitor
12
programmable
This exception is caused by the debug monitor (when not halting). This
exception is synchronous, but only active when enabled. This exception
does not activate if it is a lower priority than the current activation.
-
13
-
PendSV
14
programmable
This exception is caused by a pendable request for system service. This
exception is asynchronous and only pended by software.
SysTick
15
programmable
This exception is caused by the SysTick timer reaching 0, when it is
enabled to generate an interrupt. This exception is asynchronous.
16 and
above
programmable
This exception is caused by interrupts asserted from outside the ARM
Cortex-M3 core and fed through the NVIC (prioritized). These exceptions
are all asynchronous. Table 4-2 on page 86 lists the interrupts on the
LM3S9L97 controller.
-
Interrupts
This exception is caused by a usage fault, such as undefined instruction
executed or illegal state transition attempt. This exception is
synchronous.
Reserved.
Reserved.
a. 0 is the default priority for all the programmable priorities.
Table 4-2. Interrupts
Vector Number
Interrupt Number (Bit in
Interrupt Registers)
Description
0-15
-
Processor exceptions
16
0
GPIO Port A
17
1
GPIO Port B
18
2
GPIO Port C
19
3
GPIO Port D
20
4
GPIO Port E
21
5
UART0
22
6
UART1
23
7
SSI0
24
8
I2C0
25
9
PWM Fault
26
10
PWM Generator 0
27
11
PWM Generator 1
28
12
PWM Generator 2
29
13
QEI0
30
14
ADC0 Sequence 0
31
15
ADC0 Sequence 1
32
16
ADC0 Sequence 2
86
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 4-2. Interrupts (continued)
Vector Number
Interrupt Number (Bit in
Interrupt Registers)
Description
33
17
ADC0 Sequence 3
34
18
Watchdog Timers 0 and 1
35
19
Timer 0A
36
20
Timer 0B
37
21
Timer 1A
38
22
Timer 1B
39
23
Timer 2A
40
24
Timer 2B
41
25
Analog Comparator 0
42
26
Analog Comparator 1
43
27
Reserved
44
28
System Control
45
29
Flash Memory Control
46
30
GPIO Port F
47
31
GPIO Port G
48
32
GPIO Port H
49
33
UART2
50
34
SSI1
51
35
Timer 3A
52
36
Timer 3B
53
37
I2C1
54
38
QEI1
55
39
CAN0
56
40
CAN1
57
41
Reserved
58
42
Ethernet Controller
59
43
Hibernation Module
60
44
USB
61
45
Reserved
62
46
µDMA Software
63
47
µDMA Error
64
48
ADC1 Sequence 0
65
49
ADC1 Sequence 1
66
50
ADC1 Sequence 2
67
51
ADC1 Sequence 3
68
52
I2S0
69
53
Reserved
70
54
GPIO Port J
71
55
Reserved
June 15, 2010
87
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
JTAG Interface
5
JTAG Interface
The Joint Test Action Group (JTAG) port is an IEEE standard that defines a Test Access Port and
Boundary Scan Architecture for digital integrated circuits and provides a standardized serial interface
for controlling the associated test logic. The TAP, Instruction Register (IR), and Data Registers (DR)
can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circuit boards and obtain manufacturing
information on the components. The JTAG Port also provides a means of accessing and controlling
design-for-test features such as I/O pin observation and control, scan testing, and debugging.
The JTAG port is comprised of four pins: TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. Data is transmitted serially into
the controller on TDI and out of the controller on TDO. The interpretation of this data is dependent
on the current state of the TAP controller. For detailed information on the operation of the JTAG
port and TAP controller, please refer to the IEEE Standard 1149.1-Test Access Port and
Boundary-Scan Architecture.
®
The Stellaris JTAG controller works with the ARM JTAG controller built into the Cortex-M3 core
by multiplexing the TDO outputs from both JTAG controllers. ARM JTAG instructions select the ARM
®
®
TDO output while Stellaris JTAG instructions select the Stellaris TDO output. The multiplexer is
®
controlled by the Stellaris JTAG controller, which has comprehensive programming for the ARM,
®
Stellaris , and unimplemented JTAG instructions.
®
The Stellaris JTAG module has the following features:
■ IEEE 1149.1-1990 compatible Test Access Port (TAP) controller
■ Four-bit Instruction Register (IR) chain for storing JTAG instructions
■ IEEE standard instructions: BYPASS, IDCODE, SAMPLE/PRELOAD, EXTEST and INTEST
■ ARM additional instructions: APACC, DPACC and ABORT
■ Integrated ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
– Serial Wire JTAG Debug Port (SWJ-DP)
– Flash Patch and Breakpoint (FPB) unit for implementing breakpoints
– Data Watchpoint and Trigger (DWT) unit for implementing watchpoints, trigger resources,
and system profiling
– Instrumentation Trace Macrocell (ITM) for support of printf style debugging
– Trace Port Interface Unit (TPIU) for bridging to a Trace Port Analyzer
See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for more information on the ARM JTAG
controller.
88
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
5.1
Block Diagram
Figure 5-1. JTAG Module Block Diagram
TCK
TMS
TAP Controller
TDI
Instruction Register (IR)
BYPASS Data Register
TDO
Boundary Scan Data Register
IDCODE Data Register
ABORT Data Register
DPACC Data Register
APACC Data Register
Cortex-M3
Debug
Port
5.2
Signal Description
Table 5-1 on page 89 and Table 5-2 on page 90 list the external signals of the JTAG/SWD controller
and describe the function of each. The JTAG/SWD controller signals are alternate functions for
some GPIO signals, however note that the reset state of the pins is for the JTAG/SWD function.
The JTAG/SWD controller signals are under commit protection and require a special process to be
configured as GPIOs, see “Commit Control” on page 336. The column in the table below titled "Pin
Mux/Pin Assignment" lists the GPIO pin placement for the JTAG/SWD controller signals. The AFSEL
bit in the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (page 352) is set to choose the
JTAG/SWD function.The number in parentheses is the encoding that must be programmed into the
PMCn field in the GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL) register (page 370) to assign the JTAG/SWD
controller signals to the specified GPIO port pin. For more information on configuring GPIOs, see
“General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)” on page 328.
Table 5-1. Signals for JTAG_SWD_SWO (100LQFP)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
SWCLK
80
PC0 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK.
SWDIO
79
PC1 (3)
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO.
SWO
77
PC3 (3)
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO.
TCK
80
PC0 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK.
TDI
78
PC2 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG TDI.
TDO
77
PC3 (3)
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO.
June 15, 2010
89
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
JTAG Interface
Table 5-1. Signals for JTAG_SWD_SWO (100LQFP) (continued)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
79
TMS
PC1 (3)
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
I
TTL
Description
JTAG TMS and SWDIO.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
Table 5-2. Signals for JTAG_SWD_SWO (108BGA)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
A9
PC0 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK.
SWDIO
B9
PC1 (3)
I/O
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO.
SWO
A10
PC3 (3)
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO.
TCK
A9
PC0 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG/SWD CLK.
SWCLK
TDI
B8
PC2 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG TDI.
TDO
A10
PC3 (3)
O
TTL
JTAG TDO and SWO.
TMS
B9
PC1 (3)
I
TTL
JTAG TMS and SWDIO.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
5.3
Functional Description
A high-level conceptual drawing of the JTAG module is shown in Figure 5-1 on page 89. The JTAG
module is composed of the Test Access Port (TAP) controller and serial shift chains with parallel
update registers. The TAP controller is a simple state machine controlled by the TCK and TMS inputs.
The current state of the TAP controller depends on the sequence of values captured on TMS at the
rising edge of TCK. The TAP controller determines when the serial shift chains capture new data,
shift data from TDI towards TDO, and update the parallel load registers. The current state of the
TAP controller also determines whether the Instruction Register (IR) chain or one of the Data Register
(DR) chains is being accessed.
The serial shift chains with parallel load registers are comprised of a single Instruction Register (IR)
chain and multiple Data Register (DR) chains. The current instruction loaded in the parallel load
register determines which DR chain is captured, shifted, or updated during the sequencing of the
TAP controller.
Some instructions, like EXTEST and INTEST, operate on data currently in a DR chain and do not
capture, shift, or update any of the chains. Instructions that are not implemented decode to the
BYPASS instruction to ensure that the serial path between TDI and TDO is always connected (see
Table 5-4 on page 96 for a list of implemented instructions).
See “JTAG and Boundary Scan” on page 1150 for JTAG timing diagrams.
Note:
5.3.1
Of all the possible reset sources, only Power-On reset (POR) and the assertion of the RST
input have any effect on the JTAG module. The pin configurations are reset by both the
RST input and POR, whereas the internal JTAG logic is only reset with POR. See “Reset
Sources” on page 101 for more information on reset.
JTAG Interface Pins
The JTAG interface consists of four standard pins: TCK, TMS, TDI, and TDO. These pins and their
associated state after a power-on reset or reset caused by the RST input are given in Table 5-3.
Detailed information on each pin follows. Refer to “General-Purpose Input/Outputs
(GPIOs)” on page 328 for information on how to reprogram the configuration of these pins.
90
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 5-3. JTAG Port Pins State after Power-On Reset or RST assertion
5.3.1.1
Pin Name
Data Direction
Internal Pull-Up
Internal Pull-Down
Drive Strength
Drive Value
TCK
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TMS
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TDI
Input
Enabled
Disabled
N/A
N/A
TDO
Output
Enabled
Disabled
2-mA driver
High-Z
Test Clock Input (TCK)
The TCK pin is the clock for the JTAG module. This clock is provided so the test logic can operate
independently of any other system clocks and to ensure that multiple JTAG TAP controllers that
are daisy-chained together can synchronously communicate serial test data between components.
During normal operation, TCK is driven by a free-running clock with a nominal 50% duty cycle. When
necessary, TCK can be stopped at 0 or 1 for extended periods of time. While TCK is stopped at 0
or 1, the state of the TAP controller does not change and data in the JTAG Instruction and Data
Registers is not lost.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TCK pin is enabled after reset, assuring that no clocking
occurs if the pin is not driven from an external source. The internal pull-up and pull-down resistors
can be turned off to save internal power as long as the TCK pin is constantly being driven by an
external source (see page 358 and page 360).
5.3.1.2
Test Mode Select (TMS)
The TMS pin selects the next state of the JTAG TAP controller. TMS is sampled on the rising edge
of TCK. Depending on the current TAP state and the sampled value of TMS, the next state may be
entered. Because the TMS pin is sampled on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1
expects the value on TMS to change on the falling edge of TCK.
Holding TMS high for five consecutive TCK cycles drives the TAP controller state machine to the
Test-Logic-Reset state. When the TAP controller enters the Test-Logic-Reset state, the JTAG
module and associated registers are reset to their default values. This procedure should be performed
to initialize the JTAG controller. The JTAG Test Access Port state machine can be seen in its entirety
in Figure 5-2 on page 92.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TMS pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up
resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled
on PC1/TMS; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost (see page 358).
5.3.1.3
Test Data Input (TDI)
The TDI pin provides a stream of serial information to the IR chain and the DR chains. TDI is
sampled on the rising edge of TCK and, depending on the current TAP state and the current
instruction, may present this data to the proper shift register chain. Because the TDI pin is sampled
on the rising edge of TCK, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects the value on TDI to change on the
falling edge of TCK.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDI pin is enabled after reset. Changes to the pull-up
resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pull-up resistor remains enabled
on PC2/TDI; otherwise JTAG communication could be lost (see page 358).
5.3.1.4
Test Data Output (TDO)
The TDO pin provides an output stream of serial information from the IR chain or the DR chains.
The value of TDO depends on the current TAP state, the current instruction, and the data in the
June 15, 2010
91
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
JTAG Interface
chain being accessed. In order to save power when the JTAG port is not being used, the TDO pin
is placed in an inactive drive state when not actively shifting out data. Because TDO can be connected
to the TDI of another controller in a daisy-chain configuration, the IEEE Standard 1149.1 expects
the value on TDO to change on the falling edge of TCK.
By default, the internal pull-up resistor on the TDO pin is enabled after reset, assuring that the pin
remains at a constant logic level when the JTAG port is not being used. The internal pull-up and
pull-down resistors can be turned off to save internal power if a High-Z output value is acceptable
during certain TAP controller states (see page 358 and page 360).
5.3.2
JTAG TAP Controller
The JTAG TAP controller state machine is shown in Figure 5-2. The TAP controller state machine
is reset to the Test-Logic-Reset state on the assertion of a Power-On-Reset (POR). In order to reset
the JTAG module after the microcontroller has been powered on, the TMS input must be held HIGH
for five TCK clock cycles, resetting the TAP controller and all associated JTAG chains. Asserting
the correct sequence on the TMS pin allows the JTAG module to shift in new instructions, shift in
data, or idle during extended testing sequences. For detailed information on the function of the TAP
controller and the operations that occur in each state, please refer to IEEE Standard 1149.1.
Figure 5-2. Test Access Port State Machine
Test Logic Reset
1
0
Run Test Idle
0
Select DR Scan
1
Select IR Scan
1
0
1
Capture DR
1
Capture IR
0
0
Shift DR
Shift IR
0
1
Exit 1 DR
Exit 1 IR
1
Pause IR
0
1
Exit 2 DR
0
1
0
Exit 2 IR
1
1
Update DR
5.3.3
1
0
Pause DR
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
Update IR
0
1
0
Shift Registers
The Shift Registers consist of a serial shift register chain and a parallel load register. The serial shift
register chain samples specific information during the TAP controller’s CAPTURE states and allows
92
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
this information to be shifted out on TDO during the TAP controller’s SHIFT states. While the sampled
data is being shifted out of the chain on TDO, new data is being shifted into the serial shift register
on TDI. This new data is stored in the parallel load register during the TAP controller’s UPDATE
states. Each of the shift registers is discussed in detail in “Register Descriptions” on page 96.
5.3.4
Operational Considerations
Certain operational parameters must be considered when using the JTAG module. Because the
JTAG pins can be programmed to be GPIOs, board configuration and reset conditions on these
pins must be considered. In addition, because the JTAG module has integrated ARM Serial Wire
Debug, the method for switching between these two operational modes is described below.
5.3.4.1
GPIO Functionality
When the microcontroller is reset with either a POR or RST, the JTAG/SWD port pins default to their
JTAG/SWD configurations. The default configuration includes enabling digital functionality (DEN[3:0]
set in the Port C GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) register), enabling the pull-up resistors (PUE[3:0]
set in the Port C GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) register), disabling the pull-down resistors
(PDE[3:0] cleared in the Port C GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register) and enabling the
alternate hardware function (AFSEL[3:0] set in the Port C GPIO Alternate Function Select
(GPIOAFSEL) register) on the JTAG/SWD pins. See page 352, page 358, page 360, and page 363.
It is possible for software to configure these pins as GPIOs after reset by clearing AFSEL[3:0] in
the Port C GPIOAFSEL register. If the user does not require the JTAG/SWD port for debugging or
board-level testing, this provides four more GPIOs for use in the design.
Caution – It is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to
the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG
pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the
controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. As a result, the debugger may be locked out of
the part. This issue can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on
an external or software trigger.
The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of
critical hardware peripherals. Protection is currently provided for the NMI pin (PB7) and the four
JTAG/SWD pins (PC[3:0]). Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select
(GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), GPIO Pull Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 358),
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 360), and GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN)
register (see page 363) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register
(see page 365) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register
(see page 366) have been set.
5.3.4.2
Communication with JTAG/SWD
Because the debug clock and the system clock can be running at different frequencies, care must
be taken to maintain reliable communication with the JTAG/SWD interface. In the Capture-DR state,
the result of the previous transaction, if any, is returned, together with a 3-bit ACK response. Software
should check the ACK response to see if the previous operation has completed before initiating a
new transaction. Alternatively, if the system clock is at least 8 times faster than the debug clock
(TCK or SWCLK), the previous operation has enough time to complete and the ACK bits do not have
to be checked.
June 15, 2010
93
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
JTAG Interface
5.3.4.3
Recovering a "Locked" Microcontroller
Note:
Performing the sequence below restores the nonvolatile registers discussed in “Nonvolatile
Register Programming” on page 239 to their factory default values. The mass erase of the
Flash memory caused by the sequence below occurs prior to the nonvolatile registers being
restored.
If software configures any of the JTAG/SWD pins as GPIO and loses the ability to communicate
with the debugger, there is a debug sequence that can be used to recover the microcontroller.
Performing a total of ten JTAG-to-SWD and SWD-to-JTAG switch sequences while holding the
microcontroller in reset mass erases the Flash memory. The sequence to recover the microcontroller
is:
1. Assert and hold the RST signal.
2. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence on the section called “JTAG-to-SWD
Switching” on page 95.
3. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence on the section called “SWD-to-JTAG
Switching” on page 95.
4. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
5. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
6. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
7. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
8. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
9. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
10. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the JTAG-to-SWD switch sequence.
11. Perform steps 1 and 2 of the SWD-to-JTAG switch sequence.
12. Release the RST signal.
13. Wait 400 ms.
14. Power-cycle the microcontroller.
5.3.4.4
ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
In order to seamlessly integrate the ARM Serial Wire Debug (SWD) functionality, a serial-wire
debugger must be able to connect to the Cortex-M3 core without having to perform, or have any
knowledge of, JTAG cycles. This integration is accomplished with a SWD preamble that is issued
before the SWD session begins.
The switching preamble used to enable the SWD interface of the SWJ-DP module starts with the
TAP controller in the Test-Logic-Reset state. From here, the preamble sequences the TAP controller
through the following states: Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Test Logic Reset, Test Logic
Reset, Run Test Idle, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, Test Logic Reset, Test Logic Reset, Run
Test Idle, Run Test Idle, Select DR, Select IR, and Test Logic Reset states.
94
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Stepping through this sequence of the TAP state machine enables the SWD interface and disables
the JTAG interface. For more information on this operation and the SWD interface, see the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual and the ARM® CoreSight Technical Reference Manual.
Because this sequence is a valid series of JTAG operations that could be issued, the ARM JTAG
TAP controller is not fully compliant to the IEEE Standard 1149.1. This instance is the only one
where the ARM JTAG TAP controller does not meet full compliance with the specification. Due to
the low probability of this sequence occurring during normal operation of the TAP controller, it should
not affect normal performance of the JTAG interface.
JTAG-to-SWD Switching
To switch the operating mode of the Debug Access Port (DAP) from JTAG to SWD mode, the
external debug hardware must send the switching preamble to the microcontroller. The 16-bit TMS
command for switching to SWD mode is defined as b1110.0111.1001.1110, transmitted LSB first.
This command can also be represented as 0xE79E when transmitted LSB first. The complete switch
sequence should consist of the following transactions on the TCK/SWCLK and TMS/SWDIO signals:
1. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO High to ensure that both JTAG and SWD
are in their reset/idle states.
2. Send the 16-bit JTAG-to-SWD switch command, 0xE79E, on TMS.
3. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO High to ensure that if SWJ-DP was already
in SWD mode, the SWD goes into the line reset state before sending the switch sequence.
SWD-to-JTAG Switching
To switch the operating mode of the Debug Access Port (DAP) from SWD to JTAG mode, the
external debug hardware must send a switch command to the microcontroller. The 16-bit TMS
command for switching to JTAG mode is defined as b1110.0111.0011.1100, transmitted LSB first.
This command can also be represented as 0xE73C when transmitted LSB first. The complete switch
sequence should consist of the following transactions on the TCK/SWCLK and TMS/SWDIO signals:
1. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO High to ensure that both JTAG and SWD
are in their reset/idle states.
2. Send the 16-bit SWD-to-JTAG switch command, 0xE73C, on TMS.
3. Send at least 50 TCK/SWCLK cycles with TMS/SWDIO High to ensure that if SWJ-DP was already
in JTAG mode, the JTAG goes into the Test Logic Reset state before sending the switch
sequence.
5.4
Initialization and Configuration
After a Power-On-Reset or an external reset (RST), the JTAG pins are automatically configured for
JTAG communication. No user-defined initialization or configuration is needed. However, if the user
application changes these pins to their GPIO function, they must be configured back to their JTAG
functionality before JTAG communication can be restored. To return the pins to their JTAG functions,
enable the four JTAG pins (PC[3:0]) for their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register.
In addition to enabling the alternate functions, any other changes to the GPIO pad configurations
on the four JTAG pins (PC[3:0]) should be returned to their default settings.
June 15, 2010
95
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
JTAG Interface
5.5
Register Descriptions
The registers in the JTAG TAP Controller or Shift Register chains are not memory mapped and are
not accessible through the on-chip Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). Instead, the registers within
the JTAG controller are all accessed serially through the TAP Controller. These registers include
the Instruction Register and the six Data Registers.
5.5.1
Instruction Register (IR)
The JTAG TAP Instruction Register (IR) is a four-bit serial scan chain connected between the JTAG
TDI and TDO pins with a parallel load register. When the TAP Controller is placed in the correct
states, bits can be shifted into the IR. Once these bits have been shifted into the chain and updated,
they are interpreted as the current instruction. The decode of the IR bits is shown in Table 5-4. A
detailed explanation of each instruction, along with its associated Data Register, follows.
Table 5-4. JTAG Instruction Register Commands
5.5.1.1
IR[3:0]
Instruction
Description
0x0
EXTEST
Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction onto the pads.
0x1
INTEST
Drives the values preloaded into the Boundary Scan Chain by the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction into the controller.
0x2
SAMPLE / PRELOAD
0x8
ABORT
Shifts data into the ARM Debug Port Abort Register.
0xA
DPACC
Shifts data into and out of the ARM DP Access Register.
0xB
APACC
Shifts data into and out of the ARM AC Access Register.
0xE
IDCODE
Loads manufacturing information defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 into
the IDCODE chain and shifts it out.
0xF
BYPASS
Connects TDI to TDO through a single Shift Register chain.
All Others
Reserved
Defaults to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that TDI is always connected
to TDO.
Captures the current I/O values and shifts the sampled values out of the
Boundary Scan Chain while new preload data is shifted in.
EXTEST Instruction
The EXTEST instruction is not associated with its own Data Register chain. Instead, the EXTEST
instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register,
the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the outputs and output
enables are used to drive the GPIO pads rather than the signals coming from the core. With tests
that drive known values out of the controller, this instruction can be used to verify connectivity. While
the EXTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the Boundary Scan Data Register can
be accessed to sample and shift out the current data and load new data into the Boundary Scan
Data Register.
5.5.1.2
INTEST Instruction
The INTEST instruction is not associated with its own Data Register chain. Instead, the INTEST
instruction uses the data that has been preloaded into the Boundary Scan Data Register using the
SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction. When the INTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register,
the preloaded data in the Boundary Scan Data Register associated with the inputs are used to drive
the signals going into the core rather than the signals coming from the GPIO pads. With tests that
drive known values into the controller, this instruction can be used for testing. It is important to note
that although the RST input pin is on the Boundary Scan Data Register chain, it is only observable.
96
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
While the INTEST instruction is present in the Instruction Register, the Boundary Scan Data Register
can be accessed to sample and shift out the current data and load new data into the Boundary Scan
Data Register.
5.5.1.3
SAMPLE/PRELOAD Instruction
The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction connects the Boundary Scan Data Register chain between
TDI and TDO. This instruction samples the current state of the pad pins for observation and preloads
new test data. Each GPIO pad has an associated input, output, and output enable signal. When the
TAP controller enters the Capture DR state during this instruction, the input, output, and output-enable
signals to each of the GPIO pads are captured. These samples are serially shifted out on TDO while
the TAP controller is in the Shift DR state and can be used for observation or comparison in various
tests.
While these samples of the inputs, outputs, and output enables are being shifted out of the Boundary
Scan Data Register, new data is being shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register from TDI.
Once the new data has been shifted into the Boundary Scan Data Register, the data is saved in the
parallel load registers when the TAP controller enters the Update DR state. This update of the
parallel load register preloads data into the Boundary Scan Data Register that is associated with
each input, output, and output enable. This preloaded data can be used with the EXTEST and
INTEST instructions to drive data into or out of the controller. See “Boundary Scan Data
Register” on page 98 for more information.
5.5.1.4
ABORT Instruction
The ABORT instruction connects the associated ABORT Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the ABORT Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this Data Register clears various error bits or initiates
a DAP abort of a previous request. See the “ABORT Data Register” on page 99 for more information.
5.5.1.5
DPACC Instruction
The DPACC instruction connects the associated DPACC Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the DPACC Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this
register allows read and write access to the ARM debug and status registers. See “DPACC Data
Register” on page 99 for more information.
5.5.1.6
APACC Instruction
The APACC instruction connects the associated APACC Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides read and write access to the APACC Register of the ARM Debug
Access Port (DAP). Shifting the proper data into this register and reading the data output from this
register allows read and write access to internal components and buses through the Debug Port.
See “APACC Data Register” on page 99 for more information.
5.5.1.7
IDCODE Instruction
The IDCODE instruction connects the associated IDCODE Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction provides information on the manufacturer, part number, and version of the
ARM core. This information can be used by testing equipment and debuggers to automatically
configure input and output data streams. IDCODE is the default instruction loaded into the JTAG
Instruction Register when a Power-On-Reset (POR) is asserted, or the Test-Logic-Reset state is
entered. See “IDCODE Data Register” on page 98 for more information.
June 15, 2010
97
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
JTAG Interface
5.5.1.8
BYPASS Instruction
The BYPASS instruction connects the associated BYPASS Data Register chain between TDI and
TDO. This instruction is used to create a minimum length serial path between the TDI and TDO ports.
The BYPASS Data Register is a single-bit shift register. This instruction improves test efficiency by
allowing components that are not needed for a specific test to be bypassed in the JTAG scan chain
by loading them with the BYPASS instruction. See “BYPASS Data Register” on page 98 for more
information.
5.5.2
Data Registers
The JTAG module contains six Data Registers. These serial Data Register chains include: IDCODE,
BYPASS, Boundary Scan, APACC, DPACC, and ABORT and are discussed in the following sections.
5.5.2.1
IDCODE Data Register
The format for the 32-bit IDCODE Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in
Figure 5-3. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant microcontroller implement either the
IDCODE instruction or the BYPASS instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the IDCODE
Data Register is defined to be a 1 to distinguish it from the BYPASS instruction, which has an LSB
of 0. This definition allows auto-configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default
instruction.
The major uses of the JTAG port are for manufacturer testing of component assembly and program
development and debug. To facilitate the use of auto-configuration debug tools, the IDCODE
instruction outputs a value of 0x4BA0.0477. This value allows the debuggers to automatically
configure themselves to work correctly with the Cortex-M3 during debug.
Figure 5-3. IDCODE Register Format
31
TDI
5.5.2.2
28 27
Version
12 11
Part Number
1 0
Manufacturer ID
1
TDO
BYPASS Data Register
The format for the 1-bit BYPASS Data Register defined by the IEEE Standard 1149.1 is shown in
Figure 5-4. The standard requires that every JTAG-compliant microcontroller implement either the
BYPASS instruction or the IDCODE instruction as the default instruction. The LSB of the BYPASS
Data Register is defined to be a 0 to distinguish it from the IDCODE instruction, which has an LSB
of 1. This definition allows auto-configuration test tools to determine which instruction is the default
instruction.
Figure 5-4. BYPASS Register Format
0
TDI
5.5.2.3
0
TDO
Boundary Scan Data Register
The format of the Boundary Scan Data Register is shown in Figure 5-5. Each GPIO pin, starting
with a GPIO pin next to the JTAG port pins, is included in the Boundary Scan Data Register. Each
98
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
GPIO pin has three associated digital signals that are included in the chain. These signals are input,
output, and output enable, and are arranged in that order as shown in the figure.
When the Boundary Scan Data Register is accessed with the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction, the
input, output, and output enable from each digital pad are sampled and then shifted out of the chain
to be verified. The sampling of these values occurs on the rising edge of TCK in the Capture DR
state of the TAP controller. While the sampled data is being shifted out of the Boundary Scan chain
in the Shift DR state of the TAP controller, new data can be preloaded into the chain for use with
the EXTEST and INTEST instructions. The EXTEST instruction forces data out of the controller,
and the INTEST instruction forces data into the controller.
Figure 5-5. Boundary Scan Register Format
TDI
I
N
O
U
T
O
E
...
O
U
T
mth GPIO
1st GPIO
5.5.2.4
I
N
O
E
I
N
O
U
T
O
E
(m+1)th GPIO
...
I
N
O
U
T
O
E
TDO
GPIO nth
APACC Data Register
The format for the 35-bit APACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
5.5.2.5
DPACC Data Register
The format for the 35-bit DPACC Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
5.5.2.6
ABORT Data Register
The format for the 35-bit ABORT Data Register defined by ARM is described in the ARM®
Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual.
June 15, 2010
99
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
6
System Control
System control configures the overall operation of the device and provides information about the
device. Configurable features include reset control, NMI operation, power control, clock control, and
low-power modes.
6.1
Signal Description
Table 6-1 on page 100 and Table 6-2 on page 100 list the external signals of the System Control
module and describe the function of each. The NMI signal is the alternate function for the GPIO PB7
signal and functions as a GPIO after reset. PB7 is under commit protection and requires a special
process to be configured as the NMI signal or to subsequently return to the GPIO function, see
“Commit Control” on page 336. The column in the table below titled "Pin Mux/Pin Assignment" lists
the GPIO pin placement for the NMI signal. The AFSEL bit in the GPIO Alternate Function Select
(GPIOAFSEL) register (page 352) should be set to choose the NMI function. The number in
parentheses is the encoding that must be programmed into the PMCn field in the GPIO Port Control
(GPIOPCTL) register (page 370) to assign the NMI signal to the specified GPIO port pin. For more
information on configuring GPIOs, see “General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)” on page 328. The
remaining signals (with the word "fixed" in the Pin Mux/Pin Assignment column) have a fixed pin
assignment and function.
Table 6-1. Signals for System Control & Clocks (100LQFP)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
NMI
89
PB7 (4)
I
TTL
Non-maskable interrupt.
OSC0
48
fixed
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock
reference input.
OSC1
49
fixed
O
Analog
Main oscillator crystal output. Leave unconnected
when using a single-ended clock source.
RST
64
fixed
I
TTL
System reset input.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
Table 6-2. Signals for System Control & Clocks (108BGA)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
NMI
A8
PB7 (4)
I
TTL
Non-maskable interrupt.
OSC0
L11
fixed
I
Analog
Main oscillator crystal input or an external clock
reference input.
OSC1
M11
fixed
O
Analog
Main oscillator crystal output. Leave unconnected
when using a single-ended clock source.
RST
H11
fixed
I
TTL
System reset input.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
6.2
Functional Description
The System Control module provides the following capabilities:
■ Device identification, see “Device Identification” on page 101
100
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ Local control, such as reset (see “Reset Control” on page 101), power (see “Power
Control” on page 106) and clock control (see “Clock Control” on page 106)
■ System control (Run, Sleep, and Deep-Sleep modes), see “System Control” on page 113
6.2.1
Device Identification
Several read-only registers provide software with information on the microcontroller, such as version,
part number, SRAM size, Flash memory size, and other features. See the DID0 (page 117), DID1
(page 147), DC0-DC9 (page 149) and NVMSTAT (page 172) registers.
6.2.2
Reset Control
This section discusses aspects of hardware functions during reset as well as system software
requirements following the reset sequence.
6.2.2.1
Reset Sources
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller has six sources of reset:
1. Power-on reset (POR) (see page 102).
2. External reset input pin (RST) assertion (see page 102).
3. Internal brown-out (BOR) detector (see page 104).
4. Software-initiated reset (with the software reset registers) (see page 104).
5. A watchdog timer reset condition violation (see page 105).
6. MOSC failure (see page 105).
Table 6-3 provides a summary of results of the various reset operations.
Table 6-3. Reset Sources
Reset Source
Core Reset?
JTAG Reset?
On-Chip Peripherals Reset?
Power-On Reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
RST
Yes
Pin Config Only
Yes
Brown-Out Reset
Yes
No
Yes
a
No
Yes
Software System Request
Reset
Yes
Software Peripheral Reset
No
No
Yes
Watchdog Reset
Yes
No
Yes
MOSC Failure Reset
Yes
No
Yes
b
a. By using the SYSRESETREQ bit in the ARM Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register
b. Programmable on a module-by-module basis using the Software Reset Control Registers.
After a reset, the Reset Cause (RESC) register is set with the reset cause. The bits in this register
are sticky and maintain their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an internal POR
is the cause, in which case, all the bits in the RESC register are cleared except for the POR indicator.
A bit in the RESC register can be cleared by writing a 0.
At any reset that resets the core, the user has the opportunity to direct the core to execute the ROM
Boot Loader or the application in Flash memory by using any GPIO signal in Ports A-H as configured
June 15, 2010
101
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
in the Boot Configuration (BOOTCFG) register. If the ROM boot loader is not selected, code in
the ROM checks address 0x000.0004 to see if the Flash memory has a valid reset vector. If the
data at address 0x0000.0004 is 0xFFFF.FFFF, then it is assumed that the Flash memory has not
yet been programmed, and the core executes the ROM Boot Loader.
For example, if the BOOTCFG register is written and committed with the value of 0x0000.3C01,
then PB7 is examined at reset to determine if the ROM boot loader should be executed. If PB7 is
Low, the core unconditionally begins executing the ROM boot loader. If PB7 is High, then the
application in Flash memory is executed if the reset vector at location 0x0000.0004 is not
0xFFFF.FFFF. Otherwise, the ROM boot loader is executed.
6.2.2.2
Power-On Reset (POR)
Note:
The power-on reset also resets the JTAG controller. An external reset does not.
The internal Power-On Reset (POR) circuit monitors the power supply voltage (VDD) and generates
a reset signal to all of the internal logic including JTAG when the power supply ramp reaches a
threshold value (VTH). The microcontroller must be operating within the specified operating parameters
when the on-chip power-on reset pulse is complete. For applications that require the use of an
external reset signal to hold the microcontroller in reset longer than the internal POR, the RST input
may be used as discussed in “External RST Pin” on page 102.
The Power-On Reset sequence is as follows:
1. The microcontroller waits for internal POR to go inactive.
2. The internal reset is released and the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial
program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then begins
execution.
The internal POR is only active on the initial power-up of the microcontroller. The Power-On Reset
timing is shown in Figure 27-5 on page 1152.
6.2.2.3
External RST Pin
Note:
It is recommended that the trace for the RST signal must be kept as short as possible. Be
sure to place any components connected to the RST signal as close to the microcontroller
as possible.
If the application only uses the internal POR circuit, the RST input must be connected to the power
supply (VDD) through an optional pull-up resistor (0 to 100K Ω) as shown in Figure 6-1 on page 102.
Figure 6-1. Basic RST Configuration
VDD
Stellaris®
RPU
RST
RPU = 0 to 100 kΩ
102
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
The external reset pin (RST) resets the microcontroller including the core and all the on-chip
peripherals except the JTAG TAP controller (see “JTAG Interface” on page 88). The external reset
sequence is as follows:
1. The external reset pin (RST) is asserted for the duration specified by TMIN and then de-asserted
(see “Reset” on page 1151).
2. The internal reset is released and the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer, the initial
program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and then begins
execution.
To improve noise immunity and/or to delay reset at power up, the RST input may be connected to
an RC network as shown in Figure 6-2 on page 103.
Figure 6-2. External Circuitry to Extend Power-On Reset
VDD
Stellaris®
RPU
RST
C1
RPU = 1 kΩ to 100 kΩ
C1 = 1 nF to 10 µF
If the application requires the use of an external reset switch, Figure 6-3 on page 103 shows the
proper circuitry to use.
Figure 6-3. Reset Circuit Controlled by Switch
VDD
Stellaris®
RPU
RST
C1
RS
Typical RPU = 10 kΩ
Typical RS = 470 Ω
C1 = 10 nF
The RPU and C1 components define the power-on delay.
The external reset timing is shown in Figure 27-4 on page 1152.
June 15, 2010
103
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
6.2.2.4
Brown-Out Reset (BOR)
The microcontroller provides a brown-out detection circuit that triggers if the power supply (VDD)
drops below a brown-out threshold voltage (VBTH). If a brown-out condition is detected, the system
may generate an interrupt or a system reset. The default condition is to generate an interrupt, so
BOR must be enabled. Brown-out resets are controlled with the Power-On and Brown-Out Reset
Control (PBORCTL) register. The BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register must be set for a brown-out
condition to trigger a reset; if BORIOR is clear, an interrupt is generated. When a Brown-out condition
occurs during a Flash PROGRAM or ERASE operation, a full system reset is always triggered
without regard to the setting in the PBORCTL register.
The brown-out reset sequence is as follows:
1. When VDD drops below VBTH, an internal BOR condition is set.
2. If the BOR condition exists, an internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is released and the microcontroller fetches and loads the initial stack pointer,
the initial program counter, the first instruction designated by the program counter, and begins
execution.
4. The internal BOR condition is reset after 500 µs to prevent another BOR condition from being
set before software has a chance to investigate the original cause.
The result of a brown-out reset is equivalent to that of an assertion of the external RST input, and
the reset is held active until the proper VDD level is restored. The RESC register can be examined
in the reset interrupt handler to determine if a Brown-Out condition was the cause of the reset, thus
allowing software to determine what actions are required to recover.
The internal Brown-Out Reset timing is shown in Figure 27-6 on page 1152.
6.2.2.5
Software Reset
Software can reset a specific peripheral or generate a reset to the entire microcontroller.
Peripherals can be individually reset by software via three registers that control reset signals to each
on-chip peripheral (see the SRCRn registers, page 199). If the bit position corresponding to a
peripheral is set and subsequently cleared, the peripheral is reset. The encoding of the reset registers
is consistent with the encoding of the clock gating control for peripherals and on-chip functions (see
“System Control” on page 113).
The entire microcontroller including the core can be reset by software by setting the SYSRESETREQ
bit in the Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register. The software-initiated system
reset sequence is as follows:
1. A software microcontroller reset is initiated by setting the SYSRESETREQ bit in the ARM
Cortex-M3 Application Interrupt and Reset Control register.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is deasserted and the microcontroller loads from memory the initial stack
pointer, the initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter,
and then begins execution.
The software-initiated system reset timing is shown in Figure 27-7 on page 1152.
104
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
6.2.2.6
Watchdog Timer Reset
The Watchdog Timer module's function is to prevent system hangs. The LM3S9L97 microcontroller
has two Watchdog Timer modules in case one watchdog clock source fails. One watchdog is run
off the system clock and the other is run off the Precision Internal Oscillator (PIOSC). Each module
operates in the same manner except that because the PIOSC watchdog timer module is in a different
clock domain, register accesses must have a time delay between them. The watchdog timer can
be configured to generate an interrupt to the microcontroller on its first time-out and to generate a
reset on its second time-out.
After the watchdog's first time-out event, the 32-bit watchdog counter is reloaded with the value of
the Watchdog Timer Load (WDTLOAD) register and resumes counting down from that value. If
the timer counts down to zero again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the reset signal
has been enabled, the watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the microcontroller. The watchdog
timer reset sequence is as follows:
1. The watchdog timer times out for the second time without being serviced.
2. An internal reset is asserted.
3. The internal reset is released and the microcontroller loads from memory the initial stack pointer,
the initial program counter, and the first instruction designated by the program counter, and
then begins execution.
For more information on the Watchdog Timer module, see “Watchdog Timers” on page 432.
The watchdog reset timing is shown in Figure 27-8 on page 1153.
6.2.3
Non-Maskable Interrupt
The microcontroller has three sources of non-maskable interrupt (NMI):
■ The assertion of the NMI signal
■ A main oscillator verification error
■ The NMISET bit in the Interrupt Control and Status (ICSR) register in the Cortex-M3.
Software must check the cause of the interrupt in order to distinguish among the sources.
6.2.3.1
NMI Pin
The alternate function to GPIO port pin B7 is an NMI signal. The alternate function must be enabled
in the GPIO for the signal to be used as an interrupt, as described in “General-Purpose Input/Outputs
(GPIOs)” on page 328. Note that enabling the NMI alternate function requires the use of the GPIO
lock and commit function just like the GPIO port pins associated with JTAG/SWD functionality, see
page 366. The active sense of the NMI signal is High; asserting the enabled NMI signal above VIH
initiates the NMI interrupt sequence.
6.2.3.2
Main Oscillator Verification Failure
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides a main oscillator verification circuit that generates an error
condition if the oscillator is running too fast or two slow. The main oscillator verification circuit can
be programmed to generate a reset event, at which time a Power-on Reset is generated and control
is transferred to the NMI handler. The NMI handler is used to address the main oscillator verification
failure because the necessary code can be removed from the general reset handler, speeding up
reset processing. The detection circuit is enabled by setting the CVAL bit in the Main Oscillator
June 15, 2010
105
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Control (MOSCCTL) register. The main oscillator verification error is indicated in the main oscillator
fail status (MOSCFAIL) bit in the Reset Cause (RESC) register. The main oscillator verification circuit
action is described in more detail in “Main Oscillator Verification Circuit” on page 113.
6.2.4
Power Control
®
The Stellaris microcontroller provides an integrated LDO regulator that is used to provide power
to the majority of the microcontroller's internal logic. For power reduction, a non-programmable LDO
may be used to scale the microcontroller’s 3.3 V input voltage to 1.2V. The voltage output has a
minimum voltage of 1.08 V and a maximum of 1.35 V. The LDO delivers up to 60 ma.
Figure 6-4 shows the power architecture.
Note:
On the printed circuit board, use the LDO output as the source of VDDC input. In addition,
the LDO requires decoupling capacitors. See “On-Chip Low Drop-Out (LDO) Regulator
Characteristics” on page 1145.
Figure 6-4. Power Architecture
VDDC
Internal
Logic and PLL
VDDC
GND
GND
LDO
Low-Noise
LDO
+3.3V
VDD
GND
I/O Buffers
VDD
VDDA
VDDA
6.2.5
GND
Analog Circuits
(ADC, Analog
Comparators)
GNDA
GNDA
Clock Control
System control determines the control of clocks in this part.
106
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
6.2.5.1
Fundamental Clock Sources
There are multiple clock sources for use in the microcontroller:
■ Precision Internal Oscillator (PIOSC). The precision internal oscillator is an on-chip clock
source that is the clock source the microcontroller uses during and following POR. It does not
require the use of any external components and provides a clock that is 16 MHz ±1% at room
temperature and ±3% across temperature. The PIOSC allows for a reduced system cost in
applications that require an accurate clock source. If the main oscillator is required, software
must enable the main oscillator following reset and allow the main oscillator to stabilize before
changing the clock reference. If the Hibernation Module clock source is a 32.768-kHz oscillator,
the precision internal oscillator can be trimmed by software based on a reference clock for
increased accuracy.
■ Main Oscillator (MOSC). The main oscillator provides a frequency-accurate clock source by
one of two means: an external single-ended clock source is connected to the OSC0 input pin, or
an external crystal is connected across the OSC0 input and OSC1 output pins. If the PLL is being
used, the crystal value must be one of the supported frequencies between 3.579545 MHz through
16.384 MHz (inclusive). If the PLL is not being used, the crystal may be any one of the supported
frequencies between 1 MHz and 16.384 MHz. The single-ended clock source range is from DC
through the specified speed of the microcontroller. The supported crystals are listed in the XTAL
bit field in the RCC register (see page 128). Note that the MOSC must have a clock source for
the USB PLL.
■ Internal 30-kHz Oscillator. The internal 30-kHz oscillator provides an operational frequency of
30 kHz ± 50%. It is intended for use during Deep-Sleep power-saving modes. This power-savings
mode benefits from reduced internal switching and also allows the MOSC and PIOSC to be
powered down.
■ Hibernation Module Clock Source. The Hibernation module can be clocked in one of two ways.
The first way is a 4.194304-MHz crystal connected to the XOSC0 and XOSC1 pins. This clock
signal is divided by 128 internally to produce the 32.768-kHz clock reference. The second way
is a 32.768-kHz oscillator connected to the XOSC0 pin. The 32.768-kHz oscillator can be used
for the system clock, thus eliminating the need for an additional crystal or oscillator. The
Hibernation module clock source is intended to provide the system with a real-time clock source
and may also provide an accurate source of Deep-Sleep or Hibernate mode power savings.
The internal system clock (SysClk), is derived from any of the above sources plus two others: the
output of the main internal PLL and the precision internal oscillator divided by four (4 MHz ± 1%).
The frequency of the PLL clock reference must be in the range of 3.579545 MHz to 16.384 MHz
(inclusive). Table 6-4 on page 107 shows how the various clock sources can be used in a system.
Table 6-4. Clock Source Options
Clock Source
Drive PLL?
Precision Internal Oscillator
Yes
BYPASS = 0, OSCSRC =
0x1
Used as SysClk?
Yes
BYPASS = 1, OSCSRC = 0x1
Precision Internal Oscillator divide
by 4 (4 MHz ± 1%)
No
BYPASS = 1
Yes
BYPASS = 1, OSCSRC = 0x2
Main Oscillator
Yes
BYPASS = 0, OSCSRC =
0x0
Yes
BYPASS = 1, OSCSRC = 0x0
Internal 30-kHz Oscillator
No
BYPASS = 1
Yes
BYPASS = 1, OSCSRC = 0x3
Hibernation Module 32.768-kHz
Oscillator
No
BYPASS = 1
Yes
BYPASS = 1, OSCSRC2 = 0x7
June 15, 2010
107
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
6.2.5.2
Clock Configuration
The Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) and Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2)
registers provide control for the system clock. The RCC2 register is provided to extend fields that
offer additional encodings over the RCC register. When used, the RCC2 register field values are
used by the logic over the corresponding field in the RCC register. In particular, RCC2 provides for
a larger assortment of clock configuration options. These registers control the following clock
functionality:
■ Source of clocks in sleep and deep-sleep modes
■ System clock derived from PLL or other clock source
■ Enabling/disabling of oscillators and PLL
■ Clock divisors
■ Crystal input selection
Figure 6-5 shows the logic for the main clock tree. The peripheral blocks are driven by the system
clock signal and can be individually enabled/disabled. The ADC clock signal is automatically divided
down to 16 MHz for proper ADC operation. The PWM clock signal is a synchronous divide of the
system clock to provide the PWM circuit with more range (set with PWMDIV in RCC).
Note:
When the ADC module is in operation, the system clock must be at least 16 MHz.
108
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 6-5. Main Clock Tree
XTALa
USBPWRDN c
USB PLL
(240 MHz)
÷4
USB Clock
RXINT
RXFRAC
I2S Receive MCLK
TXINT
TXFRAC
I2S Transmit MCLK
USEPWMDIV a
PWMDW a
PWM Clock
XTALa
PWRDN b
MOSCDIS a
PLL
(400 MHz)
Main OSC
USESYSDIV a,d
DIV400 c
÷2
IOSCDIS
a
System Clock
Precision
Internal OSC
(16 MHz)
SYSDIV e
÷4
BYPASS
Internal OSC
(30 kHz)
Hibernation
OSC
(32.768 kHz)
b,d
PWRDN
ADC Clock
OSCSRC b,d
÷ 25
a. Control provided by RCC register bit/field.
b. Control provided by RCC register bit/field or RCC2 register bit/field, if overridden with RCC2 register bit USERCC2.
c. Control provided by RCC2 register bit/field.
d. Also may be controlled by DSLPCLKCFG when in deep sleep mode.
e. Control provided by RCC register SYSDIV field, RCC2 register SYSDIV2 field if overridden with USERCC2 bit, or
[SYSDIV2,SYSDIV2LSB] if both USERCC2 and DIV400 bits are set.
Note:
The figure above shows all features available on all Stellaris® Tempest-class microcontrollers.
In the RCC register, the SYSDIV field specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock
from either the PLL output or the oscillator source (depending on how the BYPASS bit in this register
is configured). When using the PLL, the VCO frequency of 400 MHz is predivided by 2 before the
divisor is applied. Table 6-5 shows how the SYSDIV encoding affects the system clock frequency,
depending on whether the PLL is used (BYPASS=0) or another clock source is used (BYPASS=1).
The divisor is equivalent to the SYSDIV encoding plus 1. For a list of possible clock sources, see
Table 6-4 on page 107.
June 15, 2010
109
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Table 6-5. Possible System Clock Frequencies Using the SYSDIV Field
SYSDIV
Divisor
a
Frequency (BYPASS=0) Frequency (BYPASS=1)
StellarisWare Parameter
b
0x0
/1
reserved
Clock source frequency/2
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_1
0x1
/2
reserved
Clock source frequency/2
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_2
0x2
/3
66.67 MHz
Clock source frequency/3
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_3
0x3
/4
50 MHz
Clock source frequency/4
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_4
0x4
/5
40 MHz
Clock source frequency/5
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_5
0x5
/6
33.33 MHz
Clock source frequency/6
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_6
0x6
/7
28.57 MHz
Clock source frequency/7
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_7
0x7
/8
25 MHz
Clock source frequency/8
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_8
0x8
/9
22.22 MHz
Clock source frequency/9
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_9
0x9
/10
20 MHz
Clock source frequency/10
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_10
0xA
/11
18.18 MHz
Clock source frequency/11
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_11
0xB
/12
16.67 MHz
Clock source frequency/12
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_12
0xC
/13
15.38 MHz
Clock source frequency/13
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_13
0xD
/14
14.29 MHz
Clock source frequency/14
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_14
0xE
/15
13.33 MHz
Clock source frequency/15
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_15
0xF
/16
12.5 MHz (default)
Clock source frequency/16
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_16
a. This parameter is used in functions such as SysCtlClockSet() in the Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library.
b. SYSCTL_SYSDIV_1 does not set the USESYSDIV bit. As a result, using this parameter without enabling the PLL results
in the system clock having the same frequency as the clock source.
The SYSDIV2 field in the RCC2 register is 2 bits wider than the SYSDIV field in the RCC register
so that additional larger divisors up to /64 are possible, allowing a lower system clock frequency for
improved Deep Sleep power consumption. When using the PLL, the VCO frequency of 400 MHz is
predivided by 2 before the divisor is applied. The divisor is equivalent to the SYSDIV2 encoding
plus 1. Table 6-6 shows how the SYSDIV2 encoding affects the system clock frequency, depending
on whether the PLL is used (BYPASS2=0) or another clock source is used (BYPASS2=1). For a list
of possible clock sources, see Table 6-4 on page 107.
Table 6-6. Examples of Possible System Clock Frequencies Using the SYSDIV2 Field
SYSDIV2
Divisor
a
Frequency
(BYPASS2=0)
Frequency (BYPASS2=1)
StellarisWare Parameter
b
0x00
/1
reserved
Clock source frequency/2
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_1
0x01
/2
reserved
Clock source frequency/2
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_2
0x02
/3
66.67 MHz
Clock source frequency/3
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_3
0x03
/4
50 MHz
Clock source frequency/4
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_4
...
...
...
...
...
0x09
/10
20 MHz
Clock source frequency/10
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_10
...
...
...
...
...
0x3F
/64
3.125 MHz
Clock source frequency/64
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_64
a. This parameter is used in functions such as SysCtlClockSet() in the Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library.
b. SYSCTL_SYSDIV_1 does not set the USESYSDIV bit. As a result, using this parameter without enabling the PLL results
in the system clock having the same frequency as the clock source.
To allow for additional frequency choices when using the PLL, the DIV400 bit is provided along
with the SYSDIV2LSB bit. When the DIV400 bit is set, bit 22 becomes the LSB for SYSDIV2. In
110
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
this situation, the divisor is equivalent to the (SYSDIV2 encoding with SYSDIV2LSB appended) plus
one. Table 6-7 shows the frequency choices when DIV400 is set. When the DIV400 bit is clear,
SYSDIV2LSB is ignored, and the system clock frequency is determined as shown in Table
6-6 on page 110.
Table 6-7. Examples of Possible System Clock Frequencies with DIV400=1
b
StellarisWare Parameter
/2
reserved
-
0
/3
reserved
-
1
/4
reserved
-
0
/5
80 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_2_5
1
/6
66.67 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_3
0
/7
reserved
-
1
/8
50 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_4
0
/9
44.44 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_4_5
1
/10
40 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_5
...
...
...
...
...
0x3F
0
/127
3.15 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_63_5
1
/128
3.125 MHz
SYSCTL_SYSDIV_64
SYSDIV2LSB
0x00
reserved
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
Divisor
a
Frequency (BYPASS2=0)
SYSDIV2
a. Note that DIV400 and SYSDIV2LSB are only valid when BYPASS2=0.
b. This parameter is used in functions such as SysCtlClockSet() in the Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library.
6.2.5.3
Precision Internal Oscillator Operation (PIOSC)
The microcontroller powers up with the PIOSC running. If another clock source is desired, the PIOSC
can be powered down by setting the IOSCDIS bit in the RCC register.
The PIOSC generates a 16 MHz clock with a ±1% accuracy at room temperatures. Across the
extended temperature range, the accuracy is ±3%. At the factory, the PIOSC is set to 16 MHz at
room temperature, however, the frequency can be trimmed for other voltage or temperature conditions
using software in one of three ways:
■ Default calibration: clear the UTEN bit and set the UPDATE bit in the Precision Internal Oscillator
Calibration (PIOSCCAL) register.
■ User-defined calibration: The user can program the UT value to adjust the PIOSC frequency. As
the UT value increases, the generated period increases. To commit a new UT value, first set the
UTEN bit, then program the UT field, and then set the UPDATE bit. The adjustment finishes within
a few clock periods and is glitch free.
■ Automatic calibration using the enable 32.768-kHz oscillator from the Hibernation module: set
the CAL bit; the results of the calibration are shown in the RESULT field in the Precision Internal
Oscillator Statistic (PIOSCSTAT) register. After calibration is complete, the PIOSC is trimmed
using trimmed value returned in the CT field.
6.2.5.4
Crystal Configuration for the Main Oscillator (MOSC)
The main oscillator supports the use of a select number of crystals. If the main oscillator is used by
the PLL as a reference clock, the supported range of crystals is 3.579545 to 16.384 MHz, otherwise,
the range of supported crystals is 1 to 16.384 MHz.
June 15, 2010
111
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
The XTAL bit in the RCC register (see page 128) describes the available crystal choices and default
programming values.
Software configures the RCC register XTAL field with the crystal number. If the PLL is used in the
design, the XTAL field value is internally translated to the PLL settings.
6.2.5.5
Main PLL Frequency Configuration
The main PLL is disabled by default during power-on reset and is enabled later by software if
required. Software specifies the output divisor to set the system clock frequency and enables the
main PLL to drive the output. The PLL operates at 400 MHz, but is divided by two prior to the
application of the output divisor.
To configure the PIOSC to be the clock source for the main PLL, program the OSCRC2 field in the
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2) register to be 0x1.
If the main oscillator provides the clock reference to the main PLL, the translation provided by
hardware and used to program the PLL is available for software in the XTAL to PLL Translation
(PLLCFG) register (see page 133). The internal translation provides a translation within ± 1% of the
targeted PLL VCO frequency. Table 27-11 on page 1148 shows the actual PLL frequency and error
for a given crystal choice.
The Crystal Value field (XTAL) in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 128)
describes the available crystal choices and default programming of the PLLCFG register. Any time
the XTAL field changes, the new settings are translated and the internal PLL settings are updated.
6.2.5.6
USB PLL Frequency Configuration
The USB PLL is disabled by default during power-on reset and is enabled later by software. The
USB PLL must be enabled and running for proper USB function. The main oscillator is the only clock
reference for the USB PLL. The USB PLL is enabled by clearing the USBPWRDN bit of the RCC2
register. The XTAL bit field (Crystal Value) of the RCC register describes the available crystal choices.
The main oscillator must be connected to one of the following crystal values in order to correctly
generate the USB clock: 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 16 MHz. Only these crystals provide the necessary
USB PLL VCO frequency to conform with the USB timing specifications.
6.2.5.7
PLL Modes
Both PLLs have two modes of operation: Normal and Power-Down
■ Normal: The PLL multiplies the input clock reference and drives the output.
■ Power-Down: Most of the PLL internal circuitry is disabled and the PLL does not drive the output.
The modes are programmed using the RCC/RCC2 register fields (see page 128 and page 136).
6.2.5.8
PLL Operation
If a PLL configuration is changed, the PLL output frequency is unstable until it reconverges (relocks)
to the new setting. The time between the configuration change and relock is TREADY (see Table
27-10 on page 1148). During the relock time, the affected PLL is not usable as a clock reference.
Either PLL is changed by one of the following:
■ Change to the XTAL value in the RCC register—writes of the same value do not cause a relock.
■ Change in the PLL from Power-Down to Normal mode.
112
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
A counter is defined to measure the TREADY requirement. The counter is clocked by the main
oscillator. The range of the main oscillator has been taken into account and the down counter is set
to 0x1200 (that is, ~600 μs at an 8.192 MHz external oscillator clock). When the XTAL value is
greater than 0x0F, the down counter is set to 0x2400 to maintain the required lock time on higher
frequency crystal inputs. Hardware is provided to keep the PLL from being used as a system clock
until the TREADY condition is met after one of the two changes above. It is the user's responsibility
to have a stable clock source (like the main oscillator) before the RCC/RCC2 register is switched
to use the PLL.
If the main PLL is enabled and the system clock is switched to use the PLL in one step, the system
control hardware continues to clock the microcontroller from the oscillator selected by the RCC/RCC2
register until the main PLL is stable (TREADY time met), after which it changes to the PLL. Software
can use many methods to ensure that the system is clocked from the main PLL, including periodically
polling the PLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register, and enabling the PLL Lock
interrupt.
The USB PLL is not protected during the lock time (TREADY), and software should ensure that the
USB PLL has locked before using the interface. Software can use many methods to ensure the
TREADY period has passed, including periodically polling the USBPLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt
Status (RIS) register, and enabling the USB PLL Lock interrupt.
6.2.5.9
Main Oscillator Verification Circuit
The clock control includes circuitry to ensure that the main oscillator is running at the appropriate
frequency. The circuit monitors the main oscillator frequency and signals if the frequency is outside
of the allowable band of attached crystals.
The detection circuit is enabled using the CVAL bit in the Main Oscillator Control (MOSCCTL)
register. If this circuit is enabled and detects an error, the following sequence is performed by the
hardware:
1. The MOSCFAIL bit in the Reset Cause (RESC) register is set.
2. If the internal oscillator (PIOSC) is disabled, it is enabled.
3. The system clock is switched from the main oscillator to the PIOSC.
4. An internal power-on reset is initiated that lasts for 32 PIOSC periods.
5. Reset is de-asserted and the processor is directed to the NMI handler during the reset sequence.
6.2.6
System Control
For power-savings purposes, the RCGCn, SCGCn, and DCGCn registers control the clock gating
logic for each peripheral or block in the system while the microcontroller is in Run, Sleep, and
Deep-Sleep mode, respectively. The DC1 , DC2 and DC4 registers act as a write mask for the
RCGCn , SCGCn, and DCGCn registers.
There are four levels of operation for the microcontroller defined as:
■ Run Mode. In Run mode, the microcontroller actively executes code. Run mode provides normal
operation of the processor and all of the peripherals that are currently enabled by the RCGCn
registers. The system clock can be any of the available clock sources including the PLL.
■ Sleep Mode. In Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals is unchanged, but the
processor and the memory subsystem are not clocked and therefore no longer execute code.
June 15, 2010
113
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Sleep mode is entered by the Cortex-M3 core executing a WFI (Wait for Interrupt) instruction.
Any properly configured interrupt event in the system brings the processor back into Run mode.
See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual
for more details.
Peripherals are clocked that are enabled in the SCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled
(see the RCC register) or the RCGCn register when the auto-clock gating is disabled. The system
clock has the same source and frequency as that during Run mode.
■ Deep-Sleep Mode. In Deep-Sleep mode, the clock frequency of the active peripherals may
change (depending on the Run mode clock configuration) in addition to the processor clock being
stopped. An interrupt returns the microcontroller to Run mode from one of the sleep modes; the
sleep modes are entered on request from the code. Deep-Sleep mode is entered by first writing
the Deep Sleep Enable bit in the ARM Cortex-M3 NVIC system control register and then executing
a WFI instruction. Any properly configured interrupt event in the system brings the processor
back into Run mode. See the system control NVIC section of the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical
Reference Manual for more details.
The Cortex-M3 processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked. Peripherals are
clocked that are enabled in the DCGCn register when auto-clock gating is enabled (see the RCC
register) or the RCGCn register when auto-clock gating is disabled. The system clock source is
specified in the DSLPCLKCFG register. When the DSLPCLKCFG register is used, the internal
oscillator source is powered up, if necessary, and other clocks are powered down. If the PLL is
running at the time of the WFI instruction, hardware powers the PLL down and overrides the
SYSDIV field of the active RCC/RCC2 register, to be determined by the DSDIVORIDE setting in
the DSLPCLKCFG register, up to /16 or /64 respectively. When the Deep-Sleep exit event
occurs, hardware brings the system clock back to the source and frequency it had at the onset
of Deep-Sleep mode before enabling the clocks that had been stopped during the Deep-Sleep
duration. If the PIOSC is used as the PLL reference clock source, it may continue to provide the
clock during Deep-Sleep. See page 140.
■ Hibernate Mode. In this mode, the power supplies are turned off to the main part of the
microcontroller and only the Hibernation module's circuitry is active. An external wake event or
RTC event is required to bring the microcontroller back to Run mode. The Cortex-M3 processor
and peripherals outside of the Hibernation module see a normal "power on" sequence and the
processor starts running code. Software can determine if the microcontroller has been restarted
from Hibernate mode by inspecting the Hibernation module registers.
Caution – If the Cortex-M3 Debug Access Port (DAP) has been enabled, and the device wakes from a
low power sleep or deep-sleep mode, the core may start executing code before all clocks to peripherals
have been restored to their run mode configuration. The DAP is usually enabled by software tools
accessing the JTAG or SWD interface when debugging or flash programming. If this condition occurs,
a Hard Fault is triggered when software accesses a peripheral with an invalid clock.
A software delay loop can be used at the beginning of the interrupt routine that is used to wake up a
system from a WFI (Wait For Interrupt) instruction. This stalls the execution of any code that accesses
a peripheral register that might cause a fault. This loop can be removed for production software as the
DAP is most likely not enabled during normal execution.
Because the DAP is disabled by default (power on reset), the user can also power cycle the device. The
DAP is not enabled unless it is enabled through the JTAG or SWD interface.
114
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
6.3
Initialization and Configuration
The PLL is configured using direct register writes to the RCC/RCC2 register. If the RCC2 register
is being used, the USERCC2 bit must be set and the appropriate RCC2 bit/field is used. The steps
required to successfully change the PLL-based system clock are:
1. Bypass the PLL and system clock divider by setting the BYPASS bit and clearing the USESYS
bit in the RCC register, thereby configuring the microcontroller to run off a “raw” clock source
and allowing for the new PLL configuration to be validated before switching the system clock
to the PLL.
2. Select the crystal value (XTAL) and oscillator source (OSCSRC), and clear the PWRDN bit in
RCC/RCC2. Setting the XTAL field automatically pulls valid PLL configuration data for the
appropriate crystal, and clearing the PWRDN bit powers and enables the PLL and its output.
3. Select the desired system divider (SYSDIV) in RCC/RCC2 and set the USESYS bit in RCC. The
SYSDIV field determines the system frequency for the microcontroller.
4. Wait for the PLL to lock by polling the PLLLRIS bit in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register.
5. Enable use of the PLL by clearing the BYPASS bit in RCC/RCC2.
6.4
Register Map
Table 6-8 on page 115 lists the System Control registers, grouped by function. The offset listed is a
hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to the System Control base address of
0x400F.E000.
Note:
Spaces in the System Control register space that are not used are reserved for future or
internal use. Software should not modify any reserved memory address.
Additional Flash and ROM registers defined in the System Control register space are
described in the “Internal Memory” on page 233.
Table 6-8. System Control Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
DID0
RO
-
Device Identification 0
117
0x004
DID1
RO
-
Device Identification 1
147
0x008
DC0
RO
0x00BF.003F
Device Capabilities 0
149
0x010
DC1
RO
-
Device Capabilities 1
150
0x014
DC2
RO
0x130F.5337
Device Capabilities 2
153
0x018
DC3
RO
0xBFFF.8FFF
Device Capabilities 3
155
0x01C
DC4
RO
0x5104.F1FF
Device Capabilities 4
158
0x020
DC5
RO
0x0F30.003F
Device Capabilities 5
160
0x024
DC6
RO
0x0000.0013
Device Capabilities 6
162
0x028
DC7
RO
0xFFFF.FFFF
Device Capabilities 7
163
0x02C
DC8
RO
0xFFFF.FFFF
Device Capabilities 8 ADC Channels
167
June 15, 2010
115
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Table 6-8. System Control Register Map (continued)
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x030
PBORCTL
R/W
0x0000.7FFD
Brown-Out Reset Control
119
0x040
SRCR0
R/W
0x00000000
Software Reset Control 0
199
0x044
SRCR1
R/W
0x00000000
Software Reset Control 1
201
0x048
SRCR2
R/W
0x00000000
Software Reset Control 2
204
0x050
RIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Raw Interrupt Status
120
0x054
IMC
R/W
0x0000.0000
Interrupt Mask Control
122
0x058
MISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
124
0x05C
RESC
R/W
-
Reset Cause
126
0x060
RCC
R/W
0x078E.3AD1
Run-Mode Clock Configuration
128
0x064
PLLCFG
RO
-
XTAL to PLL Translation
133
0x06C
GPIOHBCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO High-Performance Bus Control
134
0x070
RCC2
R/W
0x07C0.6810
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2
136
0x07C
MOSCCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Main Oscillator Control
139
0x100
RCGC0
R/W
0x00000040
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0
173
0x104
RCGC1
R/W
0x00000000
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1
181
0x108
RCGC2
R/W
0x00000000
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2
190
0x110
SCGC0
R/W
0x00000040
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0
176
0x114
SCGC1
R/W
0x00000000
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1
184
0x118
SCGC2
R/W
0x00000000
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2
193
0x120
DCGC0
R/W
0x00000040
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0
179
0x124
DCGC1
R/W
0x00000000
Deep-Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1
187
0x128
DCGC2
R/W
0x00000000
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2
196
0x144
DSLPCLKCFG
R/W
0x0780.0000
Deep Sleep Clock Configuration
140
0x150
PIOSCCAL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Precision Internal Oscillator Calibration
142
0x154
PIOSCSTAT
RO
0x0000.0040
Precision Internal Oscillator Statistics
144
0x170
I2SMCLKCFG
R/W
0x0000.0000
I2S MCLK Configuration
145
0x190
DC9
RO
0x00FF.00FF
Device Capabilities 9 ADC Digital Comparators
170
0x1A0
NVMSTAT
RO
0x0000.0001
Non-Volatile Memory Information
172
6.5
Description
Register Descriptions
All addresses given are relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000.
116
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 1: Device Identification 0 (DID0), offset 0x000
This register identifies the version of the microcontroller.
Device Identification 0 (DID0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x000
Type RO, reset 31
30
28
27
26
VER
reserved
Type
Reset
29
25
24
23
22
21
20
reserved
18
17
16
CLASS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
MAJOR
Type
Reset
19
MINOR
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
reserved
RO
0
30:28
VER
RO
0x1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
DID0 Version
This field defines the DID0 register format version. The version number
is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows (all other
encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x1
Second version of the DID0 register format.
27:24
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
23:16
CLASS
RO
0x04
Device Class
The CLASS field value identifies the internal design from which all mask
sets are generated for all microcontrollers in a particular product line.
The CLASS field value is changed for new product lines, for changes in
fab process (for example, a remap or shrink), or any case where the
MAJOR or MINOR fields require differentiation from prior microcontrollers.
The value of the CLASS field is encoded as follows (all other encodings
are reserved):
Value Description
0x04 Stellaris® Tempest-class microcontrollers
June 15, 2010
117
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
15:8
MAJOR
RO
-
Description
Major Revision
This field specifies the major revision number of the microcontroller.
The major revision reflects changes to base layers of the design. The
major revision number is indicated in the part number as a letter (A for
first revision, B for second, and so on). This field is encoded as follows:
Value Description
0x0
Revision A (initial device)
0x1
Revision B (first base layer revision)
0x2
Revision C (second base layer revision)
and so on.
7:0
MINOR
RO
-
Minor Revision
This field specifies the minor revision number of the microcontroller.
The minor revision reflects changes to the metal layers of the design.
The MINOR field value is reset when the MAJOR field is changed. This
field is numeric and is encoded as follows:
Value Description
0x0
Initial device, or a major revision update.
0x1
First metal layer change.
0x2
Second metal layer change.
and so on.
118
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 2: Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL), offset 0x030
This register is responsible for controlling reset conditions after initial power-on reset.
Brown-Out Reset Control (PBORCTL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.7FFD
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BORIOR
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:2
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
1
BORIOR
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
BOR Interrupt or Reset
Value Description
0
reserved
RO
0
0
A Brown Out Event causes an interrupt to be generated to the
interrupt controller.
1
A Brown Out Event causes a reset of the microcontroller.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
119
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 3: Raw Interrupt Status (RIS), offset 0x050
This register indicates the status for system control raw interrupts. An interrupt is sent to the interrupt
controller if the corresponding bit in the Interrupt Mask Control (IMC) register is set. Writing a 1
to the corresponding bit in the Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC) register clears an interrupt
status bit.
Raw Interrupt Status (RIS)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x050
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BORRIS
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
MOSCPUPRIS USBPLLLRIS
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:9
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
8
MOSCPUPRIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PLLLRIS
RO
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
MOSC Power Up Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
Sufficient time has passed for the MOSC to reach the expected
frequency. The value for this power-up time is indicated by
TMOSC_SETTLE.
0
Sufficient time has not passed for the MOSC to reach the
expected frequency.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the MOSCPUPMIS bit in the MISC
register.
7
USBPLLLRIS
RO
0
USB PLL Lock Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
The USB PLL timer has reached TREADY indicating that sufficient
time has passed for the USB PLL to lock.
0
The USB PLL timer has not reached TREADY.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the USBPLLLMIS bit in the MISC
register.
6
PLLLRIS
RO
0
PLL Lock Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
The PLL timer has reached TREADY indicating that sufficient time
has passed for the PLL to lock.
0
The PLL timer has not reached TREADY.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the PLLLMIS bit in the MISC register.
120
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5:2
reserved
RO
0x0
1
BORRIS
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Brown-Out Reset Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A brown-out condition is currently active.
0
A brown-out condition is not currently active.
Note the BORIOR bit in the PBORCTL register must be cleared to cause
an interrupt due to a Brown Out Event.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the BORMIS bit in the MISC register.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
121
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 4: Interrupt Mask Control (IMC), offset 0x054
This register contains the mask bits for system control raw interrupts. A raw interrupt, indicated by
a bit being set in the Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register, is sent to the interrupt controller if the
corresponding bit in this register is set.
Interrupt Mask Control (IMC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x054
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BORIM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
MOSCPUPIM USBPLLLIM
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:9
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
8
MOSCPUPIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
PLLLIM
R/W
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
MOSC Power Up Interrupt Mask
Value Description
7
USBPLLLIM
R/W
0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the
MOSCPUPRIS bit in the RIS register is set.
0
The MOSCPUPRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the
interrupt controller.
USB PLL Lock Interrupt Mask
Value Description
6
PLLLIM
R/W
0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the
USBPLLLRIS bit in the RIS register is set.
0
The USBPLLLRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the
interrupt controller.
PLL Lock Interrupt Mask
Value Description
5:2
reserved
RO
0x0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the PLLLRIS
bit in the RIS register is set.
0
The PLLLRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the
interrupt controller.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
122
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
BORIM
R/W
0
Description
Brown-Out Reset Interrupt Mask
Value Description
0
reserved
RO
0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the BORRIS
bit in the RIS register is set.
0
The BORRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt
controller.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
123
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 5: Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC), offset 0x058
On a read, this register gives the current masked status value of the corresponding interrupt in the
Raw Interrupt Status (RIS) register. All of the bits are R/W1C, thus writing a 1 to a bit clears the
corresponding raw interrupt bit in the RIS register (see page 120).
Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (MISC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x058
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
BORMIS
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
MOSCPUPMIS USBPLLLMIS
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:9
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
8
MOSCPUPMIS
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
PLLLMIS
R/W1C
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
MOSC Power Up Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
When read, a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was
signaled because sufficient time has passed for the MOSC PLL
to lock.
Writing a 1 to this bit clears it and also the MOSCPUPRIS bit in
the RIS register.
0
When read, a 0 indicates that sufficient time has not passed for
the MOSC PLL to lock.
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
7
USBPLLLMIS
R/W1C
0
USB PLL Lock Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
When read, a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was
signaled because sufficient time has passed for the USB PLL
to lock.
Writing a 1 to this bit clears it and also the USBPLLLRIS bit in
the RIS register.
0
When read, a 0 indicates that sufficient time has not passed for
the USB PLL to lock.
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
124
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
6
PLLLMIS
R/W1C
0
Description
PLL Lock Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
When read, a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was
signaled because sufficient time has passed for the PLL to lock.
Writing a 1 to this bit clears it and also the PLLLRIS bit in the
RIS register.
0
When read, a 0 indicates that sufficient time has not passed for
the PLL to lock.
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
5:2
reserved
RO
0x0
1
BORMIS
R/W1C
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
BOR Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
When read, a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was
signaled because of a brown-out condition.
Writing a 1 to this bit clears it and also the BORRIS bit in the
RIS register.
0
When read, a 0 indicates that a brown-out condition has not
occurred.
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
125
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 6: Reset Cause (RESC), offset 0x05C
This register is set with the reset cause after reset. The bits in this register are sticky and maintain
their state across multiple reset sequences, except when an power-on reset is the cause, in which
case, all bits other than POR in the RESC register are cleared.
Reset Cause (RESC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x05C
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WDT1
SW
WDT0
BOR
POR
EXT
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
MOSCFAIL
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
16
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:17
reserved
RO
0x000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
MOSCFAIL
R/W
-
MOSC Failure Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that the MOSC circuit was enabled
for clock validation and failed, generating a reset event.
0
When read, this bit indicates that a MOSC failure has not
generated a reset since the previous power-on reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
15:6
reserved
RO
0x00
5
WDT1
R/W
-
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Timer 1 Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that Watchdog Timer 1 timed out
and generated a reset.
0
When read, this bit indicates that Watchdog Timer 1 has not
generated a reset since the previous power-on reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
126
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
SW
R/W
-
Description
Software Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that a software reset has caused
a reset event.
0
When read, this bit indicates that a software reset has not
generated a reset since the previous power-on reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
3
WDT0
R/W
-
Watchdog Timer 0 Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that Watchdog Timer 0 timed out
and generated a reset.
0
When read, this bit indicates that Watchdog Timer 0 has not
generated a reset since the previous power-on reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
2
BOR
R/W
-
Brown-Out Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that a brown-out reset has caused
a reset event.
0
When read, this bit indicates that a brown-out reset has not
generated a reset since the previous power-on reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
1
POR
R/W
-
Power-On Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that a power-on reset has caused
a reset event.
0
When read, this bit indicates that a power-on reset has not
generated a reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
0
EXT
R/W
-
External Reset
Value Description
1
When read, this bit indicates that an external reset (RST
assertion) has caused a reset event.
0
When read, this bit indicates that an external reset (RST
assertion) has not caused a reset event since the previous
power-on reset.
Writing a 0 to this bit clears it.
June 15, 2010
127
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 7: Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC), offset 0x060
The bits in this register configure the system clock and oscillators.
Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x060
Type R/W, reset 0x078E.3AD1
31
30
29
28
26
25
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
PWRDN
reserved
BYPASS
R/W
1
RO
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
27
24
23
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
1
ACG
22
21
20
USESYSDIV
reserved
USEPWMDIV
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
0
R/W
1
RO
0
SYSDIV
XTAL
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:28
reserved
RO
0x0
27
ACG
R/W
0
R/W
0
OSCSRC
19
18
17
PWMDIV
reserved
RO
0
16
reserved
IOSCDIS MOSCDIS
R/W
0
R/W
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Auto Clock Gating
This bit specifies whether the system uses the Sleep-Mode Clock
Gating Control (SCGCn) registers and Deep-Sleep-Mode Clock
Gating Control (DCGCn) registers if the microcontroller enters a Sleep
or Deep-Sleep mode (respectively).
Value Description
1
The SCGCn or DCGCn registers are used to control the clocks
distributed to the peripherals when the microcontroller is in a
sleep mode. The SCGCn and DCGCn registers allow unused
peripherals to consume less power when the microcontroller is
in a sleep mode.
0
The Run-Mode Clock Gating Control (RCGCn) registers are
used when the microcontroller enters a sleep mode.
The RCGCn registers are always used to control the clocks in Run
mode.
26:23
SYSDIV
R/W
0xF
System Clock Divisor
Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from either
the PLL output or the oscillator source (depending on how the BYPASS
bit in this register is configured). See Table 6-5 on page 110 for bit
encodings.
If the SYSDIV value is less than MINSYSDIV (see page 150), and the
PLL is being used, then the MINSYSDIV value is used as the divisor.
If the PLL is not being used, the SYSDIV value can be less than
MINSYSDIV.
128
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
22
USESYSDIV
R/W
0
Description
Enable System Clock Divider
Value Description
1
The system clock divider is the source for the system clock. The
system clock divider is forced to be used when the PLL is
selected as the source.
If the USERCC2 bit in the RCC2 register is set, then the SYSDIV2
field in the RCC2 register is used as the system clock divider
rather than the SYSDIV field in this register.
0
The system clock is used undivided.
21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
USEPWMDIV
R/W
0
Enable PWM Clock Divisor
Value Description
19:17
PWMDIV
R/W
0x7
1
The PWM clock divider is the source for the PWM clock.
0
The system clock is the source for the PWM clock.
PWM Unit Clock Divisor
This field specifies the binary divisor used to predivide the system clock
down for use as the timing reference for the PWM module. The rising
edge of this clock is synchronous with the system clock.
Value Divisor
16:14
reserved
RO
0x0
13
PWRDN
R/W
1
0x0
/2
0x1
/4
0x2
/8
0x3
/16
0x4
/32
0x5
/64
0x6
/64
0x7
/64 (default)
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
PLL Power Down
Value Description
1
The PLL is powered down. Care must be taken to ensure that
another clock source is functioning and that the BYPASS bit is
set before setting this bit.
0
The PLL is operating normally.
June 15, 2010
129
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
12
reserved
RO
1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
BYPASS
R/W
1
PLL Bypass
Value Description
1
The system clock is derived from the OSC source and divided
by the divisor specified by SYSDIV.
0
The system clock is the PLL output clock divided by the divisor
specified by SYSDIV.
See Table 6-5 on page 110 for programming guidelines.
Note:
The ADC must be clocked from the PLL or directly from a
16-MHz clock source to operate properly.
130
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
10:6
XTAL
R/W
0x0B
Crystal Value
This field specifies the crystal value attached to the main oscillator. The
encoding for this field is provided below. Depending on the crystal used,
the PLL frequency may not be exactly 400 MHz, see Table
27-11 on page 1148 for more information.
Frequencies that may be used with the USB interface are indicated in
the table. To function within the clocking requirements of the USB
specification, a crystal of 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, or 16 MHz must be used.
Value Crystal Frequency (MHz) Not Crystal Frequency (MHz) Using
Using the PLL
the PLL
0x00
1.000
reserved
0x01
1.8432
reserved
0x02
2.000
reserved
0x03
2.4576
reserved
0x04
3.579545 MHz
0x05
3.6864 MHz
0x06
4 MHz (USB)
0x07
4.096 MHz
0x08
4.9152 MHz
0x09
5 MHz (USB)
0x0A
5.12 MHz
0x0B
6 MHz (reset value)(USB)
0x0C
6.144 MHz
0x0D
7.3728 MHz
0x0E
8 MHz (USB)
0x0F
8.192 MHz
0x10
10.0 MHz (USB)
0x11
12.0 MHz (USB)
0x12
12.288 MHz
0x13
13.56 MHz
0x14
14.31818 MHz
0x15
16.0 MHz (USB)
0x16
16.384 MHz
June 15, 2010
131
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5:4
OSCSRC
R/W
0x1
Description
Oscillator Source
Selects the input source for the OSC. The values are:
Value Input Source
0x0
MOSC
Main oscillator
0x1
PIOSC
Precision internal oscillator
(default)
0x2
PIOSC/4
Precision internal oscillator / 4
0x3
30 kHz
30-kHz internal oscillator
For additional oscillator sources, see the RCC2 register.
3:2
reserved
RO
0x0
1
IOSCDIS
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Precision Internal Oscillator Disable
Value Description
0
MOSCDIS
R/W
1
1
The precision internal oscillator (PIOSC) is disabled.
0
The precision internal oscillator is enabled.
Main Oscillator Disable
Value Description
1
The main oscillator is disabled (default).
0
The main oscillator is enabled.
132
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 8: XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG), offset 0x064
This register provides a means of translating external crystal frequencies into the appropriate PLL
settings. This register is initialized during the reset sequence and updated anytime that the XTAL
field changes in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register (see page 128).
The PLL frequency is calculated using the PLLCFG field values, as follows:
PLLFreq = OSCFreq * F / (R + 1)
XTAL to PLL Translation (PLLCFG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x064
Type RO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
F
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:14
reserved
RO
0x0000.0
13:5
F
RO
-
R
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
PLL F Value
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s F input.
4:0
R
RO
-
PLL R Value
This field specifies the value supplied to the PLL’s R input.
June 15, 2010
133
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 9: GPIO High-Performance Bus Control (GPIOHBCTL), offset 0x06C
This register controls which internal bus is used to access each GPIO port. When a bit is clear, the
corresponding GPIO port is accessed across the legacy Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB) bus and
through the APB memory aperture. When a bit is set, the corresponding port is accessed across
the Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB) bus and through the AHB memory aperture. Each
GPIO port can be individually configured to use AHB or APB, but may be accessed only through
one aperture. The AHB bus provides better back-to-back access performance than the APB bus.
The address aperture in the memory map changes for the ports that are enabled for AHB access
(see Table 10-7 on page 340).
GPIO High-Performance Bus Control (GPIOHBCTL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x06C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PORTJ
PORTH
PORTG
PORTF
PORTE
PORTD
PORTC
PORTB
PORTA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:9
reserved
RO
0x0000.0
8
PORTJ
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Port J Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port J.
Value Description
7
PORTH
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port H Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port H.
Value Description
6
PORTG
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port G Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port G.
Value Description
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
134
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5
PORTF
R/W
0
Description
Port F Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port F.
Value Description
4
PORTE
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port E Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port E.
Value Description
3
PORTD
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port D Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port D.
Value Description
2
PORTC
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port C Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port C.
Value Description
1
PORTB
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port B Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port B.
Value Description
0
PORTA
R/W
0
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
Port A Advanced High-Performance Bus
This bit defines the memory aperture for Port A.
Value Description
1
Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB)
0
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB). This bus is the legacy bus.
June 15, 2010
135
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 10: Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2), offset 0x070
This register overrides the RCC equivalent register fields, as shown in Table 6-9, when the USERCC2
bit is set, allowing the extended capabilities of the RCC2 register to be used while also providing a
means to be backward-compatible to previous parts. Each RCC2 field that supersedes an RCC
field is located at the same LSB bit position; however, some RCC2 fields are larger than the
corresponding RCC field.
Table 6-9. RCC2 Fields that Override RCC fields
RCC2 Field...
Overrides RCC Field
SYSDIV2, bits[28:23]
SYSDIV, bits[26:23]
PWRDN2, bit[13]
PWRDN, bit[13]
BYPASS2, bit[11]
BYPASS, bit[11]
OSCSRC2, bits[6:4]
OSCSRC, bits[5:4]
Run-Mode Clock Configuration 2 (RCC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x070
Type R/W, reset 0x07C0.6810
31
30
USERCC2 DIV400
Type
Reset
R/W
0
Type
Reset
R/W
0
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
SYSDIV2
reserved
RO
0
R/W
0
22
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
10
9
8
7
6
15
14
13
12
11
reserved
USBPWRDN
PWRDN2
reserved
BYPASS2
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
R/W
1
reserved
RO
0
21
20
19
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
USERCC2
R/W
0
Use RCC2
R/W
0
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
OSCSRC2
RO
0
18
reserved
SYSDIV2LSB
R/W
0
reserved
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
Value Description
30
DIV400
R/W
0
1
The RCC2 register fields override the RCC register fields.
0
The RCC register fields are used, and the fields in RCC2 are
ignored.
Divide PLL as 400 MHz vs. 200 MHz
This bit, along with the SYSDIV2LSB bit, allows additional frequency
choices.
Value Description
29
reserved
RO
0x0
1
Append the SYSDIV2LSB bit to the SYSDIV2 field to create a
7 bit divisor using the 400 MHz PLL output, see Table
6-7 on page 111.
0
Use SYSDIV2 as is and apply to 200 MHz predivided PLL
output. See Table 6-6 on page 110 for programming guidelines.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
136
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
28:23
SYSDIV2
R/W
0x0F
System Clock Divisor 2
Specifies which divisor is used to generate the system clock from either
the PLL output or the oscillator source (depending on how the BYPASS2
bit is configured). SYSDIV2 is used for the divisor when both the
USESYSDIV bit in the RCC register and the USERCC2 bit in this register
are set. See Table 6-6 on page 110 for programming guidelines.
22
SYSDIV2LSB
R/W
1
Additional LSB for SYSDIV2
When DIV400 is set, this bit becomes the LSB of SYSDIV2. If DIV400
is clear, this bit is not used. See Table 6-6 on page 110 for programming
guidelines.
This bit can only be set or cleared when DIV400 is set.
21:15
reserved
RO
0x0
14
USBPWRDN
R/W
1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Power-Down USB PLL
Value Description
13
PWRDN2
R/W
1
1
The USB PLL is powered down.
0
The USB PLL operates normally.
Power-Down PLL 2
Value Description
1
The PLL is powered down.
0
The PLL operates normally.
12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
BYPASS2
R/W
1
PLL Bypass 2
Value Description
1
The system clock is derived from the OSC source and divided
by the divisor specified by SYSDIV2.
0
The system clock is the PLL output clock divided by the divisor
specified by SYSDIV2.
See Table 6-6 on page 110 for programming guidelines.
Note:
10:7
reserved
RO
0x0
The ADC must be clocked from the PLL or directly from a
16-MHz clock source to operate properly.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
137
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
6:4
OSCSRC2
R/W
0x1
Description
Oscillator Source 2
Selects the input source for the OSC. The values are:
Value
Description
0x0
MOSC
Main oscillator
0x1
PIOSC
Precision internal oscillator
0x2
PIOSC/4
Precision internal oscillator / 4
0x3
30 kHz
30-kHz internal oscillator
0x4-0x6 Reserved
0x7
32.768 kHz
32.768-kHz external oscillator
3:0
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
138
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 11: Main Oscillator Control (MOSCCTL), offset 0x07C
This register provides the ability to enable the MOSC clock verification circuit. When enabled, this
circuit monitors the frequency of the MOSC to verify that the oscillator is operating within specified
limits. If the clock goes invalid after being enabled, the microcontroller issues a power-on reset and
reboots to the NMI handler.
Main Oscillator Control (MOSCCTL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x07C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:1
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
0
CVAL
R/W
0
RO
0
CVAL
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Clock Validation for MOSC
Value Description
1
The MOSC monitor circuit is enabled.
0
The MOSC monitor circuit is disabled.
June 15, 2010
139
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 12: Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG), offset 0x144
This register provides configuration information for the hardware control of Deep Sleep Mode.
Deep Sleep Clock Configuration (DSLPCLKCFG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x144
Type R/W, reset 0x0780.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
reserved
Type
Reset
25
24
23
22
21
20
DSDIVORIDE
18
17
16
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
19
RO
0
DSOSCSRC
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:29
reserved
RO
0x0
28:23
DSDIVORIDE
R/W
0x0F
R/W
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Divider Field Override
If Deep-Sleep mode is enabled when the PLL is running, the PLL is
disabled. This 6-bit field contains a system divider field that overrides
the SYSDIV field in the RCC register or the SYSDIV2 field in the RCC2
register during Deep Sleep. This divider is applied to the source selected
by the DSOSCSRC field.
Value Description
0x0
/1
0x1
/2
0x2
/3
0x3
/4
...
...
0x3F /64
22:7
reserved
RO
0x000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
140
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
6:4
DSOSCSRC
R/W
0x0
Description
Clock Source
Specifies the clock source during Deep-Sleep mode.
Value
Description
0x0
MOSC
Use the main oscillator as the source.
Note:
0x1
If the PIOSC is being used as the clock reference
for the PLL, the PIOSC is the clock source instead
of MOSC in Deep-Sleep mode.
PIOSC
Use the precision internal 16-MHz oscillator as the source.
0x2
Reserved
0x3
30 kHz
Use the 30-kHz internal oscillator as the source.
0x4-0x6 Reserved
0x7
32.768 kHz
Use the Hibernation module 32.768-kHz external oscillator
as the source.
3:0
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
141
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 13: Precision Internal Oscillator Calibration (PIOSCCAL), offset 0x150
This register provides the ability to update or recalibrate the precision internal oscillator. Note that
a 32.768-kHz oscillator must be used as the Hibernation module clock source for the user to be
able to calibrate the PIOSC.
Precision Internal Oscillator Calibration (PIOSCCAL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x150
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CAL
UPDATE
reserved
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
UTEN
Type
Reset
reserved
reserved
Type
Reset
23
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
UTEN
R/W
0
UT
Description
Use User Trim Value
Value Description
30:10
reserved
RO
0x0000
9
CAL
R/W
0
1
The trim value in bits[6:0] of this register are used for any update
trim operation.
0
The factory calibration value is used for an update trim operation.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Start Calibration
Value Description
1
Starts a new calibration of the PIOSC. Results are in the
PIOSCSTAT register. The resulting trim value from the operation
is active in the PIOSC after the calibration completes. The result
overrides any previous update trim operation whether the
calibration passes or fails.
0
No action.
This bit is auto-cleared when the calibration finishes.
8
UPDATE
R/W
0
Update Trim
Value Description
1
Updates the PIOSC trim value with the UT bit or the DT bit in
the PIOSCSTAT register. Used with UTEN.
0
No action.
This bit is auto-cleared after the update.
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
142
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
6:0
UT
R/W
0x0
Description
User Trim Value
User trim value that can be loaded into the PIOSC.
Refer to “Main PLL Frequency Configuration” on page 112 for more
information on calibrating the PIOSC.
June 15, 2010
143
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 14: Precision Internal Oscillator Statistics (PIOSCSTAT), offset 0x154
This register provides the user information on the PIOSC calibration. Note that a 32.768-kHz oscillator
must be used as the Hibernation module clock source for the user to be able to calibrate the PIOSC.
Precision Internal Oscillator Statistics (PIOSCSTAT)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x154
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0040
31
30
29
28
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
DT
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RESULT
CT
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:23
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
22:16
DT
RO
-
Default Trim Value
This field contains the default trim value. This value is loaded into the
PIOSC after every full power-up.
15:10
reserved
RO
0x0
9:8
RESULT
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Calibration Result
Value Description
7
reserved
RO
0
6:0
CT
RO
0x40
0x0
Calibration has not been attempted.
0x1
The last calibration operation completed to meet 1% accuracy.
0x2
The last calibration operation failed to meet 1% accuracy.
0x3
Reserved
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Calibration Trim Value
This field contains the trim value from the last calibration operation. After
factory calibration CT and DT are the same.
144
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 15: I2S MCLK Configuration (I2SMCLKCFG), offset 0x170
This register configures the receive and transmit fractional clock dividers for the for the I2S master
transmit and receive clocks (I2S0TXMCLK and I2S0RXMCLK) . Varying the integer and fractional
inputs for the clocks allows greater accuracy in hitting the target I2S clock frequencies. Refer to
“Clock Control” on page 681 for combinations of the TXI and TXF bits and the RXI and RXF bits that
provide MCLK frequencies within acceptable error limits.
I2S MCLK Configuration (I2SMCLKCFG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x170
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
31
30
RXEN
reserved
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
13
12
11
10
9
15
14
TXEN
reserved
R/W
0
RO
0
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
RXI
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
TXI
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
RXEN
R/W
0
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RXF
TXF
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
RX Clock Enable
Value Description
1
The I2S receive clock generator is enabled.
0
The I2S receive clock generator is disabled.
If the RXSLV bit in the I2S Module Configuration (I2SCFG)
register is set, then the I2S0RXMCLK must be externally
generated.
30
reserved
RO
0
29:20
RXI
R/W
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
RX Clock Integer Input
This field contains the integer input for the receive clock generator.
19:16
RXF
R/W
0x0
RX Clock Fractional Input
This field contains the fractional input for the receive clock generator.
15
TXEN
R/W
0
TX Clock Enable
Value Description
1
The I2S transmit clock generator is enabled.
0
The I2S transmit clock generator is disabled.
If the TXSLV bit in the I2S Module Configuration (I2SCFG)
register is set, then the I2S0TXMCLK must be externally
generated.
June 15, 2010
145
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
14
reserved
RO
0
13:4
TXI
R/W
0x00
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
TX Clock Integer Input
This field contains the integer input for the transmit clock generator.
3:0
TXF
R/W
0x0
TX Clock Fractional Input
This field contains the fractional input for the transmit clock generator.
146
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 16: Device Identification 1 (DID1), offset 0x004
This register identifies the device family, part number, temperature range, and package type.
Device Identification 1 (DID1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
RO
0
15
25
24
23
22
21
20
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
-
RO
-
RO
-
VER
Type
Reset
FAM
PINCOUNT
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
1
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
PARTNO
reserved
RO
0
19
TEMP
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:28
VER
RO
0x1
RO
-
PKG
ROHS
RO
-
RO
1
QUAL
RO
-
RO
-
Description
DID1 Version
This field defines the DID1 register format version. The version number
is numeric. The value of the VER field is encoded as follows (all other
encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x1
27:24
FAM
RO
0x0
Second version of the DID1 register format.
Family
This field provides the family identification of the device within the
Luminary Micro product portfolio. The value is encoded as follows (all
other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x0
23:16
PARTNO
RO
0x18
Stellaris family of microcontollers, that is, all devices with
external part numbers starting with LM3S.
Part Number
This field provides the part number of the device within the family. The
value is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x18 LM3S9L97
15:13
PINCOUNT
RO
0x2
Package Pin Count
This field specifies the number of pins on the device package. The value
is encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x2
100-pin package
June 15, 2010
147
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
12:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:5
TEMP
RO
-
Temperature Range
This field specifies the temperature rating of the device. The value is
encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
4:3
PKG
RO
-
0x0
Commercial temperature range (0°C to 70°C)
0x1
Industrial temperature range (-40°C to 85°C)
0x2
Extended temperature range (-40°C to 105°C)
Package Type
This field specifies the package type. The value is encoded as follows
(all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
2
ROHS
RO
1
0x0
SOIC package
0x1
LQFP package
0x2
BGA package
RoHS-Compliance
This bit specifies whether the device is RoHS-compliant. A 1 indicates
the part is RoHS-compliant.
1:0
QUAL
RO
-
Qualification Status
This field specifies the qualification status of the device. The value is
encoded as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x0
Engineering Sample (unqualified)
0x1
Pilot Production (unqualified)
0x2
Fully Qualified
148
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 17: Device Capabilities 0 (DC0), offset 0x008
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 0 (DC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x008
Type RO, reset 0x00BF.003F
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
SRAMSZ
Type
Reset
FLASHSZ
Type
Reset
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
SRAMSZ
RO
0x00BF
SRAM Size
Indicates the size of the on-chip SRAM memory.
Value
Description
0x00BF 48 KB of SRAM
15:0
FLASHSZ
RO
0x003F
Flash Size
Indicates the size of the on-chip flash memory.
Value
Description
0x003F 128 KB of Flash
June 15, 2010
149
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 18: Device Capabilities 1 (DC1), offset 0x010
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. If any bit is clear in this
register, the module is not present. The corresponding bit in the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers cannot be set.
Device Capabilities 1 (DC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
28
WDT1
26
24
23
22
21
19
16
CAN1
CAN0
ADC1
ADC0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
MPU
HIB
TEMPSNS
PLL
WDT0
SWO
SWD
JTAG
RO
-
RO
-
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
MAXADC0SPD
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
17
RO
1
MAXADC1SPD
PWM
18
RO
0
RO
-
reserved
20
RO
0
RO
-
reserved
25
RO
0
MINSYSDIV
Type
Reset
27
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
WDT1
RO
1
Watchdog Timer1 Present
When set, indicates that watchdog timer 1 is present.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
RO
1
CAN Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that CAN unit 1 is present.
24
CAN0
RO
1
CAN Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that CAN unit 0 is present.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
RO
1
PWM Module Present
When set, indicates that the PWM module is present.
19:18
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
17
ADC1
RO
1
ADC Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 is present.
16
ADC0
RO
1
ADC Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 is present
150
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
15:12
MINSYSDIV
RO
-
Description
System Clock Divider
Minimum 4-bit divider value for system clock. The reset value is
hardware-dependent. See the RCC register for how to change the
system clock divisor using the SYSDIV bit.
Value Description
11:10
MAXADC1SPD
RO
0x3
0x1
Divide VCO (400MHZ) by 5 minimum
0x2
Divide VCO (400MHZ) by 2*2 + 2 = 6 minimum
0x3
Specifies a 50-MHz CPU clock with a PLL divider of 4.
0x7
Specifies a 25-MHz clock with a PLL divider of 8.
0x9
Specifies a 20-MHz clock with a PLL divider of 10.
Max ADC1 Speed
This field indicates the maximum rate at which the ADC samples data.
Value Description
0x3
9:8
MAXADC0SPD
RO
0x3
1M samples/second
Max ADC0 Speed
This field indicates the maximum rate at which the ADC samples data.
Value Description
0x3
7
MPU
RO
1
1M samples/second
MPU Present
When set, indicates that the Cortex-M3 Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
module is present. See the ARM Cortex-M3 Technical Reference Manual
for details on the MPU.
6
HIB
RO
1
Hibernation Module Present
When set, indicates that the Hibernation module is present.
5
TEMPSNS
RO
1
Temp Sensor Present
When set, indicates that the on-chip temperature sensor is present.
4
PLL
RO
1
PLL Present
When set, indicates that the on-chip Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is
present.
3
WDT0
RO
1
Watchdog Timer 0 Present
When set, indicates that watchdog timer 0 is present.
2
SWO
RO
1
SWO Trace Port Present
When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Output (SWO) trace port is
present.
1
SWD
RO
1
SWD Present
When set, indicates that the Serial Wire Debugger (SWD) is present.
June 15, 2010
151
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
JTAG
RO
1
Description
JTAG Present
When set, indicates that the JTAG debugger interface is present.
152
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 19: Device Capabilities 2 (DC2), offset 0x014
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. If any bit is clear in this
register, the module is not present. The corresponding bit in the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers cannot be set.
Device Capabilities 2 (DC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x130F.5337
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
28
I2S0
27
26
reserved
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
17
16
COMP1
COMP0
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
QEI1
QEI0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
19
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
I2S0
RO
1
I2S Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that I2S module 0 is present.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
COMP1
RO
1
Analog Comparator 1 Present
When set, indicates that analog comparator 1 is present.
24
COMP0
RO
1
Analog Comparator 0 Present
When set, indicates that analog comparator 0 is present.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
RO
1
Timer Module 3 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 3 is present.
18
TIMER2
RO
1
Timer Module 2 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 2 is present.
17
TIMER1
RO
1
Timer Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 1 is present.
16
TIMER0
RO
1
Timer Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that General-Purpose Timer module 0 is present.
June 15, 2010
153
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
RO
1
I2C Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that I2C module 1 is present.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
RO
1
I2C Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that I2C module 0 is present.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
RO
1
QEI Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that QEI module 1 is present.
8
QEI0
RO
1
QEI Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that QEI module 0 is present.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
RO
1
SSI Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that SSI module 1 is present.
4
SSI0
RO
1
SSI Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that SSI module 0 is present.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
RO
1
UART Module 2 Present
When set, indicates that UART module 2 is present.
1
UART1
RO
1
UART Module 1 Present
When set, indicates that UART module 1 is present.
0
UART0
RO
1
UART Module 0 Present
When set, indicates that UART module 0 is present.
154
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 20: Device Capabilities 3 (DC3), offset 0x018
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. If any bit is clear in this
register, the module is not present. The corresponding bit in the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers cannot be set.
Device Capabilities 3 (DC3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0xBFFF.8FFF
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
32KHZ
reserved
CCP5
CCP4
CCP3
CCP2
CCP1
CCP0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PWM5
PWM4
PWM3
PWM2
PWM1
PWM0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
PWMFAULT
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
C1O
RO
0
C1PLUS C1MINUS
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
32KHZ
RO
1
C0O
RO
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
ADC0AIN7 ADC0AIN6 ADC0AIN5 ADC0AIN4 ADC0AIN3 ADC0AIN2 ADC0AIN1 ADC0AIN0
C0PLUS C0MINUS
RO
1
RO
1
Description
32KHz Input Clock Available
When set, indicates an even CCP pin is present and can be used as a
32-KHz input clock.
30
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
29
CCP5
RO
1
CCP5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 5 is present.
28
CCP4
RO
1
CCP4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 4 is present.
27
CCP3
RO
1
CCP3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 3 is present.
26
CCP2
RO
1
CCP2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 2 is present.
25
CCP1
RO
1
CCP1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 1 is present.
24
CCP0
RO
1
CCP0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 0 is present.
23
ADC0AIN7
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN7 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 7 is present.
22
ADC0AIN6
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN6 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 6 is present.
June 15, 2010
155
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
21
ADC0AIN5
RO
1
Description
ADC Module 0 AIN5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 5 is present.
20
ADC0AIN4
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 4 is present.
19
ADC0AIN3
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 3 is present.
18
ADC0AIN2
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 2 is present.
17
ADC0AIN1
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 1 is present.
16
ADC0AIN0
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 0 is present.
15
PWMFAULT
RO
1
PWM Fault Pin Present
When set, indicates that a PWM Fault pin is present. See DC5 for
specific Fault pins on this device.
14:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11
C1O
RO
1
C1o Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 output pin is present.
10
C1PLUS
RO
1
C1+ Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (+) input pin is present.
9
C1MINUS
RO
1
C1- Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 1 (-) input pin is present.
8
C0O
RO
1
C0o Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 output pin is present.
7
C0PLUS
RO
1
C0+ Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (+) input pin is present.
6
C0MINUS
RO
1
C0- Pin Present
When set, indicates that the analog comparator 0 (-) input pin is present.
5
PWM5
RO
1
PWM5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 5 is present.
4
PWM4
RO
1
PWM4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 4 is present.
156
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
PWM3
RO
1
Description
PWM3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 3 is present.
2
PWM2
RO
1
PWM2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 2 is present.
1
PWM1
RO
1
PWM1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 1 is present.
0
PWM0
RO
1
PWM0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 0 is present.
June 15, 2010
157
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 21: Device Capabilities 4 (DC4), offset 0x01C
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. If any bit is clear in this
register, the module is not present. The corresponding bit in the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers cannot be set.
Device Capabilities 4 (DC4)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x5104.F1FF
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
reserved
EPHY0
reserved
EMAC0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
CCP7
CCP6
UDMA
ROM
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
RO
0
23
22
20
19
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOJ
RO
1
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
E1588
reserved
RO
0
24
RO
0
21
reserved
18
17
PICAL
16
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
30
EPHY0
RO
1
Ethernet PHY Layer 0 Present
When set, indicates that Ethernet PHY layer 0 is present.
29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
EMAC0
RO
1
Ethernet MAC Layer 0 Present
When set, indicates that Ethernet MAC layer 0 is present.
27:25
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
24
E1588
RO
1
1588 Capable
When set, indicates that that Ethernet MAC layer 0 is 1588 capable.
23:19
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
18
PICAL
RO
1
PIOSC Calibrate
When set, indicates that the PIOSC can be calibrated by software.
17:16
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15
CCP7
RO
1
CCP7 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 7 is present.
158
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
14
CCP6
RO
1
Description
CCP6 Pin Present
When set, indicates that Capture/Compare/PWM pin 6 is present.
13
UDMA
RO
1
Micro-DMA Module Present
When set, indicates that the micro-DMA module present.
12
ROM
RO
1
Internal Code ROM Present
When set, indicates that internal code ROM is present.
11:9
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
8
GPIOJ
RO
1
GPIO Port J Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port J is present.
7
GPIOH
RO
1
GPIO Port H Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port H is present.
6
GPIOG
RO
1
GPIO Port G Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port G is present.
5
GPIOF
RO
1
GPIO Port F Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port F is present.
4
GPIOE
RO
1
GPIO Port E Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port E is present.
3
GPIOD
RO
1
GPIO Port D Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port D is present.
2
GPIOC
RO
1
GPIO Port C Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port C is present.
1
GPIOB
RO
1
GPIO Port B Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port B is present.
0
GPIOA
RO
1
GPIO Port A Present
When set, indicates that GPIO Port A is present.
June 15, 2010
159
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 22: Device Capabilities 5 (DC5), offset 0x020
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. If any bit is clear in this
register, the module is not present. The corresponding bit in the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers cannot be set.
Device Capabilities 5 (DC5)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x020
Type RO, reset 0x0F30.003F
31
30
29
28
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
27
26
25
24
23
22
reserved
PWMFAULT3 PWMFAULT2 PWMFAULT1 PWMFAULT0
RO
0
20
19
18
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
PWM5
PWM4
PWM3
PWM2
PWM1
PWM0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
PWMEFLT PWMESYNC
reserved
Type
Reset
21
17
16
reserved
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:28
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
27
PWMFAULT3
RO
1
PWM Fault 3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM Fault 3 pin is present.
26
PWMFAULT2
RO
1
PWM Fault 2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM Fault 2 pin is present.
25
PWMFAULT1
RO
1
PWM Fault 1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM Fault 1 pin is present.
24
PWMFAULT0
RO
1
PWM Fault 0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM Fault 0 pin is present.
23:22
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
21
PWMEFLT
RO
1
PWM Extended Fault Active
When set, indicates that the PWM Extended Fault feature is active.
20
PWMESYNC
RO
1
PWM Extended SYNC Active
When set, indicates that the PWM Extended SYNC feature is active.
19:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
PWM5
RO
1
PWM5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 5 is present.
160
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
PWM4
RO
1
Description
PWM4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 4 is present.
3
PWM3
RO
1
PWM3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 3 is present.
2
PWM2
RO
1
PWM2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 2 is present.
1
PWM1
RO
1
PWM1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 1 is present.
0
PWM0
RO
1
PWM0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that the PWM pin 0 is present.
June 15, 2010
161
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 23: Device Capabilities 6 (DC6), offset 0x024
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features. If any bit is clear in this
register, the module is not present. The corresponding bit in the RCGC0, SCGC0, and DCGC0
registers cannot be set.
Device Capabilities 6 (DC6)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x024
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0013
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
USB0PHY
RO
1
reserved
RO
0
USB0
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:5
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
4
USB0PHY
RO
1
USB Module 0 PHY Present
When set, indicates that the USB module 0 PHY is present.
3:2
reserved
RO
0
1:0
USB0
RO
0x3
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
USB Module 0 Present
Thie field indicates that USB module 0 is present and specifies its
capability.
Value Description
0x3
USB0 is OTG.
162
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 24: Device Capabilities 7 (DC7), offset 0x028
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify uDMA channel features. A 1 indicates
the channel is available on this device; a 0 that the channel is only available on other devices in the
family. Most channels have primary and secondary assignments. If the primary function is not
available on this microcontroller, the secondary function becomes the primary function. If the
secondary function is not available, the primary function is the only option.
Device Capabilities 7 (DC7)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x028
Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
reserved
Type
Reset
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
DMACH30 DMACH29 DMACH28 DMACH27 DMACH26 DMACH25 DMACH24 DMACH23 DMACH22 DMACH21 DMACH20 DMACH19 DMACH18 DMACH17 DMACH16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DMACH15 DMACH14 DMACH13 DMACH12 DMACH11 DMACH10 DMACH9 DMACH8 DMACH7 DMACH6 DMACH5 DMACH4 DMACH3 DMACH2 DMACH1 DMACH0
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
reserved
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Description
Reserved
Reserved for uDMA channel 31.
30
DMACH30
RO
1
SW
When set, indicates uDMA channel 30 is available for software transfers.
29
DMACH29
RO
1
I2S0_TX / CAN1_TX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 29 is available and connected to
the transmit path of I2S module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of CAN module 1 transmit.
28
DMACH28
RO
1
I2S0_RX / CAN1_RX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 28 is available and connected to
the receive path of I2S module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of CAN module 1 receive.
27
DMACH27
RO
1
CAN1_TX / ADC1_SS3
When set, indicates uDMA channel 27 is available and connected to
the transmit path of CAN module 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of ADC module 1 Sample Sequencer
3.
26
DMACH26
RO
1
CAN1_RX / ADC1_SS2
When set, indicates uDMA channel 26 is available and connected to
the receive path of CAN module 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of ADC module 1 Sample Sequencer
2.
June 15, 2010
163
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
25
DMACH25
RO
1
Description
SSI1_TX / ADC1_SS1
When set, indicates uDMA channel 25 is available and connected to
the transmit path of SSI module 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of ADC module 1 Sample Sequencer
1.
24
DMACH24
RO
1
SSI1_RX / ADC1_SS0
When set, indicates uDMA channel 24 is available and connected to
the receive path of SSI module 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of ADC module 1 Sample Sequencer
0.
23
DMACH23
RO
1
UART1_TX / CAN2_TX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 23 is available and connected to
the transmit path of UART module 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of CAN module 2 transmit.
22
DMACH22
RO
1
UART1_RX / CAN2_RX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 22 is available and connected to
the receive path of UART module 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of CAN module 2 receive.
21
DMACH21
RO
1
Timer1B / EPI0_WFIFO
When set, indicates uDMA channel 21 is available and connected to
Timer 1B.If the corresponding bit in the DMACHASGN register is set,
the channel is connected instead to the secondary channel assignment
of EPI module write FIFO (WRIFO).
20
DMACH20
RO
1
Timer1A / EPI0_NBRFIFO
When set, indicates uDMA channel 20 is available and connected to
Timer 1A. If the corresponding bit in the DMACHASGN register is set,
the channel is connected instead to the secondary channel assignment
of EPI module 0 non-blocking read FIFO (NBRFIFO).
19
DMACH19
RO
1
Timer0B / Timer1B
When set, indicates uDMA channel 19 is available and connected to
Timer 0B. If the corresponding bit in the DMACHASGN register is set,
the channel is connected instead to the secondary channel assignment
of Timer 1B.
18
DMACH18
RO
1
Timer0A / Timer1A
When set, indicates uDMA channel 18 is available and connected to
Timer 0A. If the corresponding bit in the DMACHASGN register is set,
the channel is connected instead to the secondary channel assignment
of Timer 1A.
17
DMACH17
RO
1
ADC0_SS3
When set, indicates uDMA channel 17 is available and connected to
ADC module 0 Sample Sequencer 3.
164
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
16
DMACH16
RO
1
ADC0_SS2
When set, indicates uDMA channel 16 is available and connected to
ADC module 0 Sample Sequencer 2.
15
DMACH15
RO
1
ADC0_SS1 / Timer2B
When set, indicates uDMA channel 15 is available and connected to
ADC module 0 Sample Sequencer 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 2B.
14
DMACH14
RO
1
ADC0_SS0 / Timer2A
When set, indicates uDMA channel 14 is available and connected to
ADC module 0 Sample Sequencer 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 2A.
13
DMACH13
RO
1
CAN0_TX / UART2_TX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 13 is available and connected to
the transmit path of CAN module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of UART module 2 transmit.
12
DMACH12
RO
1
CAN0_RX / UART2_RX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 12 is available and connected to
the receive path of CAN module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of UART module 2 receive.
11
DMACH11
RO
1
SSI0_TX / SSI1_TX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 11 is available and connected to
the transmit path of SSI module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of SSI module 1 transmit.
10
DMACH10
RO
1
SSI0_RX / SSI1_RX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 10 is available and connected to
the receive path of SSI module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of SSI module 1 receive.
9
DMACH9
RO
1
UART0_TX / UART1_TX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 9 is available and connected to the
transmit path of UART module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
seondary channel assignment of UART module 1 transmit.
8
DMACH8
RO
1
UART0_RX / UART1_RX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 8 is available and connected to the
receive path of UART module 0. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of UART module 1 receive.
June 15, 2010
165
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7
DMACH7
RO
1
Description
ETH_TX / Timer2B
When set, indicates uDMA channel 7 is available and connected to the
transmit path of the Ethernet module. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 2B.
6
DMACH6
RO
1
ETH_RX / Timer2A
When set, indicates uDMA channel 6 is available and connected to the
receive path of the Ethernet module. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 2A.
5
DMACH5
RO
1
USB_EP3_TX / Timer2B
When set, indicates uDMA channel 5 is available and connected to the
transmit path of USB endpoint 3. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 2B.
4
DMACH4
RO
1
USB_EP3_RX / Timer2A
When set, indicates uDMA channel 4 is available and connected to the
receive path of USB endpoint 3. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 2A.
3
DMACH3
RO
1
USB_EP2_TX / Timer3B
When set, indicates uDMA channel 3 is available and connected to the
transmit path of USB endpoint 2. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 3B.
2
DMACH2
RO
1
USB_EP2_RX / Timer3A
When set, indicates uDMA channel 2 is available and connected to the
receive path of USB endpoint 2. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of Timer 3A.
1
DMACH1
RO
1
USB_EP1_TX / UART2_TX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 1 is available and connected to the
transmit path of USB endpoint 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of UART module 2 transmit.
0
DMACH0
RO
1
USB_EP1_RX / UART2_RX
When set, indicates uDMA channel 0 is available and connected to the
receive path of USB endpoint 1. If the corresponding bit in the
DMACHASGN register is set, the channel is connected instead to the
secondary channel assignment of UART module 2 receive.
166
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 25: Device Capabilities 8 ADC Channels (DC8), offset 0x02C
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 8 ADC Channels (DC8)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x02C
Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
ADC1AIN15 ADC1AIN14 ADC1AIN13 ADC1AIN12 ADC1AIN11 ADC1AIN10 ADC1AIN9 ADC1AIN8 ADC1AIN7 ADC1AIN6 ADC1AIN5 ADC1AIN4 ADC1AIN3 ADC1AIN2 ADC1AIN1 ADC1AIN0
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADC0AIN15 ADC0AIN14 ADC0AIN13 ADC0AIN12 ADC0AIN11 ADC0AIN10 ADC0AIN9 ADC0AIN8 ADC0AIN7 ADC0AIN6 ADC0AIN5 ADC0AIN4 ADC0AIN3 ADC0AIN2 ADC0AIN1 ADC0AIN0
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
ADC1AIN15
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Description
ADC Module 1 AIN15 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 15 is present.
30
ADC1AIN14
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN14 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 14 is present.
29
ADC1AIN13
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN13 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 13 is present.
28
ADC1AIN12
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN12 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 12 is present.
27
ADC1AIN11
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN11 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 11 is present.
26
ADC1AIN10
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN10 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 10 is present.
25
ADC1AIN9
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN9 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 9 is present.
24
ADC1AIN8
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN8 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 8 is present.
23
ADC1AIN7
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN7 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 7 is present.
22
ADC1AIN6
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN6 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 6 is present.
21
ADC1AIN5
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 5 is present.
June 15, 2010
167
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
20
ADC1AIN4
RO
1
Description
ADC Module 1 AIN4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 4 is present.
19
ADC1AIN3
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 3 is present.
18
ADC1AIN2
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 2 is present.
17
ADC1AIN1
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 1 is present.
16
ADC1AIN0
RO
1
ADC Module 1 AIN0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 input pin 0 is present.
15
ADC0AIN15
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN15 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 15 is present.
14
ADC0AIN14
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN14 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 14 is present.
13
ADC0AIN13
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN13 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 13 is present.
12
ADC0AIN12
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN12 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 12 is present.
11
ADC0AIN11
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN11 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 11 is present.
10
ADC0AIN10
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN10 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 10 is present.
9
ADC0AIN9
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN9 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 9 is present.
8
ADC0AIN8
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN8 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 8 is present.
7
ADC0AIN7
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN7 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 7 is present.
6
ADC0AIN6
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN6 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 6 is present.
5
ADC0AIN5
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN5 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 5 is present.
4
ADC0AIN4
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN4 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 4 is present.
168
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
3
ADC0AIN3
RO
1
Description
ADC Module 0 AIN3 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 3 is present.
2
ADC0AIN2
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN2 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 2 is present.
1
ADC0AIN1
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN1 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 1 is present.
0
ADC0AIN0
RO
1
ADC Module 0 AIN0 Pin Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 input pin 0 is present.
June 15, 2010
169
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 26: Device Capabilities 9 ADC Digital Comparators (DC9), offset
0x190
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Device Capabilities 9 ADC Digital Comparators (DC9)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x190
Type RO, reset 0x00FF.00FF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
ADC1DC7 ADC1DC6 ADC1DC5 ADC1DC4 ADC1DC3 ADC1DC2 ADC1DC1 ADC1DC0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ADC0DC7 ADC0DC6 ADC0DC5 ADC0DC4 ADC0DC3 ADC0DC2 ADC0DC1 ADC0DC0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:24
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
23
ADC1DC7
RO
1
ADC1 DC7 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 7 is present.
22
ADC1DC6
RO
1
ADC1 DC6 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 6 is present.
21
ADC1DC5
RO
1
ADC1 DC5 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 5 is present.
20
ADC1DC4
RO
1
ADC1 DC4 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 4 is present.
19
ADC1DC3
RO
1
ADC1 DC3 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 3 is present.
18
ADC1DC2
RO
1
ADC1 DC2 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 2 is present.
17
ADC1DC1
RO
1
ADC1 DC1 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 1 is present.
16
ADC1DC0
RO
1
ADC1 DC0 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 1 Digital Comparator 0 is present.
15:8
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7
ADC0DC7
RO
1
ADC0 DC7 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 7 is present.
170
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
6
ADC0DC6
RO
1
Description
ADC0 DC6 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 6 is present.
5
ADC0DC5
RO
1
ADC0 DC5 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 5 is present.
4
ADC0DC4
RO
1
ADC0 DC4 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 4 is present.
3
ADC0DC3
RO
1
ADC0 DC3 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 3 is present.
2
ADC0DC2
RO
1
ADC0 DC2 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 2 is present.
1
ADC0DC1
RO
1
ADC0 DC1 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 1 is present.
0
ADC0DC0
RO
1
ADC0 DC0 Present
When set, indicates that ADC module 0 Digital Comparator 0 is present.
June 15, 2010
171
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 27: Non-Volatile Memory Information (NVMSTAT), offset 0x1A0
This register is predefined by the part and can be used to verify features.
Non-Volatile Memory Information (NVMSTAT)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1A0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
FWB
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
FWB
RO
1
32 Word Flash Write Buffer Active
When set, indicates that the 32 word Flash memory write buffer feature
is active.
172
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 28: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0), offset 0x100
This register controls the clock gating logic in normal Run mode. Each bit controls a clock enable
for a given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (RCGC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x100
Type R/W, reset 0x00000040
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
28
WDT1
26
24
23
22
21
19
16
CAN1
CAN0
ADC1
ADC0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
MAXADC0SPD
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
HIB
RO
0
R/W
1
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
17
R/W
0
MAXADC1SPD
PWM
18
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
20
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
25
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
27
WDT0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
WDT1
R/W
0
WDT1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Watchdog Timer module 1. If
set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
173
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
19:18
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
17
ADC1
R/W
0
ADC1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SAR ADC module 1. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
16
ADC0
R/W
0
ADC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for ADC module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
15:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:10
MAXADC1SPD
R/W
0
ADC1 Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which ADC module 1 samples data. You cannot
set the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate
by setting the MAXADC1SPD bit as follows (all other encodings are
reserved):
Value Description
9:8
MAXADC0SPD
R/W
0
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
ADC0 Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which ADC0 samples data. You cannot set
the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate by
setting the MAXADC0SPD bit as follows (all other encodings are reserved):
Value Description
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
174
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
1
HIB Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT0
R/W
0
WDT0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Watchdog Timer module 0. If
set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
175
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 29: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0), offset
0x110
This register controls the clock gating logic in Sleep mode. Each bit controls a clock enable for a
given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (SCGC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x110
Type R/W, reset 0x00000040
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
28
WDT1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
27
26
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
25
24
CAN1
CAN0
R/W
0
R/W
0
9
8
MAXADC1SPD
MAXADC0SPD
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
reserved
RO
0
20
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
5
4
7
6
reserved
HIB
RO
0
R/W
1
19
PWM
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
18
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
WDT0
R/W
0
17
16
ADC1
ADC0
R/W
0
R/W
0
1
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
WDT1
R/W
0
WDT1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Watchdog Timer module 1. If set,
the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
176
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
19:18
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
17
ADC1
R/W
0
ADC1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for ADC module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
16
ADC0
R/W
0
ADC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for ADC module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
15:12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
11:10
MAXADC1SPD
R/W
0
ADC1 Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which ADC module 1 samples data. You cannot
set the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate
by setting the MAXADC1SPD bit as follows (all other encodings are
reserved):
Value Description
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
June 15, 2010
177
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9:8
MAXADC0SPD
R/W
0
Description
ADC0 Sample Speed
This field sets the rate at which ADC module 0 samples data. You cannot
set the rate higher than the maximum rate. You can set the sample rate
by setting the MAXADC0SPD bit as follows (all other encodings are
reserved):
Value Description
0x3
1M samples/second
0x2
500K samples/second
0x1
250K samples/second
0x0
125K samples/second
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
1
HIB Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT0
R/W
0
WDT0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Watchdog Timer module 0. If
set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
178
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 30: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0),
offset 0x120
This register controls the clock gating logic in Deep-Sleep mode. Each bit controls a clock enable
for a given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC0 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC0 for Sleep operation, and DCGC0 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 0 (DCGC0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x120
Type R/W, reset 0x00000040
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
28
WDT1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
27
26
reserved
25
24
CAN1
CAN0
23
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
11
10
9
8
7
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
22
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
20
RO
0
R/W
0
6
5
4
R/W
1
19
PWM
RO
0
HIB
RO
0
21
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
18
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
WDT0
R/W
0
17
16
ADC1
ADC0
R/W
0
R/W
0
1
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
WDT1
R/W
0
WDT1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Watchdog Timer module 1. If
set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for CAN module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
179
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the PWM module. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
19:18
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
17
ADC1
R/W
0
ADC1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for ADC module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
16
ADC0
R/W
0
ADC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for ADC module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
15:7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
1
HIB Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Hibernation module. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT0
R/W
0
WDT0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for the Watchdog Timer module 0. If
set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
180
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 31: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1), offset 0x104
This register controls the clock gating logic in normal Run mode. Each bit controls a clock enable
for a given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (RCGC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x104
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
28
I2S0
27
26
reserved
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
17
16
COMP1
COMP0
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
QEI1
QEI0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
19
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
I2S0
R/W
0
I2S0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for I2S module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
181
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Timer 3 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
182
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9
QEI1
R/W
0
Description
QEI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
8
QEI0
R/W
0
QEI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
183
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 32: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1), offset
0x114
This register controls the clock gating logic in Sleep mode. Each bit controls a clock enable for a
given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (SCGC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x114
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Type
Reset
RO
0
28
I2S0
RO
0
27
26
reserved
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
15
14
13
12
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
9
8
QEI1
QEI0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
19
18
17
16
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
I2S0
R/W
0
I2S0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for I2S module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
184
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Timer 3 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
185
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9
QEI1
R/W
0
Description
QEI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
8
QEI0
R/W
0
QEI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
186
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 33: Deep-Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1),
offset 0x124
This register controls the clock gating logic in Deep-Sleep mode. Each bit controls a clock enable
for a given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC1 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC1 for Sleep operation, and DCGC1 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Deep-Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 1 (DCGC1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x124
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
28
I2S0
RO
0
27
26
reserved
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
15
14
13
12
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
25
24
COMP1
COMP0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
9
8
QEI1
QEI0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
19
18
17
16
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
I2S0
R/W
0
I2S0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for I2S module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 1 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 1. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comparator 0 Clock Gating
This bit controls the clock gating for analog comparator 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
187
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Timer 3 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 3.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 2.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Timer 1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 1.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for General-Purpose Timer module 0.
If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module
is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write
to the module generates a bus fault.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for I2C module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
188
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9
QEI1
R/W
0
Description
QEI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
8
QEI0
R/W
0
QEI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for QEI module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for SSI module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 2. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 1. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for UART module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
189
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 34: Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2), offset 0x108
This register controls the clock gating logic in normal Run mode. Each bit controls a clock enable
for a given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (RCGC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x108
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
reserved
EPHY0
reserved
EMAC0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
15
14
13
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
27
26
25
24
23
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
UDMA
R/W
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOJ
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
16
USB0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
30
EPHY0
R/W
0
PHY0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet PHY layer 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
EMAC0
R/W
0
MAC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet MAC layer 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
27:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
190
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
16
USB0
R/W
0
Description
USB0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for USB module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
15:14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
UDMA
R/W
0
Micro-DMA Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for micro-DMA. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
12:9
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
8
GPIOJ
R/W
0
Port J Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port J. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port H. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Clock Gating Control
Port E Clock Gating Control. This bit controls the clock gating for Port
E. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
module is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read
or write to the module generates a bus fault.
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Port D Clock Gating Control
Port D Clock Gating Control. This bit controls the clock gating for Port
D. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
module is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read
or write to the module generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
191
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Description
Port C Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
192
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 35: Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2), offset
0x118
This register controls the clock gating logic in Sleep mode. Each bit controls a clock enable for a
given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (SCGC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x118
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
reserved
EPHY0
reserved
EMAC0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
UDMA
R/W
0
27
26
25
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
reserved
reserved
RO
0
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
16
USB0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOJ
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
30
EPHY0
R/W
0
PHY0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet PHY layer 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
EMAC0
R/W
0
MAC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet MAC layer 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
27:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
193
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
16
USB0
R/W
0
Description
USB0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for USB module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
15:14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
UDMA
R/W
0
Micro-DMA Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for micro-DMA. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
12:9
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
8
GPIOJ
R/W
0
Port J Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port J. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port H. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Clock Gating Control
Port E Clock Gating Control. This bit controls the clock gating for Port
E. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
module is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read
or write to the module generates a bus fault.
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Port D Clock Gating Control
Port D Clock Gating Control. This bit controls the clock gating for Port
D. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
module is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read
or write to the module generates a bus fault.
194
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Description
Port C Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
June 15, 2010
195
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 36: Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2),
offset 0x128
This register controls the clock gating logic in Deep-Sleep mode. Each bit controls a clock enable
for a given interface, function, or module. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise,
the module is unclocked and disabled (saving power). If the module is unclocked, reads or writes
to the module generate a bus fault. The reset state of these bits is 0 (unclocked) unless otherwise
noted, so that all functional modules are disabled. It is the responsibility of software to enable the
ports necessary for the application. Note that these registers may contain more bits than there are
interfaces, functions, or modules to control. This configuration is implemented to assure reasonable
code compatibility with other family and future parts. RCGC2 is the clock configuration register for
running operation, SCGC2 for Sleep operation, and DCGC2 for Deep-Sleep operation. Setting the
ACG bit in the Run-Mode Clock Configuration (RCC) register specifies that the system uses sleep
modes.
Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Register 2 (DCGC2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x128
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
reserved
EPHY0
reserved
EMAC0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
UDMA
R/W
0
27
26
25
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
reserved
reserved
RO
0
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
16
USB0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOJ
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
30
EPHY0
R/W
0
PHY0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet PHY layer 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
EMAC0
R/W
0
MAC0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Ethernet MAC layer 0. If set, the
module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is
unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to
the module generates a bus fault.
27:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
196
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
16
USB0
R/W
0
Description
USB0 Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for USB module 0. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
15:14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
UDMA
R/W
0
Micro-DMA Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for micro-DMA. If set, the module
receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and
disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module
generates a bus fault.
12:9
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
8
GPIOJ
R/W
0
Port J Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port J. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port H. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port G. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port F. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Clock Gating Control
Port E Clock Gating Control. This bit controls the clock gating for Port
E. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
module is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read
or write to the module generates a bus fault.
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Port D Clock Gating Control
Port D Clock Gating Control. This bit controls the clock gating for Port
D. If set, the module receives a clock and functions. Otherwise, the
module is unclocked and disabled. If the module is unclocked, a read
or write to the module generates a bus fault.
June 15, 2010
197
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Description
Port C Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port C. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port B. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Clock Gating Control
This bit controls the clock gating for Port A. If set, the module receives
a clock and functions. Otherwise, the module is unclocked and disabled.
If the module is unclocked, a read or write to the module generates a
bus fault.
198
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 37: Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0), offset 0x040
This register allows individual modules to be reset. Writes to this register are masked by the bits in
the Device Capabilities 1 (DC1) register.
Software Reset Control 0 (SRCR0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x040
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
28
WDT1
27
26
reserved
25
24
23
21
reserved
20
19
16
CAN1
CAN0
ADC1
ADC0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
HIB
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
17
RO
0
RO
0
PWM
18
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
22
WDT0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
WDT1
R/W
0
WDT1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, Watchdog Timer module 1 is reset. All internal data
is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must
be manually cleared after being set.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
CAN1
R/W
0
CAN1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, CAN module 1 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
24
CAN0
R/W
0
CAN0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, CAN module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
23:21
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20
PWM
R/W
0
PWM Reset Control
When this bit is set, PWM module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
19:18
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
199
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
17
ADC1
R/W
0
Description
ADC1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, ADC module 1 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
16
ADC0
R/W
0
ADC0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, ADC module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
15:7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
HIB
R/W
0
HIB Reset Control
When this bit is set, the Hibernation module is reset. All internal data is
lost and the registers are returned to their reset states.This bit must be
manually cleared after being set.
5:4
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
3
WDT0
R/W
0
WDT0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, Watchdog Timer module 0 is reset. All internal data
is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must
be manually cleared after being set.
2:0
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
200
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 38: Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1), offset 0x044
This register allows individual modules to be reset. Writes to this register are masked by the bits in
the Device Capabilities 2 (DC2) register.
Software Reset Control 1 (SRCR1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x044
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
31
30
29
reserved
Type
Reset
Type
Reset
28
I2S0
27
26
reserved
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
17
16
COMP1
COMP0
TIMER3
TIMER2
TIMER1
TIMER0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
I2C1
reserved
I2C0
QEI1
QEI0
SSI1
SSI0
reserved
UART2
UART1
UART0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
19
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
I2S0
R/W
0
I2S0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, I2S module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
27:26
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
25
COMP1
R/W
0
Analog Comp 1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, Analog Comparator module 1 is reset. All internal
data is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit
must be manually cleared after being set.
24
COMP0
R/W
0
Analog Comp 0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, Analog Comparator module 0 is reset. All internal
data is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit
must be manually cleared after being set.
23:20
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
19
TIMER3
R/W
0
Timer 3 Reset Control
Timer 3 Reset Control. When this bit is set, General-Purpose Timer
module 3 is reset. All internal data is lost and the registers are returned
to their reset states. This bit must be manually cleared after being set.
18
TIMER2
R/W
0
Timer 2 Reset Control
When this bit is set, General-Purpose Timer module 2 is reset. All internal
data is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit
must be manually cleared after being set.
June 15, 2010
201
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
17
TIMER1
R/W
0
Description
Timer 1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, General-Purpose Timer module 1 is reset. All internal
data is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit
must be manually cleared after being set.
16
TIMER0
R/W
0
Timer 0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, General-Purpose Timer module 0 is reset. All internal
data is lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit
must be manually cleared after being set.
15
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
14
I2C1
R/W
0
I2C1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, I2C module 1 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
13
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
12
I2C0
R/W
0
I2C0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, I2C module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
11:10
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
9
QEI1
R/W
0
QEI1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, QEI module 1 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
8
QEI0
R/W
0
QEI0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, QEI module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
7:6
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
5
SSI1
R/W
0
SSI1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, SSI module 1 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
4
SSI0
R/W
0
SSI0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, SSI module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
202
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
3
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
2
UART2
R/W
0
UART2 Reset Control
When this bit is set, UART module 2 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
1
UART1
R/W
0
UART1 Reset Control
When this bit is set, UART module 1 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
0
UART0
R/W
0
UART0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, UART module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
June 15, 2010
203
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
System Control
Register 39: Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2), offset 0x048
This register allows individual modules to be reset. Writes to this register are masked by the bits in
the Device Capabilities 4 (DC4) register.
Software Reset Control 2 (SRCR2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x048
Type R/W, reset 0x00000000
Type
Reset
31
30
29
28
reserved
EPHY0
reserved
EMAC0
RO
0
R/W
0
RO
0
15
14
13
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
27
26
25
24
23
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
UDMA
R/W
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GPIOJ
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
16
USB0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
30
EPHY0
R/W
0
PHY0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, Ethernet PHY layer 0 is reset. All internal data is
lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be
manually cleared after being set.
29
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
28
EMAC0
R/W
0
MAC0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, Ethernet MAC layer 0 is reset. All internal data is
lost and the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be
manually cleared after being set.
27:17
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
USB0
R/W
0
USB0 Reset Control
When this bit is set, USB module 0 is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
15:14
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
13
UDMA
R/W
0
Micro-DMA Reset Control
When this bit is set, uDMA module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
204
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
12:9
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
8
GPIOJ
R/W
0
Port J Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port J module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
7
GPIOH
R/W
0
Port H Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port H module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
6
GPIOG
R/W
0
Port G Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port G module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
5
GPIOF
R/W
0
Port F Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port F module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
4
GPIOE
R/W
0
Port E Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port E module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
3
GPIOD
R/W
0
Port D Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port D module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
2
GPIOC
R/W
0
Port C Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port C module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
1
GPIOB
R/W
0
Port B Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port B module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
0
GPIOA
R/W
0
Port A Reset Control
When this bit is set, Port A module is reset. All internal data is lost and
the registers are returned to their reset states. This bit must be manually
cleared after being set.
June 15, 2010
205
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
7
Hibernation Module
The Hibernation Module manages removal and restoration of power to provide a means for reducing
power consumption. When the processor and peripherals are idle, power can be completely removed
with only the Hibernation module remaining powered. Power can be restored based on an external
signal or at a certain time using the built-in Real-Time Clock (RTC). The Hibernation module can
be independently supplied from a battery or an auxiliary power supply.
The Hibernation module has the following features:
■ Two mechanisms for power control
– System power control using discrete external regulator
– On-chip power control using internal switches under register control
■ Dedicated pin for waking using an external signal
■ Low-battery detection, signaling, and interrupt generation
■ 32-bit real-time counter (RTC)
– Two 32-bit RTC match registers for timed wake-up and interrupt generation
– RTC predivider trim for making fine adjustments to the clock rate
■ Clock source from a 32.768-kHz external oscillator or a 4.194304-MHz crystal; 32.768-kHz
external oscillator can be used for main controller clock
■ 64 32-bit words of non-volatile memory to save state during hibernation
■ Programmable interrupts for RTC match, external wake, and low battery events
206
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
7.1
Block Diagram
Figure 7-1. Hibernation Module Block Diagram
HIBCTL.CLK32EN
XOSC0
Interrupts
HIBIM
HIBRIS
HIBMIS
HIBIC
Pre-Divider
XOSC1
HIBRTCT
/128
HIBCTL.CLKSEL
RTC
HIBRTCC
HIBRTCLD
HIBRTCM0
HIBRTCM1
Non-Volatile
Memory
64 words
HIBDATA
Interrupts
to CPU
MATCH0/1
WAKE
LOWBAT
VDD
Power
Sequence
Logic
Low Battery
Detect
VBAT
HIBCTL.LOWBATEN
7.2
Clock
Source to
PLL
HIB
HIBCTL.PWRCUT
HIBCTL.RTCWEN
HIBCTL.EXTWEN
HIBCTL.VABORT
Signal Description
Table 7-1 on page 207 and Table 7-2 on page 208 list the external signals of the Hibernation module
and describe the function of each. These signals have dedicated functions and are not alternate
functions for any GPIO signals.
Table 7-1. Signals for Hibernate (100LQFP)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
HIB
51
fixed
O
OD
An open-drain output that indicates the processor
is in Hibernate mode.
VBAT
55
fixed
-
Power
Power source for the Hibernation module. It is
normally connected to the positive terminal of a
battery and serves as the battery
backup/Hibernation module power-source supply.
WAKE
50
fixed
I
TTL
An external input that brings the processor out of
Hibernate mode when asserted.
XOSC0
52
fixed
I
Analog
Hibernation module oscillator crystal input or an
external clock reference input. Note that this is
either a 4.194304-MHz crystal or a 32.768-kHz
oscillator for the Hibernation module RTC. See the
CLKSEL bit in the HIBCTL register.
June 15, 2010
207
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Table 7-1. Signals for Hibernate (100LQFP) (continued)
Pin Name
XOSC1
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
53
fixed
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
O
Analog
Description
Hibernation module oscillator crystal output. Leave
unconnected when using a single-ended clock
source.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
Table 7-2. Signals for Hibernate (108BGA)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
HIB
M12
fixed
O
OD
An open-drain output that indicates the processor
is in Hibernate mode.
VBAT
L12
fixed
-
Power
Power source for the Hibernation module. It is
normally connected to the positive terminal of a
battery and serves as the battery
backup/Hibernation module power-source supply.
WAKE
M10
fixed
I
TTL
An external input that brings the processor out of
Hibernate mode when asserted.
XOSC0
K11
fixed
I
Analog
Hibernation module oscillator crystal input or an
external clock reference input. Note that this is
either a 4.194304-MHz crystal or a 32.768-kHz
oscillator for the Hibernation module RTC. See the
CLKSEL bit in the HIBCTL register.
XOSC1
K12
fixed
O
Analog
Hibernation module oscillator crystal output. Leave
unconnected when using a single-ended clock
source.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
7.3
Functional Description
Important: The Hibernate module must have either the RTC function or the External Wake function
enabled to ensure proper operation of the microcontroller. See “Initialization” on page 213.
The Hibernation module provides two mechanisms for power control:
■ The first mechanism controls the power to the microcontroller with a control signal (HIB) that
signals an external voltage regulator to turn on or off.
■ The second mechanism uses internal switches to control power to the Cortex-M3 as well as to
most analog and digital functions while retaining I/O pin power (VDD3ON mode).
The Hibernation module power source is determined dynamically. The supply voltage of the
Hibernation module is the larger of the main voltage source (VDD) or the battery/auxilliary voltage
source (VBAT). Care must be taken that the voltage amplitude of the 32-kHz Hibernation oscillator
is less than VBAT, otherwise, the Hibernation module draws power from the oscillator and not VBAT.
The Hibernation module also has an independent clock source to maintain a real-time clock (RTC)
when the system clock is powered down. Once in hibernation, the module signals an external voltage
regulator to turn the power back on when an external pin (WAKE) is asserted or when the internal
RTC reaches a certain value. The Hibernation module can also detect when the battery voltage is
low and optionally prevent hibernation when this occurs.
208
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Power-up from a power cut to code execution is defined as the regulator turn-on time (specified at
tHIB_TO_VDD maximum) plus the normal chip POR (see “Hibernation Module” on page 1153).
7.3.1
Register Access Timing
Because the Hibernation module has an independent clocking domain, certain registers must be
written only with a timing gap between accesses. The delay time is tHIB_REG_ACCESS, therefore
software must guarantee that this delay is inserted between back-to-back writes to certain Hibernation
registers or between a write followed by a read to those same registers. The timing for back-to-back
reads from the Hibernation module has no restrictions. Software may make use of the WRC bit in
the Hibernation Control (HIBCTL) register to ensure that the required timing gap has elapsed.
This bit is cleared on a write operation and set once the write completes, indicating to software that
another write or read may be started safely. Software should poll HIBCTL for WRC=1 prior to accessing
any affected register. The following registers are subject to this timing restriction:
■ Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC)
■ Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0)
■ Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1)
■ Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD)
■ Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT)
■ Hibernation Data (HIBDATA)
7.3.2
Hibernation Clock Source
In systems where the Hibernation module is used to put the microcontroller into hibernation, the
module must be clocked by an external source that is independent from the main system clock,
even if the RTC feature is not used. An external oscillator or crystal is used for this purpose. To use
a crystal, a 4.194304-MHz crystal is connected to the XOSC0 and XOSC1 pins. This clock signal is
divided by 128 internally to produce a 32.768-kHz Hibernation clock reference. Alternatively, a
32.768-kHz oscillator can be connected to the XOSC0 pin, leaving XOSC1 unconnected. Care must
be taken that the voltage amplitude of the 32-kHz oscillator is less than VBAT, otherwise, the
Hibernation module draws power from the oscillator and not VBAT during hibernation. See Figure
7-2 on page 210 and Figure 7-3 on page 210. Note that these diagrams only show the connection to
the Hibernation pins and not to the full system. See “Hibernation Module” on page 1153 for specific
values.
The Hibernation clock source is enabled by setting the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register. The
type of clock source is selected by clearing the CLKSEL bit for a 4.194304-MHz crystal and setting
the CLKSEL bit for a 32.768-kHz oscillator. If a crystal is used for the clock source, the software
must leave a delay of tXOSC_SETTLE after writing to the CLK32EN bit and before any other accesses
to the Hibernation module registers. The delay allows the crystal to power up and stabilize. If an
oscillator is used for the clock source, no delay is needed.
June 15, 2010
209
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Figure 7-2. Using a Crystal as the Hibernation Clock Source
Stellaris® Microcontroller
Regulator
or Switch
Input
Voltage
IN
OUT
VDD
EN
XOSC0
X1
RL
XOSC1
C1
C2
HIB
WAKE
RPU1
Open drain
external wake
up circuit
Note:
VBAT
GND
3V
Battery
RPU2
X1 = Crystal frequency is fXOSC_XTAL.
C1,2 = Capacitor value derived from crystal vendor load capacitance specifications.
RL = Load resistor is RXOSC_LOAD.
RPU1 = Pull-up resistor 1 (value and voltage source (VBAT or Input Voltage) determined by regulator
or switch enable input characteristics).
RPU2 = Pull-up resistor 2 is 1 MΩ
See “Hibernation Module” on page 1153 for specific parameter values.
Figure 7-3. Using a Dedicated Oscillator as the Hibernation Clock Source with VDD3ON Mode
Stellaris® Microcontroller
Regulator
Input
Voltage
IN
OUT
VDD
Clock
Source
XOSC0
(fEXT_OSC)
N.C.
XOSC1
HIB
WAKE
Open drain
external wake
up circuit
Note:
VBAT
GND
RPU
3V
Battery
RPU = Pull-up resistor is 1 MΩ
If the application does not require the use of the Hibernation module, the XOSC0 and XOSC1 can
remain unconnected. In this situation, the HIB bit in the Run Mode Clock Gating Control Register
0 (RCGC0) register must be cleared, disabling the system clock to the Hibernation module and
Hibernation module registers are not accessible.
210
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
7.3.3
Battery Management
The Hibernation module can be independently powered by a battery or an auxiliary power source.
The module can monitor the voltage level of the battery and detect when the voltage drops below
VLOWBAT. When this happens, an interrupt can be generated. The module can also be configured
so that it does not go into Hibernate mode if the battery voltage drops below this threshold. Battery
voltage is not measured while in Hibernate mode.
Important: System level factors may affect the accuracy of the low battery detect circuit. The
designer should consider battery type, discharge characteristics, and a test load during
battery voltage measurements.
Note that the Hibernation module draws power from whichever source (VBAT or VDD) has the higher
voltage. Therefore, it is important to design the circuit to ensure that VDD is higher that VBAT under
nominal conditions or else the Hibernation module draws power from the battery even when VDD is
available.
The Hibernation module can be configured to detect a low battery condition by setting the LOWBATEN
bit of the HIBCTL register. In this configuration, the LOWBAT bit of the Hibernation Raw Interrupt
Status (HIBRIS) register is set when the battery level is low. If the VABORT bit in the HIBCTL register
is also set, then the module is prevented from entering Hibernation mode when a low battery is
detected. The module can also be configured to generate an interrupt for the low-battery condition
(see “Interrupts and Status” on page 212).
7.3.4
Real-Time Clock
The Hibernation module includes a 32-bit counter that increments once per second with the proper
configuration (see “Hibernation Clock Source” on page 209). The 32.768-kHz clock signal, either
directly from the 32.768-kHz oscillator or from the 4.194304-MHz crystal divided by 128, is fed into
a predivider register that counts down the 32.768-kHz clock ticks to achieve a once per second
clock rate for the RTC. The rate can be adjusted to compensate for inaccuracies in the clock source
by using the predivider trim register, HIBRTCT. This register has a nominal value of 0x7FFF, and
is used for one second out of every 64 seconds to divide the input clock. This configuration allows
the software to make fine corrections to the clock rate by adjusting the predivider trim register up
or down from 0x7FFF. The predivider trim should be adjusted up from 0x7FFF in order to slow down
the RTC rate and down from 0x7FFF in order to speed up the RTC rate.
The Hibernation module includes two 32-bit match registers that are compared to the value of the
RTC counter. The match registers can be used to wake the processor from Hibernation mode or to
generate an interrupt to the processor if it is not in hibernation.
The RTC must be enabled with the RTCEN bit of the HIBCTL register. The value of the RTC can be
set at any time by writing to the HIBRTCLD register. The predivider trim can be adjusted by reading
and writing the HIBRTCT register. The predivider uses this register once every 64 seconds to adjust
the clock rate. The two match registers can be set by writing to the HIBRTCM0 and HIBRTCM1
registers. The RTC can be configured to generate interrupts by using the interrupt registers (see
“Interrupts and Status” on page 212).
7.3.5
Non-Volatile Memory
The Hibernation module contains 64 32-bit words of memory that are powered from the battery or
auxiliary power supply and therefore retained during hibernation. The processor software can save
state information in this memory prior to hibernation and recover the state upon waking. The
non-volatile memory can be accessed through the HIBDATA registers.
June 15, 2010
211
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
7.3.6
Power Control Using HIB
Important: The Hibernation Module requires special system implementation considerations when
using HIB to control power, as it is intended to power-down all other sections of the
microcontroller. All system signals and power supplies that connect to the chip must
be driven to 0 VDC or powered down with the same regulator controlled by HIB. See
“Hibernation Module” on page 1153 for more details.
The Hibernation module controls power to the microcontroller through the use of the HIB pin which
is intended to be connected to the enable signal of the external regulator(s) providing 3.3 V to the
microcontroller and other circuits. When the HIB signal is asserted by the Hibernation module, the
external regulator is turned off and no longer powers the microcontroller and any parts of the system
that are powered by the regulator. The Hibernation module remains powered from the VBAT supply
(which could be a battery or an auxiliary power source) until a Wake event. Power to the
microcontroller is restored by deasserting the HIB signal, which causes the external regulator to
turn power back on to the chip.
7.3.7
Power Control Using VDD3ON Mode
The Hibernation module may also be configured to cut power to all internal modules. While in this
state, all pins are configured as inputs. In the VDD3ON mode, the regulator should maintain 3.3 V
power to the microcontroller during Hibernate. This power control mode is enabled by setting the
VDD3ON bit in HIBCTL.
7.3.8
Initiating Hibernate
Prior to initiating hibernation, a wake-up condition must be configured, either from the external WAKE
pin, or by using an RTC match. Hibernation mode is initiated when the HIBREQ bit of the HIBCTL
register is set. If a Flash memory write operation is in progress, an interlock feature holds off the
transition into Hibernation mode until the write has completed.
The Hibernation module is configured to wake from the external WAKE pin by setting the PINWEN
bit of the HIBCTL register. It is configured to wake from RTC match by setting the RTCWEN bit. Either
one or both of these bits must be set prior to going into hibernation. Note that the WAKE pin uses
the Hibernation module's internal power supply as the logic 1 reference.
Upon either external wake-up or RTC match, the Hibernation module delays coming out of hibernation
until VDD is above the minimum specified voltage, see Table 27-2 on page 1144.
When the Hibernation module wakes, the microcontroller performs a normal power-on reset. Software
can detect that the power-on was due to a wake from hibernation by examining the raw interrupt
status register (see “Interrupts and Status” on page 212) and by looking for state data in the non-volatile
memory (see “Non-Volatile Memory” on page 211).
7.3.9
Interrupts and Status
The Hibernation module can generate interrupts when the following conditions occur:
■ Assertion of WAKE pin
■ RTC match
■ Low battery detected
All of the interrupts are ORed together before being sent to the interrupt controller, so the Hibernate
module can only generate a single interrupt request to the controller at any given time. The software
212
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
interrupt handler can service multiple interrupt events by reading the Hibernation Masked Interrupt
Status (HIBMIS) register. Software can also read the status of the Hibernation module at any time
by reading the HIBRIS register which shows all of the pending events. This register can be used at
power-on to see if a wake condition is pending, which indicates to the software that a hibernation
wake occurred.
The events that can trigger an interrupt are configured by setting the appropriate bits in the
Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM) register. Pending interrupts can be cleared by writing the
corresponding bit in the Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC) register.
7.4
Initialization and Configuration
The Hibernation module has several different configurations. The following sections show the
recommended programming sequence for various scenarios. The examples below assume that a
32.768-kHz oscillator is used, and thus always set the CLKSEL bit of the HIBCTL register. If a
4.194304-MHz crystal is used instead, then the CLKSEL bit remains cleared. Because the Hibernation
module runs at 32.768 kHz and is asynchronous to the rest of the microcontroller, which is run off
the system clock, software must allow a delay of tHIB_REG_ACCESS after writes to certain registers
(see “Register Access Timing” on page 209). The registers that require a delay are listed in a note
in “Register Map” on page 215 as well as in each register description.
7.4.1
Initialization
The Hibernation module comes out of reset with the system clock enabled to the module, but if the
system clock to the module has been disabled, then it must be re-enabled, even if the RTC feature
is not used. See page 173.
If a 4.194304-MHz crystal is used as the Hibernation module clock source, perform the following
steps:
1. Write 0x40 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x10 to enable the crystal and select the divide-by-128
input path.
2. Wait for a time of tHIBOSC_SETTLE for the crystal to power up and stabilize before performing any
other operations with the Hibernation module.
If a 32.678-kHz oscillator is used as the Hibernation module clock source, then perform the following
steps:
1. Write 0x44 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x10 to enable the oscillator input.
2. No delay is necessary.
The above steps are only necessary when the entire system is initialized for the first time. If the
microcontroller has been in hibernation, then the Hibernation module has already been powered
up and the above steps are not necessary. The software can detect that the Hibernation module
and clock are already powered by examining the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register.
Table 7-3 on page 213 illustrates how the clocks function with various bit setting both in normal
operation and in hibernation.
Table 7-3. Hibernation Module Clock Operation
CLK32EN PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL RTCEN Result Normal Operation
0
X
X
X
X
Hibernation module disabled
June 15, 2010
Result Hibernation
Hibernation module disabled
213
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Table 7-3. Hibernation Module Clock Operation (continued)
CLK32EN PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL RTCEN Result Normal Operation
7.4.2
Result Hibernation
1
0
0
0
1
RTC match capability enabled.
Module clocked from
4.184304-MHz crystal.
No hibernation
1
0
0
1
1
RTC match capability enabled.
Module clocked from 32.768-kHz
oscillator.
No hibernation
1
0
1
X
1
Module clocked from selected
source
RTC match for wake-up event
1
1
0
X
0
Module clocked from selected
source
Clock is powered down during
hibernation and powered up again
on external wake-up event.
1
1
0
X
1
Module clocked from selected
source
Clock is powered up during
hibernation for RTC. Wake up on
external event.
1
1
1
X
1
Module clocked from selected
source
RTC match or external wake-up
event, whichever occurs first.
RTC Match Functionality (No Hibernation)
Use the following steps to implement the RTC match functionality of the Hibernation module:
1. Write the required RTC match value to one of the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008.
2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C.
3. Set the required RTC match interrupt mask in the RTCALT0 and RTCALT1 bits (bits 1:0) in the
HIBIM register at offset 0x014.
4. Write 0x0000.0041 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010 to enable the RTC to begin counting.
7.4.3
RTC Match/Wake-Up from Hibernation
Use the following steps to implement the RTC match and wake-up functionality of the Hibernation
module:
1. Write the required RTC match value to the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008.
2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C.
3. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x12C.
4. Set the RTC Match Wake-Up and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.004F to the
HIBCTL register at offset 0x010.
7.4.4
External Wake-Up from Hibernation
Use the following steps to implement the Hibernation module with the external WAKE pin as the
wake-up source for the microcontroller:
1. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x12C.
2. Enable the external wake and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.0056 to the
HIBCTL register at offset 0x010.
214
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Note that in this mode, if the RTC is disabled, then the Hibernation clock source is powered down
during Hibernation mode and is powered up again on the external wake event to save power during
hibernation. If the RTC is enabled before hibernation, it will continue to operate during hibernation.
7.4.5
RTC or External Wake-Up from Hibernation
1. Write the required RTC match value to the HIBRTCMn registers at offset 0x004 or 0x008.
2. Write the required RTC load value to the HIBRTCLD register at offset 0x00C.
3. Write any data to be retained during power cut to the HIBDATA register at offsets 0x030-0x12C.
4. Set the RTC Match/External Wake-Up and start the hibernation sequence by writing 0x0000.005F
to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010.
7.4.6
Register Reset
The Hibernation module handles resets according to the following conditions:
■ Cold Reset
When the hibernation module has no externally applied voltage and detects a change to either
VDD or VBAT, it resets all hibernation module registers to the value in Table 7-4 on page 216.
■ Reset During Hibernation Module Disable
When the module has either not been enabled or has been disabled by software, the reset is
passed through to the Hibernation module circuitry, and the internal state of the module is reset.
Non-volatile memory contents are not reset to zero and contents after reset are indeterminate.
■ Reset While Hibernation Module is in Hibernation Mode
While in Hibernation mode, or while transitioning from Hibernation mode to run mode, the reset
generated by the POR circuitry of the microcontroller is suppressed, and the state of the
Hibernation module's registers is unaffected.
■ Reset While Hibernation Module is in Normal Mode
While in normal mode (not hibernating), any reset is suppressed if either the RTCEN or the PINWEN
bit is set in the HIBCTL register, and the content/state of the control and data registers is
unaffected.
Software must initialize any control or data registers in this condition. Therefore, software is the
only mechanism to set or clear the CLK32EN bit and real-time clock operation, or to clear contents
of the data memory. The only state that must be cleared by a reset operation while not in
Hibernation mode is any state that prevents software from managing the interface.
7.5
Register Map
Table 7-4 on page 216 lists the Hibernation registers. All addresses given are relative to the Hibernation
Module base address at 0x400F.C000. Note that the system clock to the Hibernation module must
be enabled before the registers can be programmed (see page 173).
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
June 15, 2010
215
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Important: Reset values apply only to a cold reset. Once configured, the Hibernate module ignores
any system reset as long as VBAT is present.
Table 7-4. Hibernation Module Register Map
Offset
Name
0x000
Reset
HIBRTCC
RO
0x0000.0000
Hibernation RTC Counter
217
0x004
HIBRTCM0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Hibernation RTC Match 0
218
0x008
HIBRTCM1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Hibernation RTC Match 1
219
0x00C
HIBRTCLD
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Hibernation RTC Load
220
0x010
HIBCTL
R/W
0x8000.0000
Hibernation Control
221
0x014
HIBIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Interrupt Mask
224
0x018
HIBRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status
226
0x01C
HIBMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status
228
0x020
HIBIC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Hibernation Interrupt Clear
230
0x024
HIBRTCT
R/W
0x0000.7FFF
Hibernation RTC Trim
231
0x0300x12C
HIBDATA
R/W
-
Hibernation Data
232
7.6
Description
See
page
Type
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the Hibernation module registers, in numerical
order by address offset.
216
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 1: Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC), offset 0x000
This register is the current 32-bit value of the RTC counter.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
Hibernation RTC Counter (HIBRTCC)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x000
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RTCC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RTCC
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCC
RO
RO
0
Reset
RO
0
Description
0x0000.0000 RTC Counter
A read returns the 32-bit counter value. This register is read-only. To
change the value, use the HIBRTCLD register.
June 15, 2010
217
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 2: Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0), offset 0x004
This register is the 32-bit match 0 register for the RTC counter.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
Hibernation RTC Match 0 (HIBRTCM0)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RTCM0
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RTCM0
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCM0
R/W
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Match 0
A write loads the value into the RTC match register.
A read returns the current match value.
218
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 3: Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1), offset 0x008
This register is the 32-bit match 1 register for the RTC counter.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
Hibernation RTC Match 1 (HIBRTCM1)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RTCM1
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RTCM1
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCM1
R/W
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Match 1
A write loads the value into the RTC match register.
A read returns the current match value.
June 15, 2010
219
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 4: Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD), offset 0x00C
This register is used to load a 32-bit value loaded into the RTC counter. The load occurs immediately
upon this register being written.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
Hibernation RTC Load (HIBRTCLD)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RTCLD
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RTCLD
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
RTCLD
R/W
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF RTC Load
A write loads the current value into the RTC counter (RTCC).
A read returns the 32-bit load value.
220
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 5: Hibernation Control (HIBCTL), offset 0x010
This register is the control register for the Hibernation module.
Hibernation Control (HIBCTL)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x8000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WRC
Type
Reset
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
HIBREQ
RTCEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
reserved
Type
Reset
23
RO
0
VDD3ON VABORT CLK32EN LOWBATEN PINWEN RTCWEN CLKSEL
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
WRC
RO
1
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Write Complete/Capable
Value Description
0
The interface is processing a prior write and is busy. Any write
operation that is attempted while WRC is 0 results in
undetermined behavior.
1
The interface is ready to accept a write.
Software must poll this bit between write requests and defer writes until
WRC=1 to ensure proper operation.
The bit name WRC means "Write Complete," which is the normal use of
the bit (between write accesses). However, because the bit is set
out-of-reset, the name can also mean "Write Capable" which simply
indicates that the interface may be written to by software.
This difference may be exploited by software at reset time to detect
which method of programming is appropriate: 0 = software delay loops
required; 1 = WRC paced available.
30:9
reserved
RO
0x00
8
VDD3ON
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
VDD Powered
Value Description
1
The internal switches control the power to the on-chip modules
(VDD3ON mode).
0
The internal switches are not used. The HIB signal should be
used to control an external switch or regulator.
Note that regardless of the status of the VDD3ON bit, the HIB signal is
asserted during Hibernate mode. Thus, when VDD3ON is set, the HIB
signal should not be connected to the 3.3V regulator, and the 3.3V power
source should remain connected.
June 15, 2010
221
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7
VABORT
R/W
0
6
CLK32EN
R/W
0
Description
Power Cut Abort Enable
Value
Description
1
Power cut is aborted.
0
A power cut occurs during a low-battery alert.
Clocking Enable
This bit must be enabled to use the Hibernation module.
Value
Description
1
The Hibernation module clock source is enabled.
0
The Hibernation module clock source is disabled.
The CLKSEL bit is used to select between the 4.194304-MHz crystal
source and the 32.768-kHz oscillator source. If a crystal is used, then
software should wait 20 ms after setting this bit to allow the crystal to
power up and stabilize.
5
4
3
2
LOWBATEN
PINWEN
RTCWEN
CLKSEL
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
Low Battery Monitoring Enable
Value
Description
1
Low battery voltage detection is enabled. If VBAT <
VLOWBAT, the LOWBAT bit in the HIBRIS register is set.
0
Low battery monitoring is disabled.
External WAKE Pin Enable
Value
Description
1
An assertion of the WAKE pin takes the microcontroller
out of hibernation.
0
The status of the WAKE pin has no effect on hibernation.
RTC Wake-up Enable
Value
Description
1
An RTC match event (the value the HIBRTCC register
matches the value of the HIBRTCM0 or HIBRTCM1
register) takes the microcontroller out of hibernation.
0
An RTC match event has no effect on hibernation.
Hibernation Module Clock Select
Value
Description
1
Use raw output. Use this value for a 32.768-kHz
oscillator.
0
Use Divide-by-128 output. Use this value for a
4.194304-MHz crystal.
222
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
HIBREQ
R/W
0
Description
Hibernation Request
Value
Description
1
Set this bit to initiate hibernation.
0
No hibernation request.
After a wake-up event, this bit is automatically cleared by hardware.
0
RTCEN
R/W
0
RTC Timer Enable
Value
Description
1
The Hibernation module RTC is enabled.
The RTC remains active during hibernation.
0
The Hibernation module RTC is disabled.
When this bit is clear and PINWEN is set, enabling an
external wake event, the RTC stops during hibernation to
save power.
June 15, 2010
223
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 6: Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM), offset 0x014
This register is the interrupt mask register for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Each bit in
this register masks the corresponding bit in the Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS) register.
If a bit is unmasked, the interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller. If the bit is masked, the interrupt
is not sent to the interrupt controller.
Hibernation Interrupt Mask (HIBIM)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
3
EXTW
R/W
0
R/W
0
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
External Wake-Up Interrupt Mask
Value Description
2
LOWBAT
R/W
0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the EXTW bit
in the HIBRIS register is set.
0
The EXTW interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt
controller.
Low Battery Voltage Interrupt Mask
Value Description
1
RTCALT1
R/W
0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the LOWBAT
bit in the HIBRIS register is set.
0
The LOWBAT interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt
controller.
RTC Alert 1 Interrupt Mask
Value Description
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the RTCALT1
bit in the HIBRIS register is set.
0
The RTCALT1 interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the
interrupt controller.
224
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
RTCALT0
R/W
0
Description
RTC Alert 0 Interrupt Mask
Value Description
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the RTCALT0
bit in the HIBRIS register is set.
0
The RTCALT0 interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the
interrupt controller.
June 15, 2010
225
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 7: Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS), offset 0x018
This register is the raw interrupt status for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Each bit can
be masked by clearing the corresponding bit in the HIBIM register. When a bit is masked, the
interrupt is not sent to the interrupt controller. Bits in this register are cleared by writing a 1 to the
corresponding bit in the Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC) register.
Hibernation Raw Interrupt Status (HIBRIS)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x018
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
3
EXTW
RO
0
RO
0
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
External Wake-Up Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
The WAKE pin has been asserted.
0
The WAKE pin has not been asserted.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the EXTW bit in the HIBIC register.
2
LOWBAT
RO
0
Low Battery Voltage Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
The battery voltage dropped below VLOWBAT.
0
The battery voltage has not dropped below VLOWBAT.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the LOWBAT bit in the HIBIC register.
1
RTCALT1
RO
0
RTC Alert 1 Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
The value of the HIBRTCC register matches the value in the
HIBRTCM1 register.
0
No match
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the RTCALT1 bit in the HIBIC register.
226
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
RTCALT0
RO
0
Description
RTC Alert 0 Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
The value of the HIBRTCC register matches the value in the
HIBRTCM0 register.
0
No match
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the RTCALT0 bit in the HIBIC register.
June 15, 2010
227
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 8: Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS), offset 0x01C
This register is the masked interrupt status for the Hibernation module interrupt sources. Bits in this
register are the AND of the corresponding bits in the HIBRIS and HIBIM registers. When both
corresponding bits are set, the bit in this register is set, and the interrupt is sent to the interrupt
controller.
Hibernation Masked Interrupt Status (HIBMIS)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
3
EXTW
RO
0
RO
0
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
External Wake-Up Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to a WAKE pin
assertion.
0
An external wake-up interrupt has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the EXTW bit in the HIBIC register.
2
LOWBAT
RO
0
Low Battery Voltage Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to a low battery voltage
condition.
0
A low battery voltage interrupt has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the LOWBAT bit in the HIBIC register.
1
RTCALT1
RO
0
RTC Alert 1 Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to a low battery voltage
condition.
0
A low battery voltage interrupt has not occurred.
When this bit is set, an RTC match 1 interrupt is sent to the interrupt
controller.
228
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
RTCALT0
RO
0
Description
RTC Alert 0 Masked Interrupt Status
When this bit is set, an RTC match 0 interrupt is sent to the interrupt
controller.
June 15, 2010
229
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 9: Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC), offset 0x020
This register is the interrupt write-one-to-clear register for the Hibernation module interrupt sources.
Writing a 1 to a bit clears the corresponding interrupt in the HIBRIS register.
Hibernation Interrupt Clear (HIBIC)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
EXTW
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
3
EXTW
R/W1C
0
LOWBAT RTCALT1 RTCALT0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
External Wake-Up Masked Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the EXTW bit in the HIBRIS and HIBMIS
registers.
Reads return an indeterminate value.
2
LOWBAT
R/W1C
0
Low Battery Voltage Masked Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the LOWBAT bit in the HIBRIS and HIBMIS
registers.
Reads return an indeterminate value.
1
RTCALT1
R/W1C
0
RTC Alert1 Masked Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the RTCALT1 bit in the HIBRIS and HIBMIS
registers.
Reads return an indeterminate value.
0
RTCALT0
R/W1C
0
RTC Alert0 Masked Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the RTCALT0 bit in the HIBRIS and HIBMIS
registers.
Reads return an indeterminate value.
230
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 10: Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT), offset 0x024
This register contains the value that is used to trim the RTC clock predivider. It represents the
computed underflow value that is used during the trim cycle. It is represented as 0x7FFF ± N clock
cycles, where N is the number of clock cycles to add or subtract every 63 seconds.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
Hibernation RTC Trim (HIBRTCT)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x024
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.7FFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TRIM
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TRIM
R/W
0x7FFF
RTC Trim Value
This value is loaded into the RTC predivider every 64 seconds. It is used
to adjust the RTC rate to account for drift and inaccuracy in the clock
source. Compensation can be adjusted by software by moving the default
value of 0x7FFF up or down. Moving the value up slows down the RTC
and moving the value down speeds up the RTC.
June 15, 2010
231
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Hibernation Module
Register 11: Hibernation Data (HIBDATA), offset 0x030-0x12C
This address space is implemented as a 64x32-bit memory (256 bytes). It can be loaded by the
system processor in order to store any non-volatile state data and does not lose power during a
power cut operation.
Note:
HIBRTCC, HIBRTCM0, HIBRTCM1, HIBRTCLD, HIBRTCT, and HIBDATA are on the
Hibernation module clock domain and have special timing requirements. Software should
make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has
elapsed. See “Register Access Timing” on page 209.
Hibernation Data (HIBDATA)
Base 0x400F.C000
Offset 0x030-0x12C
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
RTD
Type
Reset
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RTD
Type
Reset
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
RTD
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Hibernation Module NV Data
232
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
8
Internal Memory
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller comes with 48 KB of bit-banded SRAM, internal ROM, and 128 KB
of Flash memory. The Flash memory controller provides a user-friendly interface, making Flash
memory programming a simple task. Flash memory protection can be applied to the Flash memory
on a 2-KB block basis.
8.1
Block Diagram
Figure 8-1 on page 233 illustrates the internal memory blocks and control logic. The dashed boxes
in the figure indicate registers residing in the System Control module.
Figure 8-1. Internal Memory Block Diagram
ROM Control
ROM Array
RMCTL
RMVER
Icode Bus
Flash Control
Cortex-M3
Dcode Bus
FMA
FMD
FMC
FCRIS
FCIM
FCMISC
Flash Array
System
Bus
Flash Write Buffer
FMC2
FWBVAL
FWBn
32 words
Flash Protection
Bridge
FMPREn
FMPRE
FMPPEn
FMPPE
User
Registers
Flash
Timing
BOOTCFG
USECRL
USER_REG0
USER_REG1
USER_REG2
USER_REG3
SRAM Array
8.2
Functional Description
This section describes the functionality of the SRAM, ROM, and Flash memories.
Note:
The μDMA controller can transfer data to and from the on-chip SRAM. However, because
the Flash memory and ROM are located on a separate internal bus, it is not possible to
transfer data from the Flash memory or ROM with the μDMA controller.
June 15, 2010
233
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
8.2.1
SRAM
Note:
The SRAM is implemented using two 32-bit wide SRAM banks (separate SRAM arrays).
The banks are partitioned such that one bank contains all even words (the even bank) and
the other contains all odd words (the odd bank). A write access that is followed immediately
by a read access to the same bank incurs a stall of a single clock cycle. However, a write
to one bank followed by a read of the other bank can occur in successive clock cycles
without incurring any delay.
®
The internal SRAM of the Stellaris devices is located at address 0x2000.0000 of the device memory
map. To reduce the number of time consuming read-modify-write (RMW) operations, ARM has
introduced bit-banding technology in the Cortex-M3 processor. With a bit-band-enabled processor,
certain regions in the memory map (SRAM and peripheral space) can use address aliases to access
individual bits in a single, atomic operation. The bit-band base is located at address 0x2200.0000.
The bit-band alias is calculated by using the formula:
bit-band alias = bit-band base + (byte offset * 32) + (bit number * 4)
For example, if bit 3 at address 0x2000.1000 is to be modified, the bit-band alias is calculated as:
0x2200.0000 + (0x1000 * 32) + (3 * 4) = 0x2202.000C
With the alias address calculated, an instruction performing a read/write to address 0x2202.000C
allows direct access to only bit 3 of the byte at address 0x2000.1000.
For details about bit-banding, please refer to Chapter 4, “Memory Map” in the ARM® Cortex™-M3
Technical Reference Manual.
8.2.2
ROM
®
The internal ROM of the Stellaris device is located at address 0x0100.0000 of the device memory
map. The ROM contains the following components:
®
■ Stellaris Boot Loader and vector table
®
■ Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library (DriverLib) release for product-specific peripherals and
interfaces
■ Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) cryptography tables
■ Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error detection functionality
The boot loader is used as an initial program loader (when the Flash memory is empty) as well as
an application-initiated firmware upgrade mechanism (by calling back to the boot loader). The
Peripheral Driver Library APIs in ROM can be called by applications, reducing Flash memory
requirements and freeing the Flash memory to be used for other purposes (such as additional
features in the application). Advance Encryption Standard (AES) is a publicly defined encryption
standard used by the U.S. Government and Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) is a technique to
validate a span of data has the same contents as when previously checked.
8.2.2.1
Boot Loader Overview
®
The Stellaris Boot Loader is executed from the ROM when the Flash memory is empty and is used
to download code to the Flash memory of a device without the use of a debug interface. At any
reset that resets the core, the user has the opportunity to direct the core to execute the ROM Boot
Loader or the application in Flash memory by using any GPIO signal in Ports A-H as configured in
the Boot Configuration (BOOTCFG) register. If the ROM boot loader is not selected, code in the
234
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
ROM checks address 0x000.0004 to see if the Flash memory has a valid reset vector. If the data
at address 0x0000.0004 is 0xFFFF.FFFF, then it is assumed that the Flash memory has not yet
been programmed, and the core executes the ROM Boot Loader.
The boot loader uses a simple packet interface to provide synchronous communication with the
device. The speed of the boot loader is determined by the internal oscillator (PIOSC) frequency as
it does not enable the PLL. The following serial interfaces can be used:
■ UART0
■ SSI0
■ I2C0
■ Ethernet
For simplicity, both the data format and communication protocol are identical for all serial interfaces.
Note:
The Flash-memory-resident version of the Boot Loader also supports CAN and USB.
See the Stellaris® Boot Loader User's Guide for information on the boot loader software.
8.2.2.2
®
Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library
®
The Stellaris Peripheral Driver Library contains a file called driverlib/rom.h that assists with
calling the peripheral driver library functions in the ROM. The detailed description of each function
is available in the Stellaris® ROM User’s Guide. See the "Using the ROM" chapter of the Stellaris®
Peripheral Driver Library User's Guide for more details on calling the ROM functions and using
driverlib/rom.h.
A table at the beginning of the ROM points to the entry points for the APIs that are provided in the
ROM. Accessing the API through these tables provides scalability; while the API locations may
change in future versions of the ROM, the API tables will not. The tables are split into two levels;
the main table contains one pointer per peripheral which points to a secondary table that contains
one pointer per API that is associated with that peripheral. The main table is located at 0x0100.0010,
right after the Cortex-M3 vector table in the ROM.
DriverLib functions are described in detail in the Stellaris® Peripheral Driver Library User's Guide.
Additional APIs are available for graphics and USB functions, but are not preloaded into ROM. The
®
Stellaris Graphics Library provides a set of graphics primitives and a widget set for creating graphical
®
user interfaces on Stellaris microcontroller-based boards that have a graphical display (for more
®
information, see the Stellaris® Graphics Library User's Guide). The Stellaris USB Library is a set
of data types and functions for creating USB Device, Host or On-The-Go (OTG) applications on
Stellaris microcontroller-based boards (for more information, see the Stellaris® USB Library User's
Guide).
8.2.2.3
Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cryptography Tables
AES is a strong encryption method with reasonable performance and size. AES is fast in both
hardware and software, is fairly easy to implement, and requires little memory. AES is ideal for
applications that can use pre-arranged keys, such as setup during manufacturing or configuration.
Four data tables used by the XySSL AES implementation are provided in the ROM. The first is the
forward S-box substitution table, the second is the reverse S-box substitution table, the third is the
forward polynomial table, and the final is the reverse polynomial table. See the Stellaris® ROM
User’s Guide for more information on AES.
June 15, 2010
235
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
8.2.2.4
Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Error Detection
The CRC technique can be used to validate correct receipt of messages (nothing lost or modified
in transit), to validate data after decompression, to validate that Flash memory contents have not
been changed, and for other cases where the data needs to be validated. A CRC is preferred over
a simple checksum (e.g. XOR all bits) because it catches changes more readily. See the Stellaris®
ROM User’s Guide for more information on CRC.
8.2.3
Flash Memory
At system clock speeds of 50 MHz and below, the Flash memory is read in a single cycle. The Flash
memory is organized as a set of 1-KB blocks that can be individually erased. An individual 32-bit
word can be programmed to change bits from 1 to 0. In addition, a write buffer provides the ability
to concurrently program 32 continuous words in Flash memory. Erasing a block causes the entire
contents of the block to be reset to all 1s. The 1-KB blocks are paired into sets of 2-KB blocks that
can be individually protected. The protection allows blocks to be marked as read-only or execute-only,
providing different levels of code protection. Read-only blocks cannot be erased or programmed,
protecting the contents of those blocks from being modified. Execute-only blocks cannot be erased
or programmed and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism, protecting the
contents of those blocks from being read by either the controller or by a debugger.
Caution – In systems where the microcontroller is frequently powered for less than five minutes, power
should be removed from the microcontroller in a controlled manner to ensure proper operation. Software
should request permission to power down the part using the USDREQ bit in the Flash Control (FCTL)
register and wait to receive an acknowledge from the USDACK bit prior to removing power.
Note that this power-down process is not required if the microcontroller enters hibernation mode prior
to power being removed.
8.2.3.1
Prefetch Buffer
The Flash memory controller has a prefetch buffer that is automatically used when the CPU frequency
is greater than 50 MHz. In this mode, the Flash memory operates at half of the system clock. The
prefetch buffer fetches two 32-bit words per clock allowing instructions to be fetched with no wait
states while code is executing linearly. The fetch buffer includes a branch speculation mechanism
that recognizes a branch and avoids extra wait states by not reading the next word pair. Also, short
loop branches often stay in the buffer. As a result, some branches can be executed with no wait
states. Other branches incur a single wait state.
8.2.3.2
Flash Memory Protection
The user is provided two forms of Flash memory protection per 2-KB Flash memory block in two
pairs of 32-bit wide registers. The policy for each protection form is controlled by individual bits (per
policy per block) in the FMPPEn and FMPREn registers.
■ Flash Memory Protection Program Enable (FMPPEn): If a bit is set, the corresponding block
may be programmed (written) or erased. If a bit is cleared, the corresponding block may not be
changed.
■ Flash Memory Protection Read Enable (FMPREn): If a bit is set, the corresponding block may
be executed or read by software or debuggers. If a bit is cleared, the corresponding block may
only be executed, and contents of the memory block are prohibited from being read as data.
The policies may be combined as shown in Table 8-1 on page 237.
236
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 8-1. Flash Memory Protection Policy Combinations
FMPPEn
FMPREn
Protection
0
0
Execute-only protection. The block may only be executed and may not be written or erased.
This mode is used to protect code.
1
0
The block may be written, erased or executed, but not read. This combination is unlikely to
be used.
0
1
Read-only protection. The block may be read or executed but may not be written or erased.
This mode is used to lock the block from further modification while allowing any read or
execute access.
1
1
No protection. The block may be written, erased, executed or read.
A Flash memory access that attempts to read a read-protected block (FMPREn bit is set) is prohibited
and generates a bus fault. A Flash memory access that attempts to program or erase a
program-protected block (FMPPEn bit is set) is prohibited and can optionally generate an interrupt
(by setting the AMASK bit in the Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM) register) to alert software
developers of poorly behaving software during the development and debug phases.
The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for all implemented
banks. These settings create a policy of open access and programmability. The register bits may
be changed by clearing the specific register bit. The changes are not permanent until the register
is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent. If a bit is changed from a 1 to a
0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on reset sequence. The changes
are committed using the Flash Memory Control (FMC) register. Details on programming these bits
are discussed in “Nonvolatile Register Programming” on page 239.
8.2.3.3
Interrupts
The Flash memory controller can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed:
■ Programming Interrupt - signals when a program or erase action is complete.
■ Access Interrupt - signals when a program or erase action has been attempted on a 2-kB block
of memory that is protected by its corresponding FMPPEn bit.
The interrupt events that can trigger a controller-level interrupt are defined in the Flash Controller
Masked Interrupt Status (FCMIS) register (see page 247) by setting the corresponding MASK bits.
If interrupts are not used, the raw interrupt status is always visible via the Flash Controller Raw
Interrupt Status (FCRIS) register (see page 246).
Interrupts are always cleared (for both the FCMIS and FCRIS registers) by writing a 1 to the
corresponding bit in the Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC) register
(see page 248).
8.3
Flash Memory Initialization and Configuration
8.3.1
Flash Memory Programming
®
The Stellaris devices provide a user-friendly interface for Flash memory programming. All
erase/program operations are handled via three registers: Flash Memory Address (FMA), Flash
Memory Data (FMD), and Flash Memory Control (FMC). Note that if the debug capabilities of the
microcontroller have been deactivated, resulting in a "locked" state, a recovery sequence must be
performed in order to reactivate the debug module. See “Recovering a "Locked"
Microcontroller” on page 94.
June 15, 2010
237
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Caution – The Flash memory is divided into sectors of electrically separated address ranges of 4 KB
each, aligned on 4 KB boundaries. Erase/program operations on a 1-KB page have an electrical effect
on the other three 1-KB pages within the sector. A specific 1-KB page must be erased after 6 total
erase/program cycles occur to the other pages within it’s 4-KB sector. The following sequence of
operations on a 4-KB sector of Flash memory (Page 0..3) provides an example:
■ Page 3 is erase and programmed with values.
■ Page 0, Page 1, and Page 2 are erased and then programmed with values. At this point Page 3 has
been affected by 3 erase/program cycles.
■ Page 0, Page 1, and Page 2 are again erased and then programmed with values. At this point Page
3 has been affected by 6 erase/program cycles.
■ If the contents of Page 3 must continue to be valid, Page 3 must be erased and reprogrammed before
any other page in this sector has another erase or program operation.
8.3.1.1
To program a 32-bit word
1. Write source data to the FMD register.
2. Write the target address to the FMA register.
3. Write the Flash memory write key and the WRITE bit (a value of 0xA442.0001) to the FMC
register.
4. Poll the FMC register until the WRITE bit is cleared.
Important: To ensure proper operation, two writes to the same word must be separated by an
ERASE. The following two sequences are allowed:
■ ERASE -> PROGRAM value -> PROGRAM 0x0000.0000
■ ERASE -> PROGRAM value -> ERASE
The following sequence is NOT allowed:
■ ERASE -> PROGRAM value -> PROGRAM value
8.3.1.2
To perform an erase of a 1-KB page
1. Write the page address to the FMA register.
2. Write the Flash memory write key and the ERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0002) to the FMC
register.
3. Poll the FMC register until the ERASE bit is cleared.
8.3.1.3
To perform a mass erase of the Flash memory
1. Write the Flash memory write key and the MERASE bit (a value of 0xA442.0004) to the FMC
register.
238
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
2. Poll the FMC register until the MERASE bit is cleared.
8.3.2
32-Word Flash Memory Write Buffer
A 32-word write buffer provides the capability to perform faster write accesses to the Flash memory
by concurrently programing 32 words with a single buffered Flash memory write operation. The
buffered Flash memory write operation takes the same amount of time as the single word write
operation controlled by bit 0 in the FMC register. The data for the buffered write is written to the
Flash Write Buffer (FWBn) registers.
The registers are 32-word aligned with Flash memory, and therefore the register FWB0 corresponds
with the address in FMA where bits [6:0] of FMA are all 0. FWB1 corresponds with the address in
FMA + 0x4 and so on. Only the FWBn registers that have been updated since the previous buffered
Flash memory write operation are written. The Flash Write Buffer Valid (FWBVAL) register shows
which registers have been written since the last buffered Flash memory write operation. This register
contains a bit for each of the 32 FWBn registers, where bit[n] of FWBVAL corresponds to FWBn.
The FWBn register has been updated if the corresponding bit in the FWBVAL register is set.
8.3.2.1
To program 32 words with a single buffered Flash memory write operation
1. Write the source data to the FWBn registers.
2. Write the target address to the FMA register. This must be a 32-word aligned address (that is,
bits [6:0] in FMA must be 0s).
3. Write the Flash memory write key and the WRBUF bit (a value of 0xA442.0001) to the FMC2
register.
4. Poll the FMC2 register until the WRBUF bit is cleared.
8.3.3
Nonvolatile Register Programming
This section discusses how to update registers that are resident within the Flash memory itself.
These registers exist in a separate space from the main Flash memory array and are not affected
by an ERASE or MASS ERASE operation. The bits in these registers can be changed from 1 to 0
with a write operation. The register contents are unaffected by any reset condition except power-on
reset, which returns the register contents to 0xFFFF.FFFF. By committing the register values using
the COMT bit in the FMC register, the register contents become nonvolatile and are therefore retained
following power cycling. Once the register contents are committed, the only way to restore the factory
default values is to perform the sequence described in “Recovering a "Locked"
Microcontroller” on page 94.
With the exception of the Boot Configuration (BOOTCFG) register, the settings in these registers
can be tested before committing them to Flash memory. For the BOOTCFG register, the data to be
written is loaded into the FMD register before it is committed. The FMD register is read only and
does not allow the BOOTCFG operation to be tried before committing it to nonvolatile memory.
Important: The Flash memory resident registers can only have bits changed from 1 to 0 by user
programming and can only be committed once. After being committed, these registers
can only be restored to their factory default values only by performing the sequence
described in “Recovering a "Locked" Microcontroller” on page 94. The mass erase of
the main Flash memory array caused by the sequence is performed prior to restoring
these registers.
June 15, 2010
239
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
In addition, the USER_REG0, USER_REG1, USER_REG2, USER_REG3, and BOOTCFG registers
each use bit 31 (NW) to indicate that they have not been committed and bits in the register may be
changed from 1 to 0. Table 8-2 on page 240 provides the FMA address required for commitment of
each of the registers and the source of the data to be written when the FMC register is written with
a value of 0xA442.0008. After writing the COMT bit, the user may poll the FMC register to wait for
the commit operation to complete.
Table 8-2. User-Programmable Flash Memory Resident Registers
Register to be Committed
8.4
FMA Value
Data Source
FMPRE0
0x0000.0000
FMPRE0
FMPRE1
0x0000.0002
FMPRE1
FMPPE0
0x0000.0001
FMPPE0
FMPPE1
0x0000.0003
FMPPE1
USER_REG0
0x8000.0000
USER_REG0
USER_REG1
0x8000.0001
USER_REG1
USER_REG2
0x8000.0002
USER_REG2
USER_REG3
0x8000.0003
USER_REG3
BOOTCFG
0x7510.0000
FMD
Register Map
Table 8-3 on page 240 lists the ROM Controller register and the Flash memory and control registers.
The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register's address. The FMA, FMD, FMC, FCRIS,
FCIM, FCMISC, FMC2, FWBVAL, and FWBn register offsets are relative to the Flash memory
control base address of 0x400F.D000. The ROM and Flash memory protection register offsets are
relative to the System Control base address of 0x400F.E000.
Table 8-3. Flash Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
See
page
Description
Flash Memory Registers (Flash Control Offset)
0x000
FMA
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Address
242
0x004
FMD
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Data
243
0x008
FMC
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Control
244
0x00C
FCRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status
246
0x010
FCIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask
247
0x014
FCMISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
248
0x020
FMC2
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Control 2
249
0x030
FWBVAL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Write Buffer Valid
250
0x0F8
FCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Control
252
0x100 0x17C
FWBn
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Write Buffer n
251
240
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 8-3. Flash Register Map (continued)
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
ROM Control
253
Memory Registers (System Control Offset)
0x0F0
RMCTL
R/W1C
-
0x0F4
RMVER
RO
0x0202.0400
ROM Version Register
254
0x130
FMPRE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0
255
0x200
FMPRE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0
255
0x134
FMPPE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0
256
0x400
FMPPE0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0
256
0x1D0
BOOTCFG
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFE
Boot Configuration
257
0x1E0
USER_REG0
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
User Register 0
260
0x1E4
USER_REG1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
User Register 1
261
0x1E8
USER_REG2
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
User Register 2
262
0x1EC
USER_REG3
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
User Register 3
263
0x204
FMPRE1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1
264
0x208
FMPRE2
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2
265
0x20C
FMPRE3
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3
266
0x404
FMPPE1
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1
267
0x408
FMPPE2
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2
268
0x40C
FMPPE3
R/W
0x0000.0000
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3
269
8.5
Flash Memory Register Descriptions (Flash Control Offset)
This section lists and describes the Flash Memory registers, in numerical order by address offset.
Registers in this section are relative to the Flash control base address of 0x400F.D000.
June 15, 2010
241
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 1: Flash Memory Address (FMA), offset 0x000
During a write operation, this register contains a 4-byte-aligned address and specifies where the
data is written. During erase operations, this register contains a 1 KB-aligned address and specifies
which page is erased. Note that the alignment requirements must be met by software or the results
of the operation are unpredictable.
Flash Memory Address (FMA)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
16
OFFSET
OFFSET
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:17
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16:0
OFFSET
R/W
0x0
Address Offset
Address offset in Flash memory where operation is performed, except
for nonvolatile registers (see “Nonvolatile Register
Programming” on page 239 for details on values for this field).
242
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 2: Flash Memory Data (FMD), offset 0x004
This register contains the data to be written during the programming cycle or read during the read
cycle. Note that the contents of this register are undefined for a read access of an execute-only
block. This register is not used during erase cycles.
Flash Memory Data (FMD)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
DATA
Type
Reset
DATA
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
DATA
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Data Value
Data value for write operation.
June 15, 2010
243
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 3: Flash Memory Control (FMC), offset 0x008
When this register is written, the Flash memory controller initiates the appropriate access cycle for
the location specified by the Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 242). If the access
is a write access, the data contained in the Flash Memory Data (FMD) register (see page 243) is
written to the specified address.
This register must be the final register written and initiates the memory operation. The four control
bits in the lower byte of this register are used to initiate memory operations.
Care must be taken not to set multiple control bits as the results of such an operation are
unpredictable.
Flash Memory Control (FMC)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
COMT
MERASE
ERASE
WRITE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
WRKEY
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
WRKEY
WO
0x0000
Description
Flash Memory Write Key
This field contains a write key, which is used to minimize the incidence
of accidental Flash memory writes. The value 0xA442 must be written
into this field for a Flash memory write to occur. Writes to the FMC
register without this WRKEY value are ignored. A read of this field returns
the value 0.
15:4
reserved
RO
0x000
3
COMT
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Commit Register Value
This bit is used to commit writes to Flash-memory-resident registers
and to monitor the progress of that process.
Value Description
1
Set this bit to commit (write) the register value to a
Flash-memory-resident register.
When read, a 1 indicates that the previous commit access is
not complete.
0
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
When read, a 0 indicates that the previous commit access is
complete.
A commit can take up to 50 μs.
See “Nonvolatile Register Programming” on page 239 for more information
on programming Flash-memory-resident registers.
244
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
MERASE
R/W
0
Description
Mass Erase Flash Memory
This bit is used to mass erase the Flash main memory and to monitor
the progress of that process.
Value Description
1
Set this bit to erase the Flash main memory.
When read, a 1 indicates that the previous mass erase access
is not complete.
0
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
When read, a 0 indicates that the previous mass erase access
is complete.
A mass erase can take up to 16 ms.
1
ERASE
R/W
0
Erase a Page of Flash Memory
This bit is used to erase a page of Flash memory and to monitor the
progress of that process.
Value Description
1
Set this bit to erase the Flash memory page specified by the
contents of the FMA register.
When read, a 1 indicates that the previous page erase access
is not complete.
0
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
When read, a 0 indicates that the previous page erase access
is complete.
A page erase can take up to 25 ms.
0
WRITE
R/W
0
Write a Word into Flash Memory
This bit is used to write a word into Flash memory and to monitor the
progress of that process.
Value Description
1
Set this bit to write the data stored in the FMD register into the
Flash memory location specified by the contents of the FMA
register.
When read, a 1 indicates that the write update access is not
complete.
0
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
When read, a 0 indicates that the previous write update access
is complete.
Writing a single word can take up to 50 µs.
June 15, 2010
245
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 4: Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS), offset 0x00C
This register indicates that the Flash memory controller has an interrupt condition. An interrupt is
sent to the interrupt controller only if the corresponding FCIM register bit is set.
Flash Controller Raw Interrupt Status (FCRIS)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x00C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PRIS
ARIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:2
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
1
PRIS
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Programming Raw Interrupt Status
This bit provides status on programming cycles which are write or erase
actions generated through the FMC or FMC2 register bits (see page 244
and page 249).
Value Description
1
The programming cycle has completed.
0
The programming cycle has not completed.
This status is sent to the interrupt controller when the PMASK bit in the
FCIM register is set.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the PMISC bit in the FCMISC register.
0
ARIS
RO
0
Access Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A program or erase action was attempted on a block of Flash
memory that contradicts the protection policy for that block as
set in the FMPPEn registers.
0
No access has tried to improperly program or erase the Flash
memory.
This status is sent to the interrupt controller when the AMASK bit in the
FCIM register is set.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the AMISC bit in the FCMISC register.
246
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 5: Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM), offset 0x010
This register controls whether the Flash memory controller generates interrupts to the controller.
Flash Controller Interrupt Mask (FCIM)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x010
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PMASK
AMASK
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:2
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
1
PMASK
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Programming Interrupt Mask
This bit controls the reporting of the programming raw interrupt status
to the interrupt controller.
Value Description
0
AMASK
R/W
0
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the PRIS bit
is set.
0
The PRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt
controller.
Access Interrupt Mask
This bit controls the reporting of the access raw interrupt status to the
interrupt controller.
Value Description
1
An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the ARIS bit
is set.
0
The ARIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt
controller.
June 15, 2010
247
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 6: Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC),
offset 0x014
This register provides two functions. First, it reports the cause of an interrupt by indicating which
interrupt source or sources are signalling the interrupt. Second, it serves as the method to clear the
interrupt reporting.
Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear (FCMISC)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x014
Type R/W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:2
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
1
PMISC
R/W1C
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
PMISC
AMISC
R/W1C
0
R/W1C
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Programming Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
Value Description
1
When read, a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was
signaled because a programming cycle completed.
Writing a 1 to this bit clears PMISC and also the PRIS bit in the
FCRIS register (see page 246).
0
When read, a 0 indicates that a programming cycle complete
interrupt has not occurred.
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
0
AMISC
R/W1C
0
Access Masked Interrupt Status and Clear
Value Description
1
When read, a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was
signaled because a program or erase action was attempted on
a block of Flash memory that contradicts the protection policy
for that block as set in the FMPPEn registers.
Writing a 1 to this bit clears AMISC and also the ARIS bit in the
FCRIS register (see page 246).
0
When read, a 0 indicates that no improper accesses have
occurred.
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
248
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 7: Flash Memory Control 2 (FMC2), offset 0x020
When this register is written, the Flash memory controller initiates the appropriate access cycle for
the location specified by the Flash Memory Address (FMA) register (see page 242). If the access
is a write access, the data contained in the Flash Write Buffer (FWB) registers is written.
This register must be the final register written as it initiates the memory operation.
Flash Memory Control 2 (FMC2)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
WRKEY
Type
Reset
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
WO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
WRKEY
WO
0x0000
RO
0
0
WRBUF
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Description
Flash Memory Write Key
This field contains a write key, which is used to minimize the incidence
of accidental Flash memory writes. The value 0xA442 must be written
into this field for a write to occur. Writes to the FMC2 register without
this WRKEY value are ignored. A read of this field returns the value 0.
15:1
reserved
RO
0x000
0
WRBUF
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Buffered Flash Memory Write
This bit is used to start a buffered write to Flash memory.
Value Description
1
Set this bit to write the data stored in the FWBn registers to the
location specified by the contents of the FMA register.
When read, a 1 indicates that the previous buffered Flash
memory write access is not complete.
0
A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit.
When read, a 0 indicates that the previous buffered Flash
memory write access is complete.
A buffered Flash memory write can take up to 4 ms.
June 15, 2010
249
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 8: Flash Write Buffer Valid (FWBVAL), offset 0x030
This register provides a bitwise status of which FWBn registers have been written by the processor
since the last write of the Flash memory write buffer. The entries with a 1 are written on the next
write of the Flash memory write buffer. This register is cleared after the write operation by hardware.
A protection violation on the write operation also clears this status.
Software can program the same 32 words to various Flash memory locations by setting the FWB[n]
bits after they are cleared by the write operation. The next write operation then uses the same data
as the previous one. In addition, if a FWBn register change should not be written to Flash memory,
software can clear the corresponding FWB[n] bit to preserve the existing data when the next write
operation occurs.
Flash Write Buffer Valid (FWBVAL)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
FWB[n]
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
FWB[n]
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
FWB[n]
R/W
0x0
R/W
0
Description
Flash Memory Write Buffer
Value Description
1
The corresponding FWBn register has been updated since the
last buffer write operation and is ready to be written to Flash
memory.
0
The corresponding FWBn register has no new data to be written.
Bit 0 corresponds to FWB0, offset 0x100, and bit 31 corresponds to
FWB31, offset 0x13C.
250
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 9: Flash Write Buffer n (FWBn), offset 0x100 - 0x17C
These 32 registers hold the contents of the data to be written into the Flash memory on a buffered
Flash memory write operation. The offset selects one of the 32-bit registers. Only FWBn registers
that have been updated since the preceding buffered Flash memory write operation are written into
the Flash memory, so it is not necessary to write the entire bank of registers in order to write 1 or
2 words. The FWBn registers are written into the Flash memory with the FWB0 register corresponding
to the address contained in FMA. FWB1 is written to the address FMA+0x4 etc. Note that only data
bits that are 0 result in the Flash memory being modified. A data bit that is 1 leaves the content of
the Flash memory bit at its previous value.
Flash Write Buffer n (FWBn)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x100 - 0x17C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
DATA
Type
Reset
DATA
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
DATA
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Data
Data to be written into the Flash memory.
June 15, 2010
251
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 10: Flash Control (FCTL), offset 0x0F8
This register is used to ensure that the microcontroller is powered down in a controlled fashion in
systems where power is cycled more frequently than once every five minutes. The USDREQ bit
should be set to indicate that power is going to be turned off. Software should poll the USDACK bit
to determine when it is acceptable to power down.
Note that this power-down process is not required if the microcontroller enters hibernation mode
prior to power being removed.
Flash Control (FCTL)
Base 0x400F.D000
Offset 0x0F8
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:2
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
1
USDACK
RO
0
USDACK USDREQ
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
User Shut Down Acknowledge
Value Description
1
The microcontroller can be powered down.
0
The microcontroller cannot yet be powered down.
This bit should be set within 50 ms of setting the USDREQ bit.
0
USDREQ
R/W
0
User Shut Down Request
Value Description
8.6
1
Requests permission to power down the microcontroller.
0
No effect.
Memory Register Descriptions (System Control Offset)
The remainder of this section lists and describes the registers that reside in Flash memory, in
numerical order by address offset. Registers in this section are relative to the System Control base
address of 0x400F.E000.
252
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 11: ROM Control (RMCTL), offset 0x0F0
This register provides control of the ROM controller state. This register offset is relative to the System
Control base address of 0x400F.E000.
ROM Control (RMCTL)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x0F0
Type R/W1C, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W1C
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:1
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
0
BA
R/W1C
-
RO
0
BA
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Boot Alias
At reset, the user has the opportunity to direct the core to execute the
ROM Boot Loader or the application in Flash memory by using any
GPIO signal as configured in the BOOTCFG register. If the ROM boot
loader is not selected, the system control module checks address
0x000.0004 to see if the Flash memory has a valid reset vector. If the
data at address 0x0000.0004 is 0xFFFF.FFFF, then it is assumed that
the Flash memory has not yet been programmed, and this bit is then
set by hardware so that the on-chip ROM appears at address 0x0.
Value Description
1
The microcontroller's ROM appears at address 0x0. This bit is
set automatically if the data at address 0x0000.0004 is
0xFFFF.FFFF.
0
The Flash memory is at address 0x0.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to this bit position.
June 15, 2010
253
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 12: ROM Version Register (RMVER), offset 0x0F4
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
A 32-bit read-only register containing the ROM content version information.
ROM Version Register (RMVER)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x0F4
Type RO, reset 0x0202.0400
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
CONT
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
VER
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
SIZE
REV
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:24
CONT
RO
0x02
ROM Contents
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Value Description
0x02 Stellaris Boot Loader & DriverLib with AES and Ethernet
23:16
SIZE
RO
0x02
ROM Size of Contents
This field encodes the size of the ROM.
Value Description
0x02 Stellaris Boot Loader & DriverLib with AES and Ethernet
15:8
VER
RO
0x104
ROM Version
7:0
REV
RO
0x0
ROM Revision
254
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 13: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0), offset 0x130
and 0x200
Note:
This register is aliased for backwards compatability.
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPREn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. For
additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 0 (FMPRE0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x130 and 0x200
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Read Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be read or executed only. The policies
may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy
Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory up to the total of 64 KB.
June 15, 2010
255
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 14: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0), offset
0x134 and 0x400
Note:
This register is aliased for backwards compatability.
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPPEn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. For
additional information, see the "Flash Memory Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 0 (FMPPE0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x134 and 0x400
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Programming Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be execute only. The policies may be
combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory up to the total of 64 KB.
256
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 15: Boot Configuration (BOOTCFG), offset 0x1D0
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides configuration of a GPIO pin to enable the ROM Boot Loader as well as a
write-once mechanism to disable external debugger access to the device. Upon reset, the user has
the opportunity to direct the core to execute the ROM Boot Loader or the application in Flash memory
by using any GPIO signal from Ports A-H as configured by the bits in this register. If the EN bit is
set or the specified pin does not have the required polarity, the system control module checks
address 0x000.0004 to see if the Flash memory has a valid reset vector. If the data at address
0x0000.0004 is 0xFFFF.FFFF, then it is assumed that the Flash memory has not yet been
programmed, and the core executes the ROM Boot Loader. The DBG0 bit (bit 0) is set to 0 from
the factory and the DBG1 bit (bit 1) is set to 1, which enables external debuggers. Clearing the
DBG1 bit disables any external debugger access to the device permanently, starting with the next
power-up cycle of the device. The NW bit (bit 31) indicates that the register has not yet been
committed and is controlled through hardware to ensure that the register is only committed once.
Prior to being committed, bits can only be changed from 1 to 0. The reset value shown only applies
to power-on reset; any other type of reset does not affect this register. The only way to restore the
factory default value of this register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed
in the JTAG chapter.
Boot Configuration (BOOTCFG)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1D0
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFE
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
R/W
1
15
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
14
13
12
PORT
Type
Reset
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
R/W
1
RO
1
RO
1
11
10
PIN
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
9
8
POL
EN
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
1
0
DBG1
DBG0
R/W
1
R/W
0
When set, this bit indicates that this 32-bit register has not been
committed. When clear, this bit specifies that this register has been
committed and may not be committed again.
30:16
reserved
RO
0x7FFF
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
257
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
15:13
PORT
R/W
0x7
Description
Boot GPIO Port
This field selects the port of the GPIO port pin that enables the ROM
boot loader at reset.
Value Description
12:10
PIN
R/W
0x7
0x0
Port A
0x1
Port B
0x2
Port C
0x3
Port D
0x4
Port E
0x5
Port F
0x6
Port G
0x7
Port H
Boot GPIO Pin
This field selects the pin number of the GPIO port pin that enables the
ROM boot loader at reset.
Value Description
9
POL
R/W
0x1
0x0
Pin 0
0x1
Pin 1
0x2
Pin 2
0x3
Pin 3
0x4
Pin 4
0x5
Pin 5
0x6
Pin 6
0x7
Pin 7
Boot GPIO Polarity
When set, this bit selects a high level for the GPIO port pin to enable
the ROM boot loader at reset. When clear, this bit selects a low level
for the GPIO port pin.
8
EN
R/W
0x1
Boot GPIO Enable
Clearing this bit enables the use of a GPIO pin to enable the ROM Boot
Loader at reset. When this bit is set, the contents of address
0x0000.0004 are checked to see if the Flash memory has been
programmed. If the contents are not 0xFFFF.FFFF, the core executes
out of Flash memory. If the Flash has not been programmed, the core
executes out of ROM.
7:2
reserved
RO
0x3F
1
DBG1
R/W
1
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Debug Control 1
The DBG1 bit must be 1 and DBG0 must be 0 for debug to be available.
258
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
DBG0
R/W
0x0
Description
Debug Control 0
The DBG1 bit must be 1 and DBG0 must be 0 for debug to be available.
June 15, 2010
259
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 16: User Register 0 (USER_REG0), offset 0x1E0
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be committed
once. Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be committed and is controlled through hardware
to ensure that the register is only committed once. Prior to being committed, bits can only be changed
from 1 to 0. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does not
affect this register. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful for keeping static
information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and would otherwise
require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device. The only way to restore the factory default
value of this register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG
section.
User Register 0 (USER_REG0)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1E0
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
When set, this bit indicates that this 32-bit register has not been
committed. When clear, this bit specifies that this register has been
committed and may not be committed again.
30:0
DATA
R/W
0x7FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be committed once.
260
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 17: User Register 1 (USER_REG1), offset 0x1E4
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once.
Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to
ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful
for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and
would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device.
User Register 1 (USER_REG1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1E4
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
When set, this bit indicates that this 32-bit register has not been
committed. When clear, this bit specifies that this register has been
committed and may not be committed again.
30:0
DATA
R/W
0x7FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be committed once.
June 15, 2010
261
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 18: User Register 2 (USER_REG2), offset 0x1E8
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once.
Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to
ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful
for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and
would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device.
User Register 2 (USER_REG2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1E8
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
When set, this bit indicates that this 32-bit register has not been
committed. When clear, this bit specifies that this register has been
committed and may not be committed again.
30:0
DATA
R/W
0x7FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be committed once.
262
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 19: User Register 3 (USER_REG3), offset 0x1EC
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register provides 31 bits of user-defined data that is non-volatile and can only be written once.
Bit 31 indicates that the register is available to be written and is controlled through hardware to
ensure that the register is only written once. The write-once characteristics of this register are useful
for keeping static information like communication addresses that need to be unique per part and
would otherwise require an external EEPROM or other non-volatile device.
User Register 3 (USER_REG3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x1EC
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
NW
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
DATA
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DATA
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31
NW
R/W
1
Not Written
When set, this bit indicates that this 32-bit register has not been
committed. When clear, this bit specifies that this register has been
committed and may not be committed again.
30:0
DATA
R/W
0x7FFFFFFF User Data
Contains the user data value. This field is initialized to all 1s and can
only be committed once.
June 15, 2010
263
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 20: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1), offset 0x204
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPREn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. If the
Flash memory size on the device is less than 64 KB, this register usually reads as zeroes, but
software should not rely on these bits to be zero. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory
Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 1 (FMPRE1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x204
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
1
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Read Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be read or executed only. The policies
may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy
Combinations”.
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory in memory range from 65 to 128 KB.
264
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 21: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2), offset 0x208
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPREn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. If the
Flash memory size on the device is less than 128 KB, this register usually reads as zeroes, but
software should not rely on these bits to be zero. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory
Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 2 (FMPRE2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x208
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
0
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
0x00000000 Flash Read Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be read or executed only. The policies
may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy
Combinations”.
Value
Description
0x00000000 Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory in the range from 129 to 192 KB.
June 15, 2010
265
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 22: Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3), offset 0x20C
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the read-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPPEn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPREn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. If the
Flash memory size on the device is less than 192 KB, this register usually reads as zeroes, but
software should not rely on these bits to be zero. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory
Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Read Enable 3 (FMPRE3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x20C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
READ_ENABLE
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
READ_ENABLE
R/W
R/W
0
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
0x00000000 Flash Read Enable
Configures 2-KB flash blocks to be read or executed only. The policies
may be combined as shown in the table “Flash Protection Policy
Combinations”.
Value
Description
0x00000000 Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory in the range from 193 to 256 KB.
266
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 23: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1), offset
0x404
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPPEn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. If the
Flash memory size on the device is less than 64 KB, this register usually reads as zeroes, but
software should not rely on these bits to be zero. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory
Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 1 (FMPPE1)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x404
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Flash Programming Enable
Value
Description
0xFFFFFFFF Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory in memory range from 65 to 128 KB.
June 15, 2010
267
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Internal Memory
Register 24: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2), offset
0x408
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPPEn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. If the
Flash memory size on the device is less than 128 KB, this register usually reads as zeroes, but
software should not rely on these bits to be zero. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory
Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 2 (FMPPE2)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x408
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
0x00000000 Flash Programming Enable
Value
Description
0x00000000 Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory in the range from 129 to 192 KB.
268
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 25: Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3), offset
0x40C
Note:
Offset is relative to System Control base address of 0x400FE000.
This register stores the execute-only protection bits for each 2-KB flash block (FMPREn stores the
execute-only bits). Flash memory up to a total of 64 KB is controlled by this register. Other FMPPEn
registers (if any) provide protection for other 64K blocks. This register is loaded during the power-on
reset sequence. The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a value of 1 for
all implemented banks. This achieves a policy of open access and programmability. The register
bits may be changed by writing the specific register bit. However, this register is R/W0; the user can
only change the protection bit from a 1 to a 0 (and may NOT change a 0 to a 1). The changes are
not permanent until the register is committed (saved), at which point the bit change is permanent.
If a bit is changed from a 1 to a 0 and not committed, it may be restored by executing a power-on
reset sequence. The reset value shown only applies to power-on reset; any other type of reset does
not affect this register. Once committed, the only way to restore the factory default value of this
register is to perform the "Recover Locked Device" sequence detailed in the JTAG chapter. If the
Flash memory size on the device is less than 192 KB, this register usually reads as zeroes, but
software should not rely on these bits to be zero. For additional information, see the "Flash Memory
Protection" section.
Flash Memory Protection Program Enable 3 (FMPPE3)
Base 0x400F.E000
Offset 0x40C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
PROG_ENABLE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
PROG_ENABLE
R/W
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
0x00000000 Flash Programming Enable
Value
Description
0x00000000 Bits [31:0] each enable protection on a 2-KB block of
Flash memory in the range from 193 to 256 KB.
June 15, 2010
269
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
9
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
The LM3S9L97 microcontroller includes a Direct Memory Access (DMA) controller, known as
micro-DMA (μDMA). The μDMA controller provides a way to offload data transfer tasks from the
Cortex-M3 processor, allowing for more efficient use of the processor and the available bus
bandwidth. The μDMA controller can perform transfers between memory and peripherals. It has
dedicated channels for each supported on-chip module and can be programmed to automatically
perform transfers between peripherals and memory as the peripheral is ready to transfer more data.
The μDMA controller provides the following features:
■ ARM PrimeCell® 32-channel configurable µDMA controller
■ Support for memory-to-memory, memory-to-peripheral, and peripheral-to-memory in multiple
transfer modes
– Basic for simple transfer scenarios
– Ping-pong for continuous data flow
– Scatter-gather for a programmable list of arbitrary transfers initiated from a single request
■ Highly flexible and configurable channel operation
– Independently configured and operated channels
– Dedicated channels for supported on-chip modules: GP Timer, USB, UART, Ethernet, ADC,
SSI, I2S
– Primary and secondary channel assignments
– One channel each for receive and transmit path for bidirectional modules
– Dedicated channel for software-initiated transfers
– Per-channel configurable bus arbitration scheme
– Optional software-initiated requests for any channel
■ Two levels of priority
■ Design optimizations for improved bus access performance between µDMA controller and the
processor core
– µDMA controller access is subordinate to core access
– RAM striping
– Peripheral bus segmentation
■ Data sizes of 8, 16, and 32 bits
■ Transfer size is programmable in binary steps from 1 to 1024
■ Source and destination address increment size of byte, half-word, word, or no increment
270
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ Maskable peripheral requests
■ Interrupt on transfer completion, with a separate interrupt per channel
9.1
Block Diagram
Figure 9-1. μDMA Block Diagram
uDMA
Controller
DMA error
System Memory
CH Control Table
Peripheral
DMA Channel 0
•
•
•
Peripheral
DMA Channel N-1
Nested
Vectored
Interrupt
Controller
(NVIC)
IRQ
General
Peripheral N
Registers
request
done
request
done
request
done
DMASTAT
DMACFG
DMACTLBASE
DMAALTBASE
DMAWAITSTAT
DMASWREQ
DMAUSEBURSTSET
DMAUSEBURSTCLR
DMAREQMASKSET
DMAREQMASKCLR
DMAENASET
DMAENACLR
DMAALTSET
DMAALTCLR
DMAPRIOSET
DMAPRIOCLR
DMAERRCLR
DMACHASGN
DMASRCENDP
DMADSTENDP
DMACHCTRL
•
•
•
DMASRCENDP
DMADSTENDP
DMACHCTRL
Transfer Buffers
Used by µDMA
ARM
Cortex-M3
9.2
Functional Description
The μDMA controller is a flexible and highly configurable DMA controller designed to work efficiently
with the microcontroller's Cortex-M3 processor core. It supports multiple data sizes and address
increment schemes, multiple levels of priority among DMA channels, and several transfer modes
to allow for sophisticated programmed data transfers. The μDMA controller's usage of the bus is
always subordinate to the processor core, so it never holds up a bus transaction by the processor.
Because the μDMA controller is only using otherwise-idle bus cycles, the data transfer bandwidth
it provides is essentially free, with no impact on the rest of the system. The bus architecture has
been optimized to greatly enhance the ability of the processor core and the μDMA controller to
efficiently share the on-chip bus, thus improving performance. The optimizations include RAM
striping and peripheral bus segmentation, which in many cases allow both the processor core and
the μDMA controller to access the bus and perform simultaneous data transfers.
The μDMA controller can transfer data to and from the on-chip SRAM. However, because the Flash
memory and ROM are located on a separate internal bus, it is not possible to transfer data from the
Flash memory or ROM with the μDMA controller.
Each peripheral function that is supported has a dedicated channel on the μDMA controller that can
be configured independently. The μDMA controller implements a unique configuration method using
channel control structures that are maintained in system memory by the processor. While simple
transfer modes are supported, it is also possible to build up sophisticated "task" lists in memory that
allow the μDMA controller to perform arbitrary-sized transfers to and from arbitrary locations as part
of a single transfer request. The μDMA controller also supports the use of ping-pong buffering to
accommodate constant streaming of data to or from a peripheral.
June 15, 2010
271
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Each channel also has a configurable arbitration size. The arbitration size is the number of items
that are transferred in a burst before the μDMA controller rearbitrates for channel priority. Using the
arbitration size, it is possible to control exactly how many items are transferred to or from a peripheral
each time it makes a μDMA service request.
9.2.1
Channel Assignments
μDMA channels 0-31 are assigned to peripherals according to the following table. The DMA Channel
Assignment (DMACHASGN) register (see page 318) can be used to specify the primary or secondary
assignment. If the primary function is not available on this microcontroller, the secondary function
becomes the primary function. If the secondary function is not available, the primary function is the
only option.
Note:
Channels noted in the table as "Available for software" may be assigned to peripherals in
the future. However, they are currently available for software use. Channel 30 is dedicated
for software use.
The USB endpoints mapped to μDMA channels 0-3 can be changed with the USBDMASEL
register (see page 963).
If a channel is marked with "*" below and is configured to transfer data with a software
request using the DMASWREQ register, this channel must also be enabled in the
DMAENASET register.
Table 9-1. μDMA Channel Assignments
μDMA Channel
Primary Assignment
Secondary Assignment
0
USB Endpoint 1 Receive
UART2 Receive*
1
USB Endpoint 1 Transmit
UART2 Transmit*
2
USB Endpoint 2 Receive
General-Purpose Timer 3A*
3
USB Endpoint 2 Transmit
General-Purpose Timer 3B*
4
USB Endpoint 3 Receive
General-Purpose Timer 2A*
5
USB Endpoint 3 Transmit
General-Purpose Timer 2B*
6
Ethernet Receive
General-Purpose Timer 2A*
7
Ethernet Transmit
General-Purpose Timer 2B*
8
UART0 Receive
UART1 Receive
9
UART0 Transmit
UART1 Transmit
10
SSI0 Receive
SSI1 Receive
11
SSI0 Transmit
SSI1 Transmit
12
Available for software
UART2 Receive*
13
Available for software
UART2 Transmit*
14
ADC0 Sample Sequencer 0
General-Purpose Timer 2A*
15
ADC0 Sample Sequencer 1
General-Purpose Timer 2B*
16
ADC0 Sample Sequencer 2
Available for software
17
ADC0 Sample Sequencer 3
Available for software
18
General-Purpose Timer 0A
General-Purpose Timer 1A
19
General-Purpose Timer 0B
General-Purpose Timer 1B
20
General-Purpose Timer 1A
Available for software
21
General-Purpose Timer 1B
Available for software
22
UART1 Receive
Available for software
272
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 9-1. μDMA Channel Assignments (continued)
μDMA Channel
9.2.2
Primary Assignment
Secondary Assignment
23
UART1 Transmit
Available for software
24
SSI1 Receive
ADC1 Sample Sequencer 0*
25
SSI1 Transmit
ADC1 Sample Sequencer 1*
26
Available for software
ADC1 Sample Sequencer 2*
27
Available for software
ADC1 Sample Sequencer 3*
28
I2S0 Receive
Available for software
29
I2S0
Available for software
30
Dedicated for software use
31
Reserved
Transmit
Priority
The μDMA controller assigns priority to each channel based on the channel number and the priority
level bit for the channel. Channel number 0 has the highest priority and as the channel number
increases, the priority of a channel decreases. Each channel has a priority level bit to provide two
levels of priority: default priority and high priority. If the priority level bit is set, then that channel has
higher priority than all other channels at default priority. If multiple channels are set for high priority,
then the channel number is used to determine relative priority among all the high priority channels.
The priority bit for a channel can be set using the DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET)
register and cleared with the DMA Channel Priority Clear (DMAPRIOCLR) register.
9.2.3
Arbitration Size
When a μDMA channel requests a transfer, the μDMA controller arbitrates among all the channels
making a request and services the μDMA channel with the highest priority. Once a transfer begins,
it continues for a selectable number of transfers before rearbitrating among the requesting channels
again. The arbitration size can be configured for each channel, ranging from 1 to 1024 item transfers.
After the μDMA controller transfers the number of items specified by the arbitration size, it then
checks among all the channels making a request and services the channel with the highest priority.
If a lower priority μDMA channel uses a large arbitration size, the latency for higher priority channels
is increased because the μDMA controller completes the lower priority burst before checking for
higher priority requests. Therefore, lower priority channels should not use a large arbitration size
for best response on high priority channels.
The arbitration size can also be thought of as a burst size. It is the maximum number of items that
are transferred at any one time in a burst. Here, the term arbitration refers to determination of μDMA
channel priority, not arbitration for the bus. When the μDMA controller arbitrates for the bus, the
processor always takes priority. Furthermore, the μDMA controller is held off whenever the processor
must perform a bus transaction on the same bus, even in the middle of a burst transfer.
9.2.4
Request Types
The μDMA controller responds to two types of requests from a peripheral: single or burst. Each
peripheral may support either or both types of requests. A single request means that the peripheral
is ready to transfer one item, while a burst request means that the peripheral is ready to transfer
multiple items.
The μDMA controller responds differently depending on whether the peripheral is making a single
request or a burst request. If both are asserted, and the μDMA channel has been set up for a burst
June 15, 2010
273
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
transfer, then the burst request takes precedence. See Table 9-2, which shows how each peripheral
supports the two request types.
Table 9-2. Request Type Support
9.2.4.1
Peripheral
Single Request Signal
Burst Request Signal
USB TX
None
FIFO TXRDY
USB RX
None
FIFO RXRDY
Ethernet TX
TX FIFO empty
None
Ethernet RX
RX packet received
None
UART TX
TX FIFO Not Full
TX FIFO Level (configurable)
UART RX
RX FIFO Not Empty
RX FIFO Level (configurable)
SSI TX
TX FIFO Not Full
TX FIFO Level (fixed at 4)
SSI RX
RX FIFO Not Empty
RX FIFO Level (fixed at 4)
ADC
None
Sequencer IE bit
General-Purpose Timer
None
Raw interrupt pulse
I2S TX
None
FIFO service request
I2S
None
FIFO service request
RX
Single Request
When a single request is detected, and not a burst request, the μDMA controller transfers one item
and then stops to wait for another request.
9.2.4.2
Burst Request
When a burst request is detected, the μDMA controller transfers the number of items that is the
lesser of the arbitration size or the number of items remaining in the transfer. Therefore, the arbitration
size should be the same as the number of data items that the peripheral can accommodate when
making a burst request. For example, the UART generates a burst request based on the FIFO trigger
level. In this case, the arbitration size should be set to the amount of data that the FIFO can transfer
when the trigger level is reached. A burst transfer runs to completion once it is started, and cannot
be interrupted, even by a higher priority channel. Burst transfers complete in a shorter time than the
same number of non-burst transfers.
It may be desirable to use only burst transfers and not allow single transfers. For example, perhaps
the nature of the data is such that it only makes sense when transferred together as a single unit
rather than one piece at a time. The single request can be disabled by using the DMA Channel
Useburst Set (DMAUSEBURSTSET) register. By setting the bit for a channel in this register, the
μDMA controller only responds to burst requests for that channel.
9.2.5
Channel Configuration
The μDMA controller uses an area of system memory to store a set of channel control structures
in a table. The control table may have one or two entries for each μDMA channel. Each entry in the
table structure contains source and destination pointers, transfer size, and transfer mode. The
control table can be located anywhere in system memory, but it must be contiguous and aligned on
a 1024-byte boundary.
Table 9-3 on page 275 shows the layout in memory of the channel control table. Each channel may
have one or two control structures in the control table: a primary control structure and an optional
alternate control structure. The table is organized so that all of the primary entries are in the first
half of the table, and all the alternate structures are in the second half of the table. The primary entry
274
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
is used for simple transfer modes where transfers can be reconfigured and restarted after each
transfer is complete. In this case, the alternate control structures are not used and therefore only
the first half of the table must be allocated in memory; the second half of the control table is not
necessary, and that memory can be used for something else. If a more complex transfer mode is
used such as ping-pong or scatter-gather, then the alternate control structure is also used and
memory space should be allocated for the entire table.
Any unused memory in the control table may be used by the application. This includes the control
structures for any channels that are unused by the application as well as the unused control word
for each channel.
Table 9-3. Control Structure Memory Map
Offset
Channel
0x0
0, Primary
0x10
1, Primary
...
...
0x1F0
31, Primary
0x200
0, Alternate
0x210
1, Alternate
...
...
0x3F0
31, Alternate
Table 9-4 shows an individual control structure entry in the control table. Each entry is aligned on
a 16-byte boundary. The entry contains four long words: the source end pointer, the destination end
pointer, the control word, and an unused entry. The end pointers point to the ending address of the
transfer and are inclusive. If the source or destination is non-incrementing (as for a peripheral
register), then the pointer should point to the transfer address.
Table 9-4. Channel Control Structure
Offset
Description
0x000
Source End Pointer
0x004
Destination End Pointer
0x008
Control Word
0x00C
Unused
The control word contains the following fields:
■ Source and destination data sizes
■ Source and destination address increment size
■ Number of transfers before bus arbitration
■ Total number of items to transfer
■ Useburst flag
■ Transfer mode
The control word and each field are described in detail in “μDMA Channel Control
Structure” on page 292. The μDMA controller updates the transfer size and transfer mode fields as
June 15, 2010
275
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
the transfer is performed. At the end of a transfer, the transfer size indicates 0, and the transfer
mode indicates "stopped." Because the control word is modified by the μDMA controller, it must be
reconfigured before each new transfer. The source and destination end pointers are not modified,
so they can be left unchanged if the source or destination addresses remain the same.
Prior to starting a transfer, a μDMA channel must be enabled by setting the appropriate bit in the
DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET) register. A channel can be disabled by setting the
channel bit in the DMA Channel Enable Clear (DMAENACLR) register. At the end of a complete
μDMA transfer, the controller automatically disables the channel.
9.2.6
Transfer Modes
The μDMA controller supports several transfer modes. Two of the modes support simple one-time
transfers. Several complex modes support a continuous flow of data.
9.2.6.1
Stop Mode
While Stop is not actually a transfer mode, it is a valid value for the mode field of the control word.
When the mode field has this value, the μDMA controller does not perform any transfers and disables
the channel if it is enabled. At the end of a transfer, the μDMA controller updates the control word
to set the mode to Stop.
9.2.6.2
Basic Mode
In Basic mode, the μDMA controller performs transfers as long as there are more items to transfer,
and a transfer request is present. This mode is used with peripherals that assert a μDMA request
signal whenever the peripheral is ready for a data transfer. Basic mode should not be used in any
situation where the request is momentary even though the entire transfer should be completed. For
example, a software-initiated transfer creates a momentary request, and in Basic mode, only the
number of transfers specified by the ARBSIZE field in the DMA Channel Control Word (DMACHCTL)
register is transferred on a software request, even if there is more data to transfer.
When all of the items have been transferred using Basic mode, the μDMA controller sets the mode
for that channel to Stop.
9.2.6.3
Auto Mode
Auto mode is similar to Basic mode, except that once a transfer request is received, the transfer
runs to completion, even if the μDMA request is removed. This mode is suitable for software-triggered
transfers. Generally, Auto mode is not used with a peripheral.
When all the items have been transferred using Auto mode, the μDMA controller sets the mode for
that channel to Stop.
9.2.6.4
Ping-Pong
Ping-Pong mode is used to support a continuous data flow to or from a peripheral. To use Ping-Pong
mode, both the primary and alternate data structures must be implemented. Both structures are set
up by the processor for data transfer between memory and a peripheral. The transfer is started
using the primary control structure. When the transfer using the primary control structure is complete,
the μDMA controller reads the alternate control structure for that channel to continue the transfer.
Each time this happens, an interrupt is generated, and the processor can reload the control structure
for the just-completed transfer. Data flow can continue indefinitely this way, using the primary and
alternate control structures to switch back and forth between buffers as the data flows to or from
the peripheral.
Refer to Figure 9-2 for an example showing operation in Ping-Pong mode.
276
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 9-2. Example of Ping-Pong μDMA Transaction
µDMA Controller
SOURCE
DEST
CONTROL
Unused
transfers using BUFFER A
transfer continues using alternate
Primary Structure
Cortex-M3 Processor
SOURCE
DEST
CONTROL
Unused
Pe
rip
he
ral
/µD
M
AI
nte
Time
transfers using BUFFER B
SOURCE
DEST
CONTROL
Unused
Alternate Structure
9.2.6.5
SOURCE
DEST
CONTROL
Unused
BUFFER B
· Process data in BUFFER A
· Reload primary structure
Pe
rip
he
ral
/µD
M
AI
nte
r
transfers using BUFFER A
rup
t
BUFFER A
· Process data in BUFFER B
· Reload alternate structure
transfer continues using alternate
Primary Structure
rru
p
t
transfer continues using primary
Alternate Structure
BUFFER A
Pe
rip
he
ral
/µD
M
AI
nte
transfers using BUFFER B
rru
pt
BUFFER B
· Process data in BUFFER B
· Reload alternate structure
Memory Scatter-Gather
Memory Scatter-Gather mode is a complex mode used when data must be transferred to or from
varied locations in memory instead of a set of contiguous locations in a memory buffer. For example,
a gather μDMA operation could be used to selectively read the payload of several stored packets
of a communication protocol and store them together in sequence in a memory buffer.
June 15, 2010
277
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
In Memory Scatter-Gather mode, the primary control structure is used to program the alternate
control structure from a table in memory. The table is set up by the processor software and contains
a list of control structures, each containing the source and destination end pointers, and the control
word for a specific transfer. The mode of each control word must be set to Scatter-Gather mode.
Each entry in the table is copied in turn to the alternate structure where it is then executed. The
μDMA controller alternates between using the primary control structure to copy the next transfer
instruction from the list and then executing the new transfer instruction. The end of the list is marked
by programming the control word for the last entry to use Basic transfer mode. Once the last transfer
is performed using Basic mode, the μDMA controller stops. A completion interrupt is generated only
after the last transfer. It is possible to loop the list by having the last entry copy the primary control
structure to point back to the beginning of the list (or to a new list). It is also possible to trigger a set
of other channels to perform a transfer, either directly, by programming a write to the software trigger
for another channel, or indirectly, by causing a peripheral action that results in a μDMA request.
By programming the μDMA controller using this method, a set of arbitrary transfers can be performed
based on a single μDMA request.
Refer to Figure 9-3 on page 279 and Figure 9-4 on page 280, which show an example of operation
in Memory Scatter-Gather mode. This example shows a gather operation, where data in three
separate buffers in memory is copied together into one buffer. Figure 9-3 on page 279 shows how
the application sets up a μDMA task list in memory that is used by the controller to perform three
sets of copy operations from different locations in memory. The primary control structure for the
channel that is used for the operation is configured to copy from the task list to the alternate control
structure.
Figure 9-4 on page 280 shows the sequence as the μDMA controller performs the three sets of copy
operations. First, using the primary control structure, the μDMA controller loads the alternate control
structure with task A. It then performs the copy operation specified by task A, copying the data from
the source buffer A to the destination buffer. Next, the μDMA controller again uses the primary
control structure to load task B into the alternate control structure, and then performs the B operation
with the alternate control structure. The process is repeated for task C.
278
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 9-3. Memory Scatter-Gather, Setup and Configuration
1
2
3
Source and Destination
Buffer in Memory
Task List in Memory
Channel Control
Table in Memory
4 WORDS (SRC A)
SRC
A
DST
ITEMS=4
16 WORDS (SRC B)
SRC
Unused
DST
SRC
ITEMS=12
DST
B
“TASK” A
ITEMS=16
Channel Primary
Control Structure
“TASK” B
Unused
SRC
DST
ITEMS=1
“TASK” C
Unused
SRC
DST
Channel Alternate
Control Structure
ITEMS=n
1 WORD (SRC C)
C
4 (DEST A)
16 (DEST B)
1 (DEST C)
NOTES:
1. Application has a need to copy data items from three separate locations in memory into one combined buffer.
2. Application sets up µDMA “task list” in memory, which contains the pointers and control configuration for three
µDMA copy “tasks.”
3. Application sets up the channel primary control structure to copy each task configuration, one at a time, to the
alternate control structure, where it is executed by the µDMA controller.
June 15, 2010
279
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Figure 9-4. Memory Scatter-Gather, μDMA Copy Sequence
Task List
in Memory
Buffers
in Memory
µDMA Control Table
in Memory
SRC A
SRC
SRC B
PRI
COPIED
DST
TASK A
TASK B
SRC
SRC C
ALT
COPIED
DST
TASK C
DEST A
DEST B
DEST C
Then, using the channel’s alternate control structure, the
µDMA controller copies data from the source buffer A to
the destination buffer.
Using the channel’s primary control structure, the µDMA
controller copies task A configuration to the channel’s
alternate control structure.
Task List
in Memory
Buffers
in Memory
µDMA Control Table
in Memory
SRC A
SRC B
SRC
PRI
DST
TASK A
SRC
TASK B
TASK C
SRC C
COPIED
ALT
COPIED
DST
DEST A
DEST B
DEST C
Then, using the channel’s alternate control structure, the
µDMA controller copies data from the source buffer B to
the destination buffer.
Using the channel’s primary control structure, the µDMA
controller copies task B configuration to the channel’s
alternate control structure.
Task List
in Memory
Buffers
in Memory
µDMA Control Table
in Memory
SRC A
SRC
SRC B
PRI
DST
TASK A
SRC
TASK B
TASK C
SRC C
ALT
DST
DEST A
COPIED
COPIED
DEST B
DEST C
Using the channel’s primary control structure, the µDMA
controller copies task C configuration to the channel’s
alternate control structure.
Then, using the channel’s alternate control structure, the
µDMA controller copies data from the source buffer C to
the destination buffer.
280
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
9.2.6.6
Peripheral Scatter-Gather
Peripheral Scatter-Gather mode is very similar to Memory Scatter-Gather, except that the transfers
are controlled by a peripheral making a μDMA request. Upon detecting a request from the peripheral,
the μDMA controller uses the primary control structure to copy one entry from the list to the alternate
control structure and then performs the transfer. At the end of this transfer, the next transfer is started
only if the peripheral again asserts a μDMA request. The μDMA controller continues to perform
transfers from the list only when the peripheral is making a request, until the last transfer is complete.
A completion interrupt is generated only after the last transfer.
By using this method, the μDMA controller can transfer data to or from a peripheral from a set of
arbitrary locations whenever the peripheral is ready to transfer data.
Refer to Figure 9-5 on page 282 and Figure 9-6 on page 283, which show an example of operation
in Peripheral Scatter-Gather mode. This example shows a gather operation, where data from three
separate buffers in memory is copied to a single peripheral data register. Figure 9-5 on page 282
shows how the application sets up a µDMA task list in memory that is used by the controller to
perform three sets of copy operations from different locations in memory. The primary control
structure for the channel that is used for the operation is configured to copy from the task list to the
alternate control structure.
Figure 9-6 on page 283 shows the sequence as the µDMA controller performs the three sets of copy
operations. First, using the primary control structure, the µDMA controller loads the alternate control
structure with task A. It then performs the copy operation specified by task A, copying the data from
the source buffer A to the peripheral data register. Next, the µDMA controller again uses the primary
control structure to load task B into the alternate control structure, and then performs the B operation
with the alternate control structure. The process is repeated for task C.
June 15, 2010
281
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Figure 9-5. Peripheral Scatter-Gather, Setup and Configuration
1
2
3
Source Buffer
in Memory
Task List in Memory
Channel Control
Table in Memory
4 WORDS (SRC A)
SRC
A
DST
ITEMS=4
16 WORDS (SRC B)
SRC
DST
SRC
ITEMS=12
DST
B
“TASK” A
Unused
ITEMS=16
Channel Primary
Control Structure
“TASK” B
Unused
SRC
DST
ITEMS=1
“TASK” C
Unused
SRC
DST
Channel Alternate
Control Structure
ITEMS=n
1 WORD (SRC C)
C
Peripheral Data
Register
DEST
NOTES:
1. Application has a need to copy data items from three separate locations in memory into a peripheral data
register.
2. Application sets up µDMA “task list” in memory, which contains the pointers and control configuration for three
µDMA copy “tasks.”
3. Application sets up the channel primary control structure to copy each task configuration, one at a time, to the
alternate control structure, where it is executed by the µDMA controller.
282
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 9-6. Peripheral Scatter-Gather, μDMA Copy Sequence
Task List
in Memory
Buffers
in Memory
µDMA Control Table
in Memory
SRC A
SRC
SRC B
PRI
COPIED
DST
TASK A
TASK B
SRC
SRC C
ALT
COPIED
DST
TASK C
Then, using the channel’s alternate control structure, the
µDMA controller copies data from the source buffer A to
the peripheral data register.
Using the channel’s primary control structure, the µDMA
controller copies task A configuration to the channel’s
alternate control structure.
Task List
in Memory
Peripheral
Data
Register
Buffers
in Memory
µDMA Control Table
in Memory
SRC A
SRC
SRC B
PRI
DST
TASK A
SRC
TASK B
TASK C
SRC C
COPIED
ALT
COPIED
DST
Then, using the channel’s alternate control structure, the
µDMA controller copies data from the source buffer B to
the peripheral data register.
Using the channel’s primary control structure, the µDMA
controller copies task B configuration to the channel’s
alternate control structure.
Task List
in Memory
Peripheral
Data
Register
Buffers
in Memory
µDMA Control Table
in Memory
SRC A
SRC
SRC B
PRI
DST
TASK A
SRC
TASK B
TASK C
SRC C
ALT
DST
COPIED
COPIED
Peripheral
Data
Register
Using the channel’s primary control structure, the µDMA
controller copies task C configuration to the channel’s
alternate control structure.
Then, using the channel’s alternate control structure, the
µDMA controller copies data from the source buffer C to
the peripheral data register.
June 15, 2010
283
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
9.2.7
Transfer Size and Increment
The μDMA controller supports transfer data sizes of 8, 16, or 32 bits. The source and destination
data size must be the same for any given transfer. The source and destination address can be
auto-incremented by bytes, half-words, or words, or can be set to no increment. The source and
destination address increment values can be set independently, and it is not necessary for the
address increment to match the data size as long as the increment is the same or larger than the
data size. For example, it is possible to perform a transfer using 8-bit data size, but using an address
increment of full words (4 bytes). The data to be transferred must be aligned in memory according
to the data size (8, 16, or 32 bits).
Table 9-5 shows the configuration to read from a peripheral that supplies 8-bit data.
Table 9-5. μDMA Read Example: 8-Bit Peripheral
9.2.8
Field
Configuration
Source data size
8 bits
Destination data size
8 bits
Source address increment
No increment
Destination address increment
Byte
Source end pointer
Peripheral read FIFO register
Destination end pointer
End of the data buffer in memory
Peripheral Interface
Each peripheral that supports μDMA has a single request and/or burst request signal that is asserted
when the peripheral is ready to transfer data (see Table 9-2 on page 274). The request signal can
be disabled or enabled using the DMA Channel Request Mask Set (DMAREQMASKSET) and
DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR) registers. The μDMA request signal
is disabled, or masked, when the channel request mask bit is set. When the request is not masked,
the μDMA channel is configured correctly and enabled, and the peripheral asserts the request signal,
the μDMA controller begins the transfer.
When a μDMA transfer is complete, the μDMA controller generates an interrupt, see “Interrupts and
Errors” on page 285 for more information.
For more information on how a specific peripheral interacts with the μDMA controller, refer to the
DMA Operation section in the chapter that discusses that peripheral.
9.2.9
Software Request
One μDMA channel is dedicated to software-initiated transfers. This channel also has a dedicated
interrupt to signal completion of a μDMA transfer. A transfer is initiated by software by first configuring
and enabling the transfer, and then issuing a software request using the DMA Channel Software
Request (DMASWREQ) register. For software-based transfers, the Auto transfer mode should be
used.
It is possible to initiate a transfer on any channel using the DMASWREQ register. If a request is
initiated by software using a peripheral μDMA channel, then the completion interrupt occurs on the
interrupt vector for the peripheral instead of the software interrupt vector. Any channel may be used
for software requests as long as the corresponding peripheral is not using μDMA for data transfer.
284
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
9.2.10
Interrupts and Errors
When a μDMA transfer is complete, the μDMA controller generates a completion interrupt on the
interrupt vector of the peripheral. Therefore, if μDMA is used to transfer data for a peripheral and
interrupts are used, then the interrupt handler for that peripheral must be designed to handle the
μDMA transfer completion interrupt. If the transfer uses the software μDMA channel, then the
completion interrupt occurs on the dedicated software μDMA interrupt vector (see Table 9-6).
When μDMA is enabled for a peripheral, the μDMA controller stops the normal transfer interrupts
for a peripheral from reaching the interrupt controller (the interrupts are still reported in the peripheral's
interrupt registers). Thus, when a large amount of data is transferred using μDMA, instead of receiving
multiple interrupts from the peripheral as data flows, the interrupt controller receives only one interrupt
when the transfer is complete. Unmasked peripheral error interrupts continue to be sent to the
interrupt controller.
If the μDMA controller encounters a bus or memory protection error as it attempts to perform a data
transfer, it disables the μDMA channel that caused the error and generates an interrupt on the μDMA
error interrupt vector. The processor can read the DMA Bus Error Clear (DMAERRCLR) register
to determine if an error is pending. The ERRCLR bit is set if an error occurred. The error can be
cleared by writing a 1 to the ERRCLR bit.
Table 9-6 shows the dedicated interrupt assignments for the μDMA controller.
Table 9-6. μDMA Interrupt Assignments
Interrupt
Assignment
46
μDMA Software Channel Transfer
47
μDMA Error
9.3
Initialization and Configuration
9.3.1
Module Initialization
Before the μDMA controller can be used, it must be enabled in the System Control block and in the
peripheral. The location of the channel control structure must also be programmed.
The following steps should be performed one time during system initialization:
1. The μDMA peripheral must be enabled in the System Control block. To do this, set the UDMA
bit of the System Control RCGC2 register (see page 190).
2. Enable the μDMA controller by setting the MASTEREN bit of the DMA Configuration (DMACFG)
register.
3. Program the location of the channel control table by writing the base address of the table to the
DMA Channel Control Base Pointer (DMACTLBASE) register. The base address must be
aligned on a 1024-byte boundary.
9.3.2
Configuring a Memory-to-Memory Transfer
μDMA channel 30 is dedicated for software-initiated transfers. However, any channel can be used
for software-initiated, memory-to-memory transfer if the associated peripheral is not being used.
9.3.2.1
Configure the Channel Attributes
First, configure the channel attributes:
June 15, 2010
285
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
1. Program bit 30 of the DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET) or DMA Channel Priority
Clear (DMAPRIOCLR) registers to set the channel to High priority or Default priority.
2. Set bit 30 of the DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear (DMAALTCLR) register to select the
primary channel control structure for this transfer.
3. Set bit 30 of the DMA Channel Useburst Clear (DMAUSEBURSTCLR) register to allow the
μDMA controller to respond to single and burst requests.
4. Set bit 30 of the DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR) register to allow
the μDMA controller to recognize requests for this channel.
9.3.2.2
Configure the Channel Control Structure
Now the channel control structure must be configured.
This example transfers 256 words from one memory buffer to another. Channel 30 is used for a
software transfer, and the control structure for channel 30 is at offset 0x1E0 of the channel control
table. The channel control structure for channel 30 is located at the offsets shown in Table 9-7.
Table 9-7. Channel Control Structure Offsets for Channel 30
Offset
Description
Control Table Base + 0x1E0
Channel 30 Source End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x1E4
Channel 30 Destination End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x1E8
Channel 30 Control Word
Configure the Source and Destination
The source and destination end pointers must be set to the last address for the transfer (inclusive).
1. Program the source end pointer at offset 0x1E0 to the address of the source buffer + 0x3FC.
2. Program the destination end pointer at offset 0x1E4 to the address of the destination buffer +
0x3FC.
The control word at offset 0x1E8 must be programmed according to Table 9-8.
Table 9-8. Channel Control Word Configuration for Memory Transfer Example
Field in DMACHCTL
Bits
Value
DSTINC
31:30
2
32-bit destination address increment
DSTSIZE
29:28
2
32-bit destination data size
SRCINC
27:26
2
32-bit source address increment
SRCSIZE
25:24
2
32-bit source data size
reserved
23:18
0
Reserved
ARBSIZE
17:14
3
Arbitrates after 8 transfers
XFERSIZE
13:4
255
3
0
N/A for this transfer type
2:0
2
Use Auto-request transfer mode
NXTUSEBURST
XFERMODE
9.3.2.3
Description
Transfer 256 items
Start the Transfer
Now the channel is configured and is ready to start.
286
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
1. Enable the channel by setting bit 30 of the DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET) register.
2. Issue a transfer request by setting bit 30 of the DMA Channel Software Request (DMASWREQ)
register.
The μDMA transfer begins. If the interrupt is enabled, then the processor is notified by interrupt
when the transfer is complete. If needed, the status can be checked by reading bit 30 of the
DMAENASET register. This bit is automatically cleared when the transfer is complete. The status
can also be checked by reading the XFERMODE field of the channel control word at offset 0x1E8.
This field is automatically cleared at the end of the transfer.
9.3.3
Configuring a Peripheral for Simple Transmit
This example configures the μDMA controller to transmit a buffer of data to a peripheral. The
peripheral has a transmit FIFO with a trigger level of 4. The example peripheral uses μDMA channel
7.
9.3.3.1
Configure the Channel Attributes
First, configure the channel attributes:
1. Configure bit 7 of the DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET) or DMA Channel Priority
Clear (DMAPRIOCLR) registers to set the channel to High priority or Default priority.
2. Set bit 7 of the DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear (DMAALTCLR) register to select the
primary channel control structure for this transfer.
3. Set bit 7 of the DMA Channel Useburst Clear (DMAUSEBURSTCLR) register to allow the
μDMA controller to respond to single and burst requests.
4. Set bit 7 of the DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR) register to allow
the μDMA controller to recognize requests for this channel.
9.3.3.2
Configure the Channel Control Structure
This example transfers 64 bytes from a memory buffer to the peripheral's transmit FIFO register
using μDMA channel 7. The control structure for channel 7 is at offset 0x070 of the channel control
table. The channel control structure for channel 7 is located at the offsets shown in Table 9-9.
Table 9-9. Channel Control Structure Offsets for Channel 7
Offset
Description
Control Table Base + 0x070
Channel 7 Source End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x074
Channel 7 Destination End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x078
Channel 7 Control Word
Configure the Source and Destination
The source and destination end pointers must be set to the last address for the transfer (inclusive).
Because the peripheral pointer does not change, it simply points to the peripheral's data register.
1. Program the source end pointer at offset 0x070 to the address of the source buffer + 0x3F.
2. Program the destination end pointer at offset 0x074 to the address of the peripheral's transmit
FIFO register.
June 15, 2010
287
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
The control word at offset 0x078 must be programmed according to Table 9-10.
Table 9-10. Channel Control Word Configuration for Peripheral Transmit Example
Field in DMACHCTL
Bits
Value
DSTINC
31:30
3
Destination address does not increment
DSTSIZE
29:28
0
8-bit destination data size
SRCINC
27:26
0
8-bit source address increment
SRCSIZE
25:24
0
8-bit source data size
reserved
23:18
0
Reserved
ARBSIZE
17:14
2
Arbitrates after 4 transfers
XFERSIZE
13:4
63
Transfer 64 items
3
0
N/A for this transfer type
2:0
1
Use Basic transfer mode
NXTUSEBURST
XFERMODE
Note:
9.3.3.3
Description
In this example, it is not important if the peripheral makes a single request or a burst request.
Because the peripheral has a FIFO that triggers at a level of 4, the arbitration size is set to
4. If the peripheral does make a burst request, then 4 bytes are transferred, which is what
the FIFO can accommodate. If the peripheral makes a single request (if there is any space
in the FIFO), then one byte is transferred at a time. If it is important to the application that
transfers only be made in bursts, then the Channel Useburst SET[7] bit should be set in
the DMA Channel Useburst Set (DMAUSEBURSTSET) register.
Start the Transfer
Now the channel is configured and is ready to start.
1. Enable the channel by setting bit 7 of the DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET) register.
The μDMA controller is now configured for transfer on channel 7. The controller makes transfers to
the peripheral whenever the peripheral asserts a μDMA request. The transfers continue until the
entire buffer of 64 bytes has been transferred. When that happens, the μDMA controller disables
the channel and sets the XFERMODE field of the channel control word to 0 (Stopped). The status of
the transfer can be checked by reading bit 7 of the DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET)
register. This bit is automatically cleared when the transfer is complete. The status can also be
checked by reading the XFERMODE field of the channel control word at offset 0x078. This field is
automatically cleared at the end of the transfer.
If peripheral interrupts are enabled, then the peripheral interrupt handler receives an interrupt when
the entire transfer is complete.
9.3.4
Configuring a Peripheral for Ping-Pong Receive
This example configures the μDMA controller to continuously receive 8-bit data from a peripheral
into a pair of 64-byte buffers. The peripheral has a receive FIFO with a trigger level of 8. The example
peripheral uses μDMA channel 8.
9.3.4.1
Configure the Channel Attributes
First, configure the channel attributes:
1. Configure bit 8 of the DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET) or DMA Channel Priority
Clear (DMAPRIOCLR) registers to set the channel to High priority or Default priority.
288
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
2. Set bit 8 of the DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear (DMAALTCLR) register to select the
primary channel control structure for this transfer.
3. Set bit 8 of the DMA Channel Useburst Clear (DMAUSEBURSTCLR) register to allow the
μDMA controller to respond to single and burst requests.
4. Set bit 8 of the DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR) register to allow
the μDMA controller to recognize requests for this channel.
9.3.4.2
Configure the Channel Control Structure
This example transfers bytes from the peripheral's receive FIFO register into two memory buffers
of 64 bytes each. As data is received, when one buffer is full, the μDMA controller switches to use
the other.
To use Ping-Pong buffering, both primary and alternate channel control structures must be used.
The primary control structure for channel 8 is at offset 0x080 of the channel control table, and the
alternate channel control structure is at offset 0x280. The channel control structures for channel 8
are located at the offsets shown in Table 9-11.
Table 9-11. Primary and Alternate Channel Control Structure Offsets for Channel 8
Offset
Description
Control Table Base + 0x080
Channel 8 Primary Source End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x084
Channel 8 Primary Destination End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x088
Channel 8 Primary Control Word
Control Table Base + 0x280
Channel 8 Alternate Source End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x284
Channel 8 Alternate Destination End Pointer
Control Table Base + 0x288
Channel 8 Alternate Control Word
Configure the Source and Destination
The source and destination end pointers must be set to the last address for the transfer (inclusive).
Because the peripheral pointer does not change, it simply points to the peripheral's data register.
Both the primary and alternate sets of pointers must be configured.
1. Program the primary source end pointer at offset 0x080 to the address of the peripheral's receive
buffer.
2. Program the primary destination end pointer at offset 0x084 to the address of ping-pong buffer
A + 0x3F.
3. Program the alternate source end pointer at offset 0x280 to the address of the peripheral's
receive buffer.
4. Program the alternate destination end pointer at offset 0x284 to the address of ping-pong buffer
B + 0x3F.
The primary control word at offset 0x088 and the alternate control word at offset 0x288 are initially
programmed the same way.
1. Program the primary channel control word at offset 0x088 according to Table 9-12.
2. Program the alternate channel control word at offset 0x288 according to Table 9-12.
June 15, 2010
289
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Table 9-12. Channel Control Word Configuration for Peripheral Ping-Pong Receive Example
Field in DMACHCTL
Bits
Value
DSTINC
31:30
0
8-bit destination address increment
DSTSIZE
29:28
0
8-bit destination data size
SRCINC
27:26
3
Source address does not increment
SRCSIZE
25:24
0
8-bit source data size
reserved
23:18
0
Reserved
ARBSIZE
17:14
3
Arbitrates after 8 transfers
XFERSIZE
13:4
63
Transfer 64 items
3
0
N/A for this transfer type
2:0
3
Use Ping-Pong transfer mode
NXTUSEBURST
XFERMODE
Note:
9.3.4.3
Description
In this example, it is not important if the peripheral makes a single request or a burst request.
Because the peripheral has a FIFO that triggers at a level of 8, the arbitration size is set to
8. If the peripheral does make a burst request, then 8 bytes are transferred, which is what
the FIFO can accommodate. If the peripheral makes a single request (if there is any data
in the FIFO), then one byte is transferred at a time. If it is important to the application that
transfers only be made in bursts, then the Channel Useburst SET[8] bit should be set in
the DMA Channel Useburst Set (DMAUSEBURSTSET) register.
Configure the Peripheral Interrupt
An interrupt handler should be configured when using μDMA Ping-Pong mode, it is best to use an
interrupt handler. However, the Ping-Pong mode can be configured without interrupts by polling.
The interrupt handler is triggered after each buffer is complete.
1. Configure and enable an interrupt handler for the peripheral.
9.3.4.4
Enable the μDMA Channel
Now the channel is configured and is ready to start.
1. Enable the channel by setting bit 8 of the DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET) register.
9.3.4.5
Process Interrupts
The μDMA controller is now configured and enabled for transfer on channel 8. When the peripheral
asserts the μDMA request signal, the μDMA controller makes transfers into buffer A using the primary
channel control structure. When the primary transfer to buffer A is complete, it switches to the
alternate channel control structure and makes transfers into buffer B. At the same time, the primary
channel control word mode field is configured to indicate Stopped, and an interrupt is
When an interrupt is triggered, the interrupt handler must determine which buffer is complete and
process the data or set a flag that the data must be processed by non-interrupt buffer processing
code. Then the next buffer transfer must be set up.
In the interrupt handler:
1. Read the primary channel control word at offset 0x088 and check the XFERMODE field. If the
field is 0, this means buffer A is complete. If buffer A is complete, then:
a. Process the newly received data in buffer A or signal the buffer processing code that buffer
A has data available.
290
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
b. Reprogram the primary channel control word at offset 0x88 according to Table
9-12 on page 290.
2. Read the alternate channel control word at offset 0x288 and check the XFERMODE field. If the
field is 0, this means buffer B is complete. If buffer B is complete, then:
a. Process the newly received data in buffer B or signal the buffer processing code that buffer
B has data available.
b. Reprogram the alternate channel control word at offset 0x288 according to Table
9-12 on page 290.
9.3.5
Configuring Channel Assignments
Channel assignments for each μDMA channel can be changed using the DMACHASGN register.
Each bit represents a μDMA channel. If the bit is set, then the secondary function is used for the
channel.
Refer to Table 9-1 on page 272 for channel assignments.
For example, to use SSI1 Receive on channel 8 instead of UART0, set bit 8 of the DMACHASGN
register.
9.4
Register Map
Table 9-13 on page 291 lists the μDMA channel control structures and registers. The channel control
structure shows the layout of one entry in the channel control table. The channel control table is
located in system memory, and the location is determined by the application, that is, the base
address is n/a (not applicable). In the table below, the offset for the channel control structures is the
offset from the entry in the channel control table. See “Channel Configuration” on page 274 and Table
9-3 on page 275 for a description of how the entries in the channel control table are located in memory.
The μDMA register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment, relative to the μDMA base
address of 0x400F.F000. Note that the μDMA module clock must be enabled before the registers
can be programmed (see page 190).
Table 9-13. μDMA Register Map
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
Description
See
page
μDMA Channel Control Structure (Offset from Channel Control Table Base)
0x000
DMASRCENDP
R/W
-
DMA Channel Source Address End Pointer
293
0x004
DMADSTENDP
R/W
-
DMA Channel Destination Address End Pointer
294
0x008
DMACHCTL
R/W
-
DMA Channel Control Word
295
DMA Status
300
DMA Configuration
302
μDMA Registers (Offset from μDMA Base Address)
0x000
DMASTAT
RO
0x001F.0000
0x004
DMACFG
WO
-
0x008
DMACTLBASE
R/W
0x0000.0000
DMA Channel Control Base Pointer
303
0x00C
DMAALTBASE
RO
0x0000.0200
DMA Alternate Channel Control Base Pointer
304
0x010
DMAWAITSTAT
RO
0x0000.0000
DMA Channel Wait-on-Request Status
305
June 15, 2010
291
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Table 9-13. μDMA Register Map (continued)
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x014
DMASWREQ
WO
-
0x018
DMAUSEBURSTSET
R/W
0x0000.0000
0x01C
DMAUSEBURSTCLR
WO
-
0x020
DMAREQMASKSET
R/W
0x0000.0000
0x024
DMAREQMASKCLR
WO
-
0x028
DMAENASET
R/W
0x0000.0000
0x02C
DMAENACLR
WO
-
0x030
DMAALTSET
R/W
0x0000.0000
0x034
DMAALTCLR
WO
-
0x038
DMAPRIOSET
R/W
0x0000.0000
0x03C
DMAPRIOCLR
WO
-
0x04C
DMAERRCLR
R/W
0x500
DMACHASGN
0xFD0
Description
See
page
DMA Channel Software Request
306
DMA Channel Useburst Set
307
DMA Channel Useburst Clear
308
DMA Channel Request Mask Set
309
DMA Channel Request Mask Clear
310
DMA Channel Enable Set
311
DMA Channel Enable Clear
312
DMA Channel Primary Alternate Set
313
DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear
314
DMA Channel Priority Set
315
DMA Channel Priority Clear
316
0x0000.0000
DMA Bus Error Clear
317
R/W
0x0000.0000
DMA Channel Assignment
318
DMAPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0004
DMA Peripheral Identification 4
323
0xFE0
DMAPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0030
DMA Peripheral Identification 0
319
0xFE4
DMAPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.00B2
DMA Peripheral Identification 1
320
0xFE8
DMAPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.000B
DMA Peripheral Identification 2
321
0xFEC
DMAPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0000
DMA Peripheral Identification 3
322
0xFF0
DMAPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
DMA PrimeCell Identification 0
324
0xFF4
DMAPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
DMA PrimeCell Identification 1
325
0xFF8
DMAPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0005
DMA PrimeCell Identification 2
326
0xFFC
DMAPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
DMA PrimeCell Identification 3
327
9.5
μDMA Channel Control Structure
The μDMA Channel Control Structure holds the transfer settings for a μDMA channel. Each channel
has two control structures, which are located in a table in system memory. Refer to “Channel
Configuration” on page 274 for an explanation of the Channel Control Table and the Channel Control
Structure.
The channel control structure is one entry in the channel control table. Each channel has a primary
and alternate structure. The primary control structures are located at offsets 0x0, 0x10, 0x20 and
so on. The alternate control structures are located at offsets 0x200, 0x210, 0x220, and so on.
292
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 1: DMA Channel Source Address End Pointer (DMASRCENDP), offset
0x000
DMA Channel Source Address End Pointer (DMASRCENDP) is part of the Channel Control
Structure and is used to specify the source address for a μDMA transfer.
The μDMA controller can transfer data to and from the on-chip SRAM. However, because the Flash
memory and ROM are located on a separate internal bus, it is not possible to transfer data from the
Flash memory or ROM with the μDMA controller.
Note:
The offset specified is from the base address of the control structure in system memory,
not the μDMA module base address.
DMA Channel Source Address End Pointer (DMASRCENDP)
Base n/a
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
ADDR
Type
Reset
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
ADDR
Type
Reset
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
ADDR
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Source Address End Pointer
This field points to the last address of the μDMA transfer source
(inclusive). If the source address is not incrementing (the SRCINC field
in the DMACHCTL register is 0x3), then this field points at the source
location itself (such as a peripheral data register).
June 15, 2010
293
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 2: DMA Channel Destination Address End Pointer (DMADSTENDP),
offset 0x004
DMA Channel Destination Address End Pointer (DMADSTENDP) is part of the Channel Control
Structure and is used to specify the destination address for a μDMA transfer.
Note:
The offset specified is from the base address of the control structure in system memory,
not the μDMA module base address.
DMA Channel Destination Address End Pointer (DMADSTENDP)
Base n/a
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
ADDR
Type
Reset
ADDR
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
ADDR
R/W
-
Description
Destination Address End Pointer
This field points to the last address of the μDMA transfer destination
(inclusive). If the destination address is not incrementing (the DSTINC
field in the DMACHCTL register is 0x3), then this field points at the
destination location itself (such as a peripheral data register).
294
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 3: DMA Channel Control Word (DMACHCTL), offset 0x008
DMA Channel Control Word (DMACHCTL) is part of the Channel Control Structure and is used
to specify parameters of a μDMA transfer.
Note:
The offset specified is from the base address of the control structure in system memory,
not the μDMA module base address.
DMA Channel Control Word (DMACHCTL)
Base n/a
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 31
30
DSTINC
Type
Reset
29
28
27
DSTSIZE
26
24
23
22
21
SRCSIZE
20
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
R/W
-
XFERSIZE
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:30
DSTINC
R/W
-
18
17
R/W
-
R/W
-
3
2
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
1
0
XFERMODE
NXTUSEBURST
R/W
-
16
ARBSIZE
R/W
-
R/W
-
19
reserved
R/W
-
ARBSIZE
Type
Reset
25
SRCINC
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Destination Address Increment
This field configures the destination address increment.
The address increment value must be equal or greater than the value
of the destination size (DSTSIZE).
Value Description
0x0
Byte
Increment by 8-bit locations
0x1
Half-word
Increment by 16-bit locations
0x2
Word
Increment by 32-bit locations
0x3
No increment
Address remains set to the value of the Destination Address
End Pointer (DMADSTENDP) for the channel
June 15, 2010
295
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
29:28
DSTSIZE
R/W
-
Description
Destination Data Size
This field configures the destination item data size.
Note:
DSTSIZE must be the same as SRCSIZE.
Value Description
0x0
Byte
8-bit data size
0x1
Half-word
16-bit data size
0x2
Word
32-bit data size
0x3
27:26
SRCINC
R/W
-
Reserved
Source Address Increment
This field configures the source address increment.
The address increment value must be equal or greater than the value
of the source size (SRCSIZE).
Value Description
0x0
Byte
Increment by 8-bit locations
0x1
Half-word
Increment by 16-bit locations
0x2
Word
Increment by 32-bit locations
0x3
No increment
Address remains set to the value of the Source Address End
Pointer (DMASRCENDP) for the channel
25:24
SRCSIZE
R/W
-
Source Data Size
This field configures the source item data size.
Note:
DSTSIZE must be the same as SRCSIZE.
Value Description
0x0
Byte
8-bit data size.
0x1
Half-word
16-bit data size.
0x2
Word
32-bit data size.
0x3
Reserved
296
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
23:18
reserved
R/W
-
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
17:14
ARBSIZE
R/W
-
Arbitration Size
This field configures the number of transfers that can occur before the
μDMA controller re-arbitrates. The possible arbitration rate configurations
represent powers of 2 and are shown below.
Value
Description
0x0
1 Transfer
Arbitrates after each μDMA transfer
0x1
2 Transfers
0x2
4 Transfers
0x3
8 Transfers
0x4
16 Transfers
0x5
32 Transfers
0x6
64 Transfers
0x7
128 Transfers
0x8
256 Transfers
0x9
512 Transfers
0xA-0xF 1024 Transfers
In this configuration, no arbitration occurs during the μDMA
transfer because the maximum transfer size is 1024.
13:4
XFERSIZE
R/W
-
Transfer Size (minus 1)
This field configures the total number of items to transfer. The value of
this field is 1 less than the number to transfer (value 0 means transfer
1 item). The maximum value for this 10-bit field is 1023 which represents
a transfer size of 1024 items.
The transfer size is the number of items, not the number of bytes. If the
data size is 32 bits, then this value is the number of 32-bit words to
transfer.
The μDMA controller updates this field immediately prior to entering the
arbitration process, so it contains the number of outstanding items that
is necessary to complete the μDMA cycle.
3
NXTUSEBURST
R/W
-
Next Useburst
This field controls whether the Useburst SET[n] bit is automatically set
for the last transfer of a peripheral scatter-gather operation. Normally,
for the last transfer, if the number of remaining items to transfer is less
than the arbitration size, the μDMA controller uses single transfers to
complete the transaction. If this bit is set, then the controller uses a burst
transfer to complete the last transfer.
June 15, 2010
297
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2:0
XFERMODE
R/W
-
Description
μDMA Transfer Mode
This field configures the operating mode of the μDMA cycle. Refer to
“Transfer Modes” on page 276 for a detailed explanation of transfer
modes.
Because this register is in system RAM, it has no reset value. Therefore,
this field should be initialized to 0 before the channel is enabled.
Value Description
0x0
Stop
0x1
Basic
0x2
Auto-Request
0x3
Ping-Pong
0x4
Memory Scatter-Gather
0x5
Alternate Memory Scatter-Gather
0x6
Peripheral Scatter-Gather
0x7
Alternate Peripheral Scatter-Gather
XFERMODE Bit Field Values.
Stop
Channel is stopped or configuration data is invalid. No more transfers can occur.
Basic
For each trigger (whether from a peripheral or a software request), the μDMA controller performs
the number of transfers specified by the ARBSIZE field.
Auto-Request
The initial request (software- or peripheral-initiated) is sufficient to complete the entire transfer
of XFERSIZE items without any further requests.
Ping-Pong
This mode uses both the primary and alternate control structures for this channel. When the
number of transfers specified by the XFERSIZE field have completed for the current control
structure (primary or alternate), the µDMA controller switches to the other one. These switches
continue until one of the control structures is not set to ping-pong mode. At that point, the µDMA
controller stops. An interrupt is generated on completion of the transfers configured by each
control structure. See “Ping-Pong” on page 276.
Memory Scatter-Gather
When using this mode, the primary control structure for the channel is configured to allow a list
of operations (tasks) to be performed. The source address pointer specifies the start of a table
of tasks to be copied to the alternate control structure for this channel. The XFERMODE field for
the alternate control structure should be configured to 0x5 (Alternate memory scatter-gather)
to perform the task. When the task completes, the µDMA switches back to the primary channel
control structure, which then copies the next task to the alternate control structure. This process
continues until the table of tasks is empty. The last task must have an XFERMODE value other
than 0x5. Note that for continuous operation, the last task can update the primary channel control
structure back to the start of the list or to another list. See “Memory Scatter-Gather” on page 277.
298
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Alternate Memory Scatter-Gather
This value must be used in the alternate channel control data structure when the μDMA controller
operates in Memory Scatter-Gather mode.
Peripheral Scatter-Gather
This value must be used in the primary channel control data structure when the μDMA controller
operates in Peripheral Scatter-Gather mode. In this mode, the μDMA controller operates exactly
the same as in Memory Scatter-Gather mode, except that instead of performing the number of
transfers specified by the XFERSIZE field in the alternate control structure at one time, the
μDMA controller only performs the number of transfers specified by the ARBSIZE field per
trigger; see Basic mode for details. See “Peripheral Scatter-Gather” on page 281.
Alternate Peripheral Scatter-Gather
This value must be used in the alternate channel control data structure when the μDMA controller
operates in Peripheral Scatter-Gather mode.
9.6
μDMA Register Descriptions
The register addresses given are relative to the μDMA base address of 0x400F.F000.
June 15, 2010
299
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 4: DMA Status (DMASTAT), offset 0x000
The DMA Status (DMASTAT) register returns the status of the μDMA controller. You cannot read
this register when the μDMA controller is in the reset state.
DMA Status (DMASTAT)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x000
Type RO, reset 0x001F.0000
31
30
29
28
27
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
STATE
RO
0
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
2
1
0
DMACHANS
reserved
Type
Reset
18
reserved
RO
0
MASTEN
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:21
reserved
RO
0x000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
20:16
DMACHANS
RO
0x1F
Available μDMA Channels Minus 1
This field contains a value equal to the number of μDMA channels the
μDMA controller is configured to use, minus one. The value of 0x1F
corresponds to 32 μDMA channels.
15:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:4
STATE
RO
0x0
Control State Machine Status
This field shows the current status of the control state machine. Status
can be one of the following.
Value
Description
0x0
Idle
0x1
Reading channel controller data.
0x2
Reading source end pointer.
0x3
Reading destination end pointer.
0x4
Reading source data.
0x5
Writing destination data.
0x6
Waiting for µDMA request to clear.
0x7
Writing channel controller data.
0x8
Stalled
0x9
Done
0xA-0xF Undefined
3:1
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
300
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
MASTEN
RO
0
Description
Master Enable Status
Value Description
0
The μDMA controller is disabled.
1
The μDMA controller is enabled.
June 15, 2010
301
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 5: DMA Configuration (DMACFG), offset 0x004
The DMACFG register controls the configuration of the μDMA controller.
DMA Configuration (DMACFG)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x004
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
WO
-
MASTEN
WO
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:1
reserved
WO
-
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
0
MASTEN
WO
-
Controller Master Enable
Value Description
0
Disables the μDMA controller.
1
Enables μDMA controller.
302
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 6: DMA Channel Control Base Pointer (DMACTLBASE), offset 0x008
The DMACTLBASE register must be configured so that the base pointer points to a location in
system memory.
The amount of system memory that must be assigned to the μDMA controller depends on the
number of μDMA channels used and whether the alternate channel control data structure is used.
See “Channel Configuration” on page 274 for details about the Channel Control Table. The base
address must be aligned on a 1024-byte boundary. This register cannot be read when the μDMA
controller is in the reset state.
DMA Channel Control Base Pointer (DMACTLBASE)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
ADDR
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
ADDR
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:10
ADDR
R/W
0x0000.00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Channel Control Base Address
This field contains the pointer to the base address of the channel control
table. The base address must be 1024-byte aligned.
9:0
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
303
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 7: DMA Alternate Channel Control Base Pointer (DMAALTBASE),
offset 0x00C
The DMAALTBASE register returns the base address of the alternate channel control data. This
register removes the necessity for application software to calculate the base address of the alternate
channel control structures. This register cannot be read when the μDMA controller is in the reset
state.
DMA Alternate Channel Control Base Pointer (DMAALTBASE)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x00C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0200
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
ADDR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
ADDR
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
ADDR
RO
RO
1
Reset
RO
0
Description
0x0000.0200 Alternate Channel Address Pointer
This field provides the base address of the alternate channel control
structures.
304
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 8: DMA Channel Wait-on-Request Status (DMAWAITSTAT), offset
0x010
This read-only register indicates that the μDMA channel is waiting on a request. A peripheral can
hold off the μDMA from performing a single request until the peripheral is ready for a burst request
to enhance the μDMA performance. The use of this feature is dependent on the design of the
peripheral and is not controllable by software in any way. This register cannot be read when the
μDMA controller is in the reset state.
DMA Channel Wait-on-Request Status (DMAWAITSTAT)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WAITREQ[n]
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
WAITREQ[n]
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
WAITREQ[n]
RO
RO
0
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
Description
0x0000.0000 Channel [n] Wait Status
These bits provide the channel wait-on-request status. Bit 0 corresponds
to channel 0.
Value Description
1
The corresponding channel is waiting on a request.
0
The corresponding channel is not waiting on a request.
June 15, 2010
305
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 9: DMA Channel Software Request (DMASWREQ), offset 0x014
Each bit of the DMASWREQ register represents the corresponding μDMA channel. Setting a bit
generates a request for the specified μDMA channel.
DMA Channel Software Request (DMASWREQ)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x014
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
SWREQ[n]
Type
Reset
SWREQ[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
SWREQ[n]
WO
-
WO
-
Description
Channel [n] Software Request
These bits generate software requests. Bit 0 corresponds to channel 0.
Value Description
1
Generate a software request for the corresponding channel.
0
No request generated.
These bits are automatically cleared when the software request has
been completed.
306
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 10: DMA Channel Useburst Set (DMAUSEBURSTSET), offset 0x018
Each bit of the DMAUSEBURSTSET register represents the corresponding μDMA channel. Setting
a bit disables the channel's single request input from generating requests, configuring the channel
to only accept burst requests. Reading the register returns the status of USEBURST.
If the amount of data to transfer is a multiple of the arbitration (burst) size, the corresponding SET[n]
bit is cleared after completing the final transfer. If there are fewer items remaining to transfer than
the arbitration (burst) size, the μDMA controller automatically clears the corresponding SET[n] bit,
allowing the remaining items to transfer using single requests. In order to resume transfers using
burst requests, the corresponding bit must be set again. A bit should not be set if the corresponding
peripheral does not support the burst request model.
Refer to “Request Types” on page 273 for more details about request types.
DMA Channel Useburst Set (DMAUSEBURSTSET)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x018
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SET[n]
Type
Reset
SET[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
SET[n]
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Channel [n] Useburst Set
Value Description
0
μDMA channel [n] responds to single or burst requests.
1
μDMA channel [n] responds only to burst requests.
Bit 0 corresponds to channel 0. This bit is automatically cleared as
described above. A bit can also be manually cleared by setting the
corresponding CLR[n] bit in the DMAUSEBURSTCLR register.
June 15, 2010
307
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 11: DMA Channel Useburst Clear (DMAUSEBURSTCLR), offset 0x01C
Each bit of the DMAUSEBURSTCLR register represents the corresponding μDMA channel. Setting
a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the DMAUSEBURSTSET register.
DMA Channel Useburst Clear (DMAUSEBURSTCLR)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x01C
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
CLR[n]
WO
-
Description
Channel [n] Useburst Clear
Value Description
0
No effect.
1
Setting a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the
DMAUSEBURSTSET register meaning that µDMA channel [n]
responds to single and burst requests.
308
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 12: DMA Channel Request Mask Set (DMAREQMASKSET), offset
0x020
Each bit of the DMAREQMASKSET register represents the corresponding μDMA channel. Setting
a bit disables μDMA requests for the channel. Reading the register returns the request mask status.
When a μDMA channel's request is masked, that means the peripheral can no longer request μDMA
transfers. The channel can then be used for software-initiated transfers.
DMA Channel Request Mask Set (DMAREQMASKSET)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x020
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
SET[n]
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SET[n]
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
SET[n]
R/W
R/W
0
Reset
R/W
0
Description
0x0000.0000 Channel [n] Request Mask Set
Value Description
0
The peripheral associated with channel [n] is enabled to request
μDMA transfers.
1
The peripheral associated with channel [n] is not able to request
μDMA transfers. Channel [n] may be used for software-initiated
transfers.
Bit 0 corresponds to channel 0. A bit can only be cleared by setting the
corresponding CLR[n] bit in the DMAREQMASKCLR register.
June 15, 2010
309
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 13: DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR), offset
0x024
Each bit of the DMAREQMASKCLR register represents the corresponding μDMA channel. Setting
a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the DMAREQMASKSET register.
DMA Channel Request Mask Clear (DMAREQMASKCLR)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x024
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
CLR[n]
WO
-
WO
-
Description
Channel [n] Request Mask Clear
Value Description
0
No effect.
1
Setting a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the
DMAREQMASKSET register meaning that the peripheral
associated with channel [n] is enabled to request μDMA
transfers.
310
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 14: DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET), offset 0x028
Each bit of the DMAENASET register represents the corresponding µDMA channel. Setting a bit
enables the corresponding µDMA channel. Reading the register returns the enable status of the
channels. If a channel is enabled but the request mask is set (DMAREQMASKSET), then the
channel can be used for software-initiated transfers.
DMA Channel Enable Set (DMAENASET)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x028
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SET[n]
Type
Reset
SET[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
SET[n]
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Channel [n] Enable Set
Value Description
0
µDMA Channel [n] is disabled.
1
µDMA Channel [n] is enabled.
Bit 0 corresponds to channel 0. A bit can only be cleared by setting the
corresponding CLR[n] bit in the DMAENACLR register.
June 15, 2010
311
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 15: DMA Channel Enable Clear (DMAENACLR), offset 0x02C
Each bit of the DMAENACLR register represents the corresponding µDMA channel. Setting a bit
clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the DMAENASET register.
DMA Channel Enable Clear (DMAENACLR)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x02C
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
CLR[n]
WO
-
Description
Clear Channel [n] Enable Clear
Value Description
0
No effect.
1
Setting a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the
DMAENASET register meaning that channel [n] is disabled for
μDMA transfers.
Note:
The controller disables a channel when it completes the μDMA
cycle.
312
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 16: DMA Channel Primary Alternate Set (DMAALTSET), offset 0x030
Each bit of the DMAALTSET register represents the corresponding µDMA channel. Setting a bit
configures the µDMA channel to use the alternate control data structure. Reading the register returns
the status of which control data structure is in use for the corresponding µDMA channel.
DMA Channel Primary Alternate Set (DMAALTSET)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SET[n]
Type
Reset
SET[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
SET[n]
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Channel [n] Alternate Set
Value Description
0
µDMA channel [n] is using the primary control structure.
1
µDMA channel [n] is using the alternate control structure.
Bit 0 corresponds to channel 0. A bit can only be cleared by setting the
corresponding CLR[n] bit in the DMAALTCLR register.
Note:
For Ping-Pong and Scatter-Gather cycle types, the µDMA
controller automatically sets these bits to select the alternate
channel control data structure.
June 15, 2010
313
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 17: DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear (DMAALTCLR), offset
0x034
Each bit of the DMAALTCLR register represents the corresponding μDMA channel. Setting a bit
clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the DMAALTSET register.
DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear (DMAALTCLR)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x034
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
CLR[n]
WO
-
WO
-
Description
Channel [n] Alternate Clear
Value Description
0
No effect.
1
Setting a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the
DMAALTSET register meaning that channel [n] is using the
primary control structure.
Note:
For Ping-Pong and Scatter-Gather cycle types, the µDMA
controller automatically sets these bits to select the alternate
channel control data structure.
314
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 18: DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET), offset 0x038
Each bit of the DMAPRIOSET register represents the corresponding µDMA channel. Setting a bit
configures the µDMA channel to have a high priority level. Reading the register returns the status
of the channel priority mask.
DMA Channel Priority Set (DMAPRIOSET)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x038
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
SET[n]
Type
Reset
SET[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
SET[n]
R/W
Reset
Description
0x0000.0000 Channel [n] Priority Set
Value Description
0
µDMA channel [n] is using the default priority level.
1
µDMA channel [n] is using a high priority level.
Bit 0 corresponds to channel 0. A bit can only be cleared by setting the
corresponding CLR[n] bit in the DMAPRIOCLR register.
June 15, 2010
315
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 19: DMA Channel Priority Clear (DMAPRIOCLR), offset 0x03C
Each bit of the DMAPRIOCLR register represents the corresponding µDMA channel. Setting a bit
clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the DMAPRIOSET register.
DMA Channel Priority Clear (DMAPRIOCLR)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x03C
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
CLR[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
CLR[n]
WO
-
Description
Channel [n] Priority Clear
Value Description
0
No effect.
1
Setting a bit clears the corresponding SET[n] bit in the
DMAPRIOSET register meaning that channel [n] is using the
default priority level.
316
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 20: DMA Bus Error Clear (DMAERRCLR), offset 0x04C
The DMAERRCLR register is used to read and clear the µDMA bus error status. The error status
is set if the μDMA controller encountered a bus error while performing a transfer. If a bus error
occurs on a channel, that channel is automatically disabled by the μDMA controller. The other
channels are unaffected.
DMA Bus Error Clear (DMAERRCLR)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x04C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:1
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
0
ERRCLR
R/W1C
0
RO
0
ERRCLR
R/W1C
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA Bus Error Status
Value Description
0
No bus error is pending.
1
A bus error is pending.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to it.
June 15, 2010
317
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 21: DMA Channel Assignment (DMACHASGN), offset 0x500
Each bit of the DMACHASGN register represents the corresponding µDMA channel. Setting a bit
selects the secondary channel assignment as specified in Table 9-1 on page 272.
DMA Channel Assignment (DMACHASGN)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0x500
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
CHASGN[n]
Type
Reset
CHASGN[n]
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
CHASGN[n]
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Channel [n] Assignment Select
Value Description
0
Use the primary channel assignment.
1
Use the secondary channel assignment.
318
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 22: DMA Peripheral Identification 0 (DMAPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The DMAPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA Peripheral Identification 0 (DMAPeriphID0)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0030
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID0
RO
0x30
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA Peripheral ID Register [7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
June 15, 2010
319
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 23: DMA Peripheral Identification 1 (DMAPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The DMAPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA Peripheral Identification 1 (DMAPeriphID1)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B2
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID1
RO
0xB2
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
320
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 24: DMA Peripheral Identification 2 (DMAPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The DMAPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA Peripheral Identification 2 (DMAPeriphID2)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000B
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID2
RO
0x0B
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
June 15, 2010
321
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 25: DMA Peripheral Identification 3 (DMAPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The DMAPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA Peripheral Identification 3 (DMAPeriphID3)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID3
RO
0x00
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
322
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 26: DMA Peripheral Identification 4 (DMAPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The DMAPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA Peripheral Identification 4 (DMAPeriphID4)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0004
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID4
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID4
RO
0x04
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA Peripheral ID Register
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
June 15, 2010
323
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 27: DMA PrimeCell Identification 0 (DMAPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The DMAPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA PrimeCell Identification 0 (DMAPCellID0)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA PrimeCell ID Register [7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
324
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 28: DMA PrimeCell Identification 1 (DMAPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The DMAPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA PrimeCell Identification 1 (DMAPCellID1)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
μDMA PrimeCell ID Register [15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
June 15, 2010
325
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)
Register 29: DMA PrimeCell Identification 2 (DMAPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The DMAPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA PrimeCell Identification 2 (DMAPCellID2)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
μDMA PrimeCell ID Register [23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
326
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 30: DMA PrimeCell Identification 3 (DMAPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The DMAPCellIDn registers are hard-coded, and the fields within the registers determine the reset
values.
DMA PrimeCell Identification 3 (DMAPCellID3)
Base 0x400F.F000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
μDMA PrimeCell ID Register [31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
June 15, 2010
327
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
10
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
The GPIO module is composed of nine physical GPIO blocks, each corresponding to an individual
GPIO port (Port A, Port B, Port C, Port D, Port E, Port F, Port G, Port H, Port J). The GPIO module
supports up to 60 programmable input/output pins, depending on the peripherals being used.
The GPIO module has the following features:
■ Up to 60 GPIOs, depending on configuration
■ Highly flexible pin muxing allows use as GPIO or one of several peripheral functions
■ 5-V-tolerant input/outputs
■ Fast toggle capable of a change every two clock cycles
■ Two means of port access: either Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB) with better back-to-back
access performance, or the legacy Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB) for backwards-compatibility
with existing code
■ Programmable control for GPIO interrupts
– Interrupt generation masking
– Edge-triggered on rising, falling, or both
– Level-sensitive on High or Low values
■ Bit masking in both read and write operations through address lines
■ Can be used to initiate an ADC sample sequence
■ Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered
■ Programmable control for GPIO pad configuration
– Weak pull-up or pull-down resistors
– 2-mA, 4-mA, and 8-mA pad drive for digital communication; up to four pads can be configured
with an 18-mA pad drive for high-current applications
– Slew rate control for the 8-mA drive
– Open drain enables
– Digital input enables
10.1
Signal Description
GPIO signals have alternate hardware functions. Table 10-2 on page 329 and Table 10-3 on page 331
list the GPIO pins and their analog and digital alternate functions. The AINx and VREFA analog
signals are not 5-V tolerant and go through an isolation circuit before reaching their circuitry. These
signals are configured by clearing the corresponding DEN bit in the GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN)
register and setting the corresponding AMSEL bit in the GPIO Analog Mode Select (GPIOAMSEL)
register. Other analog signals are 5-V tolerant and are connected directly to their circuitry (C0-,
328
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
C0+, C1-, C1+, USB0VBUS, USB0ID). These signals are configured by clearing the DEN bit in the
GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) register. The digital alternate hardware functions are enabled by
setting the appropriate bit in the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) and GPIODEN
registers and configuring the PMCx bit field in the GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL) register to the
numeric enoding shown in the table below. Table entries that are shaded gray are the default values
for the corresponding GPIO pin.
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-1. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
GPIO Pins
Default State
PA[1:0]
UART0
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
1
1
0
GPIOPCTL
0
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
Table 10-2. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (100LQFP)
IO
Pin Analog
Function
a
Digital Function (GPIOPCTL PMCx Bit Field Encoding)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PA0 26
-
U0Rx
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1SCL
U1Rx
-
-
PA1 27
-
U0Tx
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1SDA
U1Tx
-
-
PA2 28
-
SSI0Clk
-
-
PWM4
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXSD
-
-
PA3 29
-
SSI0Fss
-
-
PWM5
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXMCLK
-
-
PA4 30
-
SSI0Rx
-
-
-
CAN0Rx
-
-
-
I2S0TXSCK
-
-
PA5 31
-
SSI0Tx
-
-
-
CAN0Tx
-
-
-
I2S0TXWS
-
-
PA6 34
-
I2C1SCL
CCP1
-
PWM0
PWM4
CAN0Rx
-
USB0EPEN
U1CTS
-
-
PA7 35
-
I2C1SDA
CCP4
-
PWM1
PWM5
CAN0Tx
CCP3
USB0PFLT
U1DCD
-
-
PB0 66
USB0ID
CCP0
PWM2
-
-
U1Rx
-
-
-
-
-
-
CCP2
PWM3
-
CCP1
U1Tx
-
-
-
-
-
-
PB2 72
PB1 67 USB0VBUS
-
I2C0SCL
IDX0
-
CCP3
CCP0
-
-
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
PB3 65
-
I2C0SDA Fault0
-
Fault3
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
-
-
-
PB4 92
AIN10
C0-
-
-
-
U2Rx
CAN0Rx
IDX0
U1Rx
-
-
-
-
PB5 91
AIN11
C1-
C0o
CCP5
CCP6
CCP0
CAN0Tx
CCP2
U1Tx
-
-
-
-
PB6 90
VREFA
C0+
CCP1
CCP7
C0o
Fault1
IDX0
CCP5
-
-
I2S0TXSCK
-
-
PB7 89
-
-
-
-
NMI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC0 80
-
-
-
TCK
SWCLK
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC1 79
-
-
-
TMS
SWDIO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC2 78
-
-
-
TDI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
June 15, 2010
329
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Table 10-2. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (100LQFP) (continued)
IO
Pin Analog
Function
a
Digital Function (GPIOPCTL PMCx Bit Field Encoding)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PC3 77
-
-
-
TDO SWO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC4 25
-
CCP5
PhA0
-
-
CCP2
CCP4
-
-
CCP1
-
-
PC5 24
C1+
CCP1
C1o
C0o
Fault2
CCP3
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
-
PC6 23
-
CCP3
PhB0
-
-
U1Rx
CCP0
USB0PFLT
-
-
-
-
PC7 22
-
CCP4
PhB0
-
CCP0
U1Tx
USB0PFLT
C1o
-
-
-
-
PD0 10
AIN15
PWM0
CAN0Rx
IDX0
U2Rx
U1Rx
CCP6
-
I2S0RXSCK U1CTS
-
-
PD1 11
AIN14
PWM1
CAN0Tx
PhA0
U2Tx
U1Tx
CCP7
-
I2S0RXWS
U1DCD
CCP2
PhB1
PD2 12
AIN13
U1Rx
CCP6
PWM2
CCP5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PD3 13
AIN12
U1Tx
CCP7
PWM3
CCP0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PD4 97
AIN7
CCP0
CCP3
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXSD
U1RI
-
-
PD5 98
AIN6
CCP2
CCP4
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXMCLK
U2Rx
-
-
PD6 99
AIN5
Fault0
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXSCK
U2Tx
-
-
PD7 100
AIN4
IDX0
C0o
CCP1
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXWS
U1DTR
-
-
PE0 74
-
PWM4
SSI1Clk
CCP3
-
-
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
-
-
PE1 75
-
PWM5
SSI1Fss Fault0
CCP2
CCP6
-
-
-
-
-
-
PE2 95
AIN9
CCP4
SSI1Rx
PhB1
PhA0
CCP2
-
-
-
-
-
-
PE3 96
AIN8
CCP1
SSI1Tx
PhA1
PhB0
CCP7
-
-
-
-
-
-
PE4
6
AIN3
CCP3
-
-
Fault0
U2Tx
CCP2
-
-
I2S0TXWS
-
-
PE5
5
AIN2
CCP5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXSD
-
-
PE6
2
AIN1
PWM4
C1o
-
-
-
-
-
-
U1CTS
-
-
PE7
1
AIN0
PWM5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
U1DCD
-
-
PF0 47
-
CAN1Rx
PhB0
PWM0
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXSD
U1DSR
-
-
PF1 61
-
CAN1Tx
IDX1
PWM1
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXMCLK U1RTS
CCP3
-
PF2 60
-
LED1
PWM4
-
PWM2
-
-
-
-
SSI1Clk
-
-
PF3 59
-
LED0
PWM5
-
PWM3
-
-
-
-
SSI1Fss
-
-
PF4 42
-
CCP0
C0o
-
Fault0
-
-
-
-
SSI1Rx
-
-
PF5 41
-
CCP2
C1o
-
-
-
-
-
-
SSI1Tx
-
-
PG0 19
-
U2Rx
PWM0
I2C1SCL
PWM4
-
-
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
PG1 18
-
U2Tx
PWM1
I2C1SDA
PWM5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PG7 36
-
PhB1
-
-
-
-
-
-
CCP5
-
-
-
PH0 86
-
CCP6
PWM2
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM4
-
-
PH1 85
-
CCP7
PWM3
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM5
-
-
PH2 84
-
IDX1
C1o
-
Fault3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PH3 83
-
PhB0
Fault0
-
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PH4 76
-
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
-
-
-
-
-
-
SSI1Clk
PH5 63
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PH6 62
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM4
PH7 15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM5
SSI1Tx
PJ0 14
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM0
I2C1SCL
PJ1 87
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
PWM1
I2C1SDA
330
Fault2 SSI1Fss
SSI1Rx
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 10-2. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (100LQFP) (continued)
IO
Pin Analog
Function
PJ2 39
-
a
Digital Function (GPIOPCTL PMCx Bit Field Encoding)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CCP0
Fault0
-
a. The digital signals that are shaded gray are the power-on default values for the corresponding GPIO pin.
Table 10-3. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (108BGA)
IO
Pin Analog
Function
a
Digital Function (GPIOPCTL PMCx Bit Field Encoding)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PA0 L3
-
U0Rx
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1SCL
U1Rx
-
-
PA1 M3
-
U0Tx
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1SDA
U1Tx
-
-
PA2 M4
-
SSI0Clk
-
-
PWM4
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXSD
-
-
PA3 L4
-
SSI0Fss
-
-
PWM5
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXMCLK
-
-
PA4 L5
-
SSI0Rx
-
-
-
CAN0Rx
-
-
-
I2S0TXSCK
-
-
PA5 M5
-
SSI0Tx
-
-
-
CAN0Tx
-
-
-
I2S0TXWS
-
-
PA6 L6
-
I2C1SCL
CCP1
-
PWM0
PWM4
CAN0Rx
-
USB0EPEN
U1CTS
-
-
PA7 M6
-
I2C1SDA
CCP4
-
PWM1
PWM5
CAN0Tx
CCP3
USB0PFLT
U1DCD
-
-
PB0 E12 USB0ID
CCP0
PWM2
-
-
U1Rx
-
-
-
-
-
-
PB1 D12 USB0VBUS
CCP2
PWM3
-
CCP1
U1Tx
-
-
-
-
-
-
IDX0
-
CCP3
CCP0
-
-
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
Fault3
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
-
-
-
PB2 A11
-
I2C0SCL
PB3 E11
-
I2C0SDA Fault0
PB4 A6
AIN10
C0-
-
-
-
U2Rx
CAN0Rx
IDX0
U1Rx
-
-
-
-
PB5 B7
AIN11
C1-
C0o
CCP5
CCP6
CCP0
CAN0Tx
CCP2
U1Tx
-
-
-
-
PB6 A7
VREFA
C0+
CCP1
CCP7
C0o
Fault1
IDX0
CCP5
-
-
I2S0TXSCK
-
-
PB7 A8
-
-
-
-
NMI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC0 A9
-
-
-
TCK
SWCLK
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC1 B9
-
-
-
TMS
SWDIO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC2 B8
-
-
-
TDI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC3 A10
-
-
-
TDO SWO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PC4 L1
-
CCP5
PhA0
-
-
CCP2
CCP4
-
-
CCP1
-
-
PC5 M1
C1+
CCP1
C1o
C0o
Fault2
CCP3
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
-
PC6 M2
-
CCP3
PhB0
-
-
U1Rx
CCP0
USB0PFLT
-
-
-
-
PC7 L2
-
CCP4
PhB0
-
CCP0
U1Tx
USB0PFLT
C1o
-
-
-
-
PD0 G1
AIN15
PWM0
CAN0Rx
IDX0
U2Rx
U1Rx
CCP6
-
I2S0RXSCK U1CTS
-
-
PD1 G2
AIN14
PWM1
CAN0Tx
PhA0
U2Tx
U1Tx
CCP7
-
I2S0RXWS
U1DCD
CCP2
PhB1
PD2 H2
AIN13
U1Rx
CCP6
PWM2
CCP5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PD3 H1
AIN12
U1Tx
CCP7
PWM3
CCP0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PD4 B5
AIN7
CCP0
CCP3
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXSD
U1RI
-
-
PD5 C6
AIN6
CCP2
CCP4
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0RXMCLK
U2Rx
-
-
PD6 A3
AIN5
Fault0
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXSCK
U2Tx
-
-
June 15, 2010
331
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Table 10-3. GPIO Pins and Alternate Functions (108BGA) (continued)
IO
Pin Analog
Function
a
Digital Function (GPIOPCTL PMCx Bit Field Encoding)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PD7 A2
AIN4
IDX0
C0o
CCP1
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXWS
U1DTR
-
-
PE0 B11
-
PWM4
SSI1Clk
CCP3
-
-
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
-
-
PE1 A12
-
PWM5
SSI1Fss Fault0
CCP2
CCP6
-
-
-
-
-
-
PE2 A4
AIN9
CCP4
SSI1Rx
PhB1
PhA0
CCP2
-
-
-
-
-
-
PE3 B4
AIN8
CCP1
SSI1Tx
PhA1
PhB0
CCP7
-
-
-
-
-
-
PE4 B2
AIN3
CCP3
-
-
Fault0
U2Tx
CCP2
-
-
I2S0TXWS
-
-
PE5 B3
AIN2
CCP5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXSD
-
-
PE6 A1
AIN1
PWM4
C1o
-
-
-
-
-
-
U1CTS
-
-
PE7 B1
AIN0
PWM5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
U1DCD
-
-
PF0 M9
-
CAN1Rx
PhB0
PWM0
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXSD
U1DSR
PF1 H12
-
CAN1Tx
IDX1
PWM1
-
-
-
-
I2S0TXMCLK U1RTS
PF2 J11
-
LED1
PWM4
-
PWM2
-
-
-
-
PF3 J12
-
LED0
PWM5
-
PWM3
-
-
-
PF4 K4
-
CCP0
C0o
-
Fault0
-
-
-
PF5 K3
-
CCP2
C1o
-
-
-
-
PG0 K1
-
U2Rx
PWM0
I2C1SCL
PWM4
-
-
PG1 K2
-
U2Tx
PWM1
I2C1SDA
PWM5
-
-
PG7 C10
-
PhB1
-
-
-
-
PH0 C9
-
CCP6
PWM2
-
-
-
PH1 C8
-
CCP7
PWM3
-
-
PH2 D11
-
IDX1
C1o
-
Fault3
PH3 D10
-
PhB0
Fault0
-
PH4 B10
-
-
-
PH5 F10
-
-
-
PH6 G3
-
-
PH7 H3
-
PJ0 F3
-
PJ1 B6
PJ2 K6
-
-
CCP3
-
SSI1Clk
-
-
-
SSI1Fss
-
-
-
SSI1Rx
-
-
-
-
SSI1Tx
-
-
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CCP5
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM4
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB0EPEN
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
-
-
-
-
-
-
SSI1Clk
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM5
SSI1Tx
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PWM0
I2C1SCL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB0PFLT
PWM1
I2C1SDA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CCP0
Fault0
-
Fault2 SSI1Fss
SSI1Rx
a. The digital signals that are shaded gray are the power-on default values for the corresponding GPIO pin.
10.2
Functional Description
Each GPIO port is a separate hardware instantiation of the same physical block (see Figure
10-1 on page 333 and Figure 10-2 on page 334). The LM3S9L97 microcontroller contains nine ports
and thus nine of these physical GPIO blocks. Note that not all pins may be implemented on every
block. Some GPIO pins can function as I/O signals for the on-chip peripheral modules. For information
on which GPIO pins are used for alternate hardware functions, refer to Table 25-5 on page 1102.
332
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 10-1. Digital I/O Pads
Commit
Control
GPIOLOCK
GPIOCR
Port
Control
GPIOPCTL
Mode
Control
GPIOAFSEL
Periph 1
DEMUX
Alternate Input
Alternate Output
Alternate Output Enable
MUX
Periph 0
Pad Input
Periph n
GPIO Output
GPIO Output Enable
Interrupt
Control
Pad
Control
GPIOIS
GPIOIBE
GPIOIEV
GPIOIM
GPIORIS
GPIOMIS
GPIOICR
GPIODR2R
GPIODR4R
GPIODR8R
GPIOSLR
GPIOPUR
GPIOPDR
GPIOODR
GPIODEN
MUX
GPIODATA
GPIODIR
Interrupt
MUX
GPIO Input
Data
Control
Pad Output
Digital
I/O
Pad
Package I/O Pin
Pad Output
Enable
Identification Registers
GPIOPeriphID0
GPIOPeriphID1
GPIOPeriphID2
GPIOPeriphID3
GPIOPeriphID4
GPIOPeriphID5
GPIOPeriphID6
GPIOPeriphID7
GPIOPCellID0
GPIOPCellID1
GPIOPCellID2
GPIOPCellID3
June 15, 2010
333
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Figure 10-2. Analog/Digital I/O Pads
Commit
Control
GPIOLOCK
GPIOCR
Port
Control
GPIOPCTL
Mode
Control
GPIOAFSEL
Periph 1
DEMUX
Alternate Input
Alternate Output
Alternate Output Enable
MUX
Periph 0
Pad Input
Periph n
MUX
MUX
Data
Control
Pad Output
Pad Output Enable
Analog/Digital
I/O Pad
Package I/O Pin
GPIO Input
GPIO Output
GPIODATA
GPIODIR
Interrupt
GPIO Output Enable
Interrupt
Control
GPIOIS
GPIOIBE
GPIOIEV
GPIOIM
GPIORIS
GPIOMIS
GPIOICR
Pad
Control
GPIODR2R
GPIODR4R
GPIODR8R
GPIOSLR
GPIOPUR
GPIOPDR
GPIOODR
GPIODEN
GPIOAMSEL
Analog Circuitry
Identification Registers
GPIOPeriphID0
GPIOPeriphID1
GPIOPeriphID2
GPIOPeriphID3
10.2.1
GPIOPeriphID4
GPIOPeriphID5
GPIOPeriphID6
GPIOPeriphID7
GPIOPCellID0
GPIOPCellID1
GPIOPCellID2
GPIOPCellID3
ADC
(for GPIO pins that
connect to the ADC
input MUX)
Isolation
Circuit
Data Control
The data control registers allow software to configure the operational modes of the GPIOs. The data
direction register configures the GPIO as an input or an output while the data register either captures
incoming data or drives it out to the pads.
Caution – It is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to
the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG
pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the
controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. As a result, the debugger may be locked out of
the part. This issue can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on
an external or software trigger.
10.2.1.1
Data Direction Operation
The GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 343) is used to configure each individual pin as
an input or output. When the data direction bit is cleared, the GPIO is configured as an input, and
the corresponding data register bit captures and stores the value on the GPIO port. When the data
direction bit is set, the GPIO is configured as an output, and the corresponding data register bit is
driven out on the GPIO port.
334
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
10.2.1.2
Data Register Operation
To aid in the efficiency of software, the GPIO ports allow for the modification of individual bits in the
GPIO Data (GPIODATA) register (see page 342) by using bits [9:2] of the address bus as a mask.
In this manner, software drivers can modify individual GPIO pins in a single instruction without
affecting the state of the other pins. This method is more efficient than the conventional method of
performing a read-modify-write operation to set or clear an individual GPIO pin. To implement this
feature, the GPIODATA register covers 256 locations in the memory map.
During a write, if the address bit associated with that data bit is set, the value of the GPIODATA
register is altered. If the address bit is cleared, the data bit is left unchanged.
For example, writing a value of 0xEB to the address GPIODATA + 0x098 has the results shown in
Figure 10-3, where u indicates that data is unchanged by the write.
Figure 10-3. GPIODATA Write Example
ADDR[9:2]
0x098
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0xEB
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
GPIODATA
u
u
1
u
u
0
1
u
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
During a read, if the address bit associated with the data bit is set, the value is read. If the address
bit associated with the data bit is cleared, the data bit is read as a zero, regardless of its actual
value. For example, reading address GPIODATA + 0x0C4 yields as shown in Figure 10-4.
Figure 10-4. GPIODATA Read Example
10.2.2
ADDR[9:2]
0x0C4
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
GPIODATA
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
Returned Value
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Interrupt Control
The interrupt capabilities of each GPIO port are controlled by a set of seven registers. These registers
are used to select the source of the interrupt, its polarity, and the edge properties. When one or
more GPIO inputs cause an interrupt, a single interrupt output is sent to the interrupt controller for
the entire GPIO port. For edge-triggered interrupts, software must clear the interrupt to enable any
further interrupts. For a level-sensitive interrupt, the external source must hold the level constant
for the interrupt to be recognized by the controller.
Three registers define the edge or sense that causes interrupts:
■ GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 344)
June 15, 2010
335
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
■ GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE) register (see page 345)
■ GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 346)
Interrupts are enabled/disabled via the GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 347).
When an interrupt condition occurs, the state of the interrupt signal can be viewed in two locations:
the GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS) and GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS) registers
(see page 348 and page 349). As the name implies, the GPIOMIS register only shows interrupt
conditions that are allowed to be passed to the interrupt controller. The GPIORIS register indicates
that a GPIO pin meets the conditions for an interrupt, but has not necessarily been sent to the
interrupt controller.
In addition to providing GPIO functionality, PB4 can also be used as an external trigger for the ADC.
If PB4 is configured as a non-masked interrupt pin (the appropriate bit of GPIOIM is set), an interrupt
for Port B is generated, and an external trigger signal is sent to the ADC. If the ADC Event
Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX) register is configured to use the external trigger, an ADC conversion
is initiated. See page 488.
If no other Port B pins are being used to generate interrupts, the ARM Integrated Nested Vectored
Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Interrupt Set Enable (SETNA) register can disable the Port B interrupts,
and the ADC interrupt can be used to read back the converted data. Otherwise, the Port B interrupt
handler must ignore and clear interrupts on PB4 and wait for the ADC interrupt, or the ADC interrupt
must be disabled in the SETNA register and the Port B interrupt handler must poll the ADC registers
until the conversion is completed. See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for
more information.
Interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit of the GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR)
register (see page 351).
When programming the interrupt control registers (GPIOIS, GPIOIBE, or GPIOIEV), the interrupts
should be masked (GPIOIM cleared). Writing any value to an interrupt control register can generate
a spurious interrupt if the corresponding bits are enabled.
10.2.3
Mode Control
The GPIO pins can be controlled by either software or hardware. Software control is the default for
most signals and corresponds to the GPIO mode, where the GPIODATA register is used to read
or write the corresponding pins. When hardware control is enabled via the GPIO Alternate Function
Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), the pin state is controlled by its alternate function
(that is, the peripheral).
Further pin muxing options are provided through the GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL) register which
selects one of several peripheral functions for each GPIO. For information on the configuration
options, refer to Table 25-5 on page 1102.
Note:
10.2.4
If any pin is to be used as an ADC input, the appropriate bit in the GPIOAMSEL register
must be set to disable the analog isolation circuit.
Commit Control
The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of
critical hardware peripherals. Protection is currently provided for the NMI pin (PB7) and the four
JTAG/SWD pins (PC[3:0]). Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select
(GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), GPIO Pull Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 358),
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 360), and GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN)
register (see page 363) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register
336
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
(see page 365) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register
(see page 366) have been set.
10.2.5
Pad Control
The pad control registers allow software to configure the GPIO pads based on the application
requirements. The pad control registers include the GPIODR2R, GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, GPIOODR,
GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, GPIOSLR, and GPIODEN registers. These registers control drive strength,
open-drain configuration, pull-up and pull-down resistors, slew-rate control and digital input enable
for each GPIO.
For special high-current applications, the GPIO output buffers may be used with the following
restrictions. With the GPIO pins configured as 8-mA output drivers, a total of four GPIO outputs may
be used to sink current loads up to 18 mA each. At 18-mA sink current loading, the VOL value is
specified as 1.2 V. The high-current GPIO package pins must be selected such that there are only
a maximum of two per side of the physical package or BGA pin group with the total number of
high-current GPIO outputs not exceeding four for the entire package.
10.2.6
Identification
The identification registers configured at reset allow software to detect and identify the module as
a GPIO block. The identification registers include the GPIOPeriphID0-GPIOPeriphID7 registers as
well as the GPIOPCellID0-GPIOPCellID3 registers.
10.3
Initialization and Configuration
The GPIO modules may be accessed via two different memory apertures. The legacy aperture, the
®
Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB), is backwards-compatible with previous Stellaris parts. The other
aperture, the Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB), offers the same register map but provides
better back-to-back access performance than the APB bus. These apertures are mutually exclusive.
The aperture enabled for a given GPIO port is controlled by the appropriate bit in the GPIOHBCTL
register (see page 134).
To use the pins in a particular GPIO port, the clock for the port must be enabled by setting the
appropriate GPIO Port bit field (GPIOn) in the RCGC2 register (see page 190).
On reset, all GPIO pins are configured out of reset to be undriven (tristate): GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, and GPIOPUR=0, except for the pins shown in Table 10-1 on page 329.
Table 10-4 on page 337 shows all possible configurations of the GPIO pads and the control register
settings required to achieve them. Table 10-5 on page 338 shows how a rising edge interrupt is
configured for pin 2 of a GPIO port.
Table 10-4. GPIO Pad Configuration Examples
Configuration
a
GPIO Register Bit Value
AFSEL
DIR
ODR
DEN
PUR
PDR
DR2R
DR4R
DR8R
SLR
Digital Input (GPIO)
0
0
0
1
?
?
X
X
X
X
Digital Output (GPIO)
0
1
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Open Drain Output
(GPIO)
0
1
1
1
X
X
?
?
?
?
Open Drain
Input/Output (I2C)
1
X
1
1
X
X
?
?
?
?
Digital Input (Timer
CCP)
1
X
0
1
?
?
X
X
X
X
June 15, 2010
337
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Table 10-4. GPIO Pad Configuration Examples (continued)
a
Configuration
GPIO Register Bit Value
AFSEL
Digital Input (QEI)
DIR
1
ODR
X
DEN
0
PUR
1
PDR
?
DR2R
DR4R
DR8R
X
X
X
?
SLR
X
Digital Output (PWM)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Digital Output (Timer
PWM)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Digital Input/Output
(SSI)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Digital Input/Output
(UART)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
Analog Input
(Comparator)
0
0
0
0
0
0
X
X
X
X
Digital Output
(Comparator)
1
X
0
1
?
?
?
?
?
?
a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit)
?=Can be either 0 or 1, depending on the configuration
Table 10-5. GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example
Register
GPIOIS
Desired
Interrupt
Event
Trigger
a
Pin 2 Bit Value
7
0=edge
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1=level
GPIOIBE
0=single
edge
1=both
edges
GPIOIEV
0=Low level,
or falling
edge
1=High level,
or rising
edge
GPIOIM
0=masked
1=not
masked
a. X=Ignored (don’t care bit)
10.4
Register Map
Table 10-7 on page 340 lists the GPIO registers. Each GPIO port can be accessed through one of
two bus apertures. The legacy aperture, the Advanced Peripheral Bus (APB), is backwards-compatible
®
with previous Stellaris parts. The other aperture, the Advanced High-Performance Bus (AHB),
offers the same register map but provides better back-to-back access performance than the APB
bus.
Important: The GPIO registers in this chapter are duplicated in each GPIO block; however,
depending on the block, all eight bits may not be connected to a GPIO pad. In those
338
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
cases, writing to unconnected bits has no effect, and reading unconnected bits returns
no meaningful data.
The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the register’s address, relative to that GPIO port’s
base address:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
GPIO Port A (APB): 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB): 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB): 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB): 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB): 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB): 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB): 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB): 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB): 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB): 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB): 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB): 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB): 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB): 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB): 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB): 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB): 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB): 0x4006.0000
Note that each GPIO module clock must be enabled before the registers can be programmed (see
page 190).
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-6. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
Note:
GPIO Pins
Default State
PA[1:0]
UART0
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
1
1
0
0
GPIOPCTL
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
The default register type for the GPIOCR register is RO for all GPIO pins with the exception
of the NMI pin and the four JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins are
currently the only GPIOs that are protected by the GPIOCR register. Because of this, the
register type for GPIO Port B7 and GPIO Port C[3:0] is R/W.
The default reset value for the GPIOCR register is 0x0000.00FF for all GPIO pins, with the
exception of the NMI pin and the four JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). To ensure that
the JTAG port is not accidentally programmed as a GPIO, these four pins default to
non-committable. To ensure that the NMI pin is not accidentally programmed as the
non-maskable interrupt pin, it defaults to non-committable. Because of this, the default reset
June 15, 2010
339
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
value of GPIOCR for GPIO Port B is 0x0000.007F while the default reset value of GPIOCR
for Port C is 0x0000.00F0.
Table 10-7. GPIO Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
GPIODATA
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Data
342
0x400
GPIODIR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Direction
343
0x404
GPIOIS
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Sense
344
0x408
GPIOIBE
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges
345
0x40C
GPIOIEV
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Event
346
0x410
GPIOIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Mask
347
0x414
GPIORIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status
348
0x418
GPIOMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status
349
0x41C
GPIOICR
W1C
0x0000.0000
GPIO Interrupt Clear
351
0x420
GPIOAFSEL
R/W
-
GPIO Alternate Function Select
352
0x500
GPIODR2R
R/W
0x0000.00FF
GPIO 2-mA Drive Select
354
0x504
GPIODR4R
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO 4-mA Drive Select
355
0x508
GPIODR8R
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO 8-mA Drive Select
356
0x50C
GPIOODR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Open Drain Select
357
0x510
GPIOPUR
R/W
-
GPIO Pull-Up Select
358
0x514
GPIOPDR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Pull-Down Select
360
0x518
GPIOSLR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select
362
0x51C
GPIODEN
R/W
-
GPIO Digital Enable
363
0x520
GPIOLOCK
R/W
0x0000.0001
GPIO Lock
365
0x524
GPIOCR
-
-
GPIO Commit
366
0x528
GPIOAMSEL
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPIO Analog Mode Select
368
0x52C
GPIOPCTL
R/W
-
GPIO Port Control
370
0xFD0
GPIOPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4
372
0xFD4
GPIOPeriphID5
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5
373
0xFD8
GPIOPeriphID6
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6
374
0xFDC
GPIOPeriphID7
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7
375
0xFE0
GPIOPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0061
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0
376
0xFE4
GPIOPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.0000
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1
377
0xFE8
GPIOPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.0018
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2
378
0xFEC
GPIOPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0001
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3
379
340
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 10-7. GPIO Register Map (continued)
Offset
Name
0xFF0
Reset
GPIOPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0
380
0xFF4
GPIOPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1
381
0xFF8
GPIOPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0005
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2
382
0xFFC
GPIOPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3
383
10.5
Description
See
page
Type
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPIO registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
June 15, 2010
341
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 1: GPIO Data (GPIODATA), offset 0x000
The GPIODATA register is the data register. In software control mode, values written in the
GPIODATA register are transferred onto the GPIO port pins if the respective pins have been
configured as outputs through the GPIO Direction (GPIODIR) register (see page 343).
In order to write to GPIODATA, the corresponding bits in the mask, resulting from the address bus
bits [9:2], must be set. Otherwise, the bit values remain unchanged by the write.
Similarly, the values read from this register are determined for each bit by the mask bit derived from
the address used to access the data register, bits [9:2]. Bits that are set in the address mask cause
the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read, and bits that are clear in the address mask cause
the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read as 0, regardless of their value.
A read from GPIODATA returns the last bit value written if the respective pins are configured as
outputs, or it returns the value on the corresponding input pin when these are configured as inputs.
All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Data (GPIODATA)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
DATA
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
DATA
R/W
0x00
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Data
This register is virtually mapped to 256 locations in the address space.
To facilitate the reading and writing of data to these registers by
independent drivers, the data read from and written to the registers are
masked by the eight address lines [9:2]. Reads from this register return
its current state. Writes to this register only affect bits that are not masked
by ADDR[9:2] and are configured as outputs. See “Data Register
Operation” on page 335 for examples of reads and writes.
342
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 2: GPIO Direction (GPIODIR), offset 0x400
The GPIODIR register is the data direction register. Setting a bit in the GPIODIR register configures
the corresponding pin to be an output, while clearing a bit configures the corresponding pin to be
an input. All bits are cleared by a reset, meaning all GPIO pins are inputs by default.
GPIO Direction (GPIODIR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x400
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DIR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
DIR
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Data Direction
Value Description
0
Corresponding pin is an input.
1
Corresponding pins is an output.
June 15, 2010
343
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 3: GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS), offset 0x404
The GPIOIS register is the interrupt sense register. Setting a bit in the GPIOIS register configures
the corresponding pin to detect levels, while clearing a bit configures the corresponding pin to detect
edges. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x404
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
IS
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Interrupt Sense
Value Description
0
The edge on the corresponding pin is detected (edge-sensitive).
1
The level on the corresponding pin is detected (level-sensitive).
344
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 4: GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE), offset 0x408
The GPIOIBE register allows both edges to cause interrupts. When the corresponding bit in the
GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 344) is set to detect edges, setting a bit in the
GPIOIBE register configures the corresponding pin to detect both rising and falling edges, regardless
of the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV) register (see page 346). Clearing
a bit configures the pin to be controlled by the GPIOIEV register. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges (GPIOIBE)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x408
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IBE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
IBE
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Interrupt Both Edges
Value Description
0
Interrupt generation is controlled by the GPIO Interrupt Event
(GPIOIEV) register (see page 346).
1
Both edges on the corresponding pin trigger an interrupt.
June 15, 2010
345
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 5: GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV), offset 0x40C
The GPIOIEV register is the interrupt event register. Setting a bit in the GPIOIEV register configures
the corresponding pin to detect rising edges or high levels, depending on the corresponding bit
value in the GPIO Interrupt Sense (GPIOIS) register (see page 344). Clearing a bit configures the
pin to detect falling edges or low levels, depending on the corresponding bit value in the GPIOIS
register. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Event (GPIOIEV)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x40C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IEV
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
IEV
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Interrupt Event
Value Description
0
A falling edge or a Low level on the corresponding pin triggers
an interrupt.
1
A rising edge or a High level on the corresponding pin triggers
an interrupt.
346
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 6: GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM), offset 0x410
The GPIOIM register is the interrupt mask register. Setting a bit in the GPIOIM register allows
interrupts that are generated by the corresponding pin to be sent to the interrupt controller on the
combined interrupt signal. Clearing a bit prevents an interrupt on the corresponding pin from being
sent to the interrupt controller. All bits are cleared by a reset.
GPIO Interrupt Mask (GPIOIM)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x410
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IME
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
IME
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Interrupt Mask Enable
Value Description
0
The interrupt from the corresponding pin is masked.
1
The interrupt from the corresponding pin is sent to the interrupt
controller.
June 15, 2010
347
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 7: GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS), offset 0x414
The GPIORIS register is the raw interrupt status register. A bit in this register is set when an interrupt
condition occurs on the corresponding GPIO pin. If the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt
Mask (GPIOIM) register (see page 347) is set, the interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller. Bits
read as zero indicate that corresponding input pins have not initiated an interrupt. A bit in this register
can be cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR)
register.
GPIO Raw Interrupt Status (GPIORIS)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x414
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
RIS
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Interrupt Raw Status
Value Description
1
An interrupt condition has occurred on the corresponding pin.
0
An interrupt condition has not occurred on the corresponding
pin.
A bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the GPIOICR
register.
348
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 8: GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS), offset 0x418
The GPIOMIS register is the masked interrupt status register. If a bit is set in this register, the
corresponding interrupt has triggered an interrupt to the interrupt controller. If a bit is clear, either
no interrupt has been generated, or the interrupt is masked.
In addition to providing GPIO functionality, PB4 can also be used as an external trigger for the ADC.
If PB4 is configured as a non-masked interrupt pin (the appropriate bit of GPIOIM is set), an interrupt
for Port B is generated, and an external trigger signal is sent to the ADC. If the ADC Event
Multiplexer Select (ADCEMUX) register is configured to use the external trigger, an ADC conversion
is initiated. See page 488.
If no other Port B pins are being used to generate interrupts, the ARM Integrated Nested Vectored
Interrupt Controller (NVIC) Interrupt Set Enable (SETNA) register can disable the Port B interrupts,
and the ADC interrupt can be used to read back the converted data. Otherwise, the Port B interrupt
handler must ignore and clear interrupts on PB4 and wait for the ADC interrupt, or the ADC interrupt
must be disabled in the SETNA register and the Port B interrupt handler must poll the ADC registers
until the conversion is completed. See the ARM® Cortex™-M3 Technical Reference Manual for
more information.
GPIOMIS is the state of the interrupt after masking.
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status (GPIOMIS)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x418
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
MIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
349
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
7:0
MIS
RO
0x00
GPIO Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
An interrupt condition on the corresponding pin has triggered
an interrupt to the interrupt controller.
0
An interrupt condition on the corresponding pin is masked or
has not occurred.
A bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the GPIOICR
register.
350
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 9: GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR), offset 0x41C
The GPIOICR register is the interrupt clear register. Writing a 1 to a bit in this register clears the
corresponding interrupt bit in the GPIORIS and GPIOMIS registers. Writing a 0 has no effect.
GPIO Interrupt Clear (GPIOICR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x41C
Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
IC
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
IC
W1C
0x00
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Interrupt Clear
Value Description
1
The corresponding interrupt is cleared.
0
The corresponding interrupt is unaffected.
June 15, 2010
351
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 10: GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL), offset 0x420
The GPIOAFSEL register is the mode control select register. If a bit is clear, the pin is used as a
GPIO and is controlled by the GPIO registers. Setting a bit in this register configures the
corresponding GPIO line to be controlled by an associated peripheral. Several possible peripheral
functions are multiplexed on each GPIO. The GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL) register is used to
select one of the possible functions. Table 25-5 on page 1102 details which functions are muxed on
each GPIO pin. The reset value for this register is 0x0000.0000 for GPIO ports that are not listed
in the table below.
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-8. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
GPIO Pins
Default State
PA[1:0]
UART0
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
1
1
0
0
GPIOPCTL
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
Caution – It is possible to create a software sequence that prevents the debugger from connecting to
the Stellaris® microcontroller. If the program code loaded into flash immediately changes the JTAG
pins to their GPIO functionality, the debugger may not have enough time to connect and halt the
controller before the JTAG pin functionality switches. As a result, the debugger may be locked out of
the part. This issue can be avoided with a software routine that restores JTAG functionality based on
an external or software trigger.
The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of
critical hardware peripherals. Protection is currently provided for the NMI pin (PB7) and the four
JTAG/SWD pins (PC[3:0]). Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select
(GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), GPIO Pull Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 358),
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 360), and GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN)
register (see page 363) are not committed to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register
(see page 365) has been unlocked and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register
(see page 366) have been set.
When using the I2C module, in addition to setting the GPIOAFSEL register bits for the I2C clock
and data pins, the pins should be set to open drain using the GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR)
register (see examples in “Initialization and Configuration” on page 337).
352
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x420
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
AFSEL
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
AFSEL
R/W
-
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Alternate Function Select
Value Description
0
The associated pin functions as a GPIO and is controlled by
the GPIO registers.
1
The associated pin functions as a peripheral signal and is
controlled by the alternate hardware function.
The reset value for this register is 0x0000.0000 for GPIO ports
that are not listed in Table 10-1 on page 329.
June 15, 2010
353
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 11: GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R), offset 0x500
The GPIODR2R register is the 2-mA drive control register. Each GPIO signal in the port can be
individually configured without affecting the other pads. When setting the DRV2 bit for a GPIO signal,
the corresponding DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register and DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R register are
automatically cleared by hardware. By default, all GPIO pins have 2-mA drive.
GPIO 2-mA Drive Select (GPIODR2R)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x500
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.00FF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DRV2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
DRV2
R/W
0xFF
RO
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Output Pad 2-mA Drive Enable
Value Description
1
The corresponding GPIO pin has 2-mA drive.
0
The drive for the corresponding GPIO pin is controlled by the
GPIODR4R or GPIODR8R register.
Setting a bit in either the GPIODR4 register or the GPIODR8 register
clears the corresponding 2-mA enable bit. The change is effective on
the second clock cycle after the write if accessing GPIO via the APB
memory aperture. If using AHB access, the change is effective on the
next clock cycle.
354
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 12: GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R), offset 0x504
The GPIODR4R register is the 4-mA drive control register. Each GPIO signal in the port can be
individually configured without affecting the other pads. When setting the DRV4 bit for a GPIO signal,
the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and DRV8 bit in the GPIODR8R register are
automatically cleared by hardware.
GPIO 4-mA Drive Select (GPIODR4R)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x504
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DRV4
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
DRV4
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Output Pad 4-mA Drive Enable
Value Description
1
The corresponding GPIO pin has 4-mA drive.
0
The drive for the corresponding GPIO pin is controlled by the
GPIODR2R or GPIODR8R register.
Setting a bit in either the GPIODR2 register or the GPIODR8 register
clears the corresponding 4-mA enable bit. The change is effective on
the second clock cycle after the write if accessing GPIO via the APB
memory aperture. If using AHB access, the change is effective on the
next clock cycle.
June 15, 2010
355
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 13: GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R), offset 0x508
The GPIODR8R register is the 8-mA drive control register. Each GPIO signal in the port can be
individually configured without affecting the other pads. When setting the DRV8 bit for a GPIO signal,
the corresponding DRV2 bit in the GPIODR2R register and DRV4 bit in the GPIODR4R register are
automatically cleared by hardware. The 8-mA setting is also used for high-current operation.
Note:
There is no configuration difference between 8-mA and high-current operation. The additional
current capacity results from a shift in the VOH/VOL levels. See “Recommended DC Operating
Conditions” on page 1144 for further information.
GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x508
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DRV8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
DRV8
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Output Pad 8-mA Drive Enable
Value Description
1
The corresponding GPIO pin has 8-mA drive.
0
The drive for the corresponding GPIO pin is controlled by the
GPIODR2R or GPIODR4R register.
Setting a bit in either the GPIODR2 register or the GPIODR4 register
clears the corresponding 8-mA enable bit. The change is effective on
the second clock cycle after the write if accessing GPIO via the APB
memory aperture. If using AHB access, the change is effective on the
next clock cycle.
356
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 14: GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR), offset 0x50C
The GPIOODR register is the open drain control register. Setting a bit in this register enables the
open-drain configuration of the corresponding GPIO pad. When open-drain mode is enabled, the
corresponding bit should also be set in the GPIO Digital Input Enable (GPIODEN) register (see
page 363). Corresponding bits in the drive strength and slew rate control registers (GPIODR2R,
GPIODR4R, GPIODR8R, and GPIOSLR) can be set to achieve the desired rise and fall times. The
GPIO acts as an open-drain input if the corresponding bit in the GPIODIR register is cleared. If open
drain is selected while the GPIO is configured as an input, the GPIO will remain an input and the
open-drain selection has no effect until the GPIO is changed to an output.
When using the I2C module, in addition to configuring the pin to open drain, the GPIO Alternate
Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register bits for the I2C clock and data pins should be set (see
examples in “Initialization and Configuration” on page 337).
GPIO Open Drain Select (GPIOODR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x50C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
ODE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
ODE
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Output Pad Open Drain Enable
Value Description
1
The corresponding pin is configured as open drain.
0
The corresponding pin is not configured as open drain.
June 15, 2010
357
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 15: GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR), offset 0x510
The GPIOPUR register is the pull-up control register. When a bit is set, a weak pull-up resistor on
the corresponding GPIO signal is enabled. Setting a bit in GPIOPUR automatically clears the
corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see page 360). Write access
to this register is protected with the GPIOCR register. Bits in GPIOCR that are cleared prevent writes
to the equivalent bit in this register.
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-9. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
Note:
GPIO Pins
Default State
PA[1:0]
UART0
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
1
1
0
0
GPIOPCTL
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental
programming of critical hardware peripherals. Protection is currently provided for the NMI
pin (PB7) and the four JTAG/SWD pins (PC[3:0]). Writes to protected bits of the GPIO
Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), GPIO Pull Up Select
(GPIOPUR) register (see page 358), GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see
page 360), and GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) register (see page 363) are not committed
to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register (see page 365) has been unlocked
and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register (see page 366) have been
set.
358
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x510
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PUE
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PUE
R/W
-
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Pad Weak Pull-Up Enable
Value Description
1
The corresponding pin has a weak pull-up resistor.
0
The corresponding pin is not affected.
Setting a bit in the GPIOPDR register clears the corresponding bit in
the GPIOPUR register. The change is effective on the second clock
cycle after the write if accessing GPIO via the APB memory aperture.
If using AHB access, the change is effective on the next clock cycle.
The reset value for this register is 0x0000.0000 for GPIO ports that are
not listed in Table 10-1 on page 329.
June 15, 2010
359
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 16: GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR), offset 0x514
The GPIOPDR register is the pull-down control register. When a bit is set, a weak pull-down resistor
on the corresponding GPIO signal is enabled. Setting a bit in GPIOPDR automatically clears the
corresponding bit in the GPIO Pull-Up Select (GPIOPUR) register (see page 358).
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-10. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
Note:
GPIO Pins
Default State
PA[1:0]
UART0
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
1
1
0
GPIOPCTL
0
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental
programming of critical hardware peripherals. Protection is currently provided for the NMI
pin (PB7) and the four JTAG/SWD pins (PC[3:0]). Writes to protected bits of the GPIO
Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), GPIO Pull Up Select
(GPIOPUR) register (see page 358), GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see
page 360), and GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) register (see page 363) are not committed
to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register (see page 365) has been unlocked
and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register (see page 366) have been
set.
GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x514
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
PDE
360
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PDE
R/W
0x00
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Pad Weak Pull-Down Enable
Value Description
1
The corresponding pin has a weak pull-down resistor.
0
The corresponding pin is not affected.
Setting a bit in the GPIOPUR register clears the corresponding bit in
the GPIOPDR register. The change is effective on the second clock
cycle after the write if accessing GPIO via the APB memory aperture.
If using AHB access, the change is effective on the next clock cycle.
June 15, 2010
361
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 17: GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR), offset 0x518
The GPIOSLR register is the slew rate control register. Slew rate control is only available when
using the 8-mA drive strength option via the GPIO 8-mA Drive Select (GPIODR8R) register (see
page 356).
GPIO Slew Rate Control Select (GPIOSLR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x518
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
SRL
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
SRL
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Slew Rate Limit Enable (8-mA drive only)
Value Description
1
Slew rate control is enabled for the corresponding pin.
0
Slew rate control is disabled for the corresponding pin.
362
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 18: GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN), offset 0x51C
Note:
Pins configured as digital inputs are Schmitt-triggered.
The GPIODEN register is the digital enable register. By default, all GPIO signals except those listed
below are configured out of reset to be undriven (tristate). Their digital function is disabled; they do
not drive a logic value on the pin and they do not allow the pin voltage into the GPIO receiver. To
use the pin as a digital input or output (either GPIO or alternate function), the corresponding GPIODEN
bit must be set.
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-11. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
Note:
GPIO Pins
Default State
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
GPIOPCTL
PA[1:0]
UART0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental
programming of critical hardware peripherals. Protection is currently provided for the NMI
pin (PB7) and the four JTAG/SWD pins (PC[3:0]). Writes to protected bits of the GPIO
Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (see page 352), GPIO Pull Up Select
(GPIOPUR) register (see page 358), GPIO Pull-Down Select (GPIOPDR) register (see
page 360), and GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) register (see page 363) are not committed
to storage unless the GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK) register (see page 365) has been unlocked
and the appropriate bits of the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR) register (see page 366) have been
set.
June 15, 2010
363
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x51C
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
DEN
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
DEN
R/W
-
RO
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Digital Enable
Value Description
0
The digital functions for the corresponding pin are disabled.
1
The digital functions for the corresponding pin are enabled.
The reset value for this register is 0x0000.0000 for GPIO ports
that are not listed in Table 10-1 on page 329.
364
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 19: GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK), offset 0x520
The GPIOLOCK register enables write access to the GPIOCR register (see page 366). Writing
0x4C4F.434B to the GPIOLOCK register unlocks the GPIOCR register. Writing any other value to
the GPIOLOCK register re-enables the locked state. Reading the GPIOLOCK register returns the
lock status rather than the 32-bit value that was previously written. Therefore, when write accesses
are disabled, or locked, reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x0000.0001. When write accesses
are enabled, or unlocked, reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x0000.0000.
GPIO Lock (GPIOLOCK)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x520
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
1
LOCK
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
LOCK
Type
Reset
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
LOCK
R/W
R/W
0
Reset
R/W
0
Description
0x0000.0001 GPIO Lock
A write of the value 0x4C4F.434B unlocks the GPIO Commit (GPIOCR)
register for write access.A write of any other value or a write to the
GPIOCR register reapplies the lock, preventing any register updates.
A read of this register returns the following values:
Value
Description
0x0000.0001 The GPIOCR register is locked and may not be modified.
0x0000.0000 The GPIOCR register is unlocked and may be modified.
June 15, 2010
365
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 20: GPIO Commit (GPIOCR), offset 0x524
The GPIOCR register is the commit register. The value of the GPIOCR register determines which
bits of the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, and GPIODEN registers are committed when a
write to these registers is performed. If a bit in the GPIOCR register is cleared, the data being written
to the corresponding bit in the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, or GPIODEN registers cannot
be committed and retains its previous value. If a bit in the GPIOCR register is set, the data being
written to the corresponding bit of the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, or GPIODEN registers
is committed to the register and reflects the new value.
The contents of the GPIOCR register can only be modified if the status in the GPIOLOCK register
is unlocked. Writes to the GPIOCR register are ignored if the status in the GPIOLOCK register is
locked.
Important: This register is designed to prevent accidental programming of the registers that control
connectivity to the NMI and JTAG/SWD debug hardware. By initializing the bits of the
GPIOCR register to 0 for PB7 and PC[3:0], the NMI and JTAG/SWD debug port can
only be converted to GPIOs through a deliberate set of writes to the GPIOLOCK,
GPIOCR, and the corresponding registers.
Because this protection is currently only implemented on the NMI and JTAG/SWD pins
on PB7 and PC[3:0], all of the other bits in the GPIOCR registers cannot be written
with 0x0. These bits are hardwired to 0x1, ensuring that it is always possible to commit
new values to the GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, or GPIODEN register bits of
these other pins.
GPIO Commit (GPIOCR)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x524
Type -, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
CR
366
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CR
-
-
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Commit
Value Description
1
The corresponding GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, or
GPIODEN bits can be written.
0
The corresponding GPIOAFSEL, GPIOPUR, GPIOPDR, or
GPIODEN bits cannot be written.
Note:
The default register type for the GPIOCR register is RO for
all GPIO pins with the exception of the NMI pin and the four
JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). These five pins are
currently the only GPIOs that are protected by the GPIOCR
register. Because of this, the register type for GPIO Port B7
and GPIO Port C[3:0] is R/W.
The default reset value for the GPIOCR register is
0x0000.00FF for all GPIO pins, with the exception of the NMI
pin and the four JTAG/SWD pins (PB7 and PC[3:0]). To
ensure that the JTAG port is not accidentally programmed as
a GPIO, these four pins default to non-committable. To ensure
that the NMI pin is not accidentally programmed as the
non-maskable interrupt pin, it defaults to non-committable.
Because of this, the default reset value of GPIOCR for GPIO
Port B is 0x0000.007F while the default reset value of
GPIOCR for Port C is 0x0000.00F0.
June 15, 2010
367
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 21: GPIO Analog Mode Select (GPIOAMSEL), offset 0x528
Important: This register is only valid for ports D and E; the corresponding base addresses for the
remaining ports are not valid.
If any pin is to be used as an ADC input, the appropriate bit in GPIOAMSEL must be
set to disable the analog isolation circuit.
The GPIOAMSEL register controls isolation circuits to the analog side of a unified I/O pad. Because
the GPIOs may be driven by a 5-V source and affect analog operation, analog circuitry requires
isolation from the pins when they are not used in their analog function.
Each bit of this register controls the isolation circuitry for the corresponding GPIO signal. For
information on which GPIO pins can be used for ADC functions, refer to Table 25-5 on page 1102.
GPIO Analog Mode Select (GPIOAMSEL)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x528
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
GPIOAMSEL
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
R/W
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
368
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
7:4
GPIOAMSEL
R/W
0x0
Description
GPIO Analog Mode Select
Value Description
1
The analog function of the pin is enabled, the isolation is
disabled, and the pin is capable of analog functions.
0
The analog function of the pin is disabled, the isolation is
enabled, and the pin is capable of digital functions as specified
by the other GPIO configuration registers.
Note:
This register and bits are only valid for GPIO signals that
share analog function through a unified I/O pad.
The reset state of this register is 0 for all signals.
3:0
reserved
RO
0x0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
369
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 22: GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL), offset 0x52C
The GPIOPCTL register is used in conjunction with the GPIOAFSEL register and selects the specific
peripheral signal for each GPIO pin when using the alternate function mode. Most bits in the
GPIOAFSEL register are cleared on reset, therefore most GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs by
default. When a bit is set in the GPIOAFSEL register, the corresponding GPIO signal is controlled
by an associated peripheral. The GPIOPCTL register selects one out of a set of peripheral functions
for each GPIO, providing additional flexibility in signal definition. For information on the defined
encodings for the bit fields in this register, refer to Table 25-5 on page 1102. The reset value for this
register is 0x0000.0000 for GPIO ports that are not listed in the table below.
Important: All GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and tri-stated by default (GPIOAFSEL=0,
GPIODEN=0, GPIOPDR=0, GPIOPUR=0, and GPIOPCTL=0) with the exception of the
pins shown in the table below. A Power-On-Reset (POR) or asserting RST puts the pins
back to their default state.
Table 10-12. GPIO Pins With Non-Zero Reset Values
GPIO Pins
Default State
PA[1:0]
UART0
GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR
1
1
0
GPIOPCTL
0
0x1
PA[5:2]
SSI0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PB[3:2]
I2C0
1
1
0
0
0x1
PC[3:0]
JTAG/SWD
1
1
0
1
0x3
GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0x52C
Type R/W, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
PMC7
Type
Reset
R/W
-
R/W
-
15
14
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
13
12
11
10
PMC3
Type
Reset
R/W
-
R/W
-
25
24
23
22
PMC6
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
9
8
7
6
PMC2
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
21
20
19
18
PMC5
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
5
4
3
2
PMC1
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
17
16
R/W
-
R/W
-
1
0
R/W
-
R/W
-
PMC4
PMC0
R/W
-
370
R/W
-
R/W
-
R/W
-
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:28
PMC7
R/W
-
Description
Port Mux Control 7
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 7.
27:24
PMC6
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 6
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 6.
23:20
PMC5
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 5
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 5.
19:16
PMC4
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 4
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 4.
15:12
PMC3
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 3
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 3.
11:8
PMC2
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 2
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 2.
7:4
PMC1
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 1
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 1.
3:0
PMC0
R/W
-
Port Mux Control 0
This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 0.
June 15, 2010
371
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 23: GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 4 (GPIOPeriphID4)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID4
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [7:0]
372
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 24: GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5), offset 0xFD4
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 5 (GPIOPeriphID5)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFD4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID5
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
June 15, 2010
373
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 25: GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6), offset 0xFD8
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 6 (GPIOPeriphID6)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFD8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID6
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
374
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 26: GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7), offset 0xFDC
The GPIOPeriphID4, GPIOPeriphID5, GPIOPeriphID6, and GPIOPeriphID7 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 7 (GPIOPeriphID7)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFDC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID7
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
June 15, 2010
375
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 27: GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0), offset 0xFE0
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 0 (GPIOPeriphID0)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0061
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID0
RO
0x61
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [7:0]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
376
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 28: GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1), offset 0xFE4
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 1 (GPIOPeriphID1)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID1
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
June 15, 2010
377
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 29: GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2), offset 0xFE8
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 2 (GPIOPeriphID2)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
378
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 30: GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3), offset 0xFEC
The GPIOPeriphID0, GPIOPeriphID1, GPIOPeriphID2, and GPIOPeriphID3 registers can
conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register; each register contains eight bits of the 32-bit register,
used by software to identify the peripheral.
GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 (GPIOPeriphID3)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
Can be used by software to identify the presence of this peripheral.
June 15, 2010
379
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 31: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 (GPIOPCellID0)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register [7:0]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
380
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 32: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 1 (GPIOPCellID1)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register [15:8]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
June 15, 2010
381
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)
Register 33: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 2 (GPIOPCellID2)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID2
RO
0x05
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register [23:16]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
382
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 34: GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3), offset 0xFFC
The GPIOPCellID0, GPIOPCellID1, GPIOPCellID2, and GPIOPCellID3 registers are four 8-bit wide
registers, that can conceptually be treated as one 32-bit register. The register is used as a standard
cross-peripheral identification system.
GPIO PrimeCell Identification 3 (GPIOPCellID3)
GPIO Port A (APB) base: 0x4000.4000
GPIO Port A (AHB) base: 0x4005.8000
GPIO Port B (APB) base: 0x4000.5000
GPIO Port B (AHB) base: 0x4005.9000
GPIO Port C (APB) base: 0x4000.6000
GPIO Port C (AHB) base: 0x4005.A000
GPIO Port D (APB) base: 0x4000.7000
GPIO Port D (AHB) base: 0x4005.B000
GPIO Port E (APB) base: 0x4002.4000
GPIO Port E (AHB) base: 0x4005.C000
GPIO Port F (APB) base: 0x4002.5000
GPIO Port F (AHB) base: 0x4005.D000
GPIO Port G (APB) base: 0x4002.6000
GPIO Port G (AHB) base: 0x4005.E000
GPIO Port H (APB) base: 0x4002.7000
GPIO Port H (AHB) base: 0x4005.F000
GPIO Port J (APB) base: 0x4003.D000
GPIO Port J (AHB) base: 0x4006.0000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
CID3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPIO PrimeCell ID Register [31:24]
Provides software a standard cross-peripheral identification system.
June 15, 2010
383
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
11
General-Purpose Timers
Programmable timers can be used to count or time external events that drive the Timer input pins.
®
The Stellaris General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks (Timer 0, Timer
1, Timer 2, and Timer 3). Each GPTM block provides two 16-bit timers/counters (referred to as
Timer A and Timer B) that can be configured to operate independently as timers or event counters,
or configured to operate as one 32-bit timer or one 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC). Timers can also
be used to trigger μDMA transfers.
In addition, timers can be used to trigger analog-to-digital conversions (ADC). The ADC trigger
signals from all of the general-purpose timers are ORed together before reaching the ADC module,
so only one timer should be used to trigger ADC events.
®
The GPT Module is one timing resource available on the Stellaris microcontrollers. Other timer
resources include the System Timer (SysTick) (see “System Timer (SysTick)” on page 79) and the
PWM timer in the PWM module (see “PWM Timer” on page 982).
The General-Purpose Timer Module (GPTM) contains four GPTM blocks with the following functional
options:
■ Count up or down
■ 16- or 32-bit programmable one-shot timer
■ 16- or 32-bit programmable periodic timer
■ 16-bit general-purpose timer with an 8-bit prescaler
■ 32-bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) when using an external 32.768-KHz clock as the input
■ Eight Capture Compare PWM pins (CCP)
■ Daisy chaining of timer modules to allow a single timer to initiate multiple timing events
■ ADC event trigger
■ User-enabled stalling when the controller asserts CPU Halt flag during debug (excluding RTC
mode)
■ 16-bit input-edge count- or time-capture modes
■ 16-bit PWM mode with software-programmable output inversion of the PWM signal
■ Ability to determine the elapsed time between the assertion of the timer interrupt and entry into
the interrupt service routine.
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
– Dedicated channel for each timer
– Burst request generated on timer interrupt
384
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
11.1
Block Diagram
Figure 11-1. GPTM Module Block Diagram
0x0000 (Down Counter Modes)
0xFFFF (Up Counter Modes)
Timer A
Free-Running
Value
Timer A Control
GPTMTAPMR
GPTMTAPR
TA Comparator
GPTMTAMATCHR
Clock / Edge
Detect
GPTMTAILR
Interrupt / Config
GPTMTAMR
GPTMTAR En
32 KHz or
Even CCP Pin
GPTMCFG
Timer A
Interrupt
GPTMCTL
GPTMTAV
GPTMIMR
RTC Divider
GPTMRIS
Timer B
Interrupt
GPTMTBV
GPTMMIS
GPTMICR
GPTMTBR En
Clock / Edge
Detect
Timer B Control
GPTMTAMR
GPTMTAILR
Odd CCP Pin
TB Comparator
GPTMTAMATCHR
Timer B
Free-Running
Value
GPTMTAPR
GPTMTAPMR
0x0000 (Down Counter Modes)
0xFFFF (Up Counter Modes)
System
Clock
Note:
In Figure 11-1 on page 385, the specific Capture Compare PWM (CCP) pins available depend
®
on the Stellaris device. See Table 11-1 on page 385 for the available CCP pins and their
timer assignments
Table 11-1. Available CCP Pins
Timer
16-Bit Up/Down Counter
Even CCP Pin
Odd CCP Pin
Timer 0
Timer A
CCP0
-
Timer B
-
CCP1
Timer A
CCP2
-
Timer B
-
CCP3
Timer A
CCP4
-
Timer B
-
CCP5
Timer A
CCP6
-
Timer B
-
CCP7
Timer 1
Timer 2
Timer 3
11.2
Signal Description
Table 11-2 on page 386 and Table 11-3 on page 387 list the external signals of the GP Timer module
and describe the function of each. The GP Timer signals are alternate functions for some GPIO
signals and default to be GPIO signals at reset. The column in the table below titled "Pin Mux/Pin
Assignment" lists the possible GPIO pin placements for these GP Timer signals. The AFSEL bit in
the GPIO Alternate Function Select (GPIOAFSEL) register (page 352) should be set to choose
June 15, 2010
385
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
the GP Timer function. The number in parentheses is the encoding that must be programmed into
the PMCn field in the GPIO Port Control (GPIOPCTL) register (page 370) to assign the GP Timer
signal to the specified GPIO port pin. For more information on configuring GPIOs, see
“General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)” on page 328.
Table 11-2. Signals for General-Purpose Timers (100LQFP)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
CCP0
13
22
23
39
42
66
72
91
97
PD3 (4)
PC7 (4)
PC6 (6)
PJ2 (9)
PF4 (1)
PB0 (1)
PB2 (5)
PB5 (4)
PD4 (1)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 0.
CCP1
24
25
34
67
90
96
100
PC5 (1)
PC4 (9)
PA6 (2)
PB1 (4)
PB6 (1)
PE3 (1)
PD7 (3)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 1.
CCP2
6
11
25
41
67
75
91
95
98
PE4 (6)
PD1 (10)
PC4 (5)
PF5 (1)
PB1 (1)
PE1 (4)
PB5 (6)
PE2 (5)
PD5 (1)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 2.
CCP3
6
23
24
35
61
72
74
97
PE4 (1)
PC6 (1)
PC5 (5)
PA7 (7)
PF1 (10)
PB2 (4)
PE0 (3)
PD4 (2)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 3.
CCP4
22
25
35
95
98
PC7 (1)
PC4 (6)
PA7 (2)
PE2 (1)
PD5 (2)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 4.
CCP5
5
12
25
36
90
91
PE5 (1)
PD2 (4)
PC4 (1)
PG7 (8)
PB6 (6)
PB5 (2)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 5.
CCP6
10
12
75
86
91
PD0 (6)
PD2 (2)
PE1 (5)
PH0 (1)
PB5 (3)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 6.
386
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 11-2. Signals for General-Purpose Timers (100LQFP) (continued)
Pin Name
CCP7
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
11
13
85
90
96
PD1 (6)
PD3 (2)
PH1 (1)
PB6 (2)
PE3 (5)
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
I/O
TTL
Description
Capture/Compare/PWM 7.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
Table 11-3. Signals for General-Purpose Timers (108BGA)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
CCP0
H1
L2
M2
K6
K4
E12
A11
B7
B5
PD3 (4)
PC7 (4)
PC6 (6)
PJ2 (9)
PF4 (1)
PB0 (1)
PB2 (5)
PB5 (4)
PD4 (1)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 0.
CCP1
M1
L1
L6
D12
A7
B4
A2
PC5 (1)
PC4 (9)
PA6 (2)
PB1 (4)
PB6 (1)
PE3 (1)
PD7 (3)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 1.
CCP2
B2
G2
L1
K3
D12
A12
B7
A4
C6
PE4 (6)
PD1 (10)
PC4 (5)
PF5 (1)
PB1 (1)
PE1 (4)
PB5 (6)
PE2 (5)
PD5 (1)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 2.
CCP3
B2
M2
M1
M6
H12
A11
B11
B5
PE4 (1)
PC6 (1)
PC5 (5)
PA7 (7)
PF1 (10)
PB2 (4)
PE0 (3)
PD4 (2)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 3.
CCP4
L2
L1
M6
A4
C6
PC7 (1)
PC4 (6)
PA7 (2)
PE2 (1)
PD5 (2)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 4.
CCP5
B3
H2
L1
C10
A7
B7
PE5 (1)
PD2 (4)
PC4 (1)
PG7 (8)
PB6 (6)
PB5 (2)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 5.
June 15, 2010
387
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Table 11-3. Signals for General-Purpose Timers (108BGA) (continued)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
CCP6
G1
H2
A12
C9
B7
PD0 (6)
PD2 (2)
PE1 (5)
PH0 (1)
PB5 (3)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 6.
CCP7
G2
H1
C8
A7
B4
PD1 (6)
PD3 (2)
PH1 (1)
PB6 (2)
PE3 (5)
I/O
TTL
Capture/Compare/PWM 7.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
11.3
Functional Description
The main components of each GPTM block are two free-running 16-bit up/down counters (referred
to as Timer A and Timer B), two 16-bit match registers, two prescaler match registers, two 16-bit
shadow registers, and two 16-bit load/initialization registers and their associated control functions.
The exact functionality of each GPTM is controlled by software and configured through the register
interface.
Software configures the GPTM using the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register (see page 401),
the GPTM Timer A Mode (GPTMTAMR) register (see page 402), and the GPTM Timer B Mode
(GPTMTBMR) register (see page 404). When in one of the 32-bit modes, the timer can only act as
a 32-bit timer. However, when configured in 16-bit mode, the GPTM can have its two 16-bit timers
configured in any combination of the 16-bit modes.
11.3.1
GPTM Reset Conditions
After reset has been applied to the GPTM module, the module is in an inactive state, and all control
registers are cleared and in their default states. Counters Timer A and Timer B are initialized to
0xFFFF, along with their corresponding load registers: the GPTM Timer A Interval Load
(GPTMTAILR) register (see page 419) and the GPTM Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register
(see page 420) and shadow registers: the GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV) register (see page 430)
and the GPTM Timer B Value (GPTMTBV) register (see page 431). The prescale counters are
initialized to 0x00: the GPTM Timer A Prescale (GPTMTAPR) register (see page 423) and the GPTM
Timer B Prescale (GPTMTBPR) register (see page 424).
11.3.2
32-Bit Timer Operating Modes
This section describes the three GPTM 32-bit timer modes (One-Shot, Periodic, and RTC) and their
configurations.
The GPTM is placed into 32-bit mode by writing a 0x0 (One-Shot/Periodic 32-bit timer mode) or a
0x1 (RTC mode) to the GPTMCFG bit field in the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register. In both
configurations, certain GPTM registers are concatenated to form pseudo 32-bit registers. These
registers include:
■ GPTM Timer A Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register [15:0], see page 419
■ GPTM Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register [15:0], see page 420
■ GPTM Timer A (GPTMTAR) register [15:0], see page 427
388
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ GPTM Timer B (GPTMTBR) register [15:0], see page 428
■ GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV) register [15:0], see page 430
■ GPTM Timer B Value (GPTMTBV) register [15:0], see page 431
In the 32-bit modes, the GPTM translates a 32-bit write access to GPTMTAILR into a write access
to both GPTMTAILR and GPTMTBILR. The resulting word ordering for such a write operation is:
GPTMTBILR[15:0]:GPTMTAILR[15:0]
Likewise, a 32-bit read access to GPTMTAR returns the value:
GPTMTBR[15:0]:GPTMTAR[15:0]
A 32-bit read access to GPTMTAV returns the value:
GPTMTBV[15:0]:GPTMTAV[15:0]
11.3.2.1
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
In 32-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the concatenated versions of the Timer A and Timer
B registers are configured as a 32-bit up or down counter. The selection of one-shot or periodic
mode is determined by the value written to the TAMR field of the GPTM Timer A Mode (GPTMTAMR)
register (see page 402); there is no need to write to the GPTM Timer B Mode (GPTMTBMR) register.
The timer is configured to count up or down using the TACDIR bit in the GPTMTAMR register.
When software sets the TAEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register (see page 406), the
timer begins counting up from 0x0000.0000 or down from its preloaded value. Alternatively, if the
TAWOT bit is set in the GPTMTAMR register, once the TAEN bit is set, the timer waits for a trigger
to begin counting (see “Wait-for-Trigger Mode” on page 394).
When the timer is counting down and it reaches the time-out event (0x0000.0000), the timer reloads
its start value from the concatenated GPTMTAILR on the next cycle. When the timer is counting
up and it reaches the time-out event (the value in the concatenated GPTMTAILR), the timer starts
counting again from 0x0000.0000 on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer
stops counting and clears the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer,
it continues counting. In periodic, snap-shot mode (TASNAPS bit in the GPTMTAMR register is set),
the actual free-running value of the timer at the time-out event is loaded into the GPTMTAR register.
In this manner, software can determine the time elapsed from the interrupt assertion to the ISR
entry.
In addition to reloading the count value, the GPTM generates interrupts and triggers when it reaches
the time-out event. The GPTM sets the TATORIS bit in the GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS)
register (see page 411), and holds it until it is cleared by writing the GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR)
register (see page 417). If the time-out interrupt is enabled in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTIMR)
register (see page 409), the GPTM also sets the TATOMIS bit in the GPTM Masked Interrupt Status
(GPTMMIS) register (see page 414). By setting the TAMIE bit in the GPTMTAMR register, an interrupt
can also be generated when the Timer A value equals the value loaded into the GPTM Timer A
Match (GPTMTAMATCH) register. This interrupt has the same status, masking, and clearing
functions as the time-out interrupt. The ADC trigger is enabled by setting the TAOTE bit in GPTMCTL.
The μDMA trigger is enabled by configuring and enabling the appropriate μDMA channel. See
“Channel Configuration” on page 274.
If software updates the GPTMTAILR register while the counter is counting down, the counter loads
the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting down from the new value. If software
June 15, 2010
389
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
updates the GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV) register while the counter is counting up or down,
the counter loads the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value.
If the TASTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is set, the timer freezes counting while the processor
is halted by the debugger. The timer resumes counting when the processor resumes execution.
11.3.2.2
32-Bit Real-Time Clock Timer Mode
In Real-Time Clock (RTC) mode, the concatenated versions of the Timer A and Timer B registers
are configured as a 32-bit up-counter. When RTC mode is selected for the first time after reset, the
counter is loaded with a value of 0x0000.0001. All subsequent load values must be written to the
GPTM Timer A Interval Load (GPTMTAILR) register (see page 419).
The input clock on an even CCP input is required to be 32.768 KHz in RTC mode. The clock signal
is then divided down to a 1-Hz rate and is passed along to the input of the 32-bit counter.
When software writes the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the counter starts counting up from
its preloaded value of 0x0000.0001. When the current count value matches the preloaded value in
the GPTMTAMATCHR register, the GPTM asserts the RTCRIS bit in GPTMRIS and continues
counting until either a hardware reset, or it is disabled by software (clearing the TAEN bit). When
the timer value reaches 0xFFFF.FFFF, the timer rolls over and continues counting up from 0x0. If
the RTC interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the GPTM also sets the RTCMIS bit in GPTMISR and
generates a controller interrupt. The status flags are cleared by writing the RTCCINT bit in GPTMICR.
In addition to generating interrupts, a μDMA trigger can be generated. The μDMA trigger is enabled
by configuring and enabling the appropriate μDMA channel. See “Channel Configuration” on page 274.
If the TASTALL and/or TBSTALL bits in the GPTMCTL register are set, the timer does not freeze if
the RTCEN bit is set in GPTMCTL.
11.3.3
16-Bit Timer Operating Modes
The GPTM is placed into global 16-bit mode by writing a value of 0x4 to the GPTM Configuration
(GPTMCFG) register (see page 401). This section describes each of the GPTM 16-bit modes of
operation. Timer A and Timer B have identical modes, so a single description is given using an n
to reference both.
11.3.3.1
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
In 16-bit one-shot and periodic timer modes, the timer is configured as a 16-bit up or down-counter
with an optional 8-bit prescaler that effectively extends the counting range of the timer to 24 bits.
The selection of one-shot or periodic mode is determined by the value written to the TnMR field of
the GPTMTnMR register. The optional prescaler is loaded into the GPTM Timer n Prescale
(GPTMTnPR) register. The timer is configured to count up or down using the TnCDIR bit in the
GPTMTnMR register.
When software sets the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer begins counting up from
0x0000.0000 or down from its preloaded value. Alternatively, if the TnWOT bit is set in the GPTMTnMR
register, once the TnEN bit is set, the timer waits for a trigger to begin counting (see “Wait-for-Trigger
Mode” on page 394).
When the timer is counting down and it reaches the time-out event (0x0000), the timer reloads its
start value from the concatenated GPTMTnILR and GPTMTnPR on the next cycle. When the timer
is counting up and it reaches the time-out event (the value in the GPTMTnILR), the timer starts
counting again from 0x0000 on the next cycle. If configured to be a one-shot timer, the timer stops
counting and clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. If configured as a periodic timer, it
continues counting. In periodic, snap-shot mode, (TnSNAPS bit in the GPTMTnMR register is set),
390
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
the actual free-running value of the timer at the time-out event is loaded into the GPTMTAR register.
In this manner, software can determine the time elapsed from the interrupt assertion to the ISR
entry.
In addition to reloading the count value, the timer generates interrupts and triggers when it reaches
the time-out event. The GPTM sets the TnTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register, and holds it until it
is cleared by writing the GPTMICR register. If the time-out interrupt is enabled in GPTIMR, the
GPTM also sets the TnTOMIS bit in GPTMISR and generates a controller interrupt. By setting the
TnMIE bit in the GPTMTnMR register, an interrupt can also be generated when the timer value
equals the value loaded into the GPTM Timer n Match (GPTMTnMATCH) register. This interrupt
has the same status, masking, and clearing functions as the time-out interrupt. The ADC trigger is
enabled by setting the TnOTE bit in the GPTMCTL register. The μDMA trigger is enabled by
configuring and enabling the appropriate μDMA channel. See “Channel Configuration” on page 274.
If software updates the GPTMTnILR register while the counter is counting down, the counter loads
the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting down from the new value. If software
updates the GPTM Timer n Value (GPTMTnV) register while the counter is counting up or down,
the counter loads the new value on the next clock cycle and continues counting from the new value.
If the TnSTALL bit in the GPTMCTL register is set, the timer freezes counting while the processor
is halted by the debugger. The timer resumes counting when the processor resumes execution.
The following example shows a variety of configurations for a 16-bit free-running timer while using
the prescaler. All values assume an 80-MHz clock with Tc=12.5 ns (clock period).
Table 11-4. 16-Bit Timer With Prescaler Configurations
a
Prescale
#Clock (Tc)
Max Time
Units
00000000
1
0.8192
mS
00000001
2
1.6384
mS
00000010
3
2.4576
mS
------------
--
--
--
11111101
254
208.0768
mS
11111110
255
208.896
mS
11111111
256
209.7152
mS
a. Tc is the clock period.
11.3.3.2
Input Edge-Count Mode
Note:
For rising-edge detection, the input signal must be High for at least two system clock periods
following the rising edge. Similarly, for falling-edge detection, the input signal must be Low
for at least two system clock periods following the falling edge. Based on this criteria, the
maximum input frequency for edge detection is 1/4 of the system frequency.
In Edge-Count mode, the timer is configured as a 24-bit down-counter with the MSB stored in the
GPTM Timer n Prescale (GPTMTnPR) register and the remaining 16 bits in the GPTMTnILR
register. In this mode, the timer is capable of capturing three types of events: rising edge, falling
edge, or both. To place the timer in Edge-Count mode, the TnCMR bit of the GPTMTnMR register
must be cleared. The type of edge that the timer counts is determined by the TnEVENT fields of the
GPTMCTL register. During initialization, the GPTM Timer n Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register is
configured so that the difference between the value in the GPTMTnILR register and the
GPTMTnMATCHR register equals the number of edge events that must be counted.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register, the timer is enabled
for event capture. Each input event on the CCP pin decrements the counter by 1 until the event count
June 15, 2010
391
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
matches GPTMTnMATCHR. When the counts match, the GPTM asserts the CnMRIS bit in the
GPTMRIS register (and the CnMMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked).
In addition to generating interrupts, a μDMA trigger can be generated. The μDMA trigger is enabled
by configuring and enabling the appropriate μDMA channel. See “Channel Configuration” on page 274.
The counter is then reloaded using the value in GPTMTnILR, and stopped because the GPTM
automatically clears the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register. Once the event count has been reached,
all further events are ignored until TnEN is re-enabled by software.
Figure 11-2 on page 392 shows how Input Edge-Count mode works. In this case, the timer start
value is set to GPTMnILR =0x000A and the match value is set to GPTMnMATCHR =0x0006 so
that four edge events are counted. The counter is configured to detect both edges of the input signal.
Note that the last two edges are not counted since the timer automatically clears the TnEN bit after
the current count matches the value in the GPTMnMR register.
Figure 11-2. 16-Bit Input Edge-Count Mode Example
Timer stops,
flags
asserted
Count
Timer reload
on next cycle
Ignored
Ignored
0x000A
0x0009
0x0008
0x0007
0x0006
Input Signal
11.3.3.3
16-Bit Input Edge-Time Mode
Note:
For rising-edge detection, the input signal must be High for at least two system clock periods
following the rising edge. Similarly, for falling edge detection, the input signal must be Low
for at least two system clock periods following the falling edge. Based on this criteria, the
maximum input frequency for edge detection is 1/4 of the system frequency.
The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit Input Edge-Time mode.
In Edge-Time mode, the timer is configured as a 16-bit free-running down-counter. In this mode,
the timer is initialized to the value loaded in the GPTMTnILR register (or 0xFFFF at reset). In this
mode, the timer is capable of capturing three types of events: rising edge, falling edge, or both. The
timer is placed into Edge-Time mode by setting the TnCMR bit in the GPTMTnMR register, and the
type of event that the timer captures is determined by the TnEVENT fields of the GPTMCnTL register.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the timer is enabled for event capture.
When the selected input event is detected, the current Tn counter value is captured in the GPTMTnR
392
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
register and is available to be read by the microcontroller. The GPTM then asserts the CnERIS bit
(and the CnEMIS bit, if the interrupt is not masked). The GPTMTnV is the free-running value of the
timer and can be read to determine the time that elapsed between the interrupt assertion and the
entry into the ISR.
In addition to generating interrupts, a μDMA trigger can be generated. The μDMA trigger is enabled
by configuring and enabling the appropriate μDMA channel. See “Channel Configuration” on page 274.
After an event has been captured, the timer does not stop counting. It continues to count until the
TnEN bit is cleared. When the timer reaches the 0x0000 state, it is reloaded with the value from the
GPTMnILR register.
Figure 11-3 on page 393 shows how input edge timing mode works. In the diagram, it is assumed
that the start value of the timer is the default value of 0xFFFF, and the timer is configured to capture
rising edge events.
Each time a rising edge event is detected, the current count value is loaded into the GPTMTnR
register, and is held there until another rising edge is detected (at which point the new count value
is loaded into GPTMTnR).
Figure 11-3. 16-Bit Input Edge-Time Mode Example
Count
0xFFFF
GPTMTnR=X
GPTMTnR=Y
GPTMTnR=Z
Z
X
Y
Time
Input Signal
11.3.3.4
16-Bit PWM Mode
Note:
The prescaler is not available in 16-Bit PWM mode.
The GPTM supports a simple PWM generation mode. In PWM mode, the timer is configured as a
down-counter with a start value (and thus period) defined by GPTMTnILR. In this mode, the PWM
frequency and period are synchronous events and therefore guaranteed to be glitch free. PWM
mode is enabled with the GPTMTnMR register by setting the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to
0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2.
When software writes the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register, the counter begins counting down
until it reaches the 0x0000 state. On the next counter cycle, the counter reloads its start value from
GPTMTnILR and continues counting until disabled by software clearing the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL
register. No interrupts or status bits are asserted in PWM mode.
June 15, 2010
393
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
The output PWM signal asserts when the counter is at the value of the GPTMTnILR register (its
start state), and is deasserted when the counter value equals the value in the GPTM Timer n Match
Register (GPTMnMATCHR). Software has the capability of inverting the output PWM signal by
setting the TnPWML bit in the GPTMCTL register.
Figure 11-4 on page 394 shows how to generate an output PWM with a 1-ms period and a 66% duty
cycle assuming a 50-MHz input clock and TnPWML =0 (duty cycle would be 33% for the TnPWML
=1 configuration). For this example, the start value is GPTMnIRL=0xC350 and the match value is
GPTMnMR=0x411A.
Figure 11-4. 16-Bit PWM Mode Example
Count
GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR
GPTMTnR=GPTMnMR
0xC350
0x411A
Time
TnEN set
TnPWML = 0
Output
Signal
TnPWML = 1
11.3.3.5
Wait-for-Trigger Mode
The Wait-for-Trigger mode allows daisy chaining of the timer modules such that once configured,
a single timer can initiate mulitple timing events using the Timer triggers. Wait-for-Trigger mode is
enabled by setting the TnWOT bit in the GPTMTnMR register. When the TnWOT bit is set, Timer N+1
does not begin counting until the timer in the previous position in the daisy chain (Timer N) reaches
its time-out event. The daisy chain is configured such that GPTM1 always follows GPTM0, GPTM2
follows GPTM1, and so on. If Timer A is in 32-bit mode (controlled by the GPTMCFG bit in the
GPTMCFG register), it triggers Timer A in the next module. If Timer A is in 16-bit mode, it triggers
Timer B in the same module, and Timer B triggers Timer A in the next module. Care must be taken
that the TAWOT bit is never set in GPTM0. Figure 11-5 on page 395 shows how the GPTMCFG bit
affects the daisy chain. This function is valid for both one-shot and periodic modes.
394
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 11-5. Timer Daisy Chain
GP Timer N+1
1
0
GPTMCFG
Timer B ADC Trigger
Timer B
Timer A
Timer A ADC Trigger
GP Timer N
1
0
GPTMCFG
Timer B
Timer A
11.3.4
Timer B ADC Trigger
Timer A ADC Trigger
DMA Operation
The timers each have a dedicated μDMA channel and can provide a request signal to the μDMA
controller. The request is a burst type and occurs whenever a timer raw interrupt condition occurs.
The arbitration size of the μDMA transfer should be set to the amount of data that should be
transferred whenever a timer event occurs.
For example, to transfer 256 items, 8 items at a time every 10 ms, configure a timer to generate a
periodic timeout at 10 ms. Configure the μDMA transfer for a total of 256 items, with a burst size of
8 items. Each time the timer times out, the μDMA controller transfers 8 items, until all 256 items
have been transferred.
No other special steps are needed to enable Timers for μDMA operation. Refer to “Micro Direct
Memory Access (μDMA)” on page 270 for more details about programming the μDMA controller.
11.4
Initialization and Configuration
To use the general-purpose timers, the peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the TIMER0,
TIMER1, TIMER2, and TIMER3 bits in the RCGC1 register (see page 181). If using any CCP pins,
the clock to the appropriate GPIO module must be enabled via the RCGC2 register in the System
Control module (see page 190). To find out which GPIO port to enable, refer to Table 25-4 on page 1094.
Configure the PMCn fields in the GPIOPCTL register to assign the CCP signals to the appropriate
pins (see page 370 and Table 25-5 on page 1102).
This section shows module initialization and configuration examples for each of the supported timer
modes.
11.4.1
32-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
The GPTM is configured for 32-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register is cleared) before making
any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0000.0000.
3. Configure the TAMR field in the GPTM Timer A Mode Register (GPTMTAMR):
a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode.
b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode.
June 15, 2010
395
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
4. Optionally configure the TASNAPS, TAWOT, TAMTE, and TACDIR bits in the GPTMTAMR register
to select whether to capture the value of the free-running timer at time-out, use an external
trigger to start counting, configure an additional trigger or interrupt, and count up or down.
5. Load the start value into the GPTM Timer A Interval Load Register (GPTMTAILR).
6. If interrupts are required, set the appropriate bits in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register
(GPTMIMR).
7. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting.
8. Poll the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases,
the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear
Register (GPTMICR).
If the TAMIE bit in the GPTMTAMR register is set, the RTCRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register is set,
and the timer continues counting. In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after the time-out
event. To re-enable the timer, repeat the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode reloads
the timer and continues counting after the time-out event.
11.4.2
32-Bit Real-Time Clock (RTC) Mode
To use the RTC mode, the timer must have a 32.768-KHz input signal on an even CCP input. To
enable the RTC feature, follow these steps:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TAEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0000.0001.
3. Write the match value to the GPTM Timer A Match Register (GPTMTAMATCHR).
4. Set/clear the RTCEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) as needed.
5. If interrupts are required, set the RTCIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register (GPTMIMR).
6. Set the TAEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting.
When the timer count equals the value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register, the counter is re-loaded
with 0x0000.0000 and begins counting. If an interrupt is enabled, it does not have to be cleared.
11.4.3
16-Bit One-Shot/Periodic Timer Mode
A timer is configured for 16-bit One-Shot and Periodic modes by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration Register (GPTMCFG) with a value of 0x0000.0004.
3. Set the TnMR field in the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register:
a. Write a value of 0x1 for One-Shot mode.
b. Write a value of 0x2 for Periodic mode.
396
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
4. Optionally configure the TnSNAPS, TnWOT, TnMTE and TnCDIR bits in the GPTMTnMR register
to select whether to capture the value of the free-running timer at time-out, use an external
trigger to start counting, configure an additional trigger or interrupt, and count up or down.
5. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timer n Prescale Register
(GPTMTnPR).
6. Load the start value into the GPTM Timer Interval Load Register (GPTMTnILR).
7. If interrupts are required, set the appropriate bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register
(GPTMIMR).
8. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control Register (GPTMCTL) to enable the timer and start
counting.
9. Poll the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled). In both cases,
the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 the appropriate bit of the GPTM Interrupt Clear
Register (GPTMICR).
If the TnMIE bit in the GPTMTnMR register is set, the RTCRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register is set,
and the timer continues counting. In One-Shot mode, the timer stops counting after the time-out
event. To re-enable the timer, repeat the sequence. A timer configured in Periodic mode reloads
the timer and continues counting after the time-out event.
11.4.4
Input Edge-Count Mode
A timer is configured to Input Edge-Count mode by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x0000.0004.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x0 and the TnMR
field to 0x3.
4. Configure the type of event(s) that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM
Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timer n Prescale Register
(GPTMTnPR).
6. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timer n Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
7. Load the event count into the GPTM Timer n Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register.
8. If interrupts are required, set the CnMIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register.
9. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and begin waiting for edge events.
10. Poll the CnMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled).
In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnMCINT bit of the GPTM
Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register.
June 15, 2010
397
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
In Input Edge-Count Mode, the timer stops after the programmed number of edge events has been
detected. To re-enable the timer, ensure that the TnEN bit is cleared and repeat step 4 on page 397
through step 9 on page 397.
11.4.5
16-Bit Input Edge Timing Mode
A timer is configured to Input Edge Timing mode by the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x0000.0004.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, write the TnCMR field to 0x1 and the TnMR
field to 0x3.
4. Configure the type of event that the timer captures by writing the TnEVENT field of the GPTM
Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. If a prescaler is to be used, write the prescale value to the GPTM Timer n Prescale Register
(GPTMTnPR).
6. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timer n Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
7. If interrupts are required, set the CnEIM bit in the GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR) register.
8. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and start counting.
9. Poll the CnERIS bit in the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be generated (if enabled).
In both cases, the status flags are cleared by writing a 1 to the CnECINT bit of the GPTM
Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR) register. The time at which the event happened can be obtained
by reading the GPTM Timer n (GPTMTnR) register.
In Input Edge Timing mode, the timer continues running after an edge event has been detected,
but the timer interval can be changed at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register. The change
takes effect at the next cycle after the write.
11.4.6
16-Bit PWM Mode
A timer is configured to PWM mode using the following sequence:
1. Ensure the timer is disabled (the TnEN bit is cleared) before making any changes.
2. Write the GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG) register with a value of 0x0000.0004.
3. In the GPTM Timer Mode (GPTMTnMR) register, set the TnAMS bit to 0x1, the TnCMR bit to
0x0, and the TnMR field to 0x2.
4. Configure the output state of the PWM signal (whether or not it is inverted) in the TnEVENT field
of the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register.
5. Load the timer start value into the GPTM Timer n Interval Load (GPTMTnILR) register.
6. Load the GPTM Timer n Match (GPTMTnMATCHR) register with the match value.
7. Set the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control (GPTMCTL) register to enable the timer and begin
generation of the output PWM signal.
398
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
In PWM Timing mode, the timer continues running after the PWM signal has been generated. The
PWM period can be adjusted at any time by writing the GPTMTnILR register, and the change takes
effect at the next cycle after the write.
11.5
Register Map
Table 11-5 on page 399 lists the GPTM registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to that timer’s base address:
■
■
■
■
Timer0: 0x4003.0000
Timer1: 0x4003.1000
Timer2: 0x4003.2000
Timer3: 0x4003.3000
Note that the GP Timer module clock must be enabled before the registers can be programmed
(see page 181).
Table 11-5. Timers Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
GPTMCFG
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Configuration
401
0x004
GPTMTAMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Timer A Mode
402
0x008
GPTMTBMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Timer B Mode
404
0x00C
GPTMCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Control
406
0x018
GPTMIMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Interrupt Mask
409
0x01C
GPTMRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status
411
0x020
GPTMMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status
414
0x024
GPTMICR
W1C
0x0000.0000
GPTM Interrupt Clear
417
0x028
GPTMTAILR
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
GPTM Timer A Interval Load
419
0x02C
GPTMTBILR
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
GPTM Timer B Interval Load
420
0x030
GPTMTAMATCHR
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
GPTM Timer A Match
421
0x034
GPTMTBMATCHR
R/W
0x0000.FFFF
GPTM Timer B Match
422
0x038
GPTMTAPR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Timer A Prescale
423
0x03C
GPTMTBPR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM Timer B Prescale
424
0x040
GPTMTAPMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match
425
0x044
GPTMTBPMR
R/W
0x0000.0000
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match
426
0x048
GPTMTAR
RO
0xFFFF.FFFF
GPTM Timer A
427
0x04C
GPTMTBR
RO
0x0000.FFFF
GPTM Timer B
428
0x050
GPTMTAV
RW
0xFFFF.FFFF
GPTM Timer A Value
430
0x054
GPTMTBV
RW
0x0000.FFFF
GPTM Timer B Value
431
June 15, 2010
399
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
11.6
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the GPTM registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
400
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 1: GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG), offset 0x000
This register configures the global operation of the GPTM module. The value written to this register
determines whether the GPTM is in 32- or 16-bit mode.
GPTM Configuration (GPTMCFG)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:3
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
2:0
GPTMCFG
R/W
0x0
GPTMCFG
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Configuration
The GPTMCFG values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0
32-bit timer configuration.
0x1
32-bit real-time clock (RTC) counter configuration.
0x2
Reserved
0x3
Reserved
0x4
16-bit timer configuration. The function is controlled by bits 1:0
of GPTMTAMR and GPTMTBMR.
June 15, 2010
401
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 2: GPTM Timer A Mode (GPTMTAMR), offset 0x004
This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register.
When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TAAMS bit , clear the TACMR bit, and configure the TAMR field to
0x2.
In 16-bit timer configuration, TAMR controls the 16-bit timer modes for Timer A. In 32-bit timer
configuration, this register controls the mode, and the contents of GPTMTBMR are ignored.
GPTM Timer A Mode (GPTMTAMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x004
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TASNAPS TAWOT
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7
TASNAPS
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
5
4
3
2
TAMIE
TACDIR
TAAMS
TACMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
0
TAMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer A Snap-Shot Mode
Value Description
6
TAWOT
R/W
0
0
Snap-shot mode is disabled.
1
If Timer A is configured in the periodic mode, the actual
free-running value of Timer A is loaded at the time-out event
into the GPTM Timer A (GPTMTAR) register.
GPTM Timer A Wait-on-Trigger
Value Description
0
Timer A begins counting as soon as it is enabled.
1
If Timer A is enabled (TAEN is set in the GPTMCTL register),
Timer A does not begin counting until it receives a trigger from
the timer in the previous position in the daisy chain, see Figure
11-5 on page 395. This function is valid for both one-shot and
periodic modes.
This bit must be clear for GP Timer Module 0, Timer A.
402
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5
TAMIE
R/W
0
Description
GPTM Timer A Match Interrupt Enable
Value Description
4
TACDIR
R/W
0
0
The match interrupt is disabled.
1
An interrupt is generated when the match value in the
GPTMTAMATCHR register is reached in the one-shot and
periodic modes.
GPTM Timer A Count Direction
Value Description
0
The timer counts down.
1
When in one-shot or periodic mode, the timer counts up. When
counting up, the timer starts from a value of 0x0000.
When in 16-bit PWM or 32-bit RTC mode, this bit must be clear; if this
bit is set, unpredictable behavior results.
3
TAAMS
R/W
0
GPTM Timer A Alternate Mode Select
The TAAMS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Capture mode is enabled.
1
PWM mode is enabled.
Note:
2
TACMR
R/W
0
To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TACMR
bit and configure the TAMR field to 0x2.
GPTM Timer A Capture Mode
The TACMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1:0
TAMR
R/W
0x0
0
Edge-Count mode
1
Edge-Time mode
GPTM Timer A Mode
The TAMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0
Reserved
0x1
One-Shot Timer mode
0x2
Periodic Timer mode
0x3
Capture mode
The Timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0
in the GPTMCFG register (16-or 32-bit).
June 15, 2010
403
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 3: GPTM Timer B Mode (GPTMTBMR), offset 0x008
This register configures the GPTM based on the configuration selected in the GPTMCFG register.
When in 16-bit PWM mode, set the TBAMS bit, clear the TBCMR bit, and configure the TBMR field to
0x2.
In 16-bit timer configuration, these bits control the 16-bit timer modes for Timer B. In 32-bit timer
configuration, this register’s contents are ignored, and GPTMTAMR is used.
GPTM Timer B Mode (GPTMTBMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TBMIE
TBCDIR
TBAMS
TBCMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
TBSNAPS TBWOT
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7
TBSNAPS
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
TBMR
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B Snap-Shot Mode
Value Description
6
TBWOT
R/W
0
0
Snap-shot mode is disabled.
1
If Timer B is configured in the periodic mode, the actual
free-running value of Timer B is loaded at the time-out event
into the GPTM Timer B (GPTMTBR) register.
GPTM Timer B Wait-on-Trigger
Value Description
0
Timer B begins counting as soon as it is enabled.
1
If Timer B is enabled (TBEN is set in the GPTMCTL register),
Timer B does not begin counting until it receives an it receives
a trigger from the timer in the previous position in the daisy
chain. See Figure 11-5 on page 395. This function is valid for
both one-shot and periodic modes.
404
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
5
TBMIE
R/W
0
Description
GPTM Timer B Match Interrupt Enable
Value Description
4
TBCDIR
R/W
0
0
The match interrupt is disabled.
1
An interrupt is generated when the match value in the
GPTMTBMATCHR register is reached in the one-shot and
periodic modes.
GPTM Timer B Count Direction
Value Description
0
The timer counts down.
1
When in one-shot or periodic mode, the timer counts up. When
counting up, the timer starts from a value of 0x0000.
When in 16-bit PWM or 32-bit RTC mode, this bit must be clear; if this
bit is set, unpredictable behavior results.
3
TBAMS
R/W
0
GPTM Timer B Alternate Mode Select
The TBAMS values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Capture mode is enabled.
1
PWM mode is enabled.
Note:
2
TBCMR
R/W
0
To enable PWM mode, you must also clear the TBCMR
bit and set the TBMR field to 0x2.
GPTM Timer B Capture Mode
The TBCMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1:0
TBMR
R/W
0x0
0
Edge-Count mode
1
Edge-Time mode
GPTM Timer B Mode
The TBMR values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0x0
Reserved
0x1
One-Shot Timer mode
0x2
Periodic Timer mode
0x3
Capture mode
The timer mode is based on the timer configuration defined by bits 2:0
in the GPTMCFG register.
June 15, 2010
405
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 4: GPTM Control (GPTMCTL), offset 0x00C
This register is used alongside the GPTMCFG and GMTMTnMR registers to fine-tune the timer
configuration, and to enable other features such as timer stall and the output trigger. The output
trigger can be used to initiate transfers on the ADC module.
GPTM Control (GPTMCTL)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x00C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
15
14
13
12
reserved
TBPWML
TBOTE
reserved
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
TBEVENT
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
TBSTALL
TBEN
reserved
TAPWML
TAOTE
RTCEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:15
reserved
RO
0x0000
14
TBPWML
R/W
0
TAEVENT
R/W
0
R/W
0
1
0
TASTALL
TAEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B PWM Output Level
The TBPWML values are defined as follows:
Value Description
13
TBOTE
R/W
0
0
Output is unaffected.
1
Output is inverted.
GPTM Timer B Output Trigger Enable
The TBOTE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
The output Timer B ADC trigger is disabled.
1
The output Timer B ADC trigger is enabled.
In addition, the ADC must be enabled and the timer selected as a trigger
source with the EMn bit in the ADCEMUX register (see page 488).
12
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
406
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
11:10
TBEVENT
R/W
0x0
Description
GPTM Timer B Event Mode
The TBEVENT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
9
TBSTALL
R/W
0
0x0
Positive edge
0x1
Negative edge
0x2
Reserved
0x3
Both edges
GPTM Timer B Stall Enable
The TBSTALL values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Timer B continues counting while the processor is halted by the
debugger.
1
Timer B freezes counting while the processor is halted by the
debugger.
If the processor is executing normally, the TBSTALL bit is ignored.
8
TBEN
R/W
0
GPTM Timer B Enable
The TBEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Timer B is disabled.
1
Timer B is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is
enabled based on the GPTMCFG register.
7
reserved
RO
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
6
TAPWML
R/W
0
GPTM Timer A PWM Output Level
The TAPWML values are defined as follows:
Value Description
5
TAOTE
R/W
0
0
Output is unaffected.
1
Output is inverted.
GPTM Timer A Output Trigger Enable
The TAOTE values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
The output Timer A ADC trigger is disabled.
1
The output Timer A ADC trigger is enabled.
In addition, the ADC must be enabled and the timer selected as a trigger
source with the EMn bit in the ADCEMUX register (see page 488).
June 15, 2010
407
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
4
RTCEN
R/W
0
Description
GPTM RTC Enable
The RTCEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
3:2
TAEVENT
R/W
0x0
0
RTC counting is disabled.
1
RTC counting is enabled.
GPTM Timer A Event Mode
The TAEVENT values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1
TASTALL
R/W
0
0x0
Positive edge
0x1
Negative edge
0x2
Reserved
0x3
Both edges
GPTM Timer A Stall Enable
The TASTALL values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Timer A continues counting while the processor is halted by the
debugger.
1
Timer A freezes counting while the processor is halted by the
debugger.
If the processor is executing normally, the TASTALL bit is ignored.
0
TAEN
R/W
0
GPTM Timer A Enable
The TAEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Timer A is disabled.
1
Timer A is enabled and begins counting or the capture logic is
enabled based on the GPTMCFG register.
408
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 5: GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR), offset 0x018
This register allows software to enable/disable GPTM controller-level interrupts. Setting a bit enables
the corresponding interrupt, while clearing a bit disables it.
GPTM Interrupt Mask (GPTMIMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x018
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
6
5
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
11
10
9
8
TBMIM
CBEIM
CBMIM
TBTOIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:12
reserved
RO
0x0000.0
11
TBMIM
R/W
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
4
3
2
1
0
TAMIM
RTCIM
CAEIM
CAMIM
TATOIM
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B Mode Match Interrupt Mask
The TBMIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
10
CBEIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM Capture B Event Interrupt Mask
The CBEIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
9
CBMIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM Capture B Match Interrupt Mask
The CBMIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
June 15, 2010
409
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
8
TBTOIM
R/W
0
Description
GPTM Timer B Time-Out Interrupt Mask
The TBTOIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
7:5
reserved
RO
0x0
4
TAMIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer A Mode Match Interrupt Mask
The TAMIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
3
RTCIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM RTC Interrupt Mask
The RTCIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
2
CAEIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM Capture A Event Interrupt Mask
The CAEIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
1
CAMIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM Capture A Match Interrupt Mask
The CAMIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
TATOIM
R/W
0
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
GPTM Timer A Time-Out Interrupt Mask
The TATOIM values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Interrupt is disabled.
1
Interrupt is enabled.
410
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 6: GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS), offset 0x01C
This register shows the state of the GPTM's internal interrupt signal. These bits are set whether or
not the interrupt is masked in the GPTMIMR register. Each bit can be cleared by writing a 1 to its
corresponding bit in GPTMICR.
GPTM Raw Interrupt Status (GPTMRIS)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x01C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
6
5
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
TBMRIS
CBERIS
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
CBMRIS TBTORIS
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:12
reserved
RO
0x0000.0
11
TBMRIS
R/W
0
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
4
3
2
TAMRIS
RTCRIS
CAERIS
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
CAMRIS TATORIS
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B Mode Match Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The TBMIE bit is set in the GPTMTBMR register, and the match
value in the GPTMTBMATCHR register has been reached when
in the one-shot and periodic modes.
0
The match value has not been reached.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TBMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
10
CBERIS
RO
0
GPTM Capture B Event Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The Capture B event has occurred.
0
The Capture B event has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CBECINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
9
CBMRIS
RO
0
GPTM Capture B Match Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The Capture B match has occurred.
0
The Capture B match has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CBMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
June 15, 2010
411
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
8
TBTORIS
RO
0
Description
GPTM Timer B Time-Out Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
Timer B has timed out.
0
Timer B has not timed out.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TBTOCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
7:5
reserved
RO
0x0
4
TAMRIS
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer A Mode Match Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The TAMIE bit is set in the GPTMTAMR register, and the match
value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register has been reached when
in the one-shot and periodic modes.
0
The match value has not been reached.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TAMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
3
RTCRIS
RO
0
GPTM RTC Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The RTC event has occurred.
0
The RTC event has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the RTCCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
2
CAERIS
RO
0
GPTM Capture A Event Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The Capture A event has occurred.
0
The Capture A event has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CAECINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
1
CAMRIS
RO
0
GPTM Capture A Match Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
The Capture A match has occurred.
0
The Capture A match has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CAMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
412
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
0
TATORIS
RO
0
Description
GPTM Timer A Time-Out Raw Interrupt
Value Description
1
Timer A has timed out.
0
Timer A has not timed out.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TATOCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
June 15, 2010
413
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 7: GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS), offset 0x020
This register show the state of the GPTM's controller-level interrupt. If an interrupt is unmasked in
GPTMIMR, and there is an event that causes the interrupt to be asserted, the corresponding bit is
set in this register. All bits are cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in GPTMICR.
GPTM Masked Interrupt Status (GPTMMIS)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x020
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
6
5
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
TBMMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
10
9
8
7
CBEMIS CBMMIS TBTOMIS
R/W
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:12
reserved
RO
0x0000.0
11
TBMMIS
R/W
0
RO
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
4
3
TAMMIS
RTCMIS
R/W
0
RO
0
CAEMIS CAMMIS TATOMIS
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B Mode Match Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Timer B Mode Match interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Timer B Mode Match interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TBMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
10
CBEMIS
RO
0
GPTM Capture B Event Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Capture B event interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Capture B event interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CBECINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
414
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
9
CBMMIS
RO
0
Description
GPTM Capture B Match Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Capture B Match interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Capture B Mode Match interrupt has not occurred or is
masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CBMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
8
TBTOMIS
RO
0
GPTM Timer B Time-Out Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Timer B Time-Out interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Timer B Time-Out interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TBTOCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
7:5
reserved
RO
0x0
4
TAMMIS
R/W
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer A Mode Match Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Timer A Mode Match interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Timer A Mode Match interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TAMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
3
RTCMIS
RO
0
GPTM RTC Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked RTC event interrupt
has occurred.
0
An RTC event interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the RTCCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
2
CAEMIS
RO
0
GPTM Capture A Event Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Capture A event interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Capture A event interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CAECINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
June 15, 2010
415
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
CAMMIS
RO
0
Description
GPTM Capture A Match Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Capture A Match interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Capture A Mode Match interrupt has not occurred or is
masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the CAMCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
0
TATOMIS
RO
0
GPTM Timer A Time-Out Masked Interrupt
Value Description
1
An unmasked Timer A Time-Out interrupt
has occurred.
0
A Timer A Time-Out interrupt has not occurred or is masked.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TATOCINT bit in the GPTMICR
register.
416
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 8: GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR), offset 0x024
This register is used to clear the status bits in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers. Writing a 1
to a bit clears the corresponding bit in the GPTMRIS and GPTMMIS registers.
GPTM Interrupt Clear (GPTMICR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x024
Type W1C, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
11
10
9
8
7
TBMCINT CBECINT CBMCINT TBTOCINT
RO
0
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:12
reserved
RO
0x0000.0
11
TBMCINT
W1C
0
W1C
0
reserved
RO
0
RO
0
TAMCINT RTCCINT CAECINT CAMCINT TATOCINT
RO
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
W1C
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B Mode Match Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the TBMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the TBMMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
10
CBECINT
W1C
0
GPTM Capture B Event Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the CBERIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the CBEMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
9
CBMCINT
W1C
0
GPTM Capture B Match Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the CBMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the CBMMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
8
TBTOCINT
W1C
0
GPTM Timer B Time-Out Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the TBTORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the TBTOMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
7:5
reserved
RO
0x0
4
TAMCINT
W1C
0
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer A Mode Match Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the TAMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the TAMMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
3
RTCCINT
W1C
0
GPTM RTC Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the RTCRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the RTCMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
June 15, 2010
417
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
2
CAECINT
W1C
0
Description
GPTM Capture A Event Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the CAERIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the CAEMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
1
CAMCINT
W1C
0
GPTM Capture A Match Interrupt Clear
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the CAMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the CAMMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
0
TATOCINT
W1C
0
GPTM Timer A Time-Out Raw Interrupt
Writing a 1 to this bit clears the TATORIS bit in the GPTMRIS register
and the TATOMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register.
418
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 9: GPTM Timer A Interval Load (GPTMTAILR), offset 0x028
When the timer is counting down, this register is used to load the starting count value into the timer.
When the timer is counting up, this register sets the upper bound for When GPTM is configured to
one of the 32-bit modes, GPTMTAILR appears as a 32-bit register (the upper 16-bits correspond
to the contents of the GPTM Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register). In 16-bit mode, the
upper 16 bits of this register read as 0s and have no effect on the state of GPTMTBILR.
GPTM Timer A Interval Load (GPTMTAILR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x028
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TAILRH
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
TAILRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
TAILRH
R/W
0xFFFF
R/W
1
Description
GPTM Timer A Interval Load Register High
When configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register, the GPTM
Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR) register loads this value on a
write. A read returns the current value of GPTMTBILR.
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the
state of GPTMTBILR.
15:0
TAILRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer A Interval Load Register Low
For both 16- and 32-bit modes, writing this field loads the counter for
Timer A. A read returns the current value of GPTMTAILR.
June 15, 2010
419
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 10: GPTM Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR), offset 0x02C
This register is used to load the starting count value into Timer B. When the GPTM is configured to
a 32-bit mode, GPTMTBILR returns the current value of Timer B and ignores writes.
GPTM Timer B Interval Load (GPTMTBILR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x02C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TBILRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBILRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer B Interval Load Register
When the GPTM is not configured as a 32-bit timer, a write to this field
updates GPTMTBILR. In 32-bit mode, writes are ignored, and reads
return the current value of GPTMTBILR.
420
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 11: GPTM Timer A Match (GPTMTAMATCHR), offset 0x030
This register is loaded with a match value. Interrupts can be generated when the timer value is equal
to the value in this register in one-shot or periodic mode. In Edge-Count mode, this register along
with GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total number of edge events
counted is equal to the value in GPTMTAILR minus this value.
GPTM Timer A Match (GPTMTAMATCHR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x030
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
TAMRH
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
TAMRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
TAMRH
R/W
0xFFFF
R/W
1
Description
GPTM Timer A Match Register High
When the timer is configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register,
this value is compared to the upper half of GPTMTAR to determine
match events.
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the
state of GPTMTBMATCHR.
15:0
TAMRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer A Match Register Low
When the timer is configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register,
this value is compared to the lower half of GPTMTAR, to determine
match events.
When the timer is configured for 16-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register,
this value is compared to GPTMTAR to determine match events.
When configured for Edge-Count mode, this value along with
GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total
number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTAILR
minus this value.
When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTAILR,
determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal.
June 15, 2010
421
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 12: GPTM Timer B Match (GPTMTBMATCHR), offset 0x034
This register is loaded with a match value. Interrupts can be generated when the timer value is equal
to the value in this register in one-shot or periodic mode. In Edge-Count mode, this register along
with GPTMTAILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total number of edge events
counted is equal to the value in GPTMTAILR minus this value.
GPTM Timer B Match (GPTMTBMATCHR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x034
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TBMRL
Type
Reset
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBMRL
R/W
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer B Match Register Low
When the timer is configured for 16-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register,
this value is compared to GPTMTBR to determine match events.
When configured for Edge-Count mode, this value along with
GPTMTBILR, determines how many edge events are counted. The total
number of edge events counted is equal to the value in GPTMTBILR
minus this value.
When configured for PWM mode, this value along with GPTMTBILR,
determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal.
422
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 13: GPTM Timer A Prescale (GPTMTAPR), offset 0x038
This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers in periodic and one-shot modes.
In Edge-Count mode, this register is the MSB of the 24-bit count value.
GPTM Timer A Prescale (GPTMTAPR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x038
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TAPSR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
TAPSR
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer A Prescale
The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value
of the register.
Refer to Table 11-4 on page 391 for more details and an example.
June 15, 2010
423
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 14: GPTM Timer B Prescale (GPTMTBPR), offset 0x03C
This register allows software to extend the range of the 16-bit timers in periodic and one-shot modes.
In Edge-Count mode, this register is the MSB of the 24-bit count value.
GPTM Timer B Prescale (GPTMTBPR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x03C
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TBPSR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
TBPSR
R/W
0x00
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
GPTM Timer B Prescale
The register loads this value on a write. A read returns the current value
of this register.
Refer to Table 11-4 on page 391 for more details and an example.
424
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 15: GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR), offset 0x040
This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTAMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit
one-shot or periodic mode.
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match (GPTMTAPMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x040
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TAPSMR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TAPSMR
R/W
0x00
GPTM TimerA Prescale Match
This value is used alongside GPTMTAMATCHR to detect timer match
events while using a prescaler.
June 15, 2010
425
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 16: GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR), offset 0x044
This register effectively extends the range of GPTMTBMATCHR to 24 bits when operating in 16-bit
one-shot or periodic mode.
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match (GPTMTBPMR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x044
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
TBPSMR
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:8
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
7:0
TBPSMR
R/W
0x00
GPTM TimerB Prescale Match
This value is used alongside GPTMTBMATCHR to detect timer match
events while using a prescaler.
426
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 17: GPTM Timer A (GPTMTAR), offset 0x048
This register shows the current value of the Timer A counter in all cases except for Input Edge-Count
mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place.
Also in Input Edge-Count mode, bits 23:16 contain the upper 8 bits of the count.
GPTM Timer A (GPTMTAR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x048
Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
TARH
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TARL
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
TARH
RO
0xFFFF
RO
1
Description
GPTM Timer A Register High
If the GPTMCFG is in a 32-bit mode, Timer B value is read. If the
GPTMCFG is in a 16-bit mode, this is read as zero.
15:0
TARL
RO
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer A Register Low
A read returns the current value of the GPTM Timer A Count Register,
except in Input Edge-Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from
the last edge event.
June 15, 2010
427
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 18: GPTM Timer B (GPTMTBR), offset 0x04C
This register shows the current value of the Timer B counter in all cases except for Input Edge-Count
mode. When in this mode, this register contains the time at which the last edge event took place.
Also in Input Edge-Count mode, bits 23:16 contain the upper 8 bits of the count.
Input Edge-Count Mode
GPTM Timer B (GPTMTBR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x04C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
TBRL
TBRL
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:24
reserved
RO
0x00
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
23:0
TBRL
RO
0xFF.FFFF
GPTM Timer B
A read returns the current value of the GPTM Timer B Count Register,
except in Input Edge-Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from
the last edge event.
All Modes Except Input Edge-Count Mode
GPTM Timer B (GPTMTBR)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x04C
Type RO, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TBRL
Type
Reset
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
428
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RO
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBRL
RO
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer B
A read returns the current value of the GPTM Timer B Count Register,
except in Input Edge-Count mode, when it returns the timestamp from
the last edge event.
June 15, 2010
429
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
General-Purpose Timers
Register 19: GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV), offset 0x050
When read, this register shows the current, free-running value of Timer A in all modes. Software
can use this value to determine the time elapsed between an interrupt and the ISR entry. When
written, the value written into this register is loaded into the GPTMAR register on the next clock
cycle. In Input Edge-Count mode, bits 23:16 contain the upper 8 bits of the count.
Note:
The GPTMTAV register cannot be written in Edge-Count mode.
GPTM Timer A Value (GPTMTAV)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x050
Type RW, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
TAVH
Type
Reset
TAVL
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:16
TAVH
RW
0xFFFF
Description
GPTM Timer A Value High
When configured for 32-bit mode via the GPTMCFG register, the GPTM
Timer B Value (GPTMTBV) register loads this value on a write. A read
returns the current value of GPTMTBR.
In 16-bit mode, this field reads as 0 and does not have an effect on the
state of GPTMTBR.
15:0
TAVL
RW
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer A Register Low
For both 16- and 32-bit modes, writing this field loads the counter for
Timer A. A read returns the current value of GPTMTAR.
430
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 20: GPTM Timer B Value (GPTMTBV), offset 0x054
When read, this register shows the current, free-running value of Timer B in all modes. Software
can use this value to determine the time elapsed between an interrupt and the ISR entry. When
written, the value written into this register is loaded into the GPTMBR register on the next clock
cycle. In Input Edge-Count mode, bits 23:16 contain the upper 8 bits of the count.
GPTM Timer B Value (GPTMTBV)
Timer0 base: 0x4003.0000
Timer1 base: 0x4003.1000
Timer2 base: 0x4003.2000
Timer3 base: 0x4003.3000
Offset 0x054
Type RW, reset 0x0000.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
RW
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
TBVL
Type
Reset
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
RW
1
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:16
reserved
RW
0x0000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
15:0
TBVL
RW
0xFFFF
GPTM Timer B Register
For 16-bit mode, writing this field loads the counter for Timer B. A read
returns the current value of GPTMTBR.
In 32-bit mode, writing this field loads the upper 16 bits of the GPTMAR,
and reads return the current value of the upper 16 bits of GPTMTAR.
June 15, 2010
431
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
12
Watchdog Timers
A watchdog timer can generate a nonmaskable interrupt (NMI) or a reset when a time-out value is
reached. The watchdog timer is used to regain control when a system has failed due to a software
error or due to the failure of an external device to respond in the expected way. The LM3S9L97
microcontroller has two Watchdog Timer Modules, one module is clocked by the system clock
(Watchdog Timer 0) and the other is clocked by the PIOSC (Watchdog Timer 1). The two modules
are identical except that WDT1 is in a different clock domain, and therefore requires synchronizers.
As a result, WDT1 has a bit defined in the Watchdog Timer Control (WDTCTL) register to indicate
when a write to a WDT1 register is complete. Software can use this bit to ensure that the previous
access has completed before starting the next access.
®
The Stellaris LM3S9L97 controller has two Watchdog Timer modules with the following features:
■ 32-bit down counter with a programmable load register
■ Separate watchdog clock with an enable
■ Programmable interrupt generation logic with interrupt masking
■ Lock register protection from runaway software
■ Reset generation logic with an enable/disable
■ User-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU Halt flag during debug
The Watchdog Timer can be configured to generate an interrupt to the controller on its first time-out,
and to generate a reset signal on its second time-out. Once the Watchdog Timer has been configured,
the lock register can be written to prevent the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered.
432
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
12.1
Block Diagram
Figure 12-1. WDT Module Block Diagram
WDTLOAD
Control / Clock /
Interrupt
Generation
WDTCTL
WDTICR
Interrupt
WDTRIS
32-Bit Down
Counter
WDTMIS
0x0000.0000
WDTLOCK
System Clock/
PIOSC
WDTTEST
Comparator
WDTVALUE
Identification Registers
12.2
WDTPCellID0
WDTPeriphID0
WDTPeriphID4
WDTPCellID1
WDTPeriphID1
WDTPeriphID5
WDTPCellID2
WDTPeriphID2
WDTPeriphID6
WDTPCellID3
WDTPeriphID3
WDTPeriphID7
Functional Description
The Watchdog Timer module generates the first time-out signal when the 32-bit counter reaches
the zero state after being enabled; enabling the counter also enables the watchdog timer interrupt.
After the first time-out event, the 32-bit counter is re-loaded with the value of the Watchdog Timer
Load (WDTLOAD) register, and the timer resumes counting down from that value. Once the
Watchdog Timer has been configured, the Watchdog Timer Lock (WDTLOCK) register is written,
which prevents the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered by software.
If the timer counts down to its zero state again before the first time-out interrupt is cleared, and the
reset signal has been enabled by setting the RESEN bit in the WDTCTL register, the Watchdog timer
asserts its reset signal to the system. If the interrupt is cleared before the 32-bit counter reaches its
second time-out, the 32-bit counter is loaded with the value in the WDTLOAD register, and counting
resumes from that value.
If WDTLOAD is written with a new value while the Watchdog Timer counter is counting, then the
counter is loaded with the new value and continues counting.
June 15, 2010
433
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Writing to WDTLOAD does not clear an active interrupt. An interrupt must be specifically cleared
by writing to the Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR) register.
The Watchdog module interrupt and reset generation can be enabled or disabled as required. When
the interrupt is re-enabled, the 32-bit counter is preloaded with the load register value and not its
last state.
12.2.1
Register Access Timing
Because the Watchdog Timer 1 module has an independent clocking domain, its registers must be
written with a timing gap between accesses. Software must guarantee that this delay is inserted
between back-to-back writes to WDT1 registers or between a write followed by a read to the registers.
The timing for back-to-back reads from the WDT1 module has no restrictions. The WRC bit in the
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL) register for WDT1 indicates that the required timing gap has elapsed.
This bit is cleared on a write operation and set once the write completes, indicating to software that
another write or read may be started safely. Software should poll WDTCTL for WRC=1 prior to
accessing another register. Note that WDT0 does not have this restriction as it runs off the system
clock.
12.3
Initialization and Configuration
To use the WDT, its peripheral clock must be enabled by setting the WDT bit in the RCGC0 register,
see page 173.
The Watchdog Timer is configured using the following sequence:
1. Load the WDTLOAD register with the desired timer load value.
2. If WDT1, wait for the WRC bit in the WDTCTL register to be set.
3. If the Watchdog is configured to trigger system resets, set the RESEN bit in the WDTCTL register.
4. If WDT1, wait for the WRC bit in the WDTCTL register to be set.
5. Set the INTEN bit in the WDTCTL register to enable the Watchdog and lock the control register.
If software requires that all of the watchdog registers are locked, the Watchdog Timer module can
be fully locked by writing any value to the WDTLOCK register. To unlock the Watchdog Timer, write
a value of 0x1ACC.E551.
12.4
Register Map
Table 12-1 on page 435 lists the Watchdog registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment
to the register’s address, relative to the Watchdog Timer base address:
■ WDT0: 0x4000.0000
■ WDT1: 0x4000.1000
Note that the Watchdog Timer module clock must be enabled before the registers can be programmed
(see page 173).
434
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 12-1. Watchdog Timers Register Map
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
WDTLOAD
R/W
0xFFFF.FFFF
Watchdog Load
436
0x004
WDTVALUE
RO
0xFFFF.FFFF
Watchdog Value
437
0x008
WDTCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
(WDT0)
0x8000.0000
(WDT1)
Watchdog Control
438
0x00C
WDTICR
WO
-
Watchdog Interrupt Clear
440
0x010
WDTRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status
441
0x014
WDTMIS
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status
442
0x418
WDTTEST
R/W
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Test
443
0xC00
WDTLOCK
R/W
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Lock
444
0xFD0
WDTPeriphID4
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4
445
0xFD4
WDTPeriphID5
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5
446
0xFD8
WDTPeriphID6
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6
447
0xFDC
WDTPeriphID7
RO
0x0000.0000
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7
448
0xFE0
WDTPeriphID0
RO
0x0000.0005
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0
449
0xFE4
WDTPeriphID1
RO
0x0000.0018
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1
450
0xFE8
WDTPeriphID2
RO
0x0000.0018
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2
451
0xFEC
WDTPeriphID3
RO
0x0000.0001
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3
452
0xFF0
WDTPCellID0
RO
0x0000.000D
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0
453
0xFF4
WDTPCellID1
RO
0x0000.00F0
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1
454
0xFF8
WDTPCellID2
RO
0x0000.0006
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2
455
0xFFC
WDTPCellID3
RO
0x0000.00B1
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3
456
12.5
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the WDT registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
June 15, 2010
435
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 1: Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD), offset 0x000
This register is the 32-bit interval value used by the 32-bit counter. When this register is written, the
value is immediately loaded and the counter restarts counting down from the new value. If the
WDTLOAD register is loaded with 0x0000.0000, an interrupt is immediately generated.
Watchdog Load (WDTLOAD)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
R/W
1
WDTLOAD
Type
Reset
WDTLOAD
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
WDTLOAD
R/W
Reset
R/W
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Load Value
436
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 2: Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE), offset 0x004
This register contains the current count value of the timer.
Watchdog Value (WDTVALUE)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0xFFFF.FFFF
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
WDTVALUE
Type
Reset
WDTVALUE
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
WDTVALUE
RO
Reset
RO
1
Description
0xFFFF.FFFF Watchdog Value
Current value of the 32-bit down counter.
June 15, 2010
437
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 3: Watchdog Control (WDTCTL), offset 0x008
This register is the watchdog control register. The watchdog timer can be configured to generate a
reset signal (on second time-out) or an interrupt on time-out.
When the watchdog interrupt has been enabled, all subsequent writes to the control register are
ignored. The only mechanism that can re-enable writes is a hardware reset.
Important: Because the Watchdog Timer 1 module has an independent clocking domain, its
registers must be written with a timing gap between accesses. Software must guarantee
that this delay is inserted between back-to-back writes to WDT1 registers or between
a write followed by a read to the registers. The timing for back-to-back reads from the
WDT1 module has no restrictions. The WRC bit in the Watchdog Control (WDTCTL)
register for WDT1 indicates that the required timing gap has elapsed. This bit is cleared
on a write operation and set once the write completes, indicating to software that another
write or read may be started safely. Software should poll WDTCTL for WRC=1 prior to
accessing another register. Note that WDT0 does not have this restriction as it runs off
the system clock and therefore does not have a WRC bit.
Watchdog Control (WDTCTL)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x008
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000 (WDT0) and 0x8000.0000 (WDT1)
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WRC
Type
Reset
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31
WRC
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
1
0
RESEN
INTEN
R/W
0
R/W
0
Description
Write Complete
The WRC values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
A write access to one of the WDT1 registers is in progress.
1
A write access is not in progress, and WDT1 registers can be
read or written.
Note:
30:2
reserved
RO
0x000.000
This bit is reserved for WDT0 and has a reset value of 0.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
438
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
RESEN
R/W
0
Description
Watchdog Reset Enable
The RESEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
INTEN
R/W
0
0
Disabled.
1
Enable the Watchdog module reset output.
Watchdog Interrupt Enable
The INTEN values are defined as follows:
Value Description
0
Interrupt event disabled (once this bit is set, it can only be
cleared by a hardware reset).
1
Interrupt event enabled. Once enabled, all writes are ignored.
June 15, 2010
439
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 4: Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR), offset 0x00C
This register is the interrupt clear register. A write of any value to this register clears the Watchdog
interrupt and reloads the 32-bit counter from the WDTLOAD register. Value for a read or reset is
indeterminate.
Watchdog Interrupt Clear (WDTICR)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x00C
Type WO, reset 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WO
-
WDTINTCLR
Type
Reset
WDTINTCLR
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:0
WDTINTCLR
WO
-
WO
-
Description
Watchdog Interrupt Clear
440
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 5: Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS), offset 0x010
This register is the raw interrupt status register. Watchdog interrupt events can be monitored via
this register if the controller interrupt is masked.
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status (WDTRIS)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x010
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:1
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
0
WDTRIS
RO
0
RO
0
WDTRIS
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A watchdog time-out event has occurred.
0
The watchdog has not timed out.
June 15, 2010
441
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 6: Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS), offset 0x014
This register is the masked interrupt status register. The value of this register is the logical AND of
the raw interrupt bit and the Watchdog interrupt enable bit.
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status (WDTMIS)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x014
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:1
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
0
WDTMIS
RO
0
RO
0
WDTMIS
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Masked Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A watchdog time-out event has been signalled to the interrupt
controller.
0
The watchdog has not timed out or the watchdog timer interrupt
is masked.
442
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 7: Watchdog Test (WDTTEST), offset 0x418
This register provides user-enabled stalling when the microcontroller asserts the CPU halt flag
during debug.
Watchdog Test (WDTTEST)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0x418
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
STALL
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:9
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
8
STALL
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Stall Enable
Value Description
7:0
reserved
RO
0x00
1
If the microcontroller is stopped with a debugger, the watchdog
timer stops counting. Once the microcontroller is restarted, the
watchdog timer resumes counting.
0
The watchdog timer continues counting if the microcontroller is
stopped with a debugger.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
June 15, 2010
443
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 8: Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK), offset 0xC00
Writing 0x1ACC.E551 to the WDTLOCK register enables write access to all other registers. Writing
any other value to the WDTLOCK register re-enables the locked state for register writes to all the
other registers. Reading the WDTLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32-bit value
written. Therefore, when write accesses are disabled, reading the WDTLOCK register returns
0x0000.0001 (when locked; otherwise, the returned value is 0x0000.0000 (unlocked)).
Watchdog Lock (WDTLOCK)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xC00
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
WDTLOCK
Type
Reset
WDTLOCK
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
31:0
WDTLOCK
R/W
Reset
R/W
0
Description
0x0000.0000 Watchdog Lock
A write of the value 0x1ACC.E551 unlocks the watchdog registers for
write access. A write of any other value reapplies the lock, preventing
any register updates.
A read of this register returns the following values:
Value
Description
0x0000.0001 Locked
0x0000.0000 Unlocked
444
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 9: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4), offset 0xFD0
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 (WDTPeriphID4)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFD0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
PID4
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID4
RO
0x00
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
WDT Peripheral ID Register [7:0]
June 15, 2010
445
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 10: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5), offset
0xFD4
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 (WDTPeriphID5)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFD4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID5
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID5
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
WDT Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
446
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 11: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6), offset
0xFD8
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 6 (WDTPeriphID6)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFD8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID6
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID6
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
WDT Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
June 15, 2010
447
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 12: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7), offset
0xFDC
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 7 (WDTPeriphID7)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFDC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID7
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID7
RO
0x00
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
WDT Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
448
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 13: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0), offset
0xFE0
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 0 (WDTPeriphID0)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFE0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0005
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID0
RO
0x05
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register [7:0]
June 15, 2010
449
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 14: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1), offset
0xFE4
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 1 (WDTPeriphID1)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFE4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID1
RO
0x18
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register [15:8]
450
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 15: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2), offset
0xFE8
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 2 (WDTPeriphID2)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFE8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0018
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID2
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID2
RO
0x18
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register [23:16]
June 15, 2010
451
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 16: Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3), offset
0xFEC
The WDTPeriphIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog Peripheral Identification 3 (WDTPeriphID3)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFEC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0001
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
reserved
Type
Reset
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
PID3
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
PID3
RO
0x01
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog Peripheral ID Register [31:24]
452
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 17: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0), offset 0xFF0
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 0 (WDTPCellID0)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFF0
Type RO, reset 0x0000.000D
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID0
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID0
RO
0x0D
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register [7:0]
June 15, 2010
453
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 18: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1), offset 0xFF4
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 1 (WDTPCellID1)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFF4
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00F0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID1
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID1
RO
0xF0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register [15:8]
454
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 19: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2), offset 0xFF8
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 2 (WDTPCellID2)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFF8
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0006
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID2
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID2
RO
0x06
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register [23:16]
June 15, 2010
455
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Watchdog Timers
Register 20: Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3 ), offset 0xFFC
The WDTPCellIDn registers are hard-coded and the fields within the register determine the reset
value.
Watchdog PrimeCell Identification 3 (WDTPCellID3)
WDT0 base: 0x4000.0000
WDT1 base: 0x4000.1000
Offset 0xFFC
Type RO, reset 0x0000.00B1
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RO
0
RO
1
RO
0
RO
1
RO
1
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
1
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
CID3
RO
0
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:8
reserved
RO
0x0000.00
7:0
CID3
RO
0xB1
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register [31:24]
456
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
13
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
An analog-to-digital converter (ADC) is a peripheral that converts a continuous analog voltage to a
discrete digital number. Two identical converter units are included, which share sixteen input channels.
®
The Stellaris ADC module features 10-bit conversion resolution and supports sixteen input channels,
plus an internal temperature sensor. The ADC module contains four programmable sequencers
allowing the sampling of multiple analog input sources without controller intervention. Each sample
sequencer provides flexible programming with fully configurable input source, trigger events, interrupt
generation, and sequencer priority. A digital comparator function is included which allows the
conversion value to be diverted to a digital comparator module. The digital comparator module
provides digital comparator. Each digital comparator evaluates the ADC conversion value against
its two user-defined values to determine the operational range of the signal. The trigger source for
ADC0 and ADC1 may be independent or the two ADC units may operate from the same trigger
source and operate on the same or different inputs. A phase shifter can delay the start of sampling
by a specified phase angle. When using both ADC modules, it is possible to configure the converters
to start the conversions coincidentally or within a relative phase from each other, see “Sample Phase
Control” on page 462.
®
The Stellaris LM3S9L97 microcontroller provides two ADC modules with the following features:
■ Sixteen analog input channels
■ Single-ended and differential-input configurations
■ On-chip internal temperature sensor
■ Maximum sample rate of one million samples/second
■ Optional phase shift in sample time programmable from 22.5º to 337.5º
■ Four programmable sample conversion sequencers from one to eight entries long, with
corresponding conversion result FIFOs
■ Flexible trigger control
– Controller (software)
– Timers
– Analog Comparators
– PWM
– GPIO
■ Hardware averaging of up to 64 samples for improved accuracy
■ Digital comparison unit providing sixteen digital comparators
■ Converter uses an internal 3-V reference or an external reference
■ Power and ground for the analog circuitry is separate from the digital power and ground
■ Efficient transfers using Micro Direct Memory Access Controller (µDMA)
June 15, 2010
457
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
– Dedicated channel for each sample sequencer
– ADC module uses burst requests for DMA
13.1
Block Diagram
®
The Stellaris microcontroller contains two identical Analog-to-Digital Converter units. These two
modules, ADC0 and ADC1, share the same sixteen analog input channels. Each ADC module
operates independently and can therefore execute different sample sequences, sample any of the
analog input channels at any time, and generate different interrupts and triggers. Figure
13-1 on page 458 shows how the two modules are connected to analog inputs and the system bus.
Figure 13-1. Implementation of Two ADC Blocks
Input
Channels
ADC 0
Triggers
Interrupts/
Triggers
ADC 1
Interrupts/
Triggers
Figure 13-2 on page 458 provides details on the internal configuration of the ADC controls and data
registers.
Figure 13-2. ADC Module Block Diagram
Internal
Voltage Ref
Trigger Events
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
Comparator
GPIO (PB4)
Timer
PWM
External
Voltage Ref
(VREFA)
SS3
Control/Status
Sample
Sequencer 0
ADCSSMUX0
ADCACTSS
ADCSSCTL0
ADCOSTAT
ADCSSFSTAT0
Analog Inputs
(AINx)
ADCUSTAT
SS2
ADCSSPRI
ADCCTL
Sample
Sequencer 1
ADCSPC
ADCSSMUX1
ADCSSCTL1
SS1
ADCSSFSTAT1
Hardware Averager
ADCSAC
Sample
Sequencer 2
SS0
ADCSSMUX2
ADCSSCTL2
ADCSSFSTAT2
ADCEMUX
ADCPSSI
SS0 Interrupt
SS1 Interrupt
SS2 Interrupt
SS3 Interrupt
Analog-to-Digital
Converter
Interrupt Control
Sample
Sequencer 3
ADCIM
ADCSSMUX3
ADCRIS
ADCSSCTL3
ADCISC
ADCSSFSTAT3
ADCDCISC
FIFO Block
Digital
Comparator
ADCSSFIFO0
ADCSSOPn
ADCSSFIFO1
ADCSSDCn
ADCSSFIFO2
ADCDCCTLn
ADCSSFIFO3
ADCDCCMPn
DC Interrupts
PWM Trigger
458
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
13.2
Signal Description
Table 13-1 on page 459 and Table 13-2 on page 459 list the external signals of the ADC module and
describe the function of each. The ADC signals are analog functions for some GPIO signals. The
column in the table below titled "Pin Mux/Pin Assignment" lists the GPIO pin placement for the ADC
signals. Note that when a pin is used as an ADC input, the appropriate bit in the GPIO Analog Mode
Select (GPIOAMSEL) register must be set to disable the analog isolation circuit, and the appropriate
bit in the GPIO Digital Enable (GPIODEN) register must be clear to disable digital function. For
more information on configuring GPIOs, see “General-Purpose Input/Outputs (GPIOs)” on page 328.
Table 13-1. Signals for ADC (100LQFP)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
AIN0
1
PE7
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
AIN1
2
PE6
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
AIN2
5
PE5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
AIN3
6
PE4
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 3.
AIN4
100
PD7
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 4.
AIN5
99
PD6
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 5.
AIN6
98
PD5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 6.
AIN7
97
PD4
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 7.
AIN8
96
PE3
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 8.
AIN9
95
PE2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 9.
AIN10
92
PB4
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 10.
AIN11
91
PB5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 11.
AIN12
13
PD3
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 12.
AIN13
12
PD2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 13.
AIN14
11
PD1
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 14.
AIN15
10
PD0
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 15.
VREFA
90
PB6
I
Analog
This input provides a reference voltage used to
specify the input voltage at which the ADC converts
to a maximum value. In other words, the voltage
that is applied to VREFA is the voltage with which
an AINn signal is converted to 1023. The VREFA
input is limited to the range specified in Table
27-2 on page 1144.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
Table 13-2. Signals for ADC (108BGA)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
AIN0
B1
PE7
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 0.
AIN1
A1
PE6
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 1.
AIN2
B3
PE5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 2.
AIN3
B2
PE4
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 3.
AIN4
A2
PD7
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 4.
AIN5
A3
PD6
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 5.
AIN6
C6
PD5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 6.
June 15, 2010
459
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Table 13-2. Signals for ADC (108BGA) (continued)
Pin Name
Pin Number Pin Mux / Pin
Assignment
a
Pin Type
Buffer Type
Description
AIN7
B5
PD4
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 7.
AIN8
B4
PE3
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 8.
AIN9
A4
PE2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 9.
AIN10
A6
PB4
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 10.
AIN11
B7
PB5
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 11.
AIN12
H1
PD3
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 12.
AIN13
H2
PD2
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 13.
AIN14
G2
PD1
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 14.
AIN15
G1
PD0
I
Analog
Analog-to-digital converter input 15.
VREFA
A7
PB6
I
Analog
This input provides a reference voltage used to
specify the input voltage at which the ADC converts
to a maximum value. In other words, the voltage
that is applied to VREFA is the voltage with which
an AINn signal is converted to 1023. The VREFA
input is limited to the range specified in Table
27-2 on page 1144.
a. The TTL designation indicates the pin has TTL-compatible voltage levels.
13.3
Functional Description
®
The Stellaris ADC collects sample data by using a programmable sequence-based approach
instead of the traditional single or double-sampling approaches found on many ADC modules. Each
sample sequence is a fully programmed series of consecutive (back-to-back) samples, allowing the
ADC to collect data from multiple input sources without having to be re-configured or serviced by
the processor. The programming of each sample in the sample sequence includes parameters such
as the input source and mode (differential versus single-ended input), interrupt generation on sample
completion, and the indicator for the last sample in the sequence. In addition, the μDMA can be
used to more efficiently move data from the sample sequencers without CPU intervention.
13.3.1
Sample Sequencers
The sampling control and data capture is handled by the sample sequencers. All of the sequencers
are identical in implementation except for the number of samples that can be captured and the depth
of the FIFO. Table 13-3 on page 460 shows the maximum number of samples that each sequencer
can capture and its corresponding FIFO depth. In this implementation, each FIFO entry is a 32-bit
word, with the lower 10 bits containing the conversion result.
Table 13-3. Samples and FIFO Depth of Sequencers
Sequencer
Number of Samples
Depth of FIFO
SS3
1
1
SS2
4
4
SS1
4
4
SS0
8
8
For a given sample sequence, each sample is defined by two 4-bit nibbles in the ADC Sample
Sequence Input Multiplexer Select (ADCSSMUXn) and ADC Sample Sequence Control
(ADCSSCTLn) registers, where "n" corresponds to the sequence number. The ADCSSMUXn
460
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
nibbles select the input pin, while the ADCSSCTLn nibbles contain the sample control bits
corresponding to parameters such as temperature sensor selection, interrupt enable, end of
sequence, and differential input mode. Sample sequencers are enabled by setting the respective
ASENn bit in the ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS) register and should be configured
before being enabled. Sampling is then initiated by setting the SSn bit in the ADC Processor Sample
Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI) register. In addition, sample sequences may be initiated on multiple
ADC modules simultaneously using the GSYNC and SYNCWAIT bits in the ADCPSSI register during
the configuration of each ADC module. For more information on using these bits, refer to page 497.
When configuring a sample sequence, multiple uses of the same input pin within the same sequence
is allowed. In the ADCSSCTLn register, the IEn bits can be set for any combination of samples,
allowing interrupts to be generated after every sample in the sequence if necessary. Also, the END
bit can be set at any point within a sample sequence. For example, if Sequencer 0 is used, the END
bit can be set in the nibble associated with the fifth sample, allowing Sequencer 0 to complete
execution of the sample sequence after the fifth sample.
After a sample sequence completes execution, the result data can be retrieved from the ADC
Sample Sequence Result FIFO (ADCSSFIFOn) registers. The FIFOs are simple circular buffers
that read a single address to "pop" result data. For software debug purposes, the positions of the
FIFO head and tail pointers are visible in the ADC Sample Sequence FIFO Status (ADCSSFSTATn)
registers along with FULL and EMPTY status flags. Overflow and underflow conditions are monitored
using the ADCOSTAT and ADCUSTAT registers.
13.3.2
Module Control
Outside of the sample sequencers, the remainder of the control logic is responsible for tasks such
as:
■ Interrupt generation
■ DMA operation
■ Sequence prioritization
■ Trigger configuration
■ Comparator configuration
■ External voltage reference
■ Sample phase control
Most of the ADC control logic runs at the ADC clock rate of 14-18 MHz. The internal ADC divider
is configured for 16-MHz operation automatically by hardware when the system XTAL is selected.
13.3.2.1
Interrupts
The register configurations of the sample sequencers and digital comparators dictate which events
generate raw interrupts, but do not have control over whether the interrupt is actually sent to the
interrupt controller. The ADC module's interrupt signals are controlled by the state of the MASK bits
in the ADC Interrupt Mask (ADCIM) register. Interrupt status can be viewed at two locations: the
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS) register, which shows the raw status of the various interrupt
signals; and the ADC Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCISC) register, which shows active interrupts
that are enabled by the ADCIM register. Sequencer interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the
corresponding IN bit in ADCISC. Digital comparator interrupts are cleared by writing a 1 to the ADC
Digital Comparator Interrupt Status and Clear (ADCDCISC) register.
June 15, 2010
461
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
13.3.2.2
DMA Operation
The ADC module provides a request signal from each sample sequencer to the associated dedicated
channel of the μDMA controller. This configuration allows each sample sequencer to operate
independently and transfer data without processor intervention or reconfiguration. The ADC does
not support single transfer requests. A burst transfer request is asserted when the interrupt bit for
the sample sequence is set (IE bit in the ADCSSCTLn register is set).
The arbitration size of the μDMA transfer must be a power of 2, and the associated IE bits in the
ADDSSCTLn register must be set. For example, if the μDMA channel of SS0 has an arbitration
size of four, the IE3 bit (4th sample) and the IE7 bit (8th sample) must be set. Thus the μDMA
request occurs every time 4 samples have been acquired. No other special steps are needed to
enable the ADC module for μDMA operation.
Refer to the “Micro Direct Memory Access (μDMA)” on page 270 for more details about programming
the μDMA controller.
13.3.2.3
Prioritization
When sampling events (triggers) happen concurrently, they are prioritized for processing by the
values in the ADC Sample Sequencer Priority (ADCSSPRI) register. Valid priority values are in
the range of 0-3, with 0 being the highest priority and 3 being the lowest. Multiple active sample
sequencer units with the same priority do not provide consistent results, so software must ensure
that all active sample sequencer units have a unique priority value.
13.3.2.4
Sampling Events
Sample triggering for each sample sequencer is defined in the ADC Event Multiplexer Select
(ADCEMUX) register. Trigger sources include processor (default), analog comparators, an external
signal on GPIO PB4, a GP Timer, PWM2, and continuous sampling. Software can initiate sampling
by setting the SSx bits in the ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI) register.
Care must be taken when using the continuous sampling trigger. If a sequencer's priority is too high,
it is possible to starve other lower priority sequencers.
13.3.2.5
Sample Phase Control
The trigger source for ADC0 and ADC1 may be independent or the two ADC units may operate
from the same trigger source and operate on the same or different inputs. If the converters are
running at the same sample rate, they may be configured to start the conversions coincidentally or
with one of 15 different discrete phases relative to each other. The sample time can be delayed
from the standard sampling time in 22.5° increments up to 337.5º using the ADC Sample Phase
Control (ADCSPC) register. Figure 13-3 on page 463 shows an example of various phase
relationships at a 1 Msps rate.
462
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 13-3. ADC Sample Phases
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
ADC Sample Clock
PHASE 0x0 (0.0°)
PHASE 0x1 (22.5°)
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
PHASE 0xE (315.0°)
PHASE 0xF (337.5°)
This feature can be used to double the sampling rate of an input. Both ADC module 0 and ADC
module 1 can be programmed to sample the same input. ADC module 0 could sample at the standard
position (the PHASE field in the ADCSPC register is 0x0). ADC module 1 can be configured to sample
at 180 (PHASE = 0x8). The two modules can be be synchronized using the GSYNC and SYNCWAIT
bits in the ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate (ADCPSSI) register. Software could then
combine the results from the two modules to create a sample rate of two million samples/second
at 16 MHz as shown in Figure 13-4 on page 463.
Figure 13-4. Doubling the ADC Sample Rate
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ADC Sample Clock
GSYNC
ADC 0 PHASE 0x0 (0.0°)
ADC 1 PHASE 0x8 (180.0°)
Using the ADCSPC register, ADC0 and ADC1 may provide a number of interesting applications:
■ Coincident sampling of different signals. The sample sequence steps run coincidently in both
converters.
– ADC Module 0, ADCSPC = 0x0, sampling AIN0
– ADC Module 1, ADCSPC = 0x0, sampling AIN1
■ Skewed sampling of the same signal. The sample sequence steps are 1/2 of an ADC clock (500
µs for a 1Ms/s ADC) out of phase with each other. This configuration doubles the conversion
bandwidth of a single input when software combines the results as shown in Figure
13-5 on page 464.
– ADC Module 0, ADCSPC = 0x0, sampling AIN0
– ADC Module 1, ADCSPC = 0x8, sampling AIN0
June 15, 2010
463
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
18
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 13-5. Skewed Sampling
ADC0
ADC1
13.3.2.6
S1
S2
S1
S3
S2
S4
S3
S5
S4
S6
S5
S7
S6
S8
S7
S8
External Voltage Reference
An external reference voltage may be provided to serve as the ADC voltage bias. The VREF bit in
the ADC Control (ADCCTL) register specifies whether to use the internal or external reference.
The ADC conversion value saturates to 0x3FF at the external voltage reference value. The VREFA
specification defines the useful range for the external voltage reference, see Table 27-25 on page 1156.
Ground is always used as the reference level for the minimum conversion value. Care must be
taken to supply a reference voltage of acceptable quality.
13.3.3
Hardware Sample Averaging Circuit
Higher precision results can be generated using the hardware averaging circuit, however, the
improved results are at the cost of throughput. Up to 64 samples can be accumulated and averaged
to form a single data entry in the sequencer FIFO. Throughput is decreased proportionally to the
number of samples in the averaging calculation. For example, if the averaging circuit is configured
to average 16 samples, the throughput is decreased by a factor of 16.
By default the averaging circuit is off, and all data from the converter passes through to the sequencer
FIFO. The averaging hardware is controlled by the ADC Sample Averaging Control (ADCSAC)
register (see page 499). A single averaging circuit has been implemented, thus all input channels
receive the same amount of averaging whether they are single-ended or differential.
13.3.4
Analog-to-Digital Converter
The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) module uses a Successive Approximation Register (SAR)
architecture to deliver a 10-bit, low-power, high-precision conversion value. The
successive-approximation algorithm uses a current mode D/A converter to achieve lower settling
time, resulting in higher conversion speeds for the A/D converter. In addition, built-in sample-and-hold
circuitry with offset-calibration circuitry improves conversion accuracy. The ADC must be run from
the PLL or a 14- to 18-MHz clock source.
The ADC operates from both the 3.3-V analog and 1.2-V digital power supplies. Integrated shutdown
modes are available to reduce power consumption when ADC conversions are not required. The
analog inputs are connected to the ADC through custom pads and specially balanced input paths
464
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
to minimize the distortion on the inputs. Detailed information on the ADC power supplies and analog
inputs can be found in “Analog-to-Digital Converter” on page 1155.
13.3.4.1
Internal Voltage Reference
The band-gap circuitry generates an internal 3.0 V reference that can be used by the ADC to produce
a conversion value from the selected analog input. The range of this conversion value is from 0x000
to 0x3FF. In single-ended-input mode, the 0x000 value corresponds to an analog input voltage of
0.0 V; the 0x3FF value corresponds to an analog input voltage of 3.0 V. This configuration results
in a resolution of approximately 2.9 mV per ADC code. While the analog input pads can handle
voltages beyond this range, the ADC conversions saturate in under-voltage and over-voltage cases.
Figure 13-6 on page 465 shows the ADC conversion function of the analog inputs.
Figure 13-6. Internal Voltage Conversion Result
0x3FF
0x2FF
0x1FF
0x0FF
0.00 V
0.75 V
1.50 V
2.25 V
3.00 V
VIN
- Input Saturation
13.3.4.2
External Voltage Reference
The ADC can use an external voltage reference to produce the conversion value from the selected
analog input by setting the VREF bit in the ADC Control (ADCCTL) register. The VREF bit specifies
whether to use the internal or external reference. While the range of the conversion value remains
the same (0x000 to 0x3FF), the analog voltage associated with the 0x3FF value corresponds to the
value of the external voltage reference when using the 3.0-V setting and three times the external
voltage reference when using the 1.0-V setting, resulting in a smaller voltage resolution per ADC
code. Analog input voltages above the external voltage reference saturate to 0x3FF while those
below 0.0 V continue to saturate at 0x000. Figure 13-7 on page 466 shows the ADC conversion
function of the analog inputs when using an external voltage reference.
The external voltage reference can be more accurate than the internal reference by using a
high-precision source or trimming the source.
June 15, 2010
465
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 13-7. External Voltage Conversion Result
0x3FF
0x2FF
0x1FF
0x0FF
0.00 V
½ VREFA
VREFA
VDD
VIN
- Input Saturation
13.3.5
Differential Sampling
In addition to traditional single-ended sampling, the ADC module supports differential sampling of
two analog input channels. To enable differential sampling, software must set the Dn bit in the
ADCSSCTL0n register in a step's configuration nibble.
When a sequence step is configured for differential sampling, the input pair to sample must be
configured in the ADCSSMUXn register. Differential pair 0 samples analog inputs 0 and 1; differential
pair 1 samples analog inputs 2 and 3; and so on (see Table 13-4 on page 466). The ADC does not
support other differential pairings such as analog input 0 with analog input 3.
Table 13-4. Differential Sampling Pairs
Differential Pair
Analog Inputs
0
0 and 1
1
2 and 3
2
4 and 5
3
6 and 7
4
8 and 9
5
10 and 11
6
12 and 13
7
14 and 15
The voltage sampled in differential mode is the difference between the odd and even channels:
∆V (differential voltage) = VIN_EVEN (even channel) – VIN_ODD (odd channel), therefore:
■ If ∆V = 0, then the conversion result = 0x1FF
466
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
■ If ∆V > 0, then the conversion result > 0x1FF (range is 0x1FF–0x3FF)
■ If ∆V < 0, then the conversion result < 0x1FF (range is 0–0x1FF)
The differential pairs assign polarities to the analog inputs: the even-numbered input is always
positive, and the odd-numbered input is always negative. In order for a valid conversion result to
appear, the negative input must be in the range of ± 1.5 V of the positive input. If an analog input
is greater than 3 V or less than 0 V (the valid range for analog inputs), the input voltage is clipped,
meaning it appears as either 3 V or 0 V, respectively, to the ADC.
Figure 13-8 on page 467 shows an example of the negative input centered at 1.5 V. In this
configuration, the differential range spans from -1.5 V to 1.5 V. Figure 13-9 on page 468 shows an
example where the negative input is centered at -0.75 V, meaning inputs on the positive input
saturate past a differential voltage of -0.75 V since the input voltage is less than 0 V. Figure
13-10 on page 468 shows an example of the negative input centered at 2.25 V, where inputs on the
positive channel saturate past a differential voltage of 0.75 V since the input voltage would be greater
than 3 V.
Figure 13-8. Differential Sampling Range, VIN_ODD = 1.5 V
0x3FF
0x1FF
0V
-1.5 V
1.5 V
0V
3.0 V VIN_EVEN
1.5 V DV
VIN_ODD = 1.5 V
- Input Saturation
June 15, 2010
467
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 13-9. Differential Sampling Range, VIN_ODD = 0.75 V
ADC Conversion Result
0x3FF
0x1FF
0x0FF
-1.5 V
0V
-0.75 V
+0.75 V
+2.25 V
+1.5 V
VIN_EVEN
DV
- Input Saturation
Figure 13-10. Differential Sampling Range, VIN_ODD = 2.25 V
0x3FF
0x2FF
0x1FF
0.75 V
-1.5 V
2.25 V
3.0 V
0.75 V
1.5 V
VIN_EVEN
DV
- Input Saturation
468
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
13.3.6
Internal Temperature Sensor
The temperature sensor serves two primary purposes: 1) to notify the system that internal temperature
is too high or low for reliable operation and 2) to provide temperature measurements for calibration
of the Hibernate module RTC trim value.
The temperature sensor does not have a separate enable, because it also contains the bandgap
reference and must always be enabled. The reference is supplied to other analog modules; not just
the ADC. In addition, the temperature sensor has a second power-down input in the 3.3 V domain
which provides control by the Hibernation module.
The internal temperature sensor provides an analog temperature reading as well as a reference
voltage. The voltage at the output terminal SENSO is given by the following equation:
SENSO = 2.7 - ((T + 55) / 75)
This relation is shown in Figure 13-11 on page 469.
Figure 13-11. Internal Temperature Sensor Characteristic
Sensor = 2.7 V – (T+55)
75
Sensor
2.7 V
1.633 V
0.3 V
-55° C
25° C
125° C Temp
The temperature reading from the temperature sensor can also be given as a function of the ADC
value. The following formula calculates temperature (in ℃) based on the ADC reading:
Temperature = 147.5 - ((225 × ADC) / 1023)
13.3.7
Digital Comparator Unit
An ADC is commonly used to sample an external signal and to monitor its value to ensure that it
remains in a given range. To automate this monitoring procedure and reduce the amount of processor
overhead that is required, digital comparator are provided. Conversions from the ADC that are sent
to the digital comparators are compared against the user programmable limits in the ADC Digital
June 15, 2010
469
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Comparator Range (ADCDCCMPn) registers. If the observed signal moves out of the acceptable
range, a processor interrupt can be generated and/or a trigger can be sent to the PWM module.
The digital comparators four operational modes (Once, Always, Hysteresis Once, Hysteresis Always)
can be applied to three separate regions (low band, mid band, high band) as defined by the user.
13.3.7.1
Output Functions
ADC conversions can either be stored in the ADC Sample Sequence FIFOs or compared using the
digital comparator resources as defined by the SnDCOP bits in the ADC Sample Sequence n
Operation (ADCSSOPn) register. These selected ADC conversions are used by their respective
digital comparator to monitor the external signal. Each comparator has two possible output functions:
processor interrupts and triggers.
Each function has its own state machine to track the monitored signal. Even though the interrupt
and trigger functions can be enabled individually or both at the same time, the same conversion
data is used by each function to determine if the right conditions have been met to assert the
associated output.
Interrupts
The digital comparator interrupt function is enabled by setting the CIE bit in the ADC Digital
Comparator Control (ADCDCCTLn) register. This bit enables the interrupt function state machine
to start monitoring the incoming ADC conversions. When the appropriate set of conditions is met,
and the DCONSSx bit is set in the ADCIM register, an interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller.
Triggers
The digital comparator trigger function is enabled by setting the CTE bit in the ADCDCCTLn register.
This bit enables the trigger function state machine to start monitoring the incoming ADC conversions.
When the appropriate set of conditions is met, the corresponding digital comparator trigger to the
PWM module is asserted
13.3.7.2
Operational Modes
Four operational modes are provided to support a broad range of applications and multiple possible
signaling requirements: Always, Once, Hysteresis Always, and Hysteresis Once. The operational
mode is selected using the CIM or CTM field in the ADCDCCTLn register.
Always Mode
In the Always operational mode, the associated interrupt or trigger is asserted whenever the ADC
conversion value meets its comparison criteria. The result is a string of assertions on the interrupt
or trigger while the conversions are within the appropriate range.
Once Mode
In the Once operational mode, the associated interrupt or trigger is asserted whenever the ADC
conversion value meets its comparison criteria, and the previous ADC conversion value did not.
The result is a single assertion of the interrupt or trigger when the conversions are within the
appropriate range.
Hysteresis-Always Mode
The Hysteresis-Always operational mode can only be used in conjunction with the low-band or
high-band regions because the mid-band region must be crossed and the opposite region entered
to clear the hysteresis condition. In the Hysteresis-Always mode, the associated interrupt or trigger
is asserted in the following cases: 1) the ADC conversion value meets its comparison criteria or 2)
470
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
a previous ADC conversion value has met the comparison criteria, and the hysteresis condition has
not been cleared by entering the opposite region. The result is a string of assertions on the interrupt
or trigger that continue until the opposite region is entered.
Hysteresis-Once Mode
The Hysteresis-Once operational mode can only be used in conjunction with the low-band or
high-band regions because the mid-band region must be crossed and the opposite region entered
to clear the hysteresis condition. In the Hysteresis-Once mode, the associated interrupt or trigger
is asserted only when the ADC conversion value meets its comparison criteria, the hysteresis
condition is clear, and the previous ADC conversion did not meet the comparison criteria. The result
is a single assertion on the interrupt or trigger.
13.3.7.3
Function Ranges
The two comparison values, COMP0 and COMP1, in the ADC Digital Comparator Range
(ADCDCCMPn) register effectively break the conversion area into three distinct regions. These
regions are referred to as the low-band (less than or equal to COMP0), mid-band (greater than COMP0
but less than or equal to COMP1), and high-band (greater than COMP1) regions. COMP0 and COMP1
may be programmed to the same value, effectively creating two regions, but COMP1 must always
be greater than or equal to the value of COMP0. A COMP1 value that is less than COMP0 generates
unpredictable results.
Low-Band Operation
To operate in the low-band region, either the CIC field or the CTC field in the ADCDCCTLn register
must be programmed to 0x0. This setting causes interrupts or triggers to be generated in the low-band
region as defined by the programmed operational mode. An example of the state of the
interrupt/trigger signal in the low-band region for each of the operational modes is shown in Figure
13-12 on page 472. Note that a "0" in a column following the operational mode name (Always, Once,
Hysteresis Always, and Hysteresis Once) indicates that the interrupt or trigger signal is de-asserted
and a "1" indicates that the signal is asserted.
June 15, 2010
471
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 13-12. Low-Band Operation (CIC=0x0 and/or CTC=0x0)
COMP1
COMP0
Always –
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
Once –
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
Hysteresis Always –
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
Hysteresis Once –
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Mid-Band Operation
To operate in the mid-band region, either the CIC field or the CTC field in the ADCDCCTLn register
must be programmed to 0x1. This setting causes interrupts or triggers to be generated in the mid-band
region according the operation mode. Only the Always and Once operational modes are available
in the mid-band region. An example of the state of the interrupt/trigger signal in the mid-band region
for each of the allowed operational modes is shown in Figure 13-13 on page 473. Note that a "0" in
a column following the operational mode name (Always or Once) indicates that the interrupt or
trigger signal is de-asserted and a "1" indicates that the signal is asserted.
472
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Figure 13-13. Mid-Band Operation (CIC=0x1 and/or CTC=0x1)
COMP1
COMP0
Always –
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
Once –
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
Hysteresis Always –
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Hysteresis Once –
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
High-Band Operation
To operate in the high-band region, either the CIC field or the CTC field in the ADCDCCTLn register
must be programmed to 0x3. This setting causes interrupts or triggers to be generated in the
high-band region according the operation mode. An example of the state of the interrupt/trigger
signal in the high-band region for each of the allowed operational modes is shown in Figure
13-14 on page 474. Note that a "0" in a column following the operational mode name (Always, Once,
Hysteresis Always, and Hysteresis Once) indicates that the interrupt or trigger signal is de-asserted
and a "1" indicates that the signal is asserted.
June 15, 2010
473
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Figure 13-14. High-Band Operation (CIC=0x3 and/or CTC=0x3)
COMP1
COMP0
13.4
Always –
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
Once –
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
Hysteresis Always –
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Hysteresis Once –
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Initialization and Configuration
In order for the ADC module to be used, the PLL must be enabled and programmed to a supported
crystal frequency in the RCC register (see page 128). Using unsupported frequencies can cause
faulty operation in the ADC module.
13.4.1
Module Initialization
Initialization of the ADC module is a simple process with very few steps: enabling the clock to the
ADC, disabling the analog isolation circuit associated with all inputs that are to be used, and
reconfiguring the sample sequencer priorities (if needed).
The initialization sequence for the ADC is as follows:
1. Enable the ADC clock by writing a value of 0x0001.0000 to the RCGC0 register (see page 173).
2. Enable the clock to the appropriate GPIO module via the RCGC2 register (see page 190). To
find out which GPIO port to enable, refer to Table 25-5 on page 1102.
3. Set the GPIO AFSEL bits for the ADC input pins (see page 352). To determine which GPIOs to
configure, see Table 25-4 on page 1094.
4. Configure the PMCn fields in the GPIOPCTL register to assign the AINx and VREFA signals to
the appropriate pins (see page 370 and Table 25-5 on page 1102).
5. Disable the analog isolation circuit for all ADC input pins that are to be used by writing a 1 to
the appropriate bits of the GPIOAMSEL register (see page 368) in the associated GPIO block.
474
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
6. If required by the application, reconfigure the sample sequencer priorities in the ADCSSPRI
register. The default configuration has Sample Sequencer 0 with the highest priority and Sample
Sequencer 3 as the lowest priority.
13.4.2
Sample Sequencer Configuration
Configuration of the sample sequencers is slightly more complex than the module initialization
because each sample sequencer is completely programmable.
The configuration for each sample sequencer should be as follows:
1. Ensure that the sample sequencer is disabled by clearing the corresponding ASENn bit in the
ADCACTSS register. Programming of the sample sequencers is allowed without having them
enabled. Disabling the sequencer during programming prevents erroneous execution if a trigger
event were to occur during the configuration process.
2. Configure the trigger event for the sample sequencer in the ADCEMUX register.
3. For each sample in the sample sequence, configure the corresponding input source in the
ADCSSMUXn register.
4. For each sample in the sample sequence, configure the sample control bits in the corresponding
nibble in the ADCSSCTLn register. When programming the last nibble, ensure that the END bit
is set. Failure to set the END bit causes unpredictable behavior.
5. If interrupts are to be used, set the corresponding MASK bit in the ADCIM register.
6. Enable the sample sequencer logic by setting the corresponding ASENn bit in the ADCACTSS
register.
13.5
Register Map
Table 13-5 on page 475 lists the ADC registers. The offset listed is a hexadecimal increment to the
register’s address, relative to that ADC module's base address of:
■ ADC0: 0x4003.8000
■ ADC1: 0x4003.9000
Note that the ADC module clock must be enabled before the registers can be programmed (see
page 173).
Table 13-5. ADC Register Map
Description
See
page
Offset
Name
Type
Reset
0x000
ADCACTSS
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Active Sample Sequencer
478
0x004
ADCRIS
RO
0x0000.0000
ADC Raw Interrupt Status
479
0x008
ADCIM
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Interrupt Mask
481
0x00C
ADCISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Interrupt Status and Clear
483
0x010
ADCOSTAT
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Overflow Status
486
0x014
ADCEMUX
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Event Multiplexer Select
488
June 15, 2010
475
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Table 13-5. ADC Register Map (continued)
Offset
Name
0x018
See
page
Type
Reset
Description
ADCUSTAT
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Underflow Status
493
0x020
ADCSSPRI
R/W
0x0000.3210
ADC Sample Sequencer Priority
494
0x024
ADCSPC
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Phase Control
496
0x028
ADCPSSI
R/W
-
ADC Processor Sample Sequence Initiate
497
0x030
ADCSAC
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Averaging Control
499
0x034
ADCDCISC
R/W1C
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Interrupt Status and Clear
500
0x038
ADCCTL
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Control
502
0x040
ADCSSMUX0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0
503
0x044
ADCSSCTL0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Control 0
505
0x048
ADCSSFIFO0
RO
-
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 0
508
0x04C
ADCSSFSTAT0
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 0 Status
509
0x050
ADCSSOP0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 0 Operation
511
0x054
ADCSSDC0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 0 Digital Comparator Select
513
0x060
ADCSSMUX1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 1
515
0x064
ADCSSCTL1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Control 1
516
0x068
ADCSSFIFO1
RO
-
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 1
508
0x06C
ADCSSFSTAT1
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 1 Status
509
0x070
ADCSSOP1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 1 Operation
518
0x074
ADCSSDC1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 1 Digital Comparator Select
519
0x080
ADCSSMUX2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 2
515
0x084
ADCSSCTL2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Control 2
516
0x088
ADCSSFIFO2
RO
-
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 2
508
0x08C
ADCSSFSTAT2
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 2 Status
509
0x090
ADCSSOP2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 2 Operation
518
0x094
ADCSSDC2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 2 Digital Comparator Select
519
0x0A0
ADCSSMUX3
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 3
521
0x0A4
ADCSSCTL3
R/W
0x0000.0002
ADC Sample Sequence Control 3
522
0x0A8
ADCSSFIFO3
RO
-
ADC Sample Sequence Result FIFO 3
508
0x0AC
ADCSSFSTAT3
RO
0x0000.0100
ADC Sample Sequence FIFO 3 Status
509
0x0B0
ADCSSOP3
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 3 Operation
523
0x0B4
ADCSSDC3
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Sample Sequence 3 Digital Comparator Select
524
0xD00
ADCDCRIC
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Reset Initial Conditions
525
476
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Table 13-5. ADC Register Map (continued)
Name
Type
Reset
0xE00
ADCDCCTL0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 0
530
0xE04
ADCDCCTL1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 1
530
0xE08
ADCDCCTL2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 2
530
0xE0C
ADCDCCTL3
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 3
530
0xE10
ADCDCCTL4
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 4
530
0xE14
ADCDCCTL5
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 5
530
0xE18
ADCDCCTL6
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 6
530
0xE1C
ADCDCCTL7
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Control 7
530
0xE40
ADCDCCMP0
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 0
534
0xE44
ADCDCCMP1
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 1
534
0xE48
ADCDCCMP2
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 2
534
0xE4C
ADCDCCMP3
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 3
534
0xE50
ADCDCCMP4
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 4
534
0xE54
ADCDCCMP5
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 5
534
0xE58
ADCDCCMP6
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 6
534
0xE5C
ADCDCCMP7
R/W
0x0000.0000
ADC Digital Comparator Range 7
534
13.6
Description
See
page
Offset
Register Descriptions
The remainder of this section lists and describes the ADC registers, in numerical order by address
offset.
June 15, 2010
477
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Register 1: ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS), offset 0x000
This register controls the activation of the sample sequencers. Each sample sequencer can be
enabled or disabled independently.
ADC Active Sample Sequencer (ADCACTSS)
ADC0 base: 0x4003.8000
ADC1 base: 0x4003.9000
Offset 0x000
Type R/W, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ASEN3
ASEN2
ASEN1
ASEN0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
R/W
0
reserved
Type
Reset
reserved
Type
Reset
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
31:4
reserved
RO
0x0000.000
3
ASEN3
R/W
0
Description
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
ADC SS3 Enable
Value Description
2
ASEN2
R/W
0
1
Sample Sequencer 3 is enabled.
0
Sample Sequencer 3 is disabled.
ADC SS2 Enable
Value Description
1
ASEN1
R/W
0
1
Sample Sequencer 2 is enabled.
0
Sample Sequencer 2 is disabled.
ADC SS1 Enable
Value Description
0
ASEN0
R/W
0
1
Sample Sequencer 1 is enabled.
0
Sample Sequencer 1 is disabled.
ADC SS0 Enable
Value Description
1
Sample Sequencer 0 is enabled.
0
Sample Sequencer 0 is disabled.
478
June 15, 2010
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Stellaris® LM3S9L97 Microcontroller
Register 2: ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS), offset 0x004
This register shows the status of the raw interrupt signal of each sample sequencer. These bits may
be polled by software to look for interrupt conditions without sending the interrupts to the interrupt
controller.
ADC Raw Interrupt Status (ADCRIS)
ADC0 base: 0x4003.8000
ADC1 base: 0x4003.9000
Offset 0x004
Type RO, reset 0x0000.0000
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INR3
INR2
INR1
INR0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
RO
0
reserved
Type
Reset
INRDC
reserved
Type
Reset
16
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
Description
31:17
reserved
RO
0x000
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
16
INRDC
RO
0
Digital Comparator Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
15:4
reserved
RO
0x000
3
INR3
RO
0
1
At least one bit in the ADCDCISC register is set, meaning that
a digital comparator interrupt has occurred.
0
All bits in the ADCDCISC register are clear.
Software should not rely on the value of a reserved bit. To provide
compatibility with future products, the value of a reserved bit should be
preserved across a read-modify-write operation.
SS3 Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A sample has completed conversion and the respective
ADCSSCTL3 IEn bit is set, enabling a raw interrupt.
0
An interrupt has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the IN3 bit in the ADCISC register.
2
INR2
RO
0
SS2 Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A sample has completed conversion and the respective
ADCSSCTL2 IEn bit is set, enabling a raw interrupt.
0
An interrupt has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the IN2 bit in the ADCISC register.
June 15, 2010
479
Texas Instruments-Advance Information
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)
Bit/Field
Name
Type
Reset
1
INR1
RO
0
Description
SS1 Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A sample has completed conversion and the respective
ADCSSCTL1 IEn bit is set, enabling a raw interrupt.
0
An interrupt has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the IN1 bit in the ADCISC register.
0
INR0
RO
0
SS0 Raw Interrupt Status
Value Description
1
A sample has completed conversion and the respective
ADCSSCTL0 IEn bit is set, enabling a raw interrupt.
0
An interrupt has not occurred.
This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the IN0 bit in the ADCISC register.
480
June 15, 2010
Texas